Vol1PJSPart2of2web

PARTICULAR JOB SPECIFICATION
PIPELINE LAYING & PIPING WORKS

LAYING & CONSTRUCTION OF STEEL GAS PIPELINE
AND TERMINALS ALONG WITH ASSOCIATED
OIL & GAS SBU FACILITIES FOR
SECTION-12 OF
NORTH EAST GAS GRID (NEGG) PROJECT MECON LTD.
Particular Job Specification Page 2 of 70

TITLE REVISION 0
(Pipeline laying & Piping Works)
CONTENTS
SL.NO. DESCRIPTION
1.0 INTRODUCTION
2.0 WORK TENDERED
3.0 SCOPE OF WORK
4.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
5.0 INDICATIVE CONSTRUCTION MILESTONE
6.0 SCOPE OF WORK & SCOPE OF SUPPLY FOR OTHER DISCIPLINES
7.0 OTHER CONDITIONS OF BID
8.0 AS BUILT DOCUMENTS
9.0 DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF BIDDING
9.1.1 DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATION, STANDARDS AND DRAWINGS AND

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES
10.0 APPENDIX-I – INDICATIVE CONSTRUCTION MILESTONE
11.0 APPENDIX-II – DATA SHEETS FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS ETC.
12.0 APPENDIX-III –QAPs AND ITPs FOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS
13.0 APPENDIX-IV – SCHEMATIC ROUTE DIAGRAM
14.0 APPENDIX-V – VIDEOGRAPHY SURVEY
15.0 APPENDIX-VI – THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY
16.0 APPENDIX-VII – AIR SURVEILLANCE
17.0 APPENDIX-VIII – LIST OF CROSSINGS INDICATING PROPOSED CROSSING

METHODOLOGY
18.0 APPENDIX-IX – LIST OF APPROVED PARTIES FOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS
19.0 APPENDIX-X – MINIMUM NO. OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT TO BE

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
DEPLOYED DURING RE-MOBILISATION
20.0 APPENDIX-XI– MINIMUM NO. OF SKILLED MANPOWER TO BE

DEPLOYED DURING RE-MOBILISATION
21.0 APPENDIX-XII– SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENT SUBMISSION
22.0 APPENDIX-XIII– STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
23.0 APPENDIX-XIV– INSPECTION CATEGORIZATION PLAN
 Annexure-I : Temporary Cathodic Protection Works

 Annexure-II : Corrosion Monitoring System Works
 Annexure-III : Civil, Architecture & Structural Works
 Annexure-IV : Instrumentation Works
 Annexure-V : Telecommunication Works
 Annexure-VI : Fire Protection Works
 Annexure-VII : Electrical Works
 Annexure-VIII : Pipeline Information Management System (PIMS)
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 The Hydrocarbon vision 2030 for North East India (vision document), released by
MoP&NG proposes detailed plan for Natural gas infrastructure development in North-
East. The states covered in the vision document include Arunachal Pradesh, Assam,
Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim and Tripura.
M/s Indradhanush Gas Grid Limited (IGGL), a Joint Venture of IOCL, ONGC, IGGL, OIL
and NRL, is in the process of implementing the North East Gas Grid (NEGG) with a
vision to connect all the eight (08) north eastern state capitals and major consumption
centers in the region. The NEGG will be connected to National gas grid at Guwahati
through Barauni-Guwahati pipeline (already under execution by M/s GAIL).
1.2 M/s IGGL intends to lay pipeline along with terminal works for section 12 which consist
of 12” NB x 85.836 Km (approx.) mainline from Agartala to Tulamura in Tripura state.
1.3 The brief scope of work includes supply of materials (other than free issue), pipe laying
work including but not limited to Construction Management, HSE & Quality
Management, Survey, ROU management, clearing of ROU, grading, stringing, bending,
welding (Manual / Semi-automatic), trenching, joint coating, lowering, crossings,
crossings by HDD (wherever specified), Tie-ins, NDT and destructive testing,
backfilling, laying of pipeline along-with OFC & HDPE ducts, TCP works, site
restoration, hydro-testing, dewatering, swabbing, drying, nitrogen purging (as
applicable), pre-commissioning, commissioning and Gas-in of pipeline including
construction / installation of related facilities like scraper launching / receiving facilities
and piping works at dispatch / receiving terminals and piping works at Sectionalizing
valve stations etc. including associated Mechanical, Cathodic protection, Corrosion
monitoring works, Electrical works, Telecom works, Fire fighting works,
Instrumentation, Civil works (including boundary wall and building works), water
supply works, Architectural and Structural works at all stations and Pipeline
Information Management system. The scope of work has been divided in following
parts:
SECTION SCOPE OF WORK

Sec-12: Pipeline laying from Receiving Terminal,
Agartala at Ch. 0.00 Km to Dispatch Terminal, Tulamura
SECTION-12: at Ch. 85.836 Km including associated works (Mechanical,
12" x 85.836 Km Piping & Terminal works) at Four (04) SV stations, one (01)
(Tripura State) Dispatch Station and one (01) Receiving Station.
The schematic of the pipeline networks (Drawing no. MEC/23UU/05/28/M/000/0021 (Sh.

12 of 14) is enclosed as Appendix-IV.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
1.4 This document covers details of work tendered, scope of work, scope of supply and
other requirements pertaining to pipeline and associated facilities. All works and
clauses of this document shall be applicable unless specifically mentioned otherwise.
Details of associated Civil, Architecture, Structural, Mechanical, Piping,

Instrumentation, Cathodic Protection, Corrosion Monitoring Works, Telecom Works,
Electrical Works, Fire protection, water supply and Pipeline Information Management
System (PIMS) works etc. are covered elsewhere in the Bid document.
2.0 WORK TENDERED
Work tendered as a part of this Bid document consists of supply of materials as

required, laying/ installation, testing, pre-commissioning of pipeline, drying,
preservation and commissioning. The work includes installation of pipeline and related
piping works at despatch terminals, receiving terminals and sectionalizing valve
stations and all associated mechanical, civil, architectural, structural, cathodic
protection, corrosion monitoring system, electrical, instrumentation, telecom works,
firefighting works, water supply works at Stations along the route etc.
2.1 The details of proposed work are as under:
2.1.1 Pipeline Section-12:
From Receiving Terminal at Agartala (Ch. 0.00 Km) to DT at Tulamura (Ch.

85.836 Km) including one (01) Receiving Terminal, Four (04) SV stations
(SV-1 (T) to SV-4 (T)) and one (01) Dispatch Terminal.
Pipeline works from RT Agartala at Ch.0.00 Km to DT Tulamura (85.836 Km) including

installation of scrapper traps, all valves, fittings, insulating joints, flow tee etc. and
associated Piping works at dispatch terminal, receiving terminal and SV-01(T) to SV-
04(T) (4 Nos.). For details, refer schematic route diagram of the pipeline network
attached with the Bid Document.
- Laying of approx. 85.836 Km long, 12" (323.9 mm) O.D., 7.14 mm W.T., API
5L Gr. X-70, coated main pipeline from RT Agartala (Ch. 0.00 Km) to DT
Tulamura (Ch. 85.836 Km).
- Entire works of RT Agartala at Ch. 0.00 Km including installation of scrapper

trap, insulating joints, flow tee, all valves, equipments, fittings, check metering
facility (if required), all piping works and other facilities and all associated
mechanical, civil (pavement & supports works), structural, architectural,
corrosion monitoring system, electrical, instrumentation, telecom, fire-fighting,
etc. upto battery limit (Refer Plot plan & P&ID for RT Agartala for battery limit).
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
etc. upto battery limit (Refer Plot plan & P&ID for RT Agartala for battery limit).
- Entire works at DT Tulamura including installation of scrapper trap, insulating

joints, flow tee, all valves, equipments, fittings, check metering facility (if
required), other facilities and all associated mechanical, civil (pavement &
supports works), instrumentation, telecom, structural, corrosion monitoring
system works at IP station-1, and all other terminal works i.e. all architectural,
fire protection system, water supply, civil (Boundary wall, approach road, Plot
development & Building works), electrical works etc. for complete Dispatch
station, Tulamura.
- Installation of 04 (four) nos. of Sectionalizing valve stations including all

associated mechanical, civil (including supports, Boundary wall, approach road,
Plot development & Building works), architectural, structural, corrosion
monitoring system, electrical, instrumentation, telecom, fire-fighting, water
supply works etc. at SV stations.
- Installation of Pipeline at crossings of roads, rails, utilities, underground

pipelines, water crossings (rivers, canals, drains, field channels and nalas),
ponds etc.
- Installation of Pipeline by Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) method,

wherever required.
- Installation of pipeline by machine moling, wherever required.
- All works related to hydro-testing, dewatering, swabbing and tie-in with

adjoining pipeline/ terminal piping sections including tie-in with the HDD
sections.
- Carrying out magnetic cleaning & EGP.
- Pre-commissioning of the pipeline section and associated facilities.
- Commissioning assistance (as applicable) and Commissioning.
- Idle time preservation of pipeline including supply of nitrogen, if required.
- All works related to HDPE duct laying and optical fibre cable (OFC) blowing.
- All works related to Pipeline Information Management System (PIMS).
2.2 Construction Fronts
The Construction fronts shall be mobilized for as indicated below:

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
Section-12: 12" x 85.836 Km- 2 Nos. (0-43 km & 43 km–85.836 km);
Fully equipped (as per Annexure-9B to SCC), maintained and functional fronts (as
mentioned above) are required to be mobilized by the Contractor to complete
installation of facilities covered as a minimum. All the construction fronts shall work
simultaneously. In addition, contractor shall deploy separate crews for rail, road, water
crossings and restricted areas. Contractor shall also mobilize separate teams for
mechanical works at Dispatch Terminal, Receiving station and SV Stations.
2.3 Successful Bidder is required to submit detailed methodology for working in

rainy season before start of the work.
2.4 Contractor shall adopt suitable method of construction/ execution of work for restricted
ROU/ Common ROU and deploy adequate equipment & manpower etc. as required.
CONTRACTOR shall provide complete details of manpower, equipment etc. to be
deployed. Contractor shall mobilize and provide all equipment, manpower (skilled and
unskilled), consumables and other resources and separate crew etc. for each front as
required for the execution of the complete job defined herein.
2.5 For execution of the pipeline work in the narrow ROU space in forest areas, the
CONTRACTOR shall consider the special requirements/ measures and shall deploy
adequate amount of manpower and equipment for performing the work.
2.6 Mechanical, civil, architecture, structural, temporary cathodic protection, corrosion

monitoring system, electrical, instrumentation, telecom works, water supply works,
and fire protection works shall be carried out as per relevant particular job specification
provided elsewhere in the Bid document.
3.0 SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor's Scope of work for the pipeline shall consist of, but shall not be limited
to, supply (as required), fabrication, installation, testing, swabbing, drying, EGP, pre-
commissioning and commissioning of the proposed pipeline system including terminal
piping works and hook-up works at terminals along with all associated mechanical,
civil, architectural, structural, corrosion monitoring system, electrical, instrumentation,
telecom, fire fighting works, Pipeline Information Management System works etc. All
such works that are not indicated here below but are otherwise required to complete
the work in all respects shall form part of Contractor's Scope of Work.
The scope indicated below shall be read in conjunction with Schedule of Rates as
applicable, drawings, standards, specifications and other documents forming part of
the Contract document.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
The detailed scope of work pertaining to cross country pipeline shall be in general
but not limited to the following:
3.1 Main pipeline

3.1.1 "Receiving and Taking-over" of COMPANY supplied externally/ Internally corrosion-
coated and bare line pipes of all thicknesses at Company’s designated storage yard in
presence of Company’s representative. Transportation including loading, unloading,
handling, stacking, hauling and stringing of pipes from Company’s storage yards to
Contractor’s worksite(s)/ workshop(s)/ pipeline Right-Of-Use (ROU), including
arranging all pipe trailers, cranes, arranging all necessary intermediate storage area(s)
required thereof till the complete pipeline system is permanently installed.
COMPANY shall set up storage yards for coated and bare line pipes near pipeline ROU
as defined subsequently in this document. The exact location of Company’s storage
yards shall be intimated to the CONTRACTOR at the time of award. In addition,
COMPANY shall set up stores for all items other than line pipes as defined in scope of
supply.
3.1.2 Carrying out inspection of COMPANY supplied line pipes and pipe corrosion coating at
the time of receiving and taking-over for all defects etc. in the presence of Company’s
representative.
3.1.3 Carrying out repairs (including supply of all materials) of line pipe and pipe coating not
attributable to COMPANY which will include repair of all defects/ damages occurring
during transportation and/ or handling after receiving and taking over.
3.1.4 For pipes where cutting out involves more than 25mm from pipe ends, ultrasonic
inspection shall be carried out at pipe ends for line pipe and including supply of all
equipments. Contractor shall take prior approval from Company for the agency
engaged for carrying out ultrasonic inspection.
3.1.5 Loading, unloading, handling, stacking, storing and transportation to workshop/ work
site of all materials (other than bare and corrosion coated line pipes) that may be used
for the construction of pipeline system either supplied by COMPANY at their designated
storage yard/ store and/ or by CONTRACTOR as the case may be. All Company
supplied materials (other than line pipe) shall be issued to Contractor from Company’s
designated store.
3.1.6 Preparation of bevel end and coating edge of line pipes for welding.
3.1.7 Contractor shall incorporate the crossing details in the as-built alignment sheet after
completion of work.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
3.1.8 Carrying out all additional topographic and/ or geotechnical survey as required for local
detours, detours at crossing locations during execution.
3.1.9 Geo-technical investigation and hydrological survey of all major water body crossings
are being carried out by the Company and the same shall be provided to the
contractors during execution of the contract. Geo-technical & topographical survey for
all plots shall be carried out by the respective contractor during execution of the
contract. However, contractor shall verify the authenticity of the data provided during
execution and if required, additional geo-technical investigation & hydrological survey
shall be carried out by the contractors for HDD crossings without any cost and time
implication.
3.1.10 Carrying out thorough internal cleaning of all pipes to remove debris, shots, grits etc.
to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge.
3.1.11 Mobilizing and providing all equipments, manpower (skilled and unskilled),
consumables and other resources etc., as required for the execution of complete work
and thereafter demobilizing the same upon completion of work.
3.1.12 Obtaining all necessary approvals and work permits from concerned authorities having
jurisdiction, as applicable for performing the work including shifting/ relocation and
restoration of telephone/ electrical poles and underground pipes and other utilities
etc., as required by local authorities and as directed by COMPANY. Contractor shall
also obtain all necessary approvals and work permits from concerned authorities
having jurisdiction for crossing underground utilities/ pipelines wherever encountered
along the pipeline route.
3.1.13 Cutting/ uprooting of trees within ROU, counting the number and type of trees to be
cut (before cutting) during pipeline laying works in presence of DFO/ concerned
authorities keeping record thereof and handing over the cut trees as directed by
concerned authorities/ COMPANY.
3.1.13A The Pipeline corridor shall be kept as narrow as possible at all times. The pipeline
shall be fully buried. Wherever possible vegetation along the centre line of the pipe
shall be uprooted carefully, with soil and roots intact, so that it can be used in the
reinstatement. During the excavation of the pipeline, trench top soil and subsoil
material shall be kept separate and backfilled in the same order where possible,
imported backfill material shall be avoided and a selective backfill method used. The
Trench shall be opened and closed as quickly as possible. Safe exit routes/ramps from
the trench shall be provided for wildlife if a trench is left open overnight. The Pipeline
shall not alter the drainage characteristic of the land. Clay Stopper bungs will be used
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
as required.
3.1.14 Staking, clearing, grading of Right of Use (ROU) as required, trenching to all depths in
all types of soils including soft and hard rock, including blasting, controlled blasting,
chiseling, or otherwise cutting etc. to a width to also accommodate the OFC/ cable
conduit as per relevant standards, drawings, specifications etc., stringing, aligning,
bending, welding, NDT by X-ray, field weld joint coating including supply of all
materials, protective coating of long radius bends and buried fittings/ valves including
supply of materials, providing sand/ soft soil padding, rock shield in the trench
wherever required including supply of sand/ soft soil, laying and lowering of the
pipeline including locating existing pipeline using pipe locator, wherever applicable and
maintaining the specified minimum spacing from existing pipeline(s), back filling
including supply of select backfill material where required, carrying out rail, road, river,
canal, drain, utility and submerged minor and major water course crossings including
installation of carrier pipe inside casing pipe at cased crossings wherever required,
providing two component epoxy coating on inner surface of casing pipe wherever
required by statutory authority, bank stabilization of water course crossings as
required, arranging all additional temporary land/ area required for construction
purposes. Supply and installation of anti-buoyancy measures viz. continuous concrete
coating, geo-textile gravel filled bags, saddle weight, extra cover, select backfill etc.
on pipeline, installation of supports wherever required, tie-in/ hook-up with pipeline/
piping installed by others including cutting of temporary test headers, if any, re-
beveling, NDT, fit-up, welding, radiography etc.; clean-up, ROU restoration, pigging,
flushing, gauging, hydrostatic testing with the quantity of corrosion inhibitor as
required, dewatering with the addition of approved chemicals to neutralize the effect
of inhibitor added during hydro test at required dosage, swabbing, drying, pre-
commissioning and commissioning of pipeline including supply of all materials such as
required type and quantity of pigs, manpower, equipment, consumables and carrying
out all associated works as per relevant specifications, standards and approved
drawings enclosed with the Contract document.
3.1.15 All welding and NDT shall be carried out as per welding specification and as per welding
specification charts enclosed in the bid document.
3.1.16 Welding Techniques & NDT
Sl. Description Welding Technique NDT

No.
1 12” x 7.14 mm, Manual /Manual+Semi- X-Ray
API 5L Gr. X70 Automatic
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
Notes:
1) For 12" Pipeline:
a) 12” Pipeline welding may be carried out as mentioned above.
3.1.17 Welding of all tie-in joints including tie-in joints and bends on either side of major river/
canal/ road/ rail crossings/ other facilities as required including adjoining pipeline
spreads, cutting of test header, re-beveling and tie-in with adjacent pipeline segments.
3.1.18 Carrying out welding including cutting, edge preparation (inclusive of grinding the
edges of pipe, fittings, flanges, etc. to match with the matching edges of different
thickness wherever required), fit-up, bending, pre heating wherever required, NDT
including radiography and other non-destructive tests as specified. NDT requirements
for process and other piping shall be in accordance with relevant specifications
enclosed with the Bid document.
3.1.19 Field weld joints coating and corrosion coating of Long Radius (LR) bends and pup
pieces of sectionalizing valves by Heat Shrink Sleeve. 100% solid high build epoxy
(minimum 500 micron thk.) shall be applied for underground piping & valves.
3.1.20 Installation of all in-line insulating joints, valves, appurtenances, online instruments
etc.
3.1.21 Providing slope breakers in steep slope areas including supply of all materials,
wherever required. Contractor shall carry out slope breaker survey and slope breaker
shall be installed (before backfilling) as per standard after approval of Engineer-In-
charge. Supply and installation of slope breaker as per specification and drawing in
slightly undulating areas (having slope 6° to < 20°); slope stablisation as per
specification and drawing in highly undulating areas (having slope ≥ 20°)
3.1.22 Sand/soft soil padding of minimum 150 mm thickness around pipe wherever required
in areas where trenching has been done in rock or gravel or hard soil including supply
of sand/ soft soil. The pipeline trench shall not be filled with gravel and large stones
or boulders. Supply and installation of rock-shield in addition to 150 mm of sand/soft
soil padding around the pipe in rocky areas. The rock shield shall be of minimum 6
mm thick polyethylene mat as per COMPANY specifications. Contractor shall furnish all
details of proposed rock shield to be used, for COMPANY’s approval.
3.1.23 Providing engineered select backfill consisting of loosely compacted cohesion less soil
like sand (for the areas prone to seismic activity) including supply of cohesion less soil
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
like sand for a distance of 1 km on either side, as per job standards. The pipeline shall
be surrounded by at least 0.6 m of select backfill. Extra digging of trench shall be
carried out to comply with above requirement.
3.1.24 The list of crossings indicating crossing methodology is enclosed as APPENDIX VIII
to PJS. However mentioned crossing methodology for respective crossing may vary
depending upon site conditions during time of execution. In case of such situation,
IGGL/PMC has reserve right to inform contractor about revised crossing methodology
to be adopted. The payment will be regulated based on the actual crossing
methodology executed as per relevant SOR item.
3.1.25 Carrying out National highway /State Highway, Expressway, railways and major road
crossings by conventional/ boring/ Jacking/ HDD method (Refer Appendix – VIII-
List of Crossings indicating Proposed Methodology).
3.1.26 Supply & Installation of 168 mm (6”) CS conduit for OFC cable/ HDPE for all crossings
with HDPE sub ducted in CS conduit (with proper end-sealing and arrangement of
wire/etc for pulling OFC).
3.1.27 Supply and Installation of warning mesh over entire pipeline as per relevant
specification. Warning mesh shall be laid 300 mm above the top of pipeline.
3.1.28 Providing all necessary barricading material, safety signboards, warning lights etc to
safeguard the pipeline against accidents during construction of line in city area.
3.1.29 Localized purging/ inertisation including supply of nitrogen during hook up with
existing Pipeline/ piping at existing terminal, if any.
3.1.30 Loading, unloading, handing over and transportation of all surplus COMPANY supplied
free issue materials including line pipe to COMPANY designated stores and stacking of
the same. Stacking of surplus pipe & other material shall be inclusive of supplying of
sand bags etc.
3.1.31 Transportation of long radius bends for installation in terminals/ other areas to work
site(s), return of surplus material/ bends etc. to storage yard/ work site/ Company’s
store shall be in Contractor’s scope. LR bends shall be installed only at the locations
shown in alignment sheets and approach drawings.
3.1.32 Carrying out cleaning, flushing, swabbing (as applicable), dewatering, testing and pre-
commissioning of pipeline and associated facilities at Dispatch Station, Sectionalizing
Valve Stations & Receiving terminal up to the respective battery limits. Locating all
major and minor leaks during hydro-testing, if any.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
3.1.33 Repair of leaks/ burst, not attributable to Contractor, occurring in Company supplied
material, shall be carried out by the contractor and the Contractor shall be
compensated as per provisions of the contract. However Contractor shall carry out
repair of defects attributable to Contractor at no extra cost to Company. Contractor
shall submit a report for failure to Company.
3.1.34 Carrying out magnetic cleaning (pigging with the help of magnetic pig to remove steel
debris), electronic geometric pigging (caliper pigging) for pipeline section including
supply of all types of pigs, pig locating and tracking device, spares, consumables,
manpower etc. as per specification enclosed with bid/ contract document.
3.1.35 Carrying out repair of all defects found during electronic geometric pigging including
locating, digging, cutting, welding, NDT etc.
3.1.36 Commissioning of pipeline & associated facilities providing all equipments, manpower,
machinery, consumables including required number of pigs and assistance as required
during commissioning of pipeline system and associated facilities viz. Dispatch
Terminal, Sectionalizing Valve Stations and Receiving Terminal up to the respective
battery limits.
3.1.38 Pipeline Information Management System is to be implemented by laying

Contractor as per the scope detailed in particular job specification enclosed as
Annexure-VIII and SOR enclosed elsewhere with the tender document. As a
minimum the documents to be uploaded in PIMS system shall include but not be limited
to the following:
 Daily and Monthly Progress Report

 All approved working procedures
 Approved Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) / Procedure Qualification
Record (PQR).
 Approved Alignment Sheets / Crossing Sheets
 HSE Reports
 Material Reconciliation Report
 Status report of contractor bought out items including relevant documents (QAP,
TC, etc.)
 Data for Preparation of Pipe Book
 Technical documents of bought out items (MDS, QAP, QA, Inspection Report,
etc.)
 All As-Built Documents
3.1.37 Final clean-up and restoration of ROU and other conveniences like temporary approach
roads/ temporary works, barren land, road, rail, canals, water crossings, cultivable
land etc. to original condition as per specification and drawings to the entire
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
satisfaction of COMPANY and/ or authorities having jurisdiction over the same,

including disposal of surplus construction materials to Company’s designated stock
yard(s) or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. CONTRACTOR shall restore stones laid
to mark the boundaries of adjoining fields to original conditions. Contractor shall
arrange necessary clearance from all concerned authorities/ land owners to the effect
that ROU has been restored back to the original condition.
3.1.38 Disposal of surplus excavated soil from trench outside ROU.
3.1.39 Idle time preservation by filling Nitrogen at a positive pressure of 2 bar (g) as per
specification, if required including supply of Nitrogen.
3.1.40 Preparation of as-built drawings, pipe-books, documents, photographs and project

records as per specification and instructions of the COMPANY including furnishing of
all Test Certificates/ Inspection Reports for all materials used for permanent
installation. Taking over Crossing details from HDD agency (in case of separate
agency) and compilation of all as-built drawings, project records, pipe book etc. shall
be in laying contractor’s scope of work.
3.1.41 Taking over surplus bare and coated pipe from coating contractor (as applicable) at
storage yard after completion of work, loading, unloading, transportation and handing
over of all surplus Company supplied free issue material including short length of pipes
to Company’s designated Storage yard as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
3.1.42 In case any activity though not specifically covered in schedule of rates description but
same is covered under scope of work/ Specification / drawings, it is understood that
the contractor shall do such performance & provisions so mentioned without any time
& cost implication.
3.1.43 Any other works not specifically listed herein but are required to be carried out to
complete entire work related to pipelines and the associated facilities.
3.1.44 Installation of casing pipes (by open cut/jacking/ boring/ any other trenchless
technique) assembly, including supply of all materials, casing insulators and end seals,
vents and drains etc. complete, at cased crossings.
3.1.45 Supply of HDPE duct for laying of OFC at crossings.
3.1.46 Providing loosely compacted cohesion less soil like sand, murrum, silty sand for
specified distance in seismic prone areas.
3.1.47 Crossings of rivers/streams/canals by Open Cut:

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
a) Pre-construction surveys, preparation of detailed construction method

statement and calculations for Company’s approval.
b) Geo-technical investigations, if required.
c) Site preparation, arranging required land for setting up of string fabrication

yard and obtaining necessary permissions from concerned authorities.
d) Preparation of pipeline Launch way, continuous concrete coating of pipes,

repair of damages to corrosion and concrete coating, string preparation, field
welding, NDT including radiography, pretest of completed strings, corrosion
and concrete coating of field joints, trenching, laying at approved depth,
backfilling including supply of select backfill material (where required),
stabilization of banks, post installation hydro test, capping, providing and
installing of markers, etc.
e) Installation of HDPE conduit, laying of OFC inside the conduit. Contractor shall
install pipeline and HDPE conduit together in river crossings and HDPE conduit
shall be strapped using corrosion resistance straps to the main pipeline in the
top quadrant. Stability of the combined installation shall been ensured.
3.1.48 HDD works shall be carried out in accordance with specification enclosed with bid
package. For directionally drilled crossing, following shall be performed:
a) Carrying out all surveys and collection of data, as may be required for the
design and construction of the crossings.
b) Carrying out all engineering, design calculations and preparing all construction
drawings for laying of pipeline and optical fibre cable inside steel pipe as per
requirements for installation of river crossings by HDD method.
c) All construction activities required for installation of the crossings viz. site
preparation, preparation of pipe string, repair of damages to corrosion coating,
field welding, NDT including radiography, pretest of completed string, corrosion
coating of field joints, holiday testing of complete pipe string, drilling in all types
of soil including gravel, boulders and disintegrated and hard rock, installation
of pipeline, post installation hydro-testing of the crossing section, capping,
providing and installing markers at crossings.
d) Field joint coating shall be carried out by Dirax heat shrink sleeves by Covalence
(Seal For Life) or TBK/ DDX heat shrink sleeves by Canusa-CPC or FRDK sleeves
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
by M/s CYG Changtong New Material Company Ltd. China.
e) Supply of duct of flexible HDPE/plastic corrugated tubing for laying of OFC

cable, preparation of steel conduit string and corrosion coating of weld joints.
f) Installation of pipeline and 6" NB steel conduit for OFC (together in a single
drilled hole or separately in two independent drilled holes).
g) Tie-in with main pipeline after successful installation of pipeline at river

crossing.
h) Testing and jointing of OFC at either ends with OFC in main pipeline trench.
i) Contractor shall dispose bentonite slurry safely as per technical specification

and environmental requirements as applicable.
3.1.49 Clean-up and restoration of ROU and other conveniences like road, rail, canals,
cultivable land, water facilities, irrigation facilities, boundary wall/fence etc. to original
condition as per specification and drawings to the entire satisfaction of Company
and/or Authorities having jurisdiction over the same, including disposal of surplus
excavated soil and other construction materials to a location identified by Contractor
approved by local authority without causing any disturbance to environment and to
the entire satisfaction of Company.
Contractor shall arrange necessary clearance from the concerned authorities/ land
owners to the effect that ROU/ ROW has been restored back to original condition.
Contractor shall carry out joint survey with representative of Competent Authority (CA)
and will obtain clearance in writing from CA that ROU has been restored to original
condition. Necessary clearance from statutory authority / NOC for restoring the ROU
to original condition shall be in Contractor’s scope. Necessary proof of restoration i.e.
through photographs and video recordings will have to be submitted by the contractor
where ever NOC is not available.
3.1.50 Carrying out corrosion coating of long radius bends by heat shrink sleeve as per
specification enclosed with tender document.
3.1.51 Tie-in with the pipeline at rail, road, river and other crossings including cutting of test
headers as required and tie-in with terminal piping & with existing facilities as
applicable.
3.1.52 At all pipeline tie–in locations, the trench shall be excavated further wherever possible
and permanently lubricated HDPE duct shall be laid away (approx. 1 meter) from the
pipeline to avoid damage to the HDPE conduit and to the pipeline.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
3.1.53 Preparation of video films with audio commentary covering all aspects of pipeline
construction annotated as required, conversion of the same to video CD/DVD ROM
format and USB, submitting three (3) sets of the same.
3.1.54 All incidental and associated works and any other works not specifically listed herein
but are required to be carried out to complete entire work related to pipelines and the
associated facilities and making the entire pipeline system ready for operation.
3.2 Associated Works for Pipeline Construction
3.2.1 Installation of casing pipes(by open cut/ jacking/ boring) assembly, including
transportation of casing pipe from company store and supply of all materials, viz.
casing insulators and end seals, vents and drains etc. complete, at cased crossings. In
case, coated casing pipe is supplied as free issue material, then the contractor shall
remove coating before installation.
3.2.2 Cased crossings shall be installed at locations as per instructions of Engineer in-charge.
The number of crossings indicated in alignment sheets is subject to change based on
engineering, construction and statutory requirements or the requirements of the
authority having jurisdiction over a utility crossing.
3.2.3 Supply and installation of all types of pipeline markers including their painting suitable
for highly corrosive environment as per specification and all associated civil works.
3.2.4 Tie-in/ hook-up of pipeline at Despatch / Receipt Terminal / SV Stations and existing
facilities, if any, is in the scope of Contractor.
3.3 Piping Works at Despatch Terminal, Receiving Terminal and Sectionalizing

Valve Stations.
Facilities to be installed at various terminals (Despatch & Receiving) and sectionalizing

Valve (SV) Stations, as a part of overall pipeline system are shown in respective Piping
& Instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs) enclosed.
a. Dispatch & Receiving Terminals/SV Stations
Preliminary equipment layouts/ Plot plans and P&ID for the terminals/ stations are
enclosed with this Bid. These drawings are indicative only and are enclosed to enable
the Contractor to understand the nature of work involved. Issued for Construction (IFC)
piping General Arrangement Drawings (GADs) shall be progressively furnished to the
Contractor, at an appropriate time at project execution stage.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
Contractor shall carry out all works strictly in accordance with the Issued for
Construction (IFC) drawings and reference specifications/ standards, documents, data
sheets etc. enclosed with this Bid document and instructions of Company/ Engineer-in-
Charge and other provisions of Bid document.
The Contractor’s Scope of Work for the work tendered shall consist of, but not be
limited to, supply (as indicated in Scope of Supply), installation, testing, pre-
commissioning and commissioning of terminal piping complete, with all associated
mechanical, civil, architectural, structural, corrosion monitoring system, electrical,
instrumentation, telecom, fire fighting, water supply works etc. as applicable including
all such works which though specifically not indicated here but will otherwise be
required to complete the work in all respects.
The scope indicated below shall be read in conjunction with Schedule of Rates as
applicable, drawings, standards, specifications and other documents forming part of
the Contract document.
3.3.1 “Receiving and Taking over” as defined in specifications of all Company supplied
materials including equipment from the Company’s designated place(s) of issue
defined elsewhere, transportation including loading, unloading, handling from
Company’s designated place(s) of issue to Contractor’s own stock yard(s)/ work
site(s)/ workshop(s), including arranging all necessary intermediate storage area(s)
thereof till the materials are installed in permanent installation.
3.3.2 Procurement and supply of all materials, equipments that are included in the scope of
supply of Contractor, transportation of all materials from manufacturer’s works
including loading, unloading, handling, storing and transportation to work site(s)/work
shop(s) including arranging all necessary intermediate storage area(s) thereof, as
required.
3.3.3 Fabrication, erection, testing of all above-ground/ buried piping system including
installation of metering skid, scrapper trap etc. consisting of pipes, valves (manual and
actuated), flanges, fittings, flow tees, pig signalers, insulating joint etc.; carrying out
all applicable works associated with buried pipeline within the Terminal/ Intermediate
pigging station/ SV station boundary wall/ fence (wherever applicable), carrying out
welding, NDT including radiography; weld repairs/ retesting, cleaning/ flushing hydro
testing, dewatering, functional testing, cutting of mainline and beveling (if required),
excavation in all types of soil for installation of piping and pipe supports, pre-
commissioning, providing commissioning assistance(wherever required) and
commissioning including supply of all materials and manpower that are required during
pre-commissioning and commissioning and all associated works.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
3.3.4 Installation of Sectionalizing Valve stations in all terrains/ soils including all above
ground/ underground piping at all elevations and depths including all civil works, viz.
filling and compaction of valve station areas, excavation of pits, gravel filling,
construction of supports, foundations, construction of access road to installation from
nearest metalled road, installation of all valves and valve actuators and all fittings/
piping works.
3.3.5 Preparation of isometrics and/or fabrication drawings required for the purpose of
fabrication during execution of work.
3.3.6 Obtaining all necessary approvals and work permits from concerned local authorities
having jurisdiction including hot work permit as applicable for performing the work in
existing terminal facilities. Arranging of adequate fire-fighting equipment viz. fire
brigade, fire extinguisher, shielding from existing facilities, oxygen mask etc. for
carrying out the work safely to the satisfaction of COMPANY.
3.3.7 Carrying out welding including cutting, edge preparation (inclusive of grinding the
edges of pipe, fittings, flanges, etc. to match with the matching edges of different
thickness wherever required), fit-up, bending, pre heating wherever required, NDT
including radiography and other non-destructive tests specified. NDT requirements for
process and other piping shall be in accordance with relevant specifications enclosed
with the Contract document.
3.3.8 Installation of all types of valves (manual/ actuated), all types of inline/ online
instruments such as PSVs (other than those covered separately), safety valves, tapping
for thermowells, sample connections, pressure gauges, corrosion monitoring system
etc. for all sizes and ratings including fixing of gaskets, bolts, studs and nuts of all
sizes, ratings and materials.
3.3.10 Installation of all in-line and on-line instruments including Skin Temperature
measurement assemblies.
3.3.11 All works for corrosion monitoring system (CMS) system as described in relevant
document enclosed elsewhere with Bid document.
3.3.12 All associated civil works, viz. levelling, filling and compaction of station areas as
required, necessary stone pitching at the sides of earth fill (if required), excavation of
pits, gravel filling, paving as required, access road to installation from nearest metalled
road, etc.
3.3.13 All associated structural and mechanical works including supply of all materials
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
required, unless covered separately elsewhere in the Bid document, including

construction of foundations (PCC/ RCC works) for equipments and pipe supports and
sleepers, fabrication and erection of supporting structural elements for piping such as
shoes, clamps, anchors, guides, insert plates, brackets, structural column, valve
operating platforms, pipe crossovers etc. Contractor shall provide grating as per details
currently included in the tender document or as per details furnished subsequently.
3.3.14 Supply of bolts, nuts, gaskets, washers, U bolts, clamps, clips, gaskets for supports for
all piping works.
3.3.15 Supply, fabrication and erection of supporting structural elements for piping such as
shoes, clamps, anchors, guides, insert plates, brackets, structural column etc.
3.3.16 All associated structural, instrumentation, telecom, mechanical and civil works
including supply of all material required, covered separately elsewhere in the Bid
document.
3.3.17 Hook-up of piping with equipments and vessels and hook-up of all piping at the battery
limit with the pipeline/ piping including cutting of temporary test header, re-beveling,
NDT, fit-up, welding, radiography etc. including interface/ coordination as required
with other Contractor(s)/Agencies.
3.3.18 Painting of above ground piping (including supply of materials), structural steel
elements, for pipe supports, all equipments and all related miscellaneous items as
required and as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Paint shall be suitable for highly
corrosive environment in accordance with specification. Wherever touch up/ repair of
primer is required, high build epoxy zinc phosphate primer shall be used.
3.3.19 Protective coating of 100% solid high build epoxy minimum 500 micron thk. for all
underground piping, valves, fittings, etc.
3.3.20 Corrosion protection coating of all field weld joints for buried piping of all sizes
including supply of all materials.
3.3.21 Cleaning (card board blasting), Hydro testing, dewatering and drying of piping system
of all sizes as per specifications enclosed.
3.3.22 Final clean up and restoration of site, facilities etc. as per the requirement of
COMPANY/ Engineer-in-Charge including filling (wherever required) and grading of
areas around stations for avoiding any local flooding of area.
3.3.23 Transportation and stacking of all surplus COMPANY supplied free issue material to
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
Company’s designated store after completion of works or as directed by Engineer-in-

Charge.
3.3.24 Preparation of as-built drawings, documents and project records as per instructions of
Engineer-in-Charge.
3.3.25 Preparation of detailed procedures for fabrication, installation, testing, pre-

commissioning and commissioning. Such procedures shall be submitted to COMPANY/
Engineer-in-Charge for review and approval.
3.3.26 Obtaining all statutory clearances, approvals, permissions and hot work permit for the
works as required.
3.3.27 Fabrication and erection of piping supports and change of existing support/ additional
supports installed by others as directed by Engineer-in charge.
3.3.28 Idle time preservation of mainline and terminal piping by nitrogen gas with positive
pressure 2 bar (g) for specified period.
3.3.29 Any other works not specifically listed herein but required for completion of the works
in all respects.
3.4 All construction works shall be carried out as per “Issued for Construction” drawings,
procedures, specifications and applicable codes and standards. Any changes at site
shall also need prior approval from the COMPANY and revision of drawings.
3.5 Temporary Cathodic Protection Works
Temporary Cathodic Protection works shall be carried out as per the scope detailed in
particular job specification enclosed as Annexure-I and SOR enclosed elsewhere with
the tender.
3.6 Corrosion Monitoring System Works
Corrosion Monitoring System works shall be carried out as per the scope detailed in
particular job specification enclosed as Annexure-II and SOR enclosed elsewhere with
the tender.
3.7 Civil, Architecture& Structural Works
Civil, Architecture & Structural works shall be carried out as per the scope detailed
in particular job specification enclosed as Annexure-III and SOR enclosed elsewhere
with the tender.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
3.8 Instrumentation Works
Instrumentation works shall be carried out as per the scope detailed in particular job
specification enclosed as Annexure-IV and SOR enclosed elsewhere with the tender.
3.9 Telecommunication Works
Telecommunication works shall be carried out as per the scope detailed in particular job
specification enclosed as Annexure-V and SOR enclosed elsewhere with the tender.
3.10 Electrical Works
Electrical works shall be carried out as per the scope detailed in particular job
specification enclosed as Annexure-VI and SOR enclosed elsewhere with the tender.
3.11 Fire Protection Works
Fire Protection works shall be carried out as per the scope detailed in particular job
specification enclosed as Annexure-VII and SOR enclosed elsewhere with the tender.
3.12 Pipeline Information Management System (PIMS)
PIMS works shall be carried out as per the scope detailed in particular job specification
enclosed as Annexure-VIII and SOR enclosed elsewhere with the tender.
4.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
4.1 Materials to be supplied by COMPANY as Free Issue
Company shall supply the following Pipeline/ Terminal piping materials required for
permanent installation to the Contractor at an appropriate time during the execution
stage as free issue materials:
Line Pipes:
Entire required quantity of bare/ coated line pipes of all thickness shall be supplied by
Company. Line pipes (bare/ coated) shall be made available to the Contractor at
designated storage yards. Transportation of the line pipe from designated storage
yards in to work site shall be in the scope of the CONTRACTOR. Further the
CONTRACTOR has to ensure safe storage.
a. Bare Line Pipes API 5L Gr. X-70 of 12”x 7.92 mm shall be used for above ground piping
in front of scrapper trap by the Contractor.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
b. The quantities of coated and bare line pipes indicated in the bid document are
approximate and may vary. The exact quantity shall be intimated to the Contractor
after award of work.
c. Contractor to note that quantities of line pipe indicated in the bid document includes
contingency/ extra length over and above the actual requirements. Surplus pipes shall
be taken over by the Installation contractor from the coating contractor at storage
yard after completion of Installation works. It is the responsibility of installation
contractor to return surplus pipes to the COMPANY designated storage yard as per
instructions of Engineer In-Charge after completion of installation works.
d. Receiving and taking over of bare and coated line pipes at Storage yard including its
inspection. All trucks / trailers for transportation of line pipes from storage yards to
site/ ROU/ Contractor’s storage Yard shall be supplied by contractor. The coating
contractor shall load the coated/bare line pipes onto the truck/trailers supplied by
contractor.
e. Contractor shall note that the dumpyard/ storage yard chainages indicated in the bid
document are approximate and may vary based on the availability of land and NH/
SH/ Rail approach. The exact location of Pipe Storage Yards shall be intimated to the
Contractor at the time of award. Contractor shall be responsible for performing all
works as per scope of work at the finally selected storage yard location by the
COMPANY at no extra time / cost to the COMPANY.
f. Contractor shall note that Chainage indicated for SVs are approximate and may vary
±10 % along the pipeline chainage, based on the availability of land and NH/ SH/ Rail
approach. The exact location of SV stations shall be intimated to the Contractor at the
time of award. Contractor shall be responsible for performing all works as per scope
of work at the finally selected SV locations by the COMPANY at no extra time/ cost to
the COMPANY.
g. Transportation of pipes and other free issue material from place of issue is in
Contractor’s scope. Contractor shall note that the prices indicated in the Schedule of
Rates shall be inclusive of taking the delivery and transportation of line pipes and other
material from the above storage yard/ stockyard to work place(s).
h. Bevel Protectors of the line pipes shall be the property of the pipeline installation
Contractor. He has to collect and dispose off the bevel protectors. Contractor shall
quote accordingly.
i. Void
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
j. The Storage yard shall be managed by coating contractor under a separate contract.
The coating contractor shall load the coated/ bare line pipes onto the trailers supplied
by Installation Contractor.
Other Terminal Piping Materials
Company shall supply the following materials to be installed as a part of Terminal

piping as free issue:
i. Scrapper traps including handling devices, pig signalers, quick opening closure and
pressure safety valves.
ii. Insulating joints
iii. Flow tees
iv. All types of valves (ball, plug, globe etc.) of size 4” and above. Wherever required,
actuators shall be supplied along with valves.
v. Quick Opening End Closures of all sizes for blow down lines.
vi. All types of fittings (of size 18” and above) such as elbows, tees, reducers,
weldolets, sockolets etc.
vii. Flanges/ blind flanges/ spectacle blinds/ spacers & blinds (of size 18” and above)
viii. Metering skids
The Company shall make above free issue materials available at the IGGL store
locations as indicated in Annexure-2 to SCC.
Contractor shall arrange all trucks/ trailers, cranes etc. for transportation of above
materials including loading at Company store, unloading at contractor’s storage yard/
work site, arrangement of cranes, handling etc.
Contractor shall return all surplus material to company designated storage yard as
decided by Engineer- In- charge.
4.1.1 Conditions for COMPANY Supplied Material
i. The Contractor shall be responsible for taking over of the material and
subsequent handling, hauling, transportation to the actual work
site(s)/fabrication yard(s) and storage & safe keeping of the materials.
Contractor shall arrange all equipment/ cranes etc. for loading of these
materials on their truck/trailers for transportation except line pipe.
ii. The Contractor shall inspect all COMPANY supplied free issue materials at the
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
time of taking over from the COMPANY and defects noticed, if any, shall be
brought to the notice of COMPANY/ COMPANY representative and jointly
recorded. Once the material has been taken over by the Contractor, all the
responsibility for safe keeping of the materials shall rest with the Contractor.
iii. Every month the Contractor shall submit to the COMPANY an account for the
material issued to the Contractor in the Performa prescribed by Engineer-in-
Charge.
iv. On completion of the works, Contractor shall submit a “Material Appropriation

Statement” for all materials supplied by the COMPANY as free issue materials.
v. The scrap allowances shall be permissible as per the provision of Bid document.
The percentage allowance shall be accounted on the basis of actual
consumption as incorporated in the work.
vi. All unused and scraps material shall be the property of the COMPANY and shall
be returned by Contractor to COMPANY at COMPANY’s designated storage
point(s) including transportation of the same from Contractor’s stock
yard(s)/worksite(s)/work shop(s) to the COMPANY’s designated storage
point(s). Contractor shall be responsible for the proper measurements of the
unused/ scrap materials to be returned to the COMPANY.
4.2 Materials to be supplied by CONTRACTOR
The procurement and supply, in sequence and at appropriate time and place, including
inspection and expediting, of all materials and consumables required for completion
of the work as defined in this bid document except the materials specifically listed
under para 4.1 above as COMPANY free issue material, shall be entirely the
CONTRACTOR's responsibility and the item rates quoted for the execution of the
WORK shall be inclusive of supply of all these materials. All materials supplied by the
CONTRACTOR shall be strictly in accordance with the requirements of relevant
COMPANY material specifications enclosed with the Contract document. All
equipments, materials, components etc. shall be new and specifically purchased for
this job from Company approved vendors, duly inspected by third party inspection
agency (shall be 3.2 certified--refer APPENDIX-VI – Third Party Inspection Agency)
along with manufacturing certificate for relevant pressure containing equipment/
materials/ parts/ components etc. For other contractor supplied equipment/ materials/
parts/ components, contractor has to submit test certificate as per technical
specification/ applicable codes/ approved QAP (as applicable) before supply. As a
minimum, the materials to be supplied by CONTRACTOR may include but shall not be
limited to the following.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
i. All equipments & consumables such as welding electrodes, oxygen, acetylene,

inert gases, all types of welding electrodes, filler wires, solder wires, brazing
rods, flux etc. for welding/ cutting and soldering purposes.
ii. All materials for all types of pipeline markers including cement, sand,
reinforcements, structural steel etc. and paint conforming to normal corrosive
environment as per specification enclosed with the bid documents.
iii. Casing insulators and end seals and materials for casing vents and drains as
per drawings.
iv. All materials required for continuous concrete coating/ gravel filled geo-textile
bags/ saddle weight for providing negative buoyancy to the pipeline wherever
required. Contractor shall take prior approval of COMPANY and furnish all
details including design calculations in case of use of purpose built geo-textile
bags. For river crossings, only continuous concrete coating shall be provided
for negative buoyancy.
v. Supply of warning mesh as per the technical specification/ EN:12613 standard

(latest edition).
 The material of warning mesh shall be of virgin quality
polyethylene (PE) / polypropylene (PP) as per EN:12613 (latest
edition).
 It shall have UV-resistant, non- biodegradable, non-hazardous and

non-toxic properties. If warning mesh is made from PE material,
then, the same shall have anti-rodent properties in addition to
above properties.
 Warning mesh shall have golden yellow colour and printed text
shall be in red colour and of non-deletable type with high abrasion
resistance.
 All test shall be conducted and accepted as per requirement of

EN:12613 (latest edition) unless otherwise mentioned in approved
QAP.
 Handling including loading and unloading, packaging,

transportation, laying shall be carried out as per manufacturer’s /
supplier’s guidelines so that material at all stages upto laying shall
be in safe and sound condition.
 Printer matter and their layout shall be approved by PMC/owner

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
before supply.
 Print matter shall be printed in English and Local language

alternatively at every 1 m distance. Manufacturer's name, year of
manufacturing and batch/lot number shall appear at every running
meter of warning mesh strip
 In case warning mesh is supplied in more than 500 mm width, a

sample of width 500 mm from the same lot/batch of material shall
be tested as per requirement of EN:12613. The sample drawn
should have same production parameters (except width) as of
higher width section.
 Contractor has to submit the QAP of warning mesh for approval

before commencement of production. Inspection of material will
be done at vendor’s works by owner/PMC representatives. Any
test failed during inspection for the referred lot/batch, the total
lot/batch will be rejected.
 Print matter text/ font size will be of letter height 15 mm and

thickness of letter line 2 mm. However vendor to ensure that print
matter text size shall be legible when viewed from the range of
minimum 5 m distance without magnification.
 If centre width of the mesh is not sufficient to accommodate the

requirement mentioned above, in that case the vendor may put
separate PE Centre band/strip to accommodate the below
mentioned requirements.
a) PE center band/strip shall be golden yellow color and

made from virgin quality, high density polyethylene,
center band/strip thickness shall be of minimum 0.1
mm thick and shall have UV-resistant, non-
biodegradable, non-hazardous , non-toxic and anti-
rodent properties.
b) PE center band /strip width shall be 100mm for warning

mesh width upto 550mm and 150 mm width of PE
center bend shall be kept for warning mesh width more
than 550mm
c) PE centre band/strip shall be pasted on centre of the

warning mesh in such a manner, so that after paste
inherent material properties of warning mesh shall not
be compromised. Further peel strength of the used
adhesive material shall be sufficient enough so that PE
centre band/strip shall not peel off during handling,
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
transportation, storage, laying in trench and in wet

environment/condition either at above ground or
underground condition. Manufacturer/Supplier shall
give declaration/ compliance statement regarding the
used adhesive for paste purpose of PE centers
band/strip.
 The warning mesh shall be supplied in single part of 600

mm width for 12” Pipeline.
vi. Supply of all materials for installation of wind-shock and safety signboard at
different stations.
vii. All materials and consumables required for external corrosion coating and
concrete coating (where required) of field weld joints.
viii. All materials required for field joint coating, corrosion coating of LR bends, pup
pieces of sectionalizing valves and repair of damaged corrosion coating of line
pipe. Contractor shall confirm that proposed field joint coating material is
suitable for type of terrain encountered along pipeline route. Contractor shall
take prior approval from COMPANY for field joint coating material to be used.
The cut back length shall be 150 mm + 20 (-0) mm.
ix. All material, equipment & consumables for HDD works including Dirax heat
shrink sleeves by Covalence (Seal For Life) or TBK heat shrink sleeves by
Canusa-CPC or equivalent.
x. All materials required for sand/ soft soil padding around pipeline and optical
fibre cable, select backfill of approved quality, slope breakers, bank
stabilization of water crossings etc.
xi. For rocky areas, rock shield shall be provided in addition to sand/ soft soil
padding. Rock shield shall be of high density extruded polyethylene mesh with
following properties:
Thickness ASTM D-1777 6 mm (minimum)

Compressive Strength ASTM D-1621 250 PSI
Impact Resistance ASTM G-14 100 in-lb
Contractor shall obtain prior approval from Engineer-in-charge for rock shield
material & its application procedure.
xii. All materials including consumables, nitrogen etc. required for hook-up with
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
existing facilities and equipments.
xiii. Mobilizing and providing all necessary barricading material, safety signboards,
warning lights etc. to safeguard the pipeline against accidents during
construction of line in city area.
xiv. All safety tools, tackles, devices, apparatus, equipment etc. including ladders
and scaffolding complete as required.
xv. All stud bolts, nuts, jack screws, all type of gaskets (metallic spiral wound
gaskets) in required quantities to be used for permanent installation into the
system for all sizes and ratings of flanges and flanged valves, equipment etc.,
including nuts, bolts, gaskets, washers, U bolts, clamps, clips etc. for pipe/
equipment supports. All materials for supports shall be in contractors account.
xvi. All types of coating and painting materials including primer and paints suitable
for highly corrosive environment for painting above ground piping and 100%
solid high build epoxy (minimum 500 micron thk.) for underground piping/
valves, etc.
xvii. All pipes, fittings, flanges, blind flanges, gaskets, nuts, bolts, clamps, strainers,
equipment/ consumable, metallic blinds, temporary gaskets as required for
filling, pressurizing, hydrostatic testing and dewatering, swabbing etc.
including test headers for pigging and hydro-testing.
xviii. All materials such as cohesion less soil/ sand required for installation of pipeline
in seismic active zones.
xix. All materials, equipments, consumables etc. required for magnetic cleaning
and caliper pigging of pipeline.
xx. All materials required for civil, structural and general civil works including
structural steel, cement, reinforcement, concreting, grouting etc. in facilities
like despatch terminal, SV stations, and receiving terminal including all types
of equipment and material required for excavation/ construction of pits for
equipment and instrument installations and steel/ structural steel materials of
all types.
xxi. All materials required for repair/ restoration of pavements, roads, bunds, walls,
other structures affected/ damaged by Contractor’s construction activities.
Materials shall be equivalent/ superior to those used for original construction
of the facility.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
xxii. All equipment and consumables required for hydrostatic testing like pumps,
pressure and temperature gauges, test water and corrosion inhibitors for test
water for hydrostatic testing.
xxiii. Supply of insulators, end seals etc. in case of cased crossings; supply of 6” NB
CS conduit. CS conduit of 168 mm dia. for OFC shall also be used in open cut
river crossing by strapping with concrete coated line pipe.
xxiv. All materials, consumables and equipment required for welding and for all
types of tests and NDT such as radiography, ultrasonic testing, magnetic
particle, dye penetrate examination etc. including radiography film, X-ray/
gamma ray machines, developing equipment and consumables, Ultrasonic
equipments etc.
xxv. All safety tools, tackles, devices, apparatus, equipment etc. including ladders
and scaffolding complete as required.
xxvi. Steel materials such as structural steels, reinforcement steels and steel for all
types of supports, foundations, ladders, platforms, etc.
xxvii. All steel materials such as structural steel, reinforcement steel, shims, wedges,
packing plates (machined wherever required), pipes, nuts & bolts, washers, U-
bolts, anchor bolts, clamps, clips, pipe saddles/ shoes etc. as required for the
fabrication of structural supports and supports basements/ foundations,
platforms etc. Pipes supplied by COMPANY shall not be used for fabrication of
supports and support saddles etc.
xxviii. All materials for corrosion protection of buried piping, pipe fittings, valves,
casing pipes, etc.
xxix. All materials and equipments related to blasting of rock/ controlled blasting for
excavating trench, grading of ROU, pipeline & pipe laying/ installation and
other works.
xxx. All materials for surface type temperature element.
xxxi. Mobilizing Pipe/ cable locator for locating existing pipelines/ cables.
xxxii. All types of corrosion measuring instruments e.g. corrosion coupons, corrosion
probes etc. wherever required as per specification.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
xxxiii. Sand ridges (sand, polyethylene sheets etc.) and other materials for stacking
of surplus pipes at Company’s designated storage yard.
xxxiv. Corrosion inhibitor, oxygen scavengers and bactericides for water used for
hydrostatic testing including water for testing.
xxxv. Required quantities of nitrogen for idle time preservation and pre-
commissioning of Pipeline and associated facilities, if required.
xxxvi. Supply of Assorted pipes
xxxvii. All pigs for cleaning, gauging, filling, dewatering, swabbing, drying, pre-
commissioning and commissioning of the pipeline.
xxxviii. All materials i.e. fittings, flanges, valves, blind flange etc. required for isolation
and nitrogen purging for pipe section, manpower, equipment, pigs,
consumables, nitrogen required for carrying out commissioning of pipeline
along with necessary piping and instrumentation connection for monitoring
flow rate, pressure, temperature etc. providing temporary facilities for venting/
flaring along with necessary piping, valves and instrumentation etc. shall be in
contractor’s scope.
xxxix. All other materials not specified above but required for successful completion
of the entire work whether temporary or permanent in nature.
The item rates quoted for the execution of the work shall be inclusive of supply of all
materials mentioned above unless specifically covered otherwise under schedule of
rates. The quantities indicated in schedule of rates under Contractor’s scope of supply
are approximate. Contractor shall carryout MTO of all materials required based on IFC
general arrangement drawings, P&IDs and firm up the actual requirement of materials.
All escalation/ extra materials procured by Contractor for contingencies shall be
Contractor’s property and no payments shall be made for such materials. Payment
shall be made for actual materials installed by the Contractor as a part of permanent
installation.
In case, any item is covered in scope of work but is not present in Schedule of Rates
(SOR), it will be assumed that bidder has included cost implication of those items in
their total price.
4.3 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
4.3.1 All materials shall be preserved against deterioration and corrosion due to poor or
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
improper storage while under the custody of the Contractor.
4.3.2 All materials shall be duly protected by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost with the
appropriate preservatives like primer, lacquer coating, grease etc. and shall be covered
with suitable material to prevent them from direct exposure to sun, rain, wind and
dust.
4.3.3 Whenever applicable, pipes shall be stacked according to the identification marks and
stacks shall be arranged on sleepers/ sand pads at least 300 mm above ground.
4.3.4 The CONTRACTOR shall check that valves, fittings, specials etc. are not subjected to
corrosion from hydrostatic test water remaining in the packing. Any such condition
when detected should be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-Charge and remedial
measures taken as directed.
4.3.5 All machined surfaces shall be properly greased and should be maintained and
protected from damages.
4.3.6 Openings of equipment, machinery, valves etc. shall be kept blocked/ covered with
blinds to prevent entry of foreign matter.
4.3.7 As far as possible materials shall be transported to the site of erection only just prior
to the actual erection and shall not be left lying around indefinitely on ground but kept
on packing/ sleepers etc. to maintain the minimum distance from the ground as
specified and/ or as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
Contractor shall adhere to meet the indicative construction milestones enclosed as

Appendix-I to Particular Job Specification. Contractor shall be responsible for
close monitoring and completion of indicative construction milestone.
6.0 SCOPE OF WORK AND SCOPE OF SUPPLY FOR OTHER DISCIPLINES
Detailed scope of work and scope of supply covered in this document given above is
pertaining to pipeline laying and associated pipeline terminal/ station piping works
only. Detailed scope of work related to civil, architectural, structural, Cathodic
protection, corrosion monitoring system, electrical, instrumentation, telecom, fire
fighting and water supply works are covered in separate documents in detail and the
same are enclosed elsewhere with the Bid document. All these documents shall be
read in conjunction with this document and shall form an integral part of the overall
Scope of work of the Contractor(s).
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
7.0 OTHER CONDITIONS OF BID
7.1 Basis of Work
7.1.1 All piping/ pipeline works shall be carried out as per following:
a) Piping and Instrumentation Diagram (P & IDs) and line schedule.

b) Approved for construction Piping General Arrangement Drawing (GADs).
c) Approved for construction Alignment sheets/ crossing drawings.
d) Piping Material Specifications.
e) Specifications
f) Piping support standards/ drawings and support index.
g) Any other drawings/ sketches prepared by Company and/ or by the Contractor
and approved by the Company
7.2 Topographic Survey
The alignment sheets including plan and ground profile details, details of various
crossings are enclosed along with the bid document for contractor’s reference and
information only.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to verify the pipeline routes. Wherein

Contractor’s opinion the survey and investigation data is not found to be sufficient in
detail, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to collect/ arrange and provide
such topographic surveys.
Further, successful contractor(s) after award of work shall immediately carry out
topographic survey and geotechnical investigation of all crossings other than those
provided by the company in the pipeline route and prepare crossing drawing for each
crossings. The drawing shall be submitted for Company’s approval. IFC alignment
sheet shall be issued based on the input of above crossing drawings.
The formats for crossing drawing to be used are enclosed with the bids. Contractor
shall also incorporate the crossing details in the as built alignment sheet after
completion of work.
Contractor shall also perform any additional topographic surveys and geotechnical
investigations that may be required for local detours or at crossings or at any other
location during execution of the project without any extra cost to the COMPANY.
Pipeline alignment shall be marked on village maps by CONTRACTOR wherever
detouring is beyond existing ROU. CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to have considered
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
such eventualities while formulating his bid.
7.3 Alignment Sheets and Station Drawings
Surveyor Alignment Sheets and crossing drawings are included in the Bid package.
The details of class location, crossings details are separately enclosed. These
drawings/ details are indicative only and are furnished to enable to estimate the
quantum of work and to quote a firm price for the work.
Final drawings marked “Issued for Construction (IFC)” shall be furnished by COMPANY
to CONTRACTOR at project execution stage after submission of crossing drawings by
the Contractor as per mentioned elsewhere in the bid.
Typical station drawings are also included in the Bid package. These drawings are
marked as “Tender Purpose Only”.
The IFC (Issued for Construction) drawings issued during project execution stage may
vary from the drawings included in the Bid Package. CONTRACTOR shall carry out all
works in accordance with these IFC drawings at no extra cost to the COMPANY.
7.4 Description of Pipeline Route
7.4.1 Route Description
1. Section-12: (12” NB x 85.836 Km (approx.) Agartala- Tulamura Feeder Line originates

from DT Tulamura and terminates at RT Agartala.
For details refer Pipeline Network Schematic Diagram No.

MEC/23UU/05/28/M/000/0021 (Sheet 12 of 14) attached as Appendix-IV.
For detailed list of crossings, refer Appendix-VIII– List of Crossings indicating

Proposed Crossing Methodology.
7.4.2 The number of crossings and features along the pipeline route are mentioned in
detailed survey report. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled for any compensation in
terms of time and cost in case of variation in the above. Contractor shall verify the
above data and carry out pipeline installation works without any extra cost & time to
COMPANY.
7.5 Soil Investigation and Soil Resistivity survey
COMPANY has carried out soil investigation (visual classification/ stratification) and
resistivity survey along the entire pipeline route. Data collected from such surveys is
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
enclosed with the bid package to the extent available. Such data is issued to
CONTRACTOR for his reference purpose only. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to
verify the data and satisfy himself with regard to accuracy and utility of data.
CONTRACTOR shall carry out any additional soil data/ investigation required for
installation. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled for any compensation in terms of time
or cost in case of any variation in actual site conditions from the data furnished in the
bid package. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to familiarize himself with sub-soil
conditions along the pipeline route and workout the lengths of pipeline to be laid in
different subsoil conditions including the quantum of rock excavation that would be
necessary. Unit rates quoted shall also be inclusive of all rock excavation. No extra
compensation shall be payable to CONTRACTOR for any rock excavation whatsoever.
7.6 Pipeline ROU
Contractor shall carry out construction work within the width of pipeline ROU as made
available to them with no time and cost implication to the Company. The Contractor
shall arrange any additional ROU requirement for construction purposes. It shall be
Contractor’s responsibility to make arrangement for any additional land required for
fabrication, construction, storage and all other work areas. In certain restricted areas
such as private holdings, congested and plantation areas etc. ROU may be restricted
to a width of 3-5 meters. In forest areas only 10 m ROU will be made available to the
contractor. Contractor shall propose suitable execution methodology and time schedule
for construction/ execution of work at areas of restricted ROU and deploy adequate
equipment& manpower etc. as required. Contractor shall also arrange additional land
during installation of Pipeline by HDD.
Damages, if any, to existing pipeline and facilities shall be Contractor’s account.
Wherever the detouring is carried out beyond ROU during pipeline installation, the
detoured pipeline alignment shall be marked on village maps by the pipeline installation
Contractor.
7.7 PIPELINE PASSING THROUGH CITY AREAS
In case the pipeline passes through city areas, it will be laid generally in the carriage
way. Wherever it is not possible to lay the pipe line on the carriage way for any reason
whatsoever, the pipeline will be laid on service road / footpath. It will be the
responsibility of the Contractor to identify all the underground utilities after surveying
the area along the gas pipeline route and lay the pipeline with clear distance of 20 cm
from other existing utilities like cable, water pipeline etc. In case of hydrocarbon
pipeline the clear distance shall be 50 cm.
7.7.1 RESTRICTION OF ROU

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
• In congested urban/industrial areas where the exact location of the existing

services (aboveground as well underground) are not known, the contractor
shall contact the concerned authorities to get the permission to cross the
existing utility including approval of the final alignment of the pipeline before
commencement of work. Contractor shall obtain the Digging Permit from the
respective authority. In addition to this acquisition of NOC from the respective
utilities companies will be also in the scope of the contractor.
• In some areas due to several underground obstacles encountered

during construction, mechanical trenching may not be possible. In such cases
Contractor shall perform the work by manual means without any Cost
as well as time implications.
• The contractor shall finalize the alignment of pipeline by making the trial pits
at regular intervals in order to ensure the location of existing underground
utilities.
• In urban/ Industrial areas where there are numerous underground utilities,

the cover of 1.0m /1.5 m may not be sufficient; Contractor will not
raise any compensation for any such necessary deepening. Due to deepening
of trench it may be required that shoring of trench may be required to avoid
collapse of the same along the road. The same shall be done by the contractor
without any cost implications.
• Due to restriction by statutory authorities, the Contractor may not be allowed

to work during monsoon season. Thus for such areas the contractor shall plan
his work accordingly and submit his schedule to relevant authorities without
any time as well as Cost implication.
• In city areas where, due to restrictions by the statutory authorities, the

movement of heavy machinery is not allowed, the laying /Construction
activities shall have to be carried out manually. Only tyre mounted equipment
such as Hydra/ JCB etc. will be permitted with consent of the concerned
authorities.
• The authorities may impose stringent conditions for laying the pipeline in
certain areas like limited length of working section, night work shift only
etc. Thus the contractor must submit his working methodology to relevant
authorities in order to obtain the necessary permission for laying the pipeline
prior to commencement of work.
• Due to non-mobilization of the heavy machinery and due to underground

utilities, the welding of long pipe string above ground and lowering may not be
possible, therefore welding may need to be carried out in the trench by making
bell holes for individual pipe or small sections of pipe.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
• To comply with the agreed work schedule, the contractor may work in shift or
extended hours.
The Contractor shall be deemed to have taken into consideration all variations
as mentioned above at the time of formulating his bid and no extra
compensation either by way of time or cost shall be admissible.
7.7.2 PARTICULAR INSTRUCTIONS
• In Principle all statutory permissions from all concerned shall be obtained by

IGGL. However, all activities related to liaison, co-ordination etc. with all
authorities needed to achieve the work as per schedule will be under
Contractor’s scope including taking work permit/ Digging Permit before
commencement of work. Contractor shall also inform and seek
necessary permission from the local traffic police before commencement of
trenching work.
• For access route to the working strip, the Contractor will be responsible
to negotiate with the relevant owner, tenant or authorities. Any deemed
compensation will be borne by the Contractor.
• The contractor shall be responsible for overall entire quality control activities
for the present project.
• Contractor proponent shall have to take prior approval of concerned

Government agencies while carrying out blasting wherever required.
• Contractor proponent shall have to take preserve top soil dug and shall be
restored to original condition on completion of the work.
• Owner shall obtain permission from the Forest department. However, required
assistance to get the permission from the respective authorities, necessary
liaison, co-ordination etc., with the authorities needed to achieve the work as
per schedule including taking work is in the Contractor’s scope.
• While carrying out the laying activities any damage to other utilities to be
repaired by the contractor to the full satisfaction of the utility agency. Any claim
arises out of damage of other utilities shall be borne by the contractor.
• Contractor proponent shall construct the pipeline and other infrastructure and
adopt safety measures as per the standards & specification laid down by the
concerned agencies from time to time.
• Contractor proponent is required to comply with the manufacturing, Storage

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
and import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules -1989 framed under the Environment
(protection) Act 1986.
• On completion of all temporary work structures, surplus materials and wastes

shall be suitably disposed off.
• Similarly, any additional conditions issued by statutory authorities will also have
to be complied with by the contractor without any cost implications.
7.7.3 PREPARATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITES
The overall duration of the works at every point of the pipeline route, from the opening
of the working area to lowering of pipeline and trench backfilling shall not exceed the
permit condition of relevant authority.
7.7.4 WORKING STRIP
No ROU exist for the city portion line along the authority land. Working strip may be
available along the road side for the construction site. Contractor should deploy
suitable equipment and adopt his working methodology accordingly.
7.7.5 REDUCING THE WORKING STRIP
Contactor shall not be compensated for any reduction in the width of working strip.
7.7.6 REVERSE OF THE WORKING STRIP
No fencing of any kind along the pipe route is essential to be provided. However, it
remains the responsibility of the Contractor to barricade the area of open trenches so
that no untoward accident takes place.
7.7.7 EXCAVATIONS (UNDERGROUND OBSTACLES)
In congested area or if deemed necessary by Owner’s Engineer or concerned

authorities where numerous utilities may be encountered the contractor should carry
out the excavation manually without entitlement of any compensation.
7.7.8 REINFORCED CONCRETE SLABS AS MECHANICAL PROTECTION FOR THE

PIPE
Crossing of utilities will be done by invariably going below the utilities maintaining a
clear gap of minimum 20 cm except hydrocarbon pipelines. From hydrocarbon
pipelines, clear gap of minimum 50 cm shall be maintained. If due to site constraint it
is not possible to lay the pipeline as per the above cover requirement, Contractor shall
initiate the proposal for approval of Deviation and obtain written permission from EIC.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
7.7.9 DELETED.
7.7.10 MARKERS
Pipeline Warning Markers shall be installed at each and every Kilometer. Apart
from this, additional warning markers shall also be installed at each side of highways
(NH/SH), major district roads (MDR), all metalled roads, railway crossings, water body
crossings, any other major crossings and at entrance to stations.
For urban Agglomeration (UAs) / Towns having a population of 1 lakh or more, the
warning marker shall be installed at least at every 50 meters and if required additional
markers shall be installed where there is possibility of damage or interference.
Pipeline Warning Sign shall in general be installed at
• National and State Highway Crossings (2 Nos.)

• Other Road Crossings (1 No.)
• Railway Crossings (2 Nos.)
• Minor Water Crossings (less than 15m width) (1 No.)
• Minor Water Crossings (above 15m width) (2 Nos.)
• Major Water Crossings (2 Nos.)
• Valve Station (1 No.)
• And at any other location as shown in the approved drawings and as directed
by the COMPANY.
Pipeline Warning Sign shall identify the existence of the pipeline
Aerial markers shall in general be installed along the pipeline at every five kilometers
intervals and at places specified by COMPANY. The aerial kilometer marker having the
warning details can also be treated as warning marker.
Kilometre markers shall in general be installed at every one (1) kilometre interval
along the pipeline route and in place of every fifth kilometer marker, aerial marker
shall be provided. The Aerial/ Kilometre Markers having the warning details can also
be treated as Warning Marker.
Right-of-Way/ boundary markers shall be installed at every 250 metres interval

along the entire pipeline route. These shall be installed on either side of the pipeline
alignment to define the ROW boundary limits. These shall also be installed at pipeline
turning points to maintain the continuity of the ROW limits.
In urban agglomerates (UAs)/ towns having a population of 1 lakh or more, pipeline

route marker shall be installed at least at every 25 meters.
7.7.11DIRECTIONAL MARKERS
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
Direction markers shall be installed to identify the significant turning points of the
pipeline during aerial traverse. One direction marker shall be installed at each turning
point. In addition, direction markers shall also be installed along the pipeline alignment
at 150 m upstream and downstream of turning points.
7.7.12 EXCAVATED MATERIAL
• The excavated material shall be placed in such a way as to avoid

any inconvenience to property owners, or interference to the circulation of
pedestrians or vehicles as well as to the operation of near-by installations.
The excavated material shall be piled up in such a way that they enable the
watering of the trees. No excavated material shall be piled up in the road
crossings. It may be insisted upon by the authority to remove all the
excavated materials immediately after trenching.
• To prevent the excavated stone and earth from falling into the trench, a strip
20cm shall be left clear between the edge of the trench and the bottom of the
pile of excavated earth. This width may be increased, according to the
nature of the ground and the atmospheric conditions.
• Wherever necessary, the contractor is required to remove the excavated

material from the site and to be kept at a dump yard until the trench is to be
back filled and to be brought back to the site for backfilling.
• When the excavated material is judged by the Engineer to be unsuitable for re-
use, the Contractor shall remove it from the site as the digging of the trench
proceeds and shall supply in its place suitable material approved by the
Engineer-In-Charge.
• Contractor is required to arrange the steel plates (preferably 1.5 meters wide
x 20mm thk.) to place on the excavated trench for smooth movement of traffic.
7.7.13 SIGNALLING, FENCING AND LIGHTING
• Each site shall be provided with an identification board mentioning the reason
for the work and the names of the Company, the Contractor and the
Consulting Engineer, as stipulated in the special specifications.
• At both ends of the trench, the Contractor shall install 2 traffic and warning
signs, and Display board one immediately close to the trench and the other
ahead, as required by the Engineer-In-Charge.
• The Contractor shall install lights and warning lights around all working areas,
in accordance with the special specifications. The voltage shall conform to the
safety regulations in force.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
• The Contractor shall install barricading and lighting of all trial-holes, trench
sections and other excavations.
• The Contractor shall provide watchmen wherever deemed necessary for the
safety of the public and of the workers, in particular as regards working sites,
on site material stockage, temporary dumping yards, etc.
7.7.14 BARRICADING
The contractor shall provide the barricades of size 2m wide X 1.5m high of
wooden/plastic/steel with necessary supports along the open trenches to
protect/caution the public about the digging work without any cost to owner.
The barricades shall be painted as per the requirement of authority with the
owner’s/Consultants/Contractor’s details, job being carried out, cautions,
inconvenience captions, etc. also needs to be provided.
7.8 Site visit
Bidders are advised to make site visits to familiarize themselves with all the salient
features of subsoil, terrain and available infrastructure along the pipeline route.
Contractor shall be deemed to have considered all constraints and eventualities on
account of site conditions along pipeline route while formulating his bid. Contractor shall
not be eligible for any compensation in terms of cost and/ or time, on account of site
conditions along pipeline route varying to any extent from whatever described in the Bid
Package and the drawings furnished along with the Package.
7.9 Line pipe and Coating
7.9.1 Taking over of Pipes
COMPANY shall supply bare, externally corrosion coated with 3-layer polyethylene
coating and internally epoxy coated line pipes.
Contractor shall receive and take over the pipes progressively as per construction
requirements at designated place of issue in presence of Company’s representative. At
the time of taking-over, Contractor shall perform inspection of pipes and pipe coating
for all defects in the presence of Company’s Representative. COMPANY shall be liable
for repair defects and damage to pipe coating noticed at the time of taking over.
However installation Contractor shall repair all defects to pipe and pipe coating
occurring after taking over including those during transportation and handling.
Rebuffing for dents (in bevels) less than 1 mm in depth shall be carried out by
Contractor ahead of welding in the field at no extra cost to COMPANY. Contractor shall
take-over the entire quantity of bare and coated line pipe from storage yard after
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
completion of installation works. Return of surplus line pipe material to Company’s

designated storage yard is in installation Contractor’s scope including loading,
transportation, unloading, handling, stacking of pipes at storage yard and getting the
pipes inspected to Company’s representative at storage yard.
7.9.2 Repair of Coating
CONTRACTOR using suitable material compatible with parent coating system shall
carry out any repairs to 3-layer polyethylene coating. The coating repair material and
procedure for application shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval prior to start of
construction.
7.10 Statutory Permissions
The COMPANY shall obtain a general permission from the various authorities having
jurisdiction over the area as necessary for construction of the pipeline. CONTRACTOR
shall obtain the necessary permits like work permit/ excavation permit/ trench opening
permit etc. for all works from the authorities having jurisdiction before the actual
execution of various phases of the works and all stipulations/ conditions/
recommendations of the said authorities shall be strictly complied with at no extra cost
to COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall also obtain all necessary permissions from the
concerned authorities for installation of pipeline at railways, roads, water crossings and
at places where blasting is required. COMPANY may, however, assist CONTRACTOR in
obtaining such permissions, wherever required, by issuing recommendation letters etc.
In case of damage to other utilities/ infrastructure, Contractor shall be responsible and
the required compensation as per the directions of concerned authorities/ COMPANY
shall be paid by the Contractor. After completion of work, Contractor shall obtain a
certificate from the concerned authorities that the job has been completed as per their
requirement and the area/ land has been restored to their satisfaction.
7.11 Controlled Blasting
In case blasting is required for making of trench for laying pipeline, it shall be
responsibility of the contractor to ensure safety of pipeline while carrying out blasting
operations. The controlled blasting procedure shall be subject to approval of Company.
7.12 Environmental Restrictions
The following measures shall be adopted during pipeline construction in order to

minimize the impact of pipeline construction activities on the environment.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
7.12.1 While working in plantation areas, Contractor shall take due care to minimize the
damage of trees. The number of trees felled shall be restricted to minimum based on
working requirement for pipeline installation. In the paddy field area, Contractor shall
exercise maximum care not to damage the crop outside the ROU. The compensation
of damage of crop outside ROU, if any, shall be to Contractor’s account. Damage to
any obstruction, temporary/ permanent structure, boundary walls etc. within ROU shall
be repaired, restored and shall be to Contractor’s account.
7.12.2 During ROU clearance, the vegetation shall be cut off at ground level leaving the roots
intact to the extent possible. Only stumps and roots directly over the trench shall be
removed for pipeline installation.
7.12.3 Intake and discharge of water required/ used for line flushing and testing should not
cause unacceptable environmental disturbance. During dewatering process, proper
drainage arrangement shall be made to discharge the hydro-test water to avoid
flooding of the nearby area.
7.12.4 As far as possible, the contractor shall ensure that river and stream crossings are done
during dry season to avoid disturbance of breeding grounds and soil erosion. The
riverbed, embankments and dykes shall be restored adequately after installation of
crossings.
7.12.5 The contractor shall exercise adequate care while working, in order to avoid damage
to forests and wildlife.
7.13 Pipeline through Seismic Areas
The requirements specific to safety of pipeline against seismic activity:
a. Backfill for pipeline trench at locations where the pipeline crosses the faults
should be provided with loosely compacted (unit weight<1.8 t/m³) cohesion
less soil for a distance of 1 km on both side of such crossings. The angle of
friction of cohesion less soil to be used for backfilling should not be more than
25º.
In case the dug out soil of the trench is clayey in nature (undrained shear
strength greater than 0.5 T/m²), the local soil shall be replaced by engineered
(cohesion less) backfill as mentioned in previous paragraph. Otherwise, the
same dugout soil can be used as backfill. The recommended backfill shall be
at least 600 mm thick all around the pipeline. Extra digging of trench shall be
carried out to provide 600 mm cohesion less soil all around the pipeline.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
b. If the fault crossing zone, the pipeline is in rocky terrain, the following
recommendation is made.
When the pipeline is to be laid on a rocky terrain, the stones/ boulder/ rock
dugout from the trench should be crushed such that maximum size of stone/
boulders is limited to 20 mm. The crushed stone should be mixed with locally
available soil, before using as backfill.
Alternatively, 150 mm sand padding shall be provided all around the pipeline
before crushed boulders/ stones are placed over the sand padding. In this case
the size of boulders can be increased up to 100 mm.
c. A minimum gap of 100 m shall be maintained between two successive bends of

the underground pipeline where the deflection angle is more than 45º.
Rerouting shall be carried out in consultation with Company incase minimum
gap could not be maintained.
7.14 Pipeline Burial
The pipeline shall be buried normally at a depth of 1.2 meter except river/ rail/
road/ canal/ water crossings/ paddy fields where cover shall be as given below
or as per the requirements of statutory/ local authorities whichever is more stringent.
Increased wall thickness (as indicated in alignment sheets) and cover shall be provided
at critical locations and at crossings.
The pipeline, in general shall be laid underground with minimum cover as given below.
Sl.
Location Minimum Cover (m)
No.
Areas of agricultural, horticultural activity,
1 limited or no human activity, industrial, 1.2
commercial and residential area.
2 Rocky terrain 1.0
3 Drainage, ditches at roads/ railway crossings 1.2
Minor river crossings / canal / drain / nala /
4 1.5
ditches
5 Major river crossings (below scour level) 2.5
6 River with rocky bed (below scour level) 1.5
7 Area under influence of tides 1.5

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
Sl.
Location Minimum Cover (m)
No.
8 Cased/ uncased road crossing 1.2
9 Cased railway crossing 1.7

10 Paddy Fields 1.5
In case, any private dwelling, industrial building or place of public assembly falls
within 15m of pipeline, additional cover of minimum 300 mm shall be provided
over and above the cover indicated in the above table. Additional soil cover other
than specified above shall be provided at locations indicated by statutory/ local
authorities as per agreements between COMPANY and authorities.
7.15 Crossings
For all rails, road, canal, river & other water crossings, Contractor shall liaison with
relevant authorities and intimate them well in advance about the schedule and
methodology of crossing. It shall be obligatory on the part of the laying Contractor to
ensure that Authorized Representative of the authority under whose jurisdiction the
crossing falls should be made available at site by the Contractor at the time of making
crossing. After completion of works and complete restoration of ROW, Contractor shall
provide NOC from the relevant official pertaining to complete restoration to their
satisfaction and certification in respect of no other damage caused to the their property
outside the earmarked ROW.
7.15.1 Railway Crossings
In case of permission by Boring: Pipeline at railway crossings shall be provided

with a casing pipe. The casing pipe shall be three nominal pipe sizes larger than carrier
(unless advised otherwise by concerned authorities) and shall be installed by boring/
jacking/ HDD/ ramming. Internal of Casing pipe shall be coated with two-component
epoxy coating wherever required by statutory authorities. It should be noted that the
extent of casing pipe generally specified by Railways is 14.0 m beyond centerline of
the outermost tracks on either side or 0.6 meter beyond the ROU/ROW limits of
Railways on either side, whichever is more. Carrier pipe shall be electrically insulated
from the casing pipe and casing ends shall be sealed using durable, electrically non-
conducting materials. The crossing drawing shall be subject to approval of concerned
Railway Authorities prior to implementation. The railway crossing shall comply with the
requirements of API 1102 and Indian Railways regulations. The crossing angle shall
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
be as close to 90° as possible. Cover of casing pipe for railway crossings shall be
minimum 1.7 m wherever railway track is on embankment. Care shall be taken to
isolate the pipeline crossing installation from aerial electrical wires and shall be suitably
insulated from underground conduits carrying electrical wires. The casing pipe shall be
provided with minimum 50 mm diameter vent pipe. Casing vent pipe shall be at least
1.2 m away vertically from aerial electrical wires and shall be suitably insulated from
underground conduits carrying electrical wires on railway land. Casing pipe should be
so placed and oriented so as to prevent any leakage inside railway boundary except
through the vent pipes. The casing pipes shall be installed with even bearing
throughout the length.
In case of permission by HDD: If railway authority grants permission for crossing

of railway by HDD method, pipeline shall be laid at least 7 m below the ground level
throughout the railway land width embankment and also at least 7m below formation
level in cutting throughout land width.
Further, as per railway Guideline on Pipeline Crossing under Railway track, in case of
pipelines carrying gas, Railway operations should be considered equivalent to Location
Class 4 for design of carrier pipe thickness. Design factor of 0.4 shall be used for
calculating wall thickness of carrier pipes within railway land and up to a distance of
risk radius outside the railway boundary (ROU/ROW) on either side.
7.15.2 Road Crossings
i. The method of crossing of roads such as open cut/ trench-less shall be firmed
up by CONTRACTOR in consultation with concerned authorities and COMPANY.
The CONTRACTOR shall also take due care to identify and take due precautions
so as not to disturb or damage the utilities like cables, water lines and other
structures.
ii. After laying the pipeline in a road crossing by open cut method, the
CONTRACTOR shall completely restore the road to its original condition.
iii. While laying the pipeline in road crossings by open cut method the
CONTRACTOR should ensure that the traffic is not stopped during the
execution of work. This may be done by cutting half of the road at a time so
as to enable the traffic to pass on the remaining half of the road. Alternatively,
the CONTRACTOR can provide diversion roads to maintain the flow of traffic.
For NH crossings, traffic of both sides shall not be disturbed.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
iv. The CONTRACTOR shall provide proper caution boards during daytime and
danger lights during night time when the cutting operation of the road is going
on.
v. For cased crossings, the pipeline should be taken through the casing pipe, the
top of which should be at least 1.2 meters below the road top as specified or
as per the requirements of the local authorities, whichever is higher. Casing
pipe shall extend min. 600 mm beyond Road ROU/ROW on either side. The
casing pipe shall be installed by trenchless method like boring/ jacking/ HDD.
The casing pipe shall be three nominal pipe sizes larger than carrier pipe. The
crossing angle shall be as close to 90º as possible. Casing insulators and end
seals shall be provided to ensure electrical isolation of carrier pipe and casing
pipe.
vi. For National Highways/ state highways, crossing shall not be too near the
existing structure on the NH maintaining a minimum distance of 15 meters or
as specified by Highway Authority.
vii. The National Highway crust shall be built to the same strength as the existing
crust on either side of the trench or to thickness and specification stipulated by
Highway Authority. Care shall be taken to avoid the formation of a dip at the
trench.
7.15.3 Canal/ Drain/ Other minor water crossings
i. Canal and other water crossings shall be carried out by open cut/ trench-less
technology method. CONTRACTOR shall firm the method of crossing in
consultation with concerned authorities and COMPANY.
ii. HDD method shall be adopted for river/water/ canal crossings that are
specifically mentioned in this document or decided at site by Engineer-in-
charge. These crossings shall be installed and paid separately as per schedule
of rates.
iii. No damage should be caused to any irrigation sources, while laying the
pipeline through canal crossings.
iv. The flood banks of the River/ Canal should be brought to the original condition,
if they are damaged by the laying of the pipeline. Stabilization of banks
shall be carried out as per requirements of concerned authorities.
v. The detailed construction methodology/ plan and time etc. shall have to be
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
finalized by CONTRACTOR in consultation with concerned authorities having

jurisdiction over canals/ rivers. COMPANY shall provide assistance by providing
introductory letters.
7.15.4 Existing Pipeline Crossing
The specific requirements of Owner / operator of existing pipeline shall

generally be followed. The minimum clearance between the lines shall be500
mm below existing pipeline unless specified otherwise.
7.16 Pipeline in Forest Areas
a. Contractor shall restrict the pipeline laying activities within the ROU acquired.
No additional land in forest area shall be used. Contractor shall clear only the
minimum width required for laying of pipeline. Number of trees/ plants felled
shall be kept a minimum based on construction requirements. ROU width in
forest area is 10 m. or less.
b. Full care shall be taken to ensure that no damage is caused to the adjoining
forest area while carrying out the work. However, in case of any damage,
Contractor shall be liable to pay suitable compensation as per requirements of
Forest Department.
7.17 Installation of Conduits for Optical Fibre Cable at Crossings
At all crossing locations (viz., rail, road, canal and minor water course crossings) the
optical fibre cable shall be installed inside a HDPE Telecom Duct to be installed by the
CONTRACTOR.
At all such crossings where the carrier pipe is installed by open-cut of the facility
crossed, HDPE conduit shall be installed along with the pipeline for installation of the
Optical Fibre Cable. At river crossings where anti buoyancy measures are provided for
the carrier pipe, HDPE conduit shall be placed inside a CS casing pipe and shall be
strapped to the mainline at 5m interval using high strength PE straps. Net specific
gravity of pipe in empty condition should not be less than 1.2.
In any case, OFC conduit shall not be installed in casing of carrier pipe.
7.18 CATHODIC PROTECTION WORKS
Temporary Cathodic Protection (TCP) of respective pipeline section shall be in the

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
scope of the CONTRACTOR. However Permanent Cathodic protection works (PCP) will
be carried out by different agency under different contract while the pipeline laying
works are going on. For details of Temporary Cathodic Protection works, refer the
enclosed Annexure – I: Temporary Cathodic Protection Works.
7.19 Hydrostatic Testing
7.19.1 Pipelines
Hydrostatic testing of mainline shall exclude valves at terminals, SVs and facilities that
are to be installed as a part of the scrapper stations. Temporary test headers shall be
provided and the mainline shall be hydrostatically tested between the temporary test
headers only.
The highest point of the test section shall be subjected to the minimum test pressure
as specified below. The minimum hydrostatic test pressure in the pipeline during
testing shall be as follows:
 1.5 times Design Pressure
The maximum hydrostatic pressure shall not however exceed the pressure required to
produce hoop stress equal to 95% of SMYS of pipe material based on the minimum
wall thickness in the test section. The test duration shall be 24 hrs. Hydro test shall
be done with corrosion inhibitor, wherever required. Mainline valves shall be installed
after successful completion of hydrostatic pressure testing.
Station piping to be tested hydrostatically for minimum 6 hours at pressure of 1.5

times Design Pressure.
The pipeline string of HDD crossing shall be pre-tested for min. 6 hours and
post- installation testing for min. 24 hours at 1.5 times the design
pressure.
The pipeline string of 500 m. and above shall be hydro-tested (post-

installation) as per mainline hydrotesting procedure.
Control and instrumentation piping, actuators to be tested by Dry air or nitrogen at

pressure of 1.1 x MOP (design pressure), test time– soaping time.
Subsequent to separate hydro testing of pipeline and associated facilities, the

Contractor shall carry out tie-in/ hook up. Pipes/ prefabricated assembly used for such
tie-in shall be pre-tested to a test pressure specified for the pipeline. The Contractor
at no extra cost shall provide all materials required for the fabrication of the test
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
headers to Company. After successful completion of hydrostatic testing, the Contractor

shall de water the pipeline as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge.
For HDD, Pre-hydrotest, Post-hydrotest and pipeline final hydrotest, contractor has
to arrange soft water in view of alkalinity/ Salinity in the river water.
7.19.2 Dewatering and Swabbing
It is envisaged that dewatering and swabbing operations shall be carried out as a part
of pre-commissioning activities. Contractor shall take up dewatering of pipeline after
hydrostatic testing only when Contractor is ready for swabbing operations. Till such
time Contractor is ready to start pre-commissioning activities, the pipeline/ section of
pipeline after hydrostatic testing shall be left filled with inhibited water. In case, if
contractor proposes to dewater any test section for any reason depending upon site
conditions (e.g., using test water for adjoining section due to non-availability of water),
the Contractor shall swab such sections as per applicable requirements of Contract and
fill the section with nitrogen at a pressure of 2 bar (g) with residual content of oxygen
less than 1% v/v at no extra cost to the company.
In no case shall the pipeline be kept empty i.e. without nitrogen filling.
Transfer of test water from one test section to another section may be considered,
however dosing additional quantity of corrosion inhibitor shall be done.
Disposal of water (hydro testing) shall be done by Contractor after seeking necessary
permission from concerned authority/ land owner so that no liability on this account
comes on COMPANY.
7.19.3 Corrosion Inhibitor (Wherever applicable)
The products to be used for corrosion inhibition of the water used for hydro testing
and their dosage shall be as specified in Hydro test specification.
Contractor (not the inhibitor manufacturer) shall get the inhibitor tested for corrosion
inhibition and microbiological control efficiency from competent Govt/ PSU Laboratory.
The test report shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval prior to undertaking hydro
testing works.
The dosage as recommended by COMPANY shall only be adopted.
Necessary records for dosing of inhibitor should be maintained by the laying

Contractor and such records should be handed over to COMPANY.
7.19.4 Terminal Facilities

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
Piping facilities between the insulating joint and hook up point/ battery limit,
sectionalizing valve stations and all above ground facilities installed by Contractor shall
be hydrostatically tested to a test pressure equivalent to 1.5 times design pressure
as per “Flushing and Testing of Piping System” enclosed with the Contract document.
All valves in the piping network being hydro tested shall be kept in the crack open
position. Holding time shall be minimum six hours.
7.19.5 Preservation
The positive pressure shall be maintained at 2 bar (g) in the pipeline during
preservation. The necessary arrangements like valves, fittings, manpower etc. shall
be kept for maintenance of pressure in the pipeline during idle time.
7.20 Direction of Construction
The direction of construction shall be in the direction of flow, unless specified

otherwise. In case the contractor proposes to carry out construction in direction
opposite to direction of flow, the contractor may do so at no extra time and cost to
Company and subject to Company Approval.
7.21 Leak Detection
CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed procedure for leak detection during hydro test.
Such method of detection shall consume minimum possible time to complete the hydro
test activity within contractual completion schedules. This procedure needs approval
of the Engineer-in-charge.
All works for locating and repair of major leak/ burst attributable to COMPANY
(occurred during hydrostatic testing) including necessary repairing/ replacing/ cutting
and removing out defective pipe length as defined in the specification and shall be
payable as per relevant items of schedule of rates.
All works for locating and repair of minor leak attributable to COMPANY (occurred
during hydrostatic testing) which require sectionalizing of pipeline shall be payable as
per relevant items of schedule of rates.
Contractor shall carry out repairing/ replacing of defective pipe length including cutting
and removing of defective pipes, pre testing of replacement pipe for 24 hours and
welding into main line, NDT of the welds, coating of the weld joints, clean up, re-
testing of pipeline including providing all equipments, manpower & consumables.
7.22 Magnetic Cleaning, Caliper Pigging

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
The contractor shall carry out magnetic cleaning and caliper pigging of the pipeline
system being installed by him. Contractor shall engage a specialized agency that have
previously carried out such operations (magnetic cleaning and caliper pigging) and shall
develop procedures, supervise and monitor the entire operations, coordinate with other
Contractor(s) as required. Rectification of defects observed during caliper pig run, shall
be carried out by contractor including digging, cutting, replacement, repair, welding,
NDT etc.
7.23 Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning assistance of Pipeline
Pipeline Contractor shall be responsible for pre-commissioning and commissioning

assistance of the pipeline system being installed by him. The above shall include P&ID
checks (with respect to requirement of design/ operation/ safety and interlocks of
latest revision of P&IDs), flushing, tightness test, de-watering, as required and supply
of consumables required during pre-commissioning and commissioning assistance.
Contractor shall supply manpower, materials, equipment including consumables along
with necessary piping and instrumentation connections for monitoring flow rate,
pressure, temperature etc. temporary venting along with necessary piping, valves and
instrumentation as well as consumables.
7.24 Commissioning
Contractors shall mobilize all equipment, consumables and manpower for carrying out
pigging, drying, inertization and commissioning activities.
Contractors shall engage a specialized team/ agency who have previously carried out
such operations and shall develop procedures, supervise and monitor the entire
operations, coordinate with other Contractor(s) as required till the time commissioning
operations are completed. Contractor shall mobilize all equipment, materials,
consumables including pigs, nitrogen and manpower etc. for commissioning activities.
All necessary piping connection as required shall be carried out.
Commissioning activities shall be carried out as per applicable specifications enclosed

with Contract.
7.25 Priorities
COMPANY may, at its sole option, assign priority of construction to any part of the
total pipeline or terminal works. Contractor shall comply with such priority of execution
without any time and cost implication to the COMPANY.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
7.26 Terminal Piping Works
The construction work shall be carried out based on Issued for Construction (IFC)
drawings issued to Contractor at the time of construction. The final IFC drawings
issued during execution stage may vary to some extent from the drawings included in
the Bid Package. CONTRACTOR shall carry out all works in accordance with the IFC
drawings and reference specifications/ documents with the Contract at no extra cost
to the COMPANY.
The piping fabrication, erection, welding, flushing and hydro testing and painting
works shall be carried out as per standard piping specifications enclosed with Contract.
The hydro test duration shall be minimum 6 hours.
7.27 Working in Areas of Existing Facilities
For pipeline installation work within existing terminal facilities which are under
operation, Contractor shall obtain all necessary permissions for working in/ around the
facility including hot work permit as applicable and shall be fully responsible for the
safety of the existing facilities/ areas during all phases of work and shall fully abide by
and comply with the restrictions and conditions of COMPANY/ concerned authorities
imposed on Contractor from time to time. Providing all safety appliances, gas detectors
required during execution of the work, arranging of adequate firefighting equipment
viz. fire brigade, fire extinguisher, shielding from existing facilities, oxygen mask etc.
for carrying out the work safely to the satisfaction of COMPANY shall be done by the
Contractor.
Contractor may be permitted to work for limited hours in such places. For working on
Sundays/ Holidays, the required permission may be obtained well in advance. During
any emergency, work shall be suspended till further permission is obtained by
Contractor. Idle period in case of interruption shall not be compensated to Contractor.
The structure/ electric poles/ telegraph poles existing in the vicinity of proposed
pipeline shall be properly taken care so that the stability of structure is not affected
during construction.
7.28 Contractor's Responsibilities
Appraisal and taking cognizance of site-conditions, pipeline route, Central

Government/state Govt. rules and regulations/ bye-laws, applicable Indian Standards
and Codes, authorities having jurisdiction over the work site(s), environmental and
pollution rules and regulations including conditions/ stipulations laid down by the
concerned authorities etc. The CONTRACTOR is deemed to have recognized any
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
restrictive features and constraints of the site(s), pipeline route and/ or specific
requirements of the work and made due allowance for it in the work to be performed
by him. Furnishing and mobilizing at site(s) of all construction equipment, manpower,
tools and tackles, construction fronts, fully equipped and fully manned with other
required support facilities etc.
An onsite – offsite emergency plan shall be prepared and submitted to Disaster

Management Authorities under intimation to respective state authorities.
7.29 Technical Requirement
The technical requirements for the pipeline laying as well as terminal works as defined
herein shall be read in conjunction with Schedule of Rates, specifications, standards,
drawings and other applicable documents enclosed with the Bid document. All
piping/pipeline works shall be carried out as per following:
a) Piping and Instrumentation Diagram (P&IDs) and line schedule.

b) Approved for construction Piping General Arrangement Drawing (GADs).
c) Approved for construction Alignment sheets/crossing drawings.
d) Piping Material Specifications.
e) Specifications.
f) Piping support standards/drawings and support index.
8.0 AS BUILT DOCUMENTS
Contractor shall prepare all documents as per the requirements indicated in

Specification for Documentation for Pipeline Construction enclosed with the Contract
document. In addition to the hard copy, three copies of final documents shall also be
submitted in electronic media i.e. CD ROM/ DVD ROM diskettes and USB drive.
Software used for the presentation of these documents shall be as follows:
Type of document Software
a) Reports MS Office (Word / Excel)

b) Drawings AutoCAD
For the purpose of preparation of as-built drawings, Contractor shall update the "Issued
for Construction" drawings provided by the Company. For drawings where electronic
copies are available for IFC drawings, Contractor shall provide as built drawings in
electronic form as well as in hard copies. Where only hard copies are available for IFC
drawings, Contractor shall prepare and submit as built drawings in hard copies.
9.0 DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF BIDDING

SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
No technical documents are required to be submitted at the time of bidding. Bidder is

advised to comply with all requirements of Bid document without any deviation.
Company reserves the right to reject any bid with deviation without making any
reference to the Bidder.
10.0 DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATION, STANDARDS AND DRAWINGS AND

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES
10.1 Owner shall furnish piping and Instrumentation diagrams (P & I D), preliminary plot plan
along with the tender. Owner shall also supply design & engineering drawings and
construction drawings including general arrangement drawings for piping, mechanical &
instrumentation systems and other related/ required systems, at appropriate times and
as requisitioned by contractor in his time schedule.
10.2 Contractor shall prepare isometric drawings & bill of materials and submit the same for
Owner/ Consultant’s approval/ record.
Contractor shall prepare drawing for utilities line as required as per SOR and submit
the same for Owner/ Consultant’s approval/ record.
10.3 No construction small or big shall be carried out without proper construction drawings
duly approved by Owner's Engineers at Delhi or site office or Owner's representative duly
authorized to do so.
For Mainline, route survey alignment sheets and crossing survey details shall be furnished
along with bid by Owner. However, detail-crossing drawings with crossing methodology
shall be submitted by Contractor for prior approval. Any additional survey and data
required to complete above should be done by Contractor without any extra cost.
10.4 After completion of construction & commissioning of Terminal, Contractor shall

incorporate all the correction in drawings, prepare and issue the drawings "As-built
drawings" as listed below to Owner as final submission of drawings. For Mainline pipeline
alignment sheet, all X-ing details, all CP drawings, pipe book etc. and for Terminals P&ID,
layout drg., piping GAD, Isometric, all electrical & instrumentation drg, all civil drawings.
For final submission only 4 sets of documents plus the original transparencies shall be
handed over by Contractor. Any construction done by Contractor without duly approved
drawings shall be wholly at his risk and cost. Contractor shall also submit soft copy of
pipe book in excel along with hard copy. Soft copy of all as-built drawings shall be also
submitted in AutoCAD. Videography/ photograph of all major activities/ milestone
achieved shall also be arranged and submitted by the Contractor. For details of
documentation to be submitted for mainline and terminal refer enclosed specification
for documentation for pipeline construction Specification No. MEC/S/05/21/69
enclosed elsewhere with the tender.
10.5 Specifications
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
The work shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR strictly in accordance with the
specifications enclosed in Volumes II & III of this document.
10.6 Following amendments to Specifications shall be taken into account:
10.6.1 SPECIFICATION FOR FIELD JOINT COATING

(Onshore Pipelines – Specification No: MEC/S/05/21/13, R-0)
Sl. No. Clause No. Amendment

1. 3.3.2 (b) – Functional Peel Strength-To Pipe surface and to factory
Properties of field joint coating at Tmax.(N/mm) shall be read as 1.0
coating system N/mm instead of 0.3 N/mm.
2. 4.2.3--- Application of heat Upon pre-heating the pipe surface shall be
shrink wrap around sleeve applied with two pack epoxy primer of wet
film thickness 200 microns or as per
manufacturer’s recommendation…… Once per
shift.
10.6.2 SPECIFICATION FOR CASING INSULATORS AND END SEALS

(Specification No: MEC/S/05/62/12, R-0)
1. Clause No. 3.0 (Design- 1st para) shall be read as:
"Casing insulator shall be made of HDPE, modular type, offering a high impact strength
and low coefficient of friction. Each casing insulator element shall represent a flexible
section containing a toothed male butt strap at one end and an appropriately toothed
female slot on the other end. No metallic parts or attachments should be considered
in the casing insulator element assembly. The design of casing insulator should allow
for onsite adjustments for any variances within the allowable O.D. range of pipeline
and should grip the pipe firmly without any chances of horizontal movement or
breakage of the insulator rings during installation. The insulator rings should be
fastened onto the carrier pipe with the appropriate tool to be provided by the casing
insulator manufacturer."
2. Clause No.4.0 ( Material) shall be read as:
The Casing insulator Material should meet the following specifications:
Description Value Standard
Yield strength >22 N/mm2 UNI EN ISO 527-2

Tensile strength >16 N/mm2 UNI EN ISO 527-2
Elongation at break >400% UNI EN ISO 527-2
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
Description Value Standard
Hardness shore D 64 ASTM D 2240

Dielectric strength >37 kV/mm
UVL stabilization good
MVTR (Moisture Vapor
very low
Transmission Rate)
Density @ 23°C 960 kg/m3 ISO 1183/A
Melting point 136°C ISO 11357-3
In case of any conflict between the requirements for casing insulator as mentioned
above and technical specification enclosed elsewhere in the bid document, the
requirements mentioned above shall supersede.
10.6.3 SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING OF ONSHORE GAS PIPELINES

(Specification No: MEC/S/05/21/02), ANNEXURE-VIII, Sheet 1 of 1
COMPARISON OF FILMS FROM DIFFERENT MANUFACTURERS shall be read

as:
CEN Classification KODAK AGFA FUJI

--- CX D8 ---
C5 AA400 D7 IX 100
C4 T200 D7 IX80
C3 MX125 D4 IX50
C2 M100 D3 ---
CI DR50 D2 IX25
--- SR** --- ---
**- Special films, extremely fine grain and very high resolution
Note: For X-Ray, Agfa D7/ Kodak T200/Fuji IX80 film shall be used.
For Gamma Ray, AgfaD4/ Kodak MX125/ Fuji IX50 film shall be used.
10.7 ADDITIONAL CLAUSES
10.7.1 Contractor to note that the minimum requirements of inspection and testing of the
bought-out items shall be governed by attached QAP with the tender document.
However, contractor shall submit their QAP in line with the requirement specified in
attached QAP for Owner’s/ PMC’s approval.
10.7.2 Contractor to note that all the documents/drawings submitted by them as a part of bid
shall be considered only to assess Bidder’s technical capability and shall in no way
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
absolve them from complying with all the requirements of the Tender. All works to be
performed by the Bidder shall be strictly in accordance with tender conditions.
10.7.3 Contractor shall submit duly signed & stamped hard copies of all required documents/
drawings/ data sheets etc to MECON for their review & approval as per terms &
condition of tender documents. The date of receipt of these documents/ drawings/
data sheets etc at MECON shall be deemed as the date of submission. If any
documents/ drawings/ data sheets etc require re-submission due to any error/
deficiency noticed during review/ approval stage, in that event the additional time
required by the contractor to get the revised document/ drawing reviewed/approved
by MECON shall be solely to contractor’s account and in no case contractor shall be
entitled for any time or cost benefit.
10.7.4 The drawings/documents/ data sheets etc shall be reviewed, checked, approved and
duly signed/stamped by successful contractor before submission. Revision number
shall be changed and revisions shall be highlighted by clouds during submission of
revised documents/drawings/data sheets by the successful contractor. Whenever the
successful contractor requires any sub-supplier drawings to be reviewed/approved by
MECON, the same shall be submitted by the contractor after review/ approval and
stamped by the Contractor. Direct submission of the sub-supplier’s
drawings/documents/data sheets etc without contractor’s approval shall not be
entertained.
10.7.5 Review/Approval of the contractor’s submitted drawings/ documents/ data sheets etc
by MECON would be only to review the compatibility with basic design and concepts
including mainline work procedure and in no way absolve the successful contractor of
his responsibility/contractual obligation to comply with tender requirements, applicable
codes, specifications and statutory rules/regulations. Any error/deficiency noticed
during any stage of manufacturing/execution/installation shall be promptly corrected
by the contractor without any extra cost or time, whether or not comments on the
same were received from MECON during the drawing review stage.
10.7.6 Contractor shall make & maintain their own suitable sized Storage yard/ area (covered
as well as open space) to store Free Issue Materials (FIM) in proper manner. Contractor
shall also maintain the FIM in good condition during entire storage period by using all
type of servicing/overhauling such as cleaning, greasing, protecting from rusting/
pitting etc.
Storage Yard/ Area shall have proper motarable approach, adequate indoor & outdoor
area lighting, potable & service water, proper rack & wooden sleeper etc. for staking/
storing the material, availability of material handling equipment of adequate capacity
etc.
SECTION-12 OF

TITLE REVISION 0
Owner/PMC’s Site In-charge shall visit & inspect the Contractor’s Storage Yard/ Area
and upon his concurrence only, the FIM shall be stored by the Contractor at the
particular Storage Yard/ Area.
Delay in issuance of FIM due to non acceptance of Contractor’s Storage Yard/ Area
(i.e., mainly because of non compliance of the minimum condition as mentioned above
for Storage Yard/ Area) shall not be attributable to Owner/PMC.
10.7.7 During construction, Owner / PMC, on their discretion, have reserve right to take
samples for any bought-out item received at site and test the same in a NABL approved
or equivalent laboratory even if the lot has already been inspected and cleared by PMC
/ Owner for use in construction. The cost for such testing shall be borne by the
Contractor. In case of failure of the samples, the lot shall be rejected and the same
shall be replaced by the Contractor without any additional cost to Owner.
AGARTALA- TULAMURA (SECTION-12) OF
Particular Job Specification

TITLE REVISION 0

(Appendix-I to Particular Job Specification of Work)
LAYING & CONSTRUCTION OF STEEL GAS PIPELINE AND TERMINALS ALONG WITH ASSOCIATED FACILITIES FOR
SECTION‐12 OF NORTH EAST GAS GRID (NEGG) PROJECT
INDICATIVE CONSTRUCTION MILESTONE FOR PIPELINE LAYING, TERMINALS & ASSOCIATED WORKS (SECTION‐12)
ZERO DATE
Duration
Sl. No. Activity Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
(in Months)
AWARD OF CONTRACT
1 MOBILIZATION 1.0
TAKING/HANDING OVER ROU (DATE OF

2 7.0
PANCHNAMA), CLEANING AND GRADING
LIFTING OF COATED PIPES FROM COATING YARD

3 7.00
AND STRINGING
4 FIT‐UP,WELDING,NDT 7.50
25% 50% 75% 100%
JOINT‐COATING, TRENCHING, LOWERING &
5 7.50
BACKFILLING
TIE‐IN, INCLUDING CROSSINGS, HYDROTESTING &

6 7.00
DEWATERING (MAINLINE)
COMPLETE CIVIL WORKS (INCLUDING

STRUCTURAL & ARCHITECTURAL WORKS) FOR ALL
7 10.00
SV STATIONS; CIVIL WORKS PERTAINING TO
PROCESS AREA OF DT, IP & RT
INSTRUMENTATION, TELECOM, ELECTRICAL &

8 8.00
FIRE PROTECTION WORKS
SCRAPPER TRAP INSTALLATION, MECHANICAL

WORKS, SWABBING, EGP, SV INSTALLATION,
9 5.5
GOLDEN TIE‐IN, RE‐STORATION & PRE‐
COMMISSIONING
10 DRYING AND COMMISSIONING 3.0
Note:‐
1. The schedule of station work e.g. mechanical, civil (including structural & architectural), electrical, telecom, Instrumentation and fire protection system works shall be in line with the schedule indicated above
meeting the schedule requirement for mechanical completion and commissioning, as mentioned in bid document.
2. Commissioning shall include testing & commissioning of all associated works
ASKING RATE UPTO LOWERING Section 12

Asking Rate
11.5
(Km/Month)
Page 1 of 1

TITLE REVISION 0
12.0 DATA SHEETS FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS ETC.

(Appendix-II to Particular Job Specification of Work)

TITLE REVISION 0
DATA SHEETS FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS
CONTENTS
I. Valves
II. LR Bends
DATA SHEET FOR SOCKET WELDED BALL VALVE
1.0 Valve Manufacturer :
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 3/4", 1 ½" NB ANSI Rating : 800# Design Standard : BS EN ISO 17292
3.0 MECON's Technical Specification No. :
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure,Bar : 92 Design Temperature, °C : -29°C to +65°C Service : Natural Gas
5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification :

5.1 Diameter (OD), mm : 26.7 mm (for 3/4") & 48.3 mm (for 1 ½")
5.2 Material : A106 Gr. B
5.3 Wall Thickness, mm : 5.6 mm (for 3/4") & 5.1 mm (for 1 ½")
6.0 Valve Construction Design

6.1. Configuration : Reduced Bore Full Bore √
6.2. End Connections : Socket Welded as per ASME B16.11
100mm Extension Pups in ASTM A106 Gr.B , Sch. 160 (for 3/4") and Sch. XS (for 1 ½")
6.3.1 Flanges (wherever applicable) : RF FF RTJ NA √
6.3.2 Flange Face Finish Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 microinches AARH) NA √
6.4 Ball Mounting : Floating Ball
7.0 Valve Material Specification

Part Specified Material Material Offered (Equivalent or superior)
7.1 Body ASTM A105
7.2 Ball 13% Cr Steel
7.3 Body Seat RPTFE/ DELRIN
7.4 Gland 13% Cr Steel
7.5 Stem (No Casting) 13% Cr Steel
7.6 Body Seal Grafoil
7.7 Stem Seal Grafoil
7.8 Body Studs/Nuts ASTM A193 Gr. B7/ A194 Gr. 2H
8.0 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5 mm Service : Natural Gas
9.0 Location : Above Ground √ Buried
10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No √
11.0 Gear Operator Requirement : Yes No √
12.0 Gas Operated Actuator Requirement : Yes No √
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type-Test as per API 607 / API 6FA
14.0 Valve Testing Requirement

Test Pressure (min.)
Minimum Duration (minutes)
(kg/cm2(g))
14.1 Hydrostatic Test Body 210 As per BS EN ISO 17292
Seat 155 As per BS EN ISO 17292
14.2 Air Test 5.6 - 7 As per BS EN ISO 17292
15.0 Anti-Static Testing Requirement : As per BS EN ISO 17292
16.0 Valve Painting Specification

16.1 Surface preparation by Short Blasting as per grade SA 2 1/2, Swedish Standard SIS-055 909.
16.2 For above ground installation-Three coats of corrosion resistant paint shall be applied with minimum thickness of 300 micron
( Permissible thickness in each coat shall be within 80 to 120 micron). Colour of paint shade shall be RAL-7038, however any change in colour
shall be finalized during drawing approval stage.
17.0 Lock Open/ Lock Close/Normally Close Requirement : As indicated in P&ID /Schedule of Rates (SOR).
Notes:
1. Charpy V-notch test for body, ball, body seat, gland, stem & studs/nuts shall be conducted as per A370. The test shall be conducted at 0°C.
The minimum average absorbed energy per set of three specimen shall be 27 J with an individual minimum per specimen of 22 J.
2. Material test certificates and hydrostatic test reports shall be furnished prior to despatch.
3. Detailed dimensional drawings showing cross-section with part numbers and materials shall be submitted for Purchaser's approval
prior to manufacture of the valves.
4. All tests shall be as per BS EN 12266.
5. Valves shall have ball position indicator.
6. Stops shall be provided for positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.
7. Each valve shall be provided with a wrench.
8. Valves shall be inspected and approved by Purchaser before despatch.
9. Gland packing assembly shall permit repair of gland packing under full line pressure.
10. Inspection and Testing shall be as per attached QAP, this datasheet, BS EN 12266, other relevant standards&clause no. 6.0&7.0 of
TS No.: MEC/TS/05/21/002,Rev. 1,Ed. 1.
REV. NO. DATE ZONE DESCRIPTIONS BY APPRD

REFERENCES DRG. NO.
SECTION CLIENT : INDRADHANUSH GAS GRID LIMITED
NAME DATE CHKD DATE SUPPLIER :

DSGN Sachin 22.11.19 Harsh 22.11.19 SUB SUPPLIER : MECON LIMITED
DRWN PROJECT : NORTH EAST GAS GRID PIPELINE
PROJECT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION & SCALE : REV
APPROVED Anil Kumar DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/BV/76 0
DGM (NB < 2'')
DATA SHEET FOR BUTT WELDED END BALL VALVES
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 2"NB ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
3.0 MECON's Technical Specification No. : MEC/TS/05/21/002, Rev-1, Ed-1
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, bar : 92 Design Temperature, °C : -29°C to + 65°C

5.1 Material ASTM A106 Gr. B
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch) : 60.3 mm
5.3 Thickness, mm : 5.54 mm

6.2. End Connections : Flanged as per ASME B16.5 Butt Welded as per ASME B16.25 √
6.3. Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF RT NA √
b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 microinches AARH) NA √
6.4 Ball Mounting : Trunnion Mounted
6.5 Valve body type : Fully Welded Two/Three Piece Bolted Either √

7.1 Body A 216 Gr. WCB/A 234 Gr. WPB
7.2 Ball (A 216 Gr.WCB/A 234 Gr.WPB)+75 µENP coating/AISI410
Body Seat Rings
7.3 (No Casting) AISI 4140 + 75 micron ENP coating/AISI 410
7.4 Seat Seal VITON/DEVLON
7.5 Stem (No casting) AISI 4140 + 75 micron ENP coating/AISI 410
7.6 Stem Seals VITON/PTFE
7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 193 Gr. B7/ A194 Gr. 2H
10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No √ Length of Stem Extension, m : N.A
12.0 Actuator Requirement : Yes No √
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type test as per API 607 / API 6FA.

2
Test Pressure (min.), kg/cm (g) Minimum Duration, minutes
14.1 Hydrostatic Test Body 157 As per API 6D

Seat 114 As per API 6D
14.2 Air Test 5.6-7 As per API 6D
15.0 Anti-Static Testing Requirement : As per Standard API 6D (Latest Ed.)

17.0 Lock Open/ Lock Close/Normally Close Requirement : As indicated in P&ID./ Schedule of Rates (SOR)
Notes:
1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/21/002,Rev 1 ,Ed. 1
2. Inspection and Testing shall be as per attached QAP, this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.
4. Short pattern valves (as per API 6D or otherwise) are not permitted. Only long pattern valves are to be supplied.
5. Charpy V-notch & Hardness test for body, body adaptor, end flanges, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs / nuts shall be conducted
as per Cl. 3.4 & 3.6 of TS respectively or as per relevant material code.
6. Compressed asbestos fibre (CAF) shall not be used for body sealing / gasket materials.
7. Material for body shall have a guaranteed minimum yield strength of 35000 psi. In case the same cannot be guaranteed, valves shall
be provided with a 500 mm pup piece (integrally welded to the valve on each side) with strength equivalent to that of the connecting pipe - N. A.
8. For welding end, the out of roundness (i. e. difference between maximum and minimum ID at pipe end) shall not be more than 0.5% of pipe OD.
REVISIONS REFERENCES DRG. NO.
SECTION PROCESS & PIPING CLIENT : INDRADHANUSH GAS GRID LIMITED
PROJECT : NORTH EAST GAS GRID PIPELINE
DRWN PROJECT
SCALE : REV
APPROVED Anil Kumar DATA SHEET FOR BW END BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/BV/77 0
DGM (NB ≥ 2")
DATA SHEET FOR FLANGED END BALL VALVES
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 2" ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : NA

5.1 Material :
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch) :
5.3 Thickness, mm :

6.2. End Connections : Flanged as per ASME B16.5 √ Butt Welded as per ASME B16.25
6.3. Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF √ RT NA
b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 microinches AARH) √ NA

7.1 Body A 216 Gr. WCB/A 234 Gr. WPB
7.2 Ball (A 216 Gr.WCB/A 234 Gr.WPB)+75 µENP coating/AISI410
Body Seat Rings
AISI 4140 + 75 micron ENP coating/AISI 410
7.3 (No Casting)
7.5 Stem (No casting) AISI 4140 + 75 micron ENP coating/AISI 410
7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 193 Gr. B7/ A194 Gr. 2H
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type test as per API 607 for Floating Ball valveFA
: Type test as per API 6FA for Trunnion Mounted Ball Valve
2


Notes:
7. Material for body shall have a guaranteed minimum yield strength of ………...psi. In case the same cannot be guaranteed, valves shall
be provided with a 500 mm pup piece (integrally welded to the valve on each side) with strength equivalent to that of the connecting pipe - N.A.
8. For welding end, the out of roundness (i. e. difference between maximum and minimum ID at pipe end) shall not be more than 0.5% of pipe OD. - N.A
DRWN PROJECT
SCALE : REV
APPROVED Anil Kumar DATA SHEET FOR RF BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/BV/78 0
DGM (NB ≥ 2")
DATA SHEET FOR BUTT WELDED END BALL VALVES
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 2"NB ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D

5.1 Material ASTM A106 Gr. B

6.2. End Connections : Flanged as per ASME B16.5 Butt Welded as per ASME B16.25 √
6.3. Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF RT NA √

7.1 Body A 352 Gr. LCB / A 350 Gr. LF2
7.2 Ball (A 352 Gr. LCB / A 350 Gr. LF2 ) + 75 micron ENP coating
Body Seat Rings
7.3 (No Casting) A 350 Gr. LF2 + 75 micron ENP coating
7.5 Stem (No casting) A 350 Gr. LF2
7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A194 Gr. 4
10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No √ Length of Stem Extension, m : N.A
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type test as per API 607 / API 6FA.

2


Notes:
be provided with a 500 mm pup piece (integrally welded to the valve on each side) with strength equivalent to that of the connecting pipe - N. A.
DRWN PROJECT
SCALE : REV
APPROVED Anil Kumar DATA SHEET FOR BW END BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/BV/79 0
DGM (NB ≥ 2")
DATA SHEET FOR LOW TEMP. SERVICE SOCKET WELDED BALL VALVE
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 3/4", 1" ANSI Rating : 800# Design Standard : BS EN ISO 17292
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure,kg/cm2(g) : 92 Design Temperature, °C : -46°C to +65°C Service : Natural Gas

5.1 Diameter (OD), mm : 26.7 mm (for 3/4") & 33.4 mm (for 1")
5.2 Material : ASTM A333 Gr.6
5.3 Wall Thickness, mm : 5.6 mm (for 3/4") & 4.5 mm (for 1")

6.2. End Connections : Socket Welded as per ASME B16.11
100mm Extension Pups in ASTM A333 Gr.6 (Sch. 160) at both ends
6.3.1 Flanges (wherever applicable) : RF FF RTJ NA √
6.3.2 Flange Face Finish Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 microinches AARH) NA √
6.4 Ball Mounting : Floating Ball

7.1 Body ASTM A350 Gr. LF2
7.2 Ball SS316 /ASTM A350 Gr. LF2 + 75µENP coating
7.3 Body Seat RPTFE/ DELRIN
7.4 Gland SS316
7.5 Stem SS316 (No Casting) /ASTM A350 Gr. LF2
7.6 Body Seal Grafoil
7.7 Stem Seal Grafoil
7.8 Body Studs/Nuts ASTM A320 Gr.L7/ ASTM A194 Gr.4
10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No √ Length of Stem Extension, m :
12.0 Gas Operated Actuator Requirement : Yes No √
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type-Test as per API 607 / API 6FA

Test Pressure (min.) Minimum Duration
(kg/cm2(g)) (minutes)
14.1 Hydrostatic Test Body 210 As per BS EN ISO 17292
Seat 155 As per BS EN ISO 17292
14.2 Air Test 5.6 - 7 As per BS EN ISO 17292
15.0 Anti-Static Testing Requirement : As per BS EN ISO 17292

17.0 Lock Open/ Lock Close/Normally Close Requirement : As indicated in P&ID.
Notes:
as per relevant material code.
3. Detailed dimensional drawings showing cross-section with part numbers and materials shall be submitted for Purchaser's approval
prior to manufacture of the valves.
4. All tests shall be as per BS EN 12266.
5. Valves shall have ball position indicator.
10. Inspection and Testing shall be as per this specfication, BS EN 12266, other relevant standards&clause no. 6.0&7.0 of
TS No.: MEC/TS/05/21/002,Rev. 1,Ed. 1.

REFERENCES DRG. NO.
SECTION CLIENT : INDRADHANUSH GAS GRID LIMITED

DSGN
SACHIN 22.11.19 Harsh 22.11.19 SUB SUPPLIER : MECON LIMITED
DRWN PROJECT : NORTH EAST GAS GRID
PIPELINE PROJECT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION & SCALE : REV
APPROVED Anil Kumar DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/BV/80 0
DGM (NB < 2'')
DATA SHEET FOR SOCKET WELED PLUG VALVE
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 3/4" NB ANSI Rating : 800# Design Standard : BS:5353
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, Bar : 92 Design Temperature, °C : -29°C to +65°C
5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification

5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch) : 26.7(3/4)
5.3 Thickness, mm : 5.56

6.1. Pattern : Short Regular √ Venturi
6.2. End Connections : Flanged both ends Flanged as per ASME B 16.5
: Butt Weld both ends Butt Weld as per ASME B16.25
: Socket Weld both ends √ Socket Welded 3000# (as per ASME B16.11)
100 mm Extension Pups in ASTM A106 Gr. B, Sch. 160 at both ends
6.3. Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ NA √

Part Specified Material Material Offered (Equivalent or Superior)
7.1 Body ASTM A105
7.2 Plug (Lubricated) ASTM A105 + 75 microns ENP
7.3 Stem (No Casting) (AISI 4140 + 75 microns ENP Coating)/ AISI 410
7.4 Gland ASTM A105
7.5 Gland Packing Graphite/ PTFE
7.6 Gasket N.A.
7.7 Body Studs/Nuts ASTM A193 Gr. B7/ A194 Gr. 2H
7.8 Lubricant Screw Manufacturer's Standard
12.0 Gas Powered Actuator Requirement : Yes No √
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type-Test as per Standard API 607 / API 6 FA

Test Pressure (min.), kg/cm2(g) Minimum Duration, minutes
14.1 Hydrostatic Test Body 210 2
Seat 155 2
14.2 Air Test 5.6 - 7 15

( Permissible thickness in each coat shall be within 80 to 120 micron). Colour of paint shade shall be RAL-7038, however any
change in colour shall be finalized during drawing approval stage.
16. Lock Open/Lock Close Requirement: As indicated in P&ID / Schedule of Rates (SOR)
Notes:
1. Valves shall have an inherent feature using the line pressure to ensure that the line pressure cannot cause taper locking of the plug/
plug movement into the taper, i.e., valves shall be of "pressure-balanced design".
2. Painting procedure of valves shall be as per Manufacturer's standard.
4. Charpy V-notch test for body, plug, stem & studs/nuts will be conducted as per relevant material code.
5. Detailed dimensional drawings showing cross-section with part numbers and materials shall be submitted for Purchaser's
approval prior to manufacture of the valves.
6. Valves shall have valve position indicator.
7. Stops shall be provided to ensure positive alignment of plug with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.
11. Inspection and Testing shall be done as per data sheet, specification & BS:12266 (Part-I).
12. Minimum all pressure containing and controlling parts of the valve shall be provided with EN 10204-3.2 certificate.
13. Attached generic QAP shall be admitted for approval after making necessary changes considering 3.2 certification aspect.
14. Minimum port area for regular pattern shall be 55%.
15. Bidder shall clearly write valves material (equivalent or superior) offered by them against each part/material of the valve in the space
provided for. Wherever bidder agrees with valves material as mentioned above in Mecon's datasheet, bidder shall clearly
indicate "Agreed".
SECTION OIL & GAS CLIENT : INDRADHANUSH GAS GRID LIMITED
DRWN PROJECT : NORTH EAST GAS GRID PIPELINE PROJECT

SCALE : REV
APPROVED Anil Kumar DATA SHEET FOR PLUG VALVES Data Sheet No.: MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/PV/76 0
DGM (NB < 2")
DATA SHEET FOR BUTT WELDED PLUG VALVE
3.0 MECON's Technical Specification No. : MEC/TS/05/62/003, Rev-2
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, Bar : 92 Design Temperature, °C : -29°C to 65°C

5.1 Material : ASTM A106 Gr. B

: Butt Weld both ends √ Butt Weld as per ASME B16.25
: Flanged one end, butt weld other end

Part Material Material Offered (Equivalent or Superior)
7.1 Body ASTM A216 Gr. WCB/ A234 Gr. WPB
7.2 Plug (ASTM A216 Gr. WCB/ A234 Gr. WPB) + 75 microns ENP Coating
7.3 Cover ASTM A216 Gr. WCB/ A234 Gr. WPB
7.5 Stem Seal PTFE/Graphite
7.6 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A193 Gr. B7/ A194 Gr. 2H
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type-Test as per Standard API 6FA / API 6FA


14.2 Air Test 5.6 - 7 As per API 6D

16.0 Lock Open/ Lock Close Requirement : As indicated in P&ID / Schedule of Rates (SOR).
Notes:
1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/003, Rev2
3. Stops shall be provided for positive alignment of plug with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.
4. Charpy V- notch & Hardness test for body, plug, cover, stem & studs/nuts shall be conducted as per Clause No.: 3.4 & 3.5
of TS respectively.
6. Attached generic QAP shall be submitted for approval after making necessary changes considering 3.2 certification aspect.
be provided with a 500 mm pup piece (integrally welded to the valve on each side) with strength equivalent to that of the connecting pipe- N. A.
9. Bidder shall clearly write valves material (equivalent or superior) offered by them against each part/material of valve in the
space provided for. Wherever bidder agrees with valves material as mentioned above in MECON's data sheet, bidder
shall clearly indicate "AGREED".

DRWN PROJECT
SCALE : REV
APPROVED Anil Kumar DATA SHEET FOR BWE PLUG VALVES DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/PV/77 0
DGM (NB ≥ 2")
DATA SHEET FOR FLANGED END PLUG VALVE
3.0 MECON's Technical Specification No. : MEC/TS/05/62/003, Rev-2
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, Bar : 92 Design Temperature, °C : -29°C to 65°C
5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification N.A

5.1 Material :
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch) :
5.3 Thickness, mm :

6.2. End Connections : Flanged both ends √ Flanged as per ASME B 16.5
6.3. Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF √ FF RTJ NA

7.1 Body ASTM A216 Gr. WCB/ A234 Gr. WPB
7.2 Plug (ASTM A216 Gr. WCB/ A234 Gr. WPB) + 75 microns ENP Coating
7.3 Cover ASTM A216 Gr. WCB/ A234 Gr. WPB
7.6 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A193 Gr. B7/ A194 Gr. 2H
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type-Test as per Standard API 6FA/ BS EN: 10497



16.0 Lock Open/ Lock Close Requirement : As indicated in P&ID / Schedule of Rates (SOR).
Notes:
of TS respectively.
6. Attached generic QAP shall be submitted for approval after making necessary changes considering 3.2 certification aspect.
be provided with a 500 mm pup piece (integrally welded to the valve on each side) with strength equivalent to that of the connecting pipe.- N.A.
8. For welding end, the out of roundness (i. e. difference between maximum and minimum ID at pipe end) shall not be more than 0.5% of pipe OD. - N.A.
9. Bidder shall clearly write valves material (equivalent or superior) offered by them against each part/material of valve in the

PROJECT : NORTH EAST GAS GRID
DRWN PIPELINE PROJECT
SCALE : REV
APPROVED Anil Kumar DATA SHEET FOR RF PLUG VALVES DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/PV/78 0
DGM (NB ≥ 2")
DATA SHEET FOR LOW TEMP. SERVICE SOCKET WELED PLUG VALVE
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 1" NB ANSI Rating : 800# Design Standard : BS:5353
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, Bar : 92 Design Temperature, °C : -46°C to +65°C

5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch) : 33.4 (1")
5.3 Thickness, mm 4.5

: Socket Weld both ends √ Socket Welded 3000# (as per ASME B16.11)
100 mm Extension Pups in ASTM A106 Gr. B, Sch. 160 at both ends

Part Specified Material Material Offered (Equivalent or Superior)
7.1 Body ASTM A350 Gr. LF2
7.2 Plug (Lubricated) ASTM A350 Gr. LF2+ 75 microns ENP
7.3 Bung (Screwed) ASTM A350 Gr. LF2
7.4 Stem (No Casting) SS316 (No Casting) /ASTM A350 Gr. LF2
7.5 Gland ASTM A350 Gr. LF2
7.6 Gland Packing Graphite/ PTFE
7.7 Gasket N.A.
7.8 Body Studs/Nuts N.A.
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type-Test as per Standard API 607/BS EN: 10497

14.1 Hydrostatic Test Body 210 2
Seat 155 2
14.2 Air Test 5.6 - 7 15

16. Lock Open/Lock Close Requirement: As indicated in P&ID / Schedule of Rates (SOR)
Notes:
1. Valves shall have an inherent feature using the line pressure to ensure that the line pressure cannot cause taper locking of the plug/
plug movement into the taper, i.e., valves shall be of "pressure-balanced design".
2. Painting procedure of valves shall be as per Manufacturer's standard.
4. Charpy V-notch test for body, plug, stem & studs/nuts will be conducted as per relevant material code.
5. Detailed dimensional drawings showing cross-section with part numbers and materials shall be submitted for Purchaser's
approval prior to manufacture of the valves.
6. Valves shall have valve position indicator.
7. Stops shall be provided to ensure positive alignment of plug with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.
11. Inspection and Testing shall be done as per data sheet, specification & BS:12266 (Part-I).
13. Attached generic QAP shall be admitted for approval after making necessary changes considering 3.2 certification aspect.
14. Minimum port area for regular pattern shall be 55%.
15. Bidder shall clearly write valves material (equivalent or superior) offered by them against each part/material of the valve in the space
provided for. Wherever bidder agrees with valves material as mentioned above in Mecon's datasheet, bidder shall clearly
indicate "Agreed".
DRWN PROJECT : NORTH EAST GAS GRID PIPELINE PROJECT

SCALE : REV
APPROVED Anil Kumar DATA SHEET FOR PLUG VALVES Data Sheet No.: MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/PV/79 0
DGM (NB < 2")
DATA SHEET FOR LOW TEMPERATURE SERVICE PLUG VALVE
2.0 Valve Size DN (inch): DN50 (2") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
3.0 MECON's Technical Specification No.: MEC/TS/05/62/003, Rev‐2
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, bar(g): 92 Design Temperature, °C : -46°C to 65°C

5.1 Material : N.A.
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm : N.A.
5.3 Thickness, mm : N.A.

6.2. End Connections : Flanged both ends √ Flanged as per ASME B 16.5
: Socket weld both ends Socket Weld as per ASME B16.11
6.3. Flanges : a) RF √ FF RTJ NA


7.1 Body A 352 Gr. LCB/A 350 Gr. LF2
(SS316/ A 352 Gr.LCB/A 350 Gr. LF2)
7.2 Plug with 75 µENP coating
7.3 Cover ASTM A350 Gr. LF2/ A352 Gr. LCB
7.4 Stem SS 316 (No casting) / A 350 Gr. LF2
7.6 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A320 Gr.L7 / ASTM A194 Gr.4

11.0 Gear Operator Requirement : Yes No √√
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type-Test as per Standard API 6FA/ API 607

14.1 Hydrostatic Test Min. Test Pressure Minimum Duration,
kg/cm2(g) minutes
Body 155 As per API 6D

15.1 Surface preparation by Short Blasting as per grade SA 2 1/2, Swedish Standard SIS‐055 909.
15.2 For above ground installation‐Three coats of corrosion resistant paint shall be applied with minimum thickness of 300 micron
(Permissible thickness in each coat shall be within 80 to 120 micron). Colour of paint shade shall be RAL-7038, however any
16.0 Lock Open/ Lock Close Requirement : N.A.
Notes:
of TS respectively. Charpy test shall be performed at -46⁰C and acceptance shall be as per individual material specification.
6. Minimum all pressure containing and controlling parts of the valve shall be provided with EN 10204‐3.2 certificate.
7 For welding end, the out of roundness (i. e. difference between maximum and minimum ID at pipe end) shall not be more than 0.5% of pipe OD. N.A .
8 Bidder shall clearly write valves material (equivalent or superior) offered by them against each part/material of valve in the

DSGN Sachin 22.11.19 Harsh Kumar 22.11.19 PROJECT: NORTH EAST GAS GRID MECON LIMITED
DATA SHEET FOR PLUG VALVES DATA SHEET NO.: REV
APPROVED ANIL KUMAR,DGM (NB ≥ 2") MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/PV/80 0
DATA SHEET FOR LOW TEMPERATURE SERVICE PLUG VALVE
2.0 Valve Size DN (inch): DN50 (2") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
3.0 MECON's Technical Specification No.: MEC/TS/05/62/003, Rev‐2
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, bar(g): 92 Design Temperature, °C : -46°C to 65°C

5.1 Material : A333 Gr. 6
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm : 60.3
5.3 Thickness, mm : 5.54

: Butt Weld both ends √ Butt Weld as per ASME B16.25
: Socket weld both ends Socket Weld as per ASME B16.11
6.3. Flanges : a) RF FF RTJ NA √


7.1 Body A 352 Gr. LCB/A 350 Gr. LF2
(SS316/ A 352 Gr.LCB/A 350 Gr. LF2)
7.2 Plug with 75 µENP coating
7.3 Cover ASTM A350 Gr. LF2/ A352 Gr. LCB
7.4 Stem SS 316 (No casting) / A 350 Gr. LF2
7.6 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A320 Gr.L7 / ASTM A194 Gr.4

11.0 Gear Operator Requirement : Yes No √√
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type-Test as per Standard API 6FA/ API 607

14.1 Hydrostatic Test Min. Test Pressure Minimum Duration,
kg/cm2(g) minutes
Body 155 As per API 6D

15.1 Surface preparation by Short Blasting as per grade SA 2 1/2, Swedish Standard SIS‐055 909.
15.2 For above ground installation‐Three coats of corrosion resistant paint shall be applied with minimum thickness of 300 micron
(Permissible thickness in each coat shall be within 80 to 120 micron). Colour of paint shade shall be RAL-7038, however any
16.0 Lock Open/ Lock Close Requirement : N.A.
Notes:
of TS respectively. Charpy test shall be performed at -46⁰C and acceptance shall be as per individual material specification.
6. Minimum all pressure containing and controlling parts of the valve shall be provided with EN 10204‐3.2 certificate.
7 For welding end, the out of roundness (i. e. difference between maximum and minimum ID at pipe end) shall not be more than 0.5% of pipe OD. N.A .
8 Bidder shall clearly write valves material (equivalent or superior) offered by them against each part/material of valve in the

DSGN Sachin 22.11.19 Harsh Kumar 22.11.19 PROJECT: NORTH EAST GAS GRID MECON LIMITED
DATA SHEET FOR PLUG VALVES DATA SHEET NO.: REV
APPROVED ANIL KUMAR,DGM (NB ≥ 2") MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS/PV/81 0
DATA SHEET FOR LONG RADIUS BENDS
1) LR BEND MFR.
2) PURCHASER SPECIFICATION NO. MEC/TS/05/21/015 Rev 0
3) MANUFACTURING CODE MSS-SP-75/ ASME B16.49
4) DIMENSIONAL TESTING REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.
Charpy V-Notch Test required at temp. 0 0C for set of three transverse specimen.
Value shall be Minimum Avg. - 55J, Individual Minimum - 44J
DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
5) YS: 485 - 605 MPa, TS: 570 - 760 MPa
(TENSILE / CHARPY /HARDNESS)
YS/TS = 0.9 Maximum, Elongation - 20% Minimum
Hardness Value shall be 248 HV10 Maximum
Required as per Mecon's Technical Specification no. MEC/TS/05/21/012 or,
6) NON-DESTRUCTUVE TESTING MEC/TS/05/21/012A or, MEC/TS/05/21/012B (as aaplicable)
7) PIGGING Required as per Note-3 below
198 Kg/cm2 (for 7.92 mm WT Pipe)
8) HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE (For PQT Bend) 240 Kg/cm2 (for 9.53 mm WT Pipe)
Note: All the inspection & tests shall be performed as per Tech. Spec. & QAP attached with the tender.
TABLE-I
Sl. Details of free issue P/L material Bend End Type Qty. Angle Straight
No. NB Thk. Material Radius (Nos.) Length
mm (R) after
curvature (mm)
1. 12" 7.92 mm API 5L Gr X -70 6D* PE Note-2 500
2 12" 9.53 mm API 5L Gr X -70 6D* PE Note-2 500
*
BE = "D" - denotes nominal dia. of pipe
@ = Bevel End
D = Vendor to indicate
= Straight length after curvature will be minimum 500mm.
Note:
1) Test Bend shall be of 90°
2) Quantity & angles of LR Bends shall be finalized during detailed engineering activities
3) A check shall be performed on each bend by passing gauging pig consisting of two discs of Aluminium/MS Plate having a diameter equal to 95% of the nominal internal
diameter of the pipe, connected rigidly together at a distance equal to 500mm. Details of the gauging pig, including its dimensions shall be approved by Purchaser.
4) Out of Roundness shall not exceed 2% of nominal OD
5) Tolerance in Bend Angle shall be ± 0.5° of the specified angle
6) Tolerance in Bend Radius shall be ±1% of the nominal bending radius.
7) Bend off-plane shall be maximum (θ/90) x 10 mm, where θ = Bend angle
REV. NO. APPRD

DATE ZONE DESCRIPTIONS BY REFERENCES DRG. NO.
SECTION: OIL&GAS REVISIONS
CLIENT : IGGL MECON LIMITED

DSGN NAME DATE CHKD DATE
DRWN Sachin 11.05.2022 Harsh 11.05.2022
PROJECT : NEGG
SCALE : REV
APPROVED Indranil Sen DATA SHEET FOR DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/DS-015-01 0
CGM LONG RADIUS BENDS
d:\fateh\ipp-kg basin\tender rfq\LR bend\DS-01 - LR Bends -18in

ADDITIONAL NOTES FOR SUPPLY OF VALVES
OIL & GAS SBU, DELHI

Page 1 of 7
Following notes, in addition to respective Technical Specification shall be

taken care while purchasing valves.
1.0 Compliance with Specification: The Vendor shall be completely responsible for the
design, materials, manufacture & fabrication, testing, inspection, preparation for
shipment and transport of the above equipment strictly in accordance with the MR and
all attachments thereto. Minimum all pressure containing and pressure controlling
parts of Valves and Actuators shall be provided with EN 10204-3.2 certificates.
2.0 Vendor’s Scope: Vendor scope of work includes the equipment with all internals and
accessories shown on the datasheets, specifications and all unmentioned parts
necessary for a satisfactory operation and testing, except those which are indicated to
be out of the vendor’s supply.
3.0 Inspection:
Inspection shall be in accordance with EN 10204 3.2 certification shall be issued for
each dispatched valve. Vendor shall appoint anyone of the TPIA for inspection
purpose. Vendor has to intimate the TPIA name from below listed agencies to GAIL/
MECON prior to perform any inspection activity.
1. Det Norske Veritas (DNV)

2. Germanischer Lloyd
3. Bureau Veritas
4. Moody International
5. SGS
6. Certification Engineer International Ltd(CEIL)
7. Technische Ulierwachungs Verein (TUV)
8. Velosi
9. American Bureau Services (ABS)
10. AB-Vincotte
11. Lloyd Register of Industrial Services
12. VCS Quality Services Private Limited
13. Meenar Global
4.0 Apart from inspection by TPIA, Inspection shall also be performed by GAIL and or
its authorized representative / MECON and or its authorized inspection agency

Page 2 of 7
(AIA), as set out and specified in the codes and particular documents forming this
MR.
Bidder shall provide one / two office along with furniture for GAIL and MECON/
TPIA personnel for entire duration of the manufacturing. AC Office shall have table/
Chair/internet connectivity/stationary/courier and printing facilities for inspection
officers for round the clock inspection during manufacturing.
5.0 For all valves to be used in Gaseous Hydrocarbons service, impact & hardness tests /
values as per clause 3.4, 3.5 & 3.6 of specification no. MEC/TS/05/21/002 shall be
applicable.
6.0 Vendor shall establish the equivalence/superiority of any material proposed (With
justification of material properties and availability) other than that specified in
Datasheet. Vendor shall also indicate the ASTM equivalent of his proposed material as
well as of all the AISI designated materials specified in datasheets.
7.0 Vendors to note that for minimum inspection and testing requirement of the valves
shall be governed by attached QAP. However, vendor shall submit their QAP for
approval covering the requirement specified in attached QAP.
8.0 Bidders to note that all the documents/drawings submitted by them as a part of bid
shall be considered only to assess Bidder’s technical capability and shall in no way
absolve them from complying with all the requirements of the Tender. All items to be
supplied by the Bidder shall be strictly in accordance with tender requirements.
9.0 In the event of Conflict/inconsistency among the documents attached/ referred, the
following order of precedence generally shall govern in interpretation of various
requirements / data.
• Schedule of Rates
• Additional Notes to Valves
• Datasheets
• Technical Specification
• Codes and Standards
• Vendor’s Standards
However, Owner/Consultant reserves the right to consider most stringent requirement
among the document attached / referred.
10.0 Bidders to note that the valves supplied by them shall be capable to withstand the field
hydro test pressure (i.e. 1.5 times of design pressure) for 6 to 24 hours test holding
duration under field / site conditions. The valve’s obturator shall be kept in either partial

Page 3 of 7
or full open condition for entire test duration and test medium will be non-corrosive
water. The vendor shall be liable for repair/ replacement of valve if found faulty during
site hydro test at his risk & cost. All cost for associated activities like packaging,
transportation etc. in connection to repair / replacement of valve shall be borne by the
bidder. No claim shall be entertained by the Owner / Purchaser in this regard.
11.0 Vendors to note that packing & transportation of the valves shall be done strictly as per
attached technical specification for handling and transportation.
12.0 Vendors to note that the entire ordered quantity shall be offered for MECON inspection as
per following table. In case no. of visits of MECON engineer become more than as
specified in table below for complete order quantity, vendor shall bear the touring
expenditure of MECON/GAIL engineers as per company rules.
GAIL/MECON reserves the right to waive off this requirement in case of project
exigencies.
S.No. Size Minimum Quantity for one

lot Note: In case the order
1 30” and higher 5 valves quantity is less than the lot
2 16” to 28” 8 valves size, actual order quantity
3 8” to 14” 20 valves shall be considered.
4 ¾” to 6” 200 valves
In case of any multiple of the ordered quantity the no. of valves shall be divided by
quantity specified for one lot in above mentioned table to arrive at the no. of lots. No. of
lots shall be determined by rounding off to next integer.
13.0 Vendors to note that TPI inspection is either to be conducted before MECON inspection
or in parallel. In no case TPI inspection shall be permitted after MECON inspection. For
the valves where MECON inspection extent is 100% witness, TPI inspection maybe
allowed in parallel with MECON. However, for valves requiring 10% MECON witness
inspection, vendor has to finish TPI inspection before raising call and upload TPI
inspection report in Inspection Management System of MECON.
14.0 Extent of MECON witness during final inspection shall be as follows:
Sl. Size range Class Mecon Inspection extent

No.
1. 2” to 8” 150 10% random witness and document
review for 100% valves.
2. 10” and more 150 100% witness.
3. 2” to 6” 300 and higher 10% random witness and document
4. 8” and more 300 and higher 100% witness.
5. Below 2” All classes 10% random witness and document

Page 4 of 7
15.0 Strip Test: Vendor need to demonstrate strip test of bolted body ball valves. For this test
one valve of each ordered type, size and rating shall be selected at random after
successful hydro and pneumatic tests by TPI & MECON inspector. The valve shall be
dismantled completely. Alloy steel parts shall be checked for compliance to relevant
material code using Positive material identification technique. Selected valve(s) shall then
be re-assembled after replacing sacrificial parts like gasket & O-rings and complete final
inspection as per approved QAP shall be carried out once again to ensure the
repeatability of body seals and seats.
16.0 DOCUMENTS & DATA REQUIREMENTS
16.1 The table hereunder specifies the quantities and the nature of the documents to be
submitted by the Package Contractor to Purchaser.
16.1.1 The documents required at the inquiry stage and to be included in the bid are listed
under column A. – N.A.
16.1.2 The documents required after award of the Contract and subject to the written
approval of the Purchaser are listed under column B.
16.1.3 The final and certified documents are listed under column C.
16.2.1 All document shall bear the Purchaser’s Project reference, the Package no. and the
identification number.
16.3 The drawings/documents shall be reviewed, checked, approved and duly

signed/stamped by successful Bidder/supplier before submission. Revision number
shall be changed during submission of the revised successful Bidder/supplier
documents and all revisions shall be highlighted by clouds. Whenever the successful
Bidder/supplier require any sub-supplier drawings to be reviewed by MECON, the
same shall be submitted by the supplier after duly reviewed, approved and stamped by
the successful Bidder/supplier. Direct submission of the sub-supplier’s drawings
without contractor’s approval shall not be entertained.
16.4 Bidder/supplier shall submit hard copies of all documents/ drawings to MECON, as
listed in columns B & C of note no 7.6 of Additional notes for supply of valves and also
in all technical specifications. The date of receipt of these documents/ drawings at
MECON shall be deemed as the date of submission. If any documents/ drawings
require re-submission due to any error/ deficiency noticed during review/ approval
stage, in that event the additional time required by the bidder/supplier to get the
revised document/ drawing reviewed/approved by MECON shall be solely to
bidder’s/supplier’s account and in no case the bidder/ supplier shall be entitled for any
time or cost benefit.
16.5 Review/Approval of the successful Bidder/supplier drawings by MECON would be only

to review the compatibility with basic designs and concepts and in no way absolve the
successful Bidder/supplier of his responsibility/contractual obligation to comply with

Page 5 of 7
tender requirements, applicable codes, specifications and statutory rules/regulations.

Any error/deficiency noticed during any stage of manufacturing/execution/installation
shall be promptly corrected by the successful Bidder/supplier without any extra cost or
time, whether or not comments on the same were received from MECON during the
drawing review stage.
16.6 THE DOCUMENTS ARE FULLY PART OF THE SUPPLY WHICH SHALL BE
COMPLETE ONLY IF AND WHEN THE DOCUMENTS COMPLYING FULLY WITH
THE TENDER REQUIREMENTS ARE RECEIVED BY THE PURCHASER.
A – N.A B C
Required
Item Documents & Data No. of No. of Date No. of Required Date
Copies Copies (from Copies (before Despatch)
FOI/FOA)
3 2 Weeks
1. Completed Data Sheets 3 3 10 Weeks (with final technical
file)
Fabrication, test and 3 3
10 Weeks +
2. delivery schedule (per 3 2 Weeks
monthly
item)
Fire Safe certificate as 3 3
3. per API 6FA & API 607 3 10 Weeks -
as applicable
3 10 Weeks + 3
4. Progress Report - 2 Weeks
monthly
3 3
Catalogues / With final technical
5. 3 10 Weeks
References file
GA drawings + 3 3
Sectional drawings +
Material specification + With final technical
6. 3 10 Weeks
Unit weight. file
(all above per valve
and actuator)
Design calculations for 3 3 2 Weeks
7. pressure containing - 10 Weeks (with final technical
parts file)
Welding details for the 3 3
2 Weeks
pups (If required).
8. - 10 Weeks (with final technical
file)
Torque curves + 3 3 2 Weeks
9. Torque calculations(if 3 10 Weeks (with final technical
applicable) file)
3 3 2 Weeks
Bill of materials (on
10. - 10 Weeks (with final technical
drawings)
file)

Page 6 of 7
A – N.A B C
Required
FOI/FOA)
3 3
Welding procedure 2 Weeks
11. specification and - 10 Weeks (with final technical
records WPS / PQR file)
3 3 2 Weeks
12. QA / QC program 3 10 Weeks (with final technical
file)
Inspection and Test 3 3 2 Weeks
13. Procedures alongwith 3 10 Weeks (with final technical
Quality Assurance Plan file)
3 2 Weeks
14. Test Reports - - - (with final technical
file)
3 2 Weeks
15. NDE / NDT Reports - - - (with final technical
file)
3 2 Weeks
Heat Treatment
16. - - - (with final technical
Reports
file)
3 2 Weeks
Hydrotest and air test
report
file)
3 2 Weeks
Maintenance and
operating manuals
file)
Installation instructions 3
2 Weeks
&
Site inspection
file)
procedure
Material certificate as 3
2 Weeks
per EN 10204 - 3.2
file)
3 2 Weeks
Painting system
21. 3 6 10 weeks (with final technical
description & procedure
file)
3 2 Weeks
Instrument data sheets
(if applicable)
file)
3 2 Weeks
Wiring diagrams (if
applicable)
file)

Page 7 of 7
A – N.A B C
Required
FOI/FOA)
CENELEC / Statutory
certificates for electrical 2 Weeks
24. instruments in - 3 10 weeks 3 (with final technical
hazardous locations (if file)
applicable).
Final technical file,
10 weeks
preliminary copy for
25. - 3 before - -
approval (in soft &
shipping
hardcopy)
Final technical file (in

26. - - - 3 Before shipping
Hard Drive & hardcopy)
NOTES
1) In case of e-bids, only single copy of documents / drawings / data under column A need be
uploaded. – N.A.
2) Durations in column B (required date) are weeks after FOI or as indicated in Table.
Durations in column C (required date) are weeks after document approval or as indicated in
Table.
Due date of each document may be proposed.
3) Final technical file shall be supplied in hard copy as indicated and in electronic format (.pdf
Acrobat files) on Hard Drives.

TITLE REVISION 0
13.0 QAPs AND ITPs FORBOUGHT-OUT ITEMS

(Appendix-III to Particular Job Specification of Work)

TITLE REVISION 0
QAPs AND ITPs FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS
CONTENTS
A. QAPs
I. Flanges
II. Fittings
III. Assorted Pipes
IV. LR Bends
V. Valves
VI. Gaskets
VII. Fasteners
B. ITPs
I. Assorted Pipes
II. CS Conduit
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PROJECT: NEGGL
PACKAGE NO. : 05/51/23UU/IGGL/026
FOR
PACKAGE NAME : FLANGES & FITTINGS
FLANGES QAP NO.: MEC/23UU/05/21/M/001/S026/QAP/A
MECON Limited
(A Govt. of India Enterprise) Page 1 of 4
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN

FOR
FLANGES
FOR
MECON Limited
APPLICABLE CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS : MEC/TS/05/21/025, R-0 WITH AMENDMENTS SCOPE OF INSPECTION
S. STAGE CHARACTERISTICS CATEGORY METHOD OF QUANTUM REFERENCE ACCEPTANCE RECORD Vendor TPI MECON/
NO. CHECK OF DOCUMENTS NORMS IGGL
CHECK
1. Review of Review of PO Doc. / Critical Scrutiny / Each doc. Appl. Spec. / - - W R R
PO / Drg. Drg. Verification of P.O. STD
2. Raw 1. Manufacturing Critical Verification Each Heat Appl. Material As per tender Material Test W R R
Material process of steel with M.T.C. Specification / document / Certificate and
2. Visual STD Material MI Register
3. Dimensional Specification /
STD
4. Chemical Spectro Each Heat
Composition Analysis
3. Forgins 1. Reduction Ratio Critical Measurement Minimum 1 Standard Std. Procedure Forging W R R
per size Manufacturing process record
Procedure / internal
Register
2. Temperature Optical As per Std.
During Forging Pyrometer AMSE B16.5
3. Forging Measurement
Dimensions
4. Heat Heat Treatment Major Verification of Each Heat As per Tender As per Tender T.P.M. Sheet, W W R
Treatment Cycle Heat / HT Lot Doc. / Material Doc. / Material Heat
(as Treatment Specification / Specification / Treatment
applicable) Cycle STD MECON Std Graph
5. Mechanical 1. Tensile Test (TS, Major Tensile One / HT / As per Tender Std. Procedure Mechanical W W R
Testing (as YS, RA%, EL%) Testing Lot / Group Doc. / Material Test Report &
applicable) Specification / T.C.
STD
2. Hardness IMPACT As per Tender
Testing Doc. / Material
Specification /
MECON Std
3. Charpy V-Notch
Test
FOR
MECON Limited
CHECK
6 NDT 1. DP Major DP Testing 100% As per Tender As per Tender Mechanical W W R
Doc. / Material Doc. / Material Test Report &
Specification / Specification / T.C.
STD MECON Std
2. UT Ultrasonic
Flaw Detector
3. MPI MPI Testing
7. Final Visual & Dimensions Major Visual / 100% As per Tender As per Tender Dimension W W W/R
Inspection Measurement Doc. / Material Doc. / Material Report Format
Specification / Specification /
STD MECON Std
8. Making, Making, Colour Major Visual 100% As per Tender As per Tender Packing List W W R
Colour Coding, Rust Doc. / Material Doc. / Material
Coding, Prevension & Specification / Specification /
Rust Packing STD MECON Std
Prevension
& Packing
9. Certification As per EN 10204 Major Verification of 100% As per Tender As per Tender TC & Reports W C R
Type 3.2 PO Spec. & Doc. / Material Doc. / Material
QAP Specification / Specification /
STD MECON Std
10. Release Inspection Release Major Verification of 100% As per Tender As per Tender Release Note H - IR
Notes Note PO Spec. & Doc. / Material Doc. / Material
QAP Specification / Specification /
STD MECON Std
FOR
MECON Limited
CHECK
11. Shipping Verification of Major - - As per Tender As per Tender Shipping H R IR
surface coating / type Doc. / Material Doc. / Material documents
of packing Specification / Specification /
STD MECON Std
Note : All items shall be provided with EN 10204 Type 3.2 certificate.
Legends : H – Hold (Offer for Witness & obtain clearance), W – Witness, R – Review, A – Approval, I – Information, IR – Issue Release Note, C – Certify, X – Submit, PO
– Purchase Order, PR – Purchase Requisition, SR – Stress Relieving, MPI – Magnetic Particle Inspection, DI-Dye Penetrant Test , UT – Ultrasonic examination, TS –
Technical Specification, WPS – Welding Procedure Specification, PQR – Procedure Qualification Record, WQT – Welder Qualification Test.
All the NDT / Leak Testing / Heat Treatment / Special manufacturing procedures have to be specially approved or only previously approved procedures have to be used.
In case of conflict between purchase specification, contract documents and ITP more stringent conditions shall be applicable. The document describes generally the
requirements pertaining to all types of Flanges. Requirements specific to the item are only applicable.
For CONTRACTOR/ SUB-CONTRACTOR
(Stamp & Signature)

FOR PACKAGE NO. : 05/51/23UU/IGGL/026
FITTINGS QAP NO.: MEC/23UU/05/21/M/001/S026/QAP/B
MECON Limited

FOR
FITTINGS
MECON Limited
S. STAGE COMPONENT CHARACTERI- METHOD QUANTUM REFERENCE ACCEPTANCE RECORD Vendor TPI MECON/
NO. STICS OF OF DOCUMENTS NORMS
CHECK CHECK IGGL
1. Material FITTINGS Fully killed MTC 100% PO & Std. PO QAP & Std. MTC W R R
steel Spec. Spec.
2. Inspection FITTINGS
i) Visual FITTINGS Visual Imp. Visual 100% Inspection W W R
Inspection Internal & Report
External
Surface
ii) NDT FITTINGS Soundness of UT, RT & 100% PO & Std. PO QAP & Std. Inspection W W& R
Tee & Butt MPI Spec. Spec. Report Evaluation
Welds of RT
Films
iii) NDT FITTINGS Forgings WET MPI 100% PO & Std. To comply with Inspection W W R
Spec. MSS-SP-53 Report
iv) NDT FITTINGS End UT for 100% PO & Std. Any lamination Inspection W W R
Laminations Distance Spec. than 6.35 mm Report
of 25 mm not accepted
on ends.
v) Testing FITTINGS Properties of Chemical As per PO & Spec. MSS-SP-75 IMP Lab W W R
Destructive Mech. / by Spectro Heat / Lot Report
Chemical & and other
Impact Test test as per
ASTM A -
370
MECON Limited
CHECK CHECK IGGL
3. Final FITTINGS Dimensional - As per lot PO & Spec. PO & Spec. Inspection W W W/R
Inspection Report
4. Marking FITTINGS Identification By 100% PO & Spec. - - W W W/R

manufacturer’s painting
Name, nominal
diameter end
thickness malts
& Tag No.
5. Certification FITTINGS As per EN Verification 100% As per Tender As per Tender TC & W C R
10204 Type of PO Doc. / Material Doc. / Material Reports
3.2 Spec. & Specification / Specification /
QAP STD MECON Std
6. Release FITTINGS Inspection Verification 100% As per Tender As per Tender Release H - IR
Notes Release Note of PO Doc. / Material Doc. / Material Note
Spec. & Specification / Specification /
QAP STD MECON Std
MECON Limited
CHECK CHECK IGGL
7. Shipping FITTINGS Verification of - - As per Tender As per Tender Shipping H R R

surface coating Doc. / Material Doc. / Material documents
/ type of Specification / Specification /
packing STD MECON Std
Note : All items shall be provided with EN 10204 Type 3.2 certificate.
Legends : H – Hold (Offer for Witness & obtain clearance), W – Witness, R – Review, A – Approval, I – Information, IR – Issue Release Note, C – Certify, X – Submit,
PO – Purchase Order, PR – Purchase Requisition, N-Normalizing, N&T – Normalizing & Tempering, SA – Solution annealing, N & SR – Normalizing & Stress
relieving.
All the NDT / Leak Testing / Heat Treatment / Special manufacturing procedures have to be specially approved or only previously approved procedures have to be
used. In case of conflict between purchase specification, contract documents and ITP more stringent conditions shall be applicable. The document describes
generally the requirements pertaining to all types of Fittings. Requirements specific to the item are only applicable.
For CONTRACTOR/ SUB-CONTRACTOR
(Stamp & Signature)

FORM NO. 11.20(4.4)F-09 REV-0
CONTRACTOR QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PROJECT : NEGGL

ORDER NO. & DATE FOR
SUB-CONTRACTOR STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL PACKAGE NO. : 05/51/23UU/IGGL/59A PACKAGE NAME : ASSORTED PIPES
ORDER NO. & DATE EQUIPMENT MR NO. : MEC/23UU/05/21/M/001/S59A TS No.: MEC/TS/05/62/59A
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING UP : CODES FOR EXTENT OF INSPECTION, TESTS, TEST CERTIFICATES & DOCUMENTS :
1. QAP shall be submitted for each of the equipment separately with break up Code Description Code Description Code Description Code DOCUMENTS:
of assembly/sub-assembly & part/component or for group of equipment 1. Visual 18. Amplitude Test 34. Internal Inspection Report D1. Approved GA drawings
having same specification. 2. Dimensional 19. Sponge Test by Contractor D2. Information and other
2. Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and 3. Fitment & Alignment 20. Dust/ Water Ingress Test 35. Hardness Test reference drg/ stamped
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description 4. Physical Test (Sample) 21. Friction Factor Test 36. Spark Test for Lining drgs released for mfg.
for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for the plant 5. Chemical Test (Sample) 22. Adhesion Test 37. Calibration D3. Relevant catalogues
and equipment 6. Ultrasonic Test 23. Performance Test/Characteristic 38. Safety Device Test D4. Bill of matl./Item no./
3. Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be 7. Magnetic Particle Test (MPI) Curve 39. Ease of Maintenance Identification
indicated wherever equipment having same specifications belonging 8. Radiography Test 24. No Load/ Free Running Test 40. Fire Test (Type Test) D5. Matchmarks details
to different facilities are grouped together. 9. Dye Penetration Test 25. Load/ Overload Test 41. Charpy V-Notch Test D6. Line/ Layout diagram
4. Weight in kilograms must be indicated under Column-5 for each item. 10. Metallographic Exam. 26. Measurement of Speeds 42. Operational Torque Test D7. Approved erection
Estimated weights may be indicated wherever actual weights are not 11. Welder’s Qualification & 27. Accoustical Test 43. ENP (Electroless Nickel Plating) procedures
available. Weld Procedure Test 28. Geometrical Accuracy Execution D8. Unpriced sub P.O. with
12. Approval of Test and Repair 29. Repeatability and Positioning 44. Painting specification and amend-
Procedure Accuracy 45. Anti-Static Test ments, if any
ABBREVIATIONS USED : KEY TO SYMBOLS : 13. Heat Treatment 30. Proving Test 46. Hydrostatic Double Block & D9. Calibration Certificate of
CONTR : CONTRACTOR * : MFR/ CONTRACTOR - AS APPLICABLE 14. Pressure Test 31. Surface Preparation Bleed Test all measuring instruments
MFR : MANUFACTURER ** : TEST TO BE PERFORMED, IF APPLICABLE 15. Leakage Test 32. Manufacturer's Test Certificates 47. Functional Test and gauges
H : HOLD 16. Balancing for bought-out items 48. Pneumatic Double Block & D10. X-Ray Reports
R : REVIEW 17. Vibration Test 33. IBR/ Other Statutory agencies Bleed Test
W : WITNESS compliance certificate 49. Proof Test (Type Test)
50. Dielectric Test
EQUIPMENT DETAILS INSPECTION AND TESTS Test Certificates & Acceptance Criteria REMARKS/
Sl. Description (with equipment Identification Quantity Unit Manufacturer's Expected Raw Material and In-Process Final Inspection/ Test by Documents to be Standards/ IS/ BS/ SAMPLING PLAN
No. heading, place of use and brief No. No./M Weight Name and Address Schedule of Stage Inspection submitted to MECON ASME/ Norms and
specifications) (MR Item No.) (Kg) Final Inspn. MFR/SPLR TPI MFR/SPLR TPI Documents
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1.0 Assorted Pipes As per 1,2,4,5, 35, 41 1,2,4,5,41 1,2,14,35 1,2,14,35 1,2,4,5,32,34,D9 MECON's T.S. & 100 % inspection
MR Relevant Standards by MECON's
mentioned therein Approved TPI
QAP NO. MEC/23UU/05/21/M/001/QAP-59A REV

For MECON (Stamp & Signature) For CONTRACTOR/ SUB-CONTRACTOR
(Stamp & Signature) SHEET 1 OF 1
20
FORM NO. 11.20(4.4)F-09 REV-0
CONTRACTOR QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PROJECT : NEGGL Project of M/s IGL
ORDER NO. & DATE FOR PACKAGE NO. : 05/51/23UU/GAIL/015

SUB-CONTRACTOR STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL PACKAGE NAME : LR BEND
ORDER NO. & DATE EQUIPMENT MR NO. : MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/S015 TS No.: MEC/TS/05/62/015
of assembly/sub-assembly & part/component or for group of equipment 1. Visual 20. Dust/ Water Ingress Test 36. Spark Test for Lining D1. Approved GA drawings
having same specification. 2. Dimensional 21. Friction Factor Test 37. Calibration D2. Information and other
2. Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and 3. Fitment & Alignment 22. Adhesion Test 38. Safety Device Test reference drg/ stamped
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description 4. Physical Test (Sample) 23. Performance Test/Characteristic 39. Ease of Maintenance drgs released for mfg.
for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for the plant 5. Chemical Test (Sample) Curve 40. Fire Test (Type Test) D3. Relevant catalogues
and equipment 6. Ultrasonic Test 24. No Load/ Free Running Test 41. Charpy V-Notch Test D4. Bill of matl./Item no./
3. Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be 7. Magnetic Particle Test (MPI) 25. Load/ Overload Test 42. Operational Torque Test Identification
indicated wherever equipment having same specifications belonging 8. Radiography Test 26. Measurement of Speeds 43. ENP (Electroless Nickel Plating) D5. Matchmarks details
to different facilities are grouped together. 9. Dye Penetration Test 27. Accoustical Test Execution D6. Line/ Layout diagram
4. Weight in kilograms must be indicated under Column-5 for each item. 10. Metallographic Exam. 28. Geometrical Accuracy 44. Painting D7. Approved erection
Estimated weights may be indicated wherever actual weights are not 11. Welder’s Qualification & 29. Repeatability and Positioning 45. Anti-Static Test procedures
available. Weld Procedure Test Accuracy 46. Hydrostatic Double Block & D8. Unpriced sub P.O. with
12. Approval of Test and 30. Proving Test Bleed Test specification and amend-
Repair Procedure 31. Surface Preparation 47. Bend Angle ments, if any
ABBREVIATIONS USED : KEY TO SYMBOLS : 13. Heat Treatment 32. Manufacturer's Test Certificates 48. Pneumatic Double Block & D9. Calibration Certificate of
MFR : MANUFACTURER * : THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY APPOINTED BY VENDOR 14. Pressure Test for bought-out items Bleed Test all measuring instruments
H : HOLD # : TEST TO BE PERFORMED, AS APPLICABLE {UT(6*) - HFW/ERW, 15. Leakage Test 33. IBR/ Other Statutory agencies 49. Proof Test (Type Test) and gauges
R : REVIEW RT(8*) - LSAW} 16. Balancing compliance certificate 50. Dielectric Test D10. X-Ray Reports
W : WITNESS ** : Sample shall be drawn from intrados, extrados & transition zone of Bend 17. Vibration Test 34. Internal Inspection Report 51. Bending parameter
RW : RANDOM WITNESS ## : Test ring shall be removed from the centre of the Bend & Transition 18. Amplitude Test by Contractor 52. All Weld Rensile Test
P : PERFORM Zone and test sample shall be drawn from each quadrant during MPQT 19. Sponge Test 35. Hardness Test 53. Guided Bend Test of weld
(Hardness Test for each bend shall be carried out at extrados
& intrados of each bend with the help pf portable hardness tester)
Sl. Description (with equipment Identification Quantity Unit Manufacturer's Expected Manufacturing Procedure Qualification Test Final Inspection/ Test by Documents to be Standards/ IS/ BS/ SAMPLING PLAN
No. heading, place of use and brief No. No./M Weight Name and Address Schedule of (MPQT) submitted to MECON ASME/ Norms and
CLIENT/
MFR TPIA* CLIENT/MECON MFR TPIA*
specifications) (MR Item No.) (Kg) Final Inspn. MECON Documents
P W W P W RW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1.0 LR BEND As per 1, 2, 6#, 1, 2, 6#, 1, 2, 6#, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6#, 7, 100%
1, 2, 4**, 5, 1, 2, 4**, 5, 1, 2, 4**, 5, D1, D2, MECON's
MR/SOR 7, 8#, 35, 7, 8#, 35, 7, 8#, 35, 8#, 15, 35, 41, 47, (As per Technical
6#, 7, 8#, 10, 6#, 7, 8#, 10, 6#, 7, 8#, 10, Tech. Spec., Data
51 51 51 51, 52, 53, D9, D10 Specification & Data
15, 35##, 41, 15, 35##, 41, 15, 35##, 41, Sheets & Relevant
Sheets of LR Bends)
47, 51, 52, 53 47, 51, 52, 53 47, 51, 52, 53 Standards
Special considerations for Bending Parameters during production with respect to MPQT: Notes: 1. Physical , Chemical, Impact & Hardness Test results shall conform to the requirements of Mecon's Technical Specification for Line Pipe.
1) Forming Temperature shall not vary more than ±25°C. 2. Manufacturer shall submit marking scheme along with the QAP for approval.
2) Forming velocity shall not vary more than ±2.5 mm/minute 3. Bending parameters established during MPQT shall be maintained for regular production of LR Bends.
3) Temperature of cooling water shall not vary more than ±15°C. 4. Visual, Dimensional and other parameters shall be complaint to Technical Specification & Data Sheets, MR & Notes to MR of LR Bends.
4) Flow rate of cooling water shall not vary more than ±10%. 5. Any indication observed on MPI shall be verified by MUT.
5) Induction Heating frequency shall vary more than ±20%. 6. Mettalographic Examination shall be performed in line with the requirements of mother Line Pipe.
7. Bends shall be dispatched with both ends provided with metallic bevel protectors.
Any change in above parameters shall be cause for rejection of that Bend and the cost towards the pipe used 8. If results of MPQT does not meet the requirements, vendor shall provide justification and remedial measures and reperform MPQT.
for fabrication of that rejected Bend shall be recovered from vendor's account with a rate specified elsewhere in Repeated failure of MPQT shall be taken up by the purchaser to initiate suitable action. Cost towards using of additional pipe length for reperforming MPQT
the Tender Document. shall be recovered from vendor's account with a rate specified elsewhere in the Tender Document.
9. The Bend number shall be placed by cold rolling or low stress dot marking on the outside surface of the Bend at an
approximate distance of 50 mmfrom both ends.
10. Bend ends shall be tested by MUT for any lamination at the ends.
QAP NO. MEC/23UU/05/21/M/001/QAP-015 REV

For MECON (Stamp & Signature) For CONTRACTOR/ SUB-CONTRACTOR 0
FORM NO. 11.20(4.4)F-09 REV-0
CONTRACTOR QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PROJECT : NEGGL

ORDER NO. & DATE FOR PACKAGE NO. : 05/51/23UU/IGGL/001
SUB CONTRACTOR STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL PACKAGE NAME : PIPELINE LAYING WORKS ITEM : BALL & PLUG VALVES
TS NO. : MEC/TS/05/21/002 Rev 1,Ed 1, MEC/TS/05/62/003, Rev-2 & Additional Notes to
ORDER NO. & DATE EQUIPMENT TS for Ball Valves.
of assembly/sub-assembly & part/component or for group of equipment 1. Visual 18. Amplitude Test 34. Internal Inspection Report D1. Approved GA drawings
having same specification. 2. Dimensional 19. Sponge Test by Contractor D2. Information and other
2. Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and 3. Fitment & Alignment 20. Dust/ Water Ingress Test 35. Hardness Test reference drg/ stamped
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description 4. Physical Test (Sample) 21. Friction Factor Test 36. Spark Test for Lining drgs released for mfg.
for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for the plant 5. Chemical Test (Sample) 22. Adhesion Test 37. Calibration D3. Relevant catalogues
and equipment 6. Ultrasonic Test 23. Performance Test/Characteristic 38. Safety Device Test D4. Bill of matl./Item no./
3. Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be 7. Magnetic Particle Test (MPI) Curve 39. Ease of Maintenance Identification
indicated wherever equipment having same specifications belonging 8. Radiography Test 24. No Load/ Free Running Test 40. Fire Test (Type Test) D5. Matchmarks details
to different facilities are grouped together. 9. Dye Penetration Test 25. Load/ Overload Test 41. Charpy V-Notch Test D6. Line/ Layout diagram
4. Weight in kilograms must be indicated under Column-5 for each item. 10. Metallographic Exam. 26. Measurement of Speeds 42. Operational Torque Test D7. Approved erection
Estimated weights may be indicated wherever actual weights are not 11. Welder’s Qualification & 27. Accoustical Test 43. ENP (Electroless Nickel Plating) procedures
available. Weld Procedure Test 28. Geometrical Accuracy Execution D8. Unpriced sub P.O. with
12. Approval of Test and Repair 29. Repeatability and Positioning 44. Painting specification and amend-
ABBREVIATIONS USED : KEY TO SYMBOLS : Procedure Accuracy 45. Anti-Static Test ments, if any
SV : SUB VENDOR * : TO BE FILLED BY VENDOR 13. Heat Treatment 30. Proving Test 46. Hydrostatic Double Block & D9. Calibration Certificate of
MFR : MANUFACTURER ** : TEST TO BE PERFORMED, IF APPLICABLE 14. Pressure Test 31. Surface Preparation Bleed Test all measuring instruments
TPI : DESIGNATED THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY 15. Leakage Test 32. Manufacturer's Test Certificates 47. Functional Test and gauges
CONTR : CONTRACTOR 16. Balancing for bought-out items 48. Pneumatic Double Block & D10. X-Ray Reports
H : HOLD 17. Vibration Test 33. IBR/ Other Statutory agencies Bleed Test
R : REVIEW compliance certificate 49. Cyclic Test
W : WITNESS
specifications) (MR Item No.) (Kg) Final Inspn. MFR/SV TPI CONTR MECON MFR/SV TPI CONTR MECON Documents
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
1.0 Ball Valves, Plug Valves & Globe Valves ---- As per
SOR/
P&ID
* * *
As per attached sheet 2 to 10
QAP No. : MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/QAP-002/C&M REV

QAP No. : MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/QAP-002/C&M FORM NO. 11.20(4.4)F-09 REV-0
EQUIPMENT DETAILS INSPECTION AND TESTS Test Certificates & Acceptance Criteria Inspection Codes REMARKS
Sl. Description (with equipment Identification Quantity Unit Raw Material and In-Process Final Inspection/ Test by Documents to be Standards/ IS/ BS/ & Sampling Plan
No. heading, place of use and brief No. No./M Weight stage inspection submitted to MECON ASME/ Norms and
specifications) (Kg) MFR/SV TPI CONTR MECON MFR/SV TPI CONTR MECON Documents MFR/SV TPI CONTR MECON
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18A 18B 18C 18D

1.01 Body Material 1,2 - - - - - - - 1. D1 1. D1 H R R R
As per 2. Report 2. Relevant Material
approved Standard
Datasheet 3. Manufacturer's
Specification
4 4 - - - - - - Material Test 1. Relevant Material H H R R

Certificates Standard
2. MECON's D.S.
2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
6 ** 6 ** - - - - - - Test Report 1. ASME B16.34, H W R R Forgings, welds,
Appendix-IV wrought weld ends
2. MECON's T.S.
7 ** 7 ** - - - - - - Test Report 1. ASME B16.34, H W R R Wet MPI for 100%
Appendix-II of internal surfaces
2. MECON's T.S. of all castings & forgings & bevel
surfaces (MPI/ DP)
8 ** 8 ** - - - - - - Test Report 1. ASME B16.34, H W R R All castings as per

Appendix-I clause 5.1.4 b) of T.S., all welds,
2. MECON's T.S. weld ends of all cast valves
9** 9** - - - - - - Test Report 1. ASME B16.34, H W R R Bevel Surfaces

Appendix-III
Appendix III (by MPI/ DP)
2. MECON's T.S.
13 13 - - - - - - Report/ Material Test 1. Relevant Material H R R R


2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.

2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
Sheet 2 of 10
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18A 18B 18C 18D

1.02 Closure/ Body Adapter/ Tail Piece Material 1,2 - - - - - - - 1. D1 1. D1 H R R R
approved Standard
Specification

2. MECON's D.S.
2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
6** 6** - - - - - - Test Report 1. ASME B16.34, H W R R Forgings, welds,
2. MECON's T.S.
7** 7** - - - - - - Test Report 1. ASME B16.34, H W R R Wet MPI for 100%
surfaces (MPI/ DP)
8** 8** - - - - - - Test Report 1. ASME B16.34, H W R R All castings as per


Appendix-III (by MPI/ DP)
2 MECON's
2. MECON s T T.S.
S

2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.

2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
Sheet 3 of 10
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18A 18B 18C 18D

1.03 Top Cover Material 1,2 - - - - - - - 1. D1 1. D1 H R R R
Manufacturer 2. Report 2. Relevant Material
to indicate Standard
(to be 3. Manufacturer's
approved Specification
by MECON) 4 4 - - - - - - Material Test 1. Relevant Material H H R R

2. MECON's D.S.
2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
6 ** 6 ** - - - - - - Test Report 1. ASME B16.34, H W R R Forgings, welds,

Annex-E wrought weld ends
2. MECON's T.S.
7 ** 7 ** - - - - - - Test Report 1. ASME B16.34, H W R R Wet MPI for 100%
Annex-C of internal surfaces
surfaces (MPI/ DP)
8 ** 8 ** - - - - - - Test Report 1. ASME B16.34 H W R R All castings as per

Annex-B clause 5.1.4 b) of T.S., all welds,
13 13 - - - - - - Report/ Material Test 1. Relevant Material R R R R

Certificates
Ce t cates Standard
Sta da d

2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
41 41 - - - - - - Material Test 1. Relevant Material R H R R

2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
Sheet 4 of 10
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18A 18B 18C 18D

1.04 Trunnion (for Trunnion Mounted Material 1,2 1,2 - - - - - - 1. D1 1. D1 H R R R
Valves) Manufacturer 2. Report 2. Relevant Material
to indicate Standard
(to be 3. Manufacturer's
approved Specification
by MECON) 4 4 - - - - - - Material Test 1. Relevant Material H H R R

2. MECON's D.S.
2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
43 ** 43 ** - - - - - - 1. Test Report 1. MECON's T.S. H H R R

2. Material Test 2. MECON's D.S.
Certificates for 3. ASTM B733 Std.
composition, 4. Manufacturer's
hardness, Specification
thickness &
integrity
1.05 Ball / Plug / Disc Material 1,2 1,2 - - - - - - 1. D1 1. D1 H R R R

approved Standard
D t h t
Datasheet 3 M
3. Manufacturer's
f t '
Specification
2. MECON's D.S.
2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.

2. MECON's T.S.
surfaces (MPI/ DP)

Sheet 5 of 10
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18A 18B 18C 18D

2. MECON's T.S.


2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
43 43 - - - - - - 1. Test Report 1. MECON's T.S. H H R R

thickness &
integrity
1.06 Stem Material 1,2 1,2 - - - - - - 1. D1 1. D1 H R R R

approved Standard
Specification

2. MECON's D.S.
2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
2. MECON's T.S.
surfaces (MPI/ DP)
Sheet 6 of 10
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18A 18B 18C 18D

2. MECON's T.S.


2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.

2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.

thickness &
integrity
1.07 Seats Material 1,2 1,2 - - - - - - 1. D1 1. D1 H R R R
approved Standard
Datasheet 3 Manufacturer's
3. Manufacturer s
Specification

2. MECON's D.S.
2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
2. MECON's T.S.
surfaces (MPI/ DP)
Sheet 7 of 10
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18A 18B 18C 18D


2. MECON's T.S.


2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.

2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.

thickness &
integrity
1.08 Bolting Material (Studs & Nuts) Material 1,2 1,2 - - - - - - 1. D1 1. D1 H R R R Alongwith thickness measurement
As per 2. Report 2. Relevant Material for ENP Coating.
approved Standard
Specification

2. MECON's D.S.

2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.

2. MECON's T.S.
Sheet 8 of 10
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18A 18B 18C 18D

surfaces (MPI/ DP)


2. MECON's T.S.


2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
1.09 Assembled Valves - - - - 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 Report 1. D1 H H W W/R

2. MECON's T.S.
- - - - 3 3 3 3 Report H H W W/R
- - - - 14 14 14 14 1 Report
1. 1.
1 D1 H H W W/R
2. Test Certificates 2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
4. API 6D Std./
BS EN 12266
(as applicable)
- - - - 15 15 15 15 1. Report 1. D1 H H W W/R
2. Test Certificates 2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
4. API 6D Std./
BS EN 12266
(as applicable)
40 40 40 40 1. Report 1. API 607/ API 6FA / R R R R
2. Test Certificates BS EN ISO 10497
(as applicable)
2. MECON's T.S.
3. MECON's D.S.
42 42 42 42 1. Report 1. MECON's T.S. H H W W/R
2. Test Certificates 2. MECON's D.S.
3. API 6D Std.
(as applicable)
- - - - 37 37 37 37 Certificates - R R R
- - - - 44 44 44 44 1. Report 1. MECON's T.S. H W W W/R Inspection & test to be witnessed
2. Test Certificates 2. MECON's D.S. by MECON for buried valve
3. Manufacturer's surface paint integrity & thickness
Specification
Sheet 9 of 10
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18A 18B 18C 18D

- - - - 45 45 45 45 1. Report 1. MECON's T.S. H H W W/R
3. API 6D Std. /
BS EN ISO 17292
(as applicable)
2. Test Certificates 2. API 6D Std.
(as applicable)
2. Test Certificates 2. API 6D Std. /
BS EN ISO 17292
(as applicable)
2. Test Certificates 2. API 6D Std.
(as applicable)
1.10 Complete documentation check √ √ √ √ 1. Final Report 1. MECON's T.S. H H H -

and compilation 2. Final Certificates 2. API 6D Std. /
BS EN ISO 17292
(as applicable)
1.11 Complete and compiled - - - - √ √ √ √ 1. Final Report 1. MECON's T.S. H - - H
documentation check and 2. Final Certificates 2. API 6D Std. /
despatch clearance BS EN ISO 17292
(as applicable)
QAP No. : MEC/23UU/05/28/M/001/QAP-002/C&M REV

Sheet 10 of 10
FORM NO. 11.20(4.4)F-09 REV-0
CONTRACTOR QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PROJECT : NEGG PROJECT OF IGGL

ORDER NO. & DATE FOR PACKAGE NO. :
SUB-CONTRACTOR STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL PACKAGE NAME : FASTNERS
ORDER NO. & DATE EQUIPMENT MR NO. : TS No.: MEC/S/05/21/19
of assembly/sub-assembly & part/component or for group of equipment 1. Visual 18. Amplitude Test 35. Hardness Test D1. Approved GA drawings
having same specification. 2. Dimensional 19. Sponge Test 36. Spark Test for Lining D2. Information and other
2. Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and 3. Fitment & Alignment 20. Dust/ Water Ingress Test 37. Calibration reference drg/ stamped
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description 4. Physical Test (Sample) 21. Friction Factor Test 38. Safety Device Test drgs released for mfg.
for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for the plant 5. Chemical Test (Sample) 22. Adhesion Test 39. Ease of Maintenance D3. Relevant catalogues
and equipment 6. Ultrasonic Test 23. Performance Test/Characteristic 40. Fire Test (Type Test) D4. Bill of matl./Item no./
3. Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be 7. Magnetic Particle Test (MPI) Curve 41. Charpy V-Notch Test Identification
indicated wherever equipment having same specifications belonging 8. Radiography Test 24. No Load/ Free Running Test 42. Operational Torque Test D5. Matchmarks details
to different facilities are grouped together. 9. Dye Penetration Test 25. Load/ Overload Test 43. ENP (Electroless Nickel Plating) D6. Line/ Layout diagram
4. Weight in kilograms must be indicated under Column-5 for each item. 10. Metallographic Exam. 26. Measurement of Speeds Execution D7. Approved erection
Estimated weights may be indicated wherever actual weights are not 11. Welder’s Qualification & 27. Accoustical Test 44. Painting procedures
available. Weld Procedure Test 28. Geometrical Accuracy 45. Anti-Static Test D8. Unpriced sub P.O. with
12. Approval of Test and Repair 29. Repeatability and Positioning 46. Hydrostatic Double Block & specification and amend-
Procedure Accuracy Bleed Test ments, if any
ABBREVIATIONS USED : KEY TO SYMBOLS : 13. Heat Treatment 30. Proving Test 47. Functional Test D9. Calibration Certificate of
CONTR : CONTRACTOR * - If applicable 14. Pressure Test 31. Surface Preparation 48. Pneumatic Double Block & all measuring instruments
MFR : MANUFACTURER # - As applicable 15. Leakage Test 32. Manufacturer's Test Certificates Bleed Test and gauges
H : HOLD 16. Balancing for bought-out items 49. Proof Test (Type Test) D10. X-Ray Reports
R : REVIEW 17. Vibration Test 33. IBR/ Other Statutory agencies 50. Dielectric Test
W : WITNESS compliance certificate 51. Bending parameter
34. Internal Inspection Report 52. PMI Check
by Contractor
specifications) (MR Item No.) (Kg) Final Inspn. MFR TPIA MECON MFR TPIA MECON Documents
(P) (W) (R) (P) (RW) (W/R)
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
# # #
1.0 FASTNERS As per 1,2,4,5, 6/7 , 1,2,4,5, 6/7 ,1,2,4,5, 6/7 , 1, 2, 44, 1, 2, 44, 1, 2, 44, 1,2,4,5,6, D1, D2 , 100%
SOR/ MTO 13, 35, 41 13, 35, 41 13, 35, 41 51* 51* 51* 13,15, MECON's T.S. &
41,51,D9 Relevant Standards
mentioned therein
P - Perform,
W - Witness
R - Riview
RW - Random Witness
QAP NO. MEC/23UU/05/21/M/001/QAP-019F REV

FORM NO. 11.20(4.4)F-09 REV-0
CONTRACTOR QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PROJECT : NEGG PROJECT OF IGGL

ORDER NO. & DATE FOR PACKAGE NO. :
SUB-CONTRACTOR STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL PACKAGE NAME : GASKETS
ORDER NO. & DATE EQUIPMENT MR NO. : TS No.: MEC/S/05/21/19
of assembly/sub-assembly & part/component or for group of equipment 1. Visual 18. Amplitude Test 35. Hardness Test D1. Approved GA drawings
having same specification. 2. Dimensional 19. Sponge Test 36. Spark Test for Lining D2. Information and other
2. Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and 3. Fitment & Alignment 20. Dust/ Water Ingress Test 37. Calibration reference drg/ stamped
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description 4. Physical Test (Sample) 21. Friction Factor Test 38. Safety Device Test drgs released for mfg.
for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for the plant 5. Chemical Test (Sample) 22. Adhesion Test 39. Ease of Maintenance D3. Relevant catalogues
and equipment 6. Ultrasonic Test 23. Performance Test/Characteristic 40. Fire Test (Type Test) D4. Bill of matl./Item no./
3. Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be 7. Magnetic Particle Test (MPI) Curve 41. Charpy V-Notch Test Identification
indicated wherever equipment having same specifications belonging 8. Radiography Test 24. No Load/ Free Running Test 42. Operational Torque Test D5. Matchmarks details
to different facilities are grouped together. 9. Dye Penetration Test 25. Load/ Overload Test 43. ENP (Electroless Nickel Plating) D6. Line/ Layout diagram
4. Weight in kilograms must be indicated under Column-5 for each item. 10. Metallographic Exam. 26. Measurement of Speeds Execution D7. Approved erection
Estimated weights may be indicated wherever actual weights are not 11. Welder’s Qualification & 27. Accoustical Test 44. Painting procedures
available. Weld Procedure Test 28. Geometrical Accuracy 45. Anti-Static Test D8. Unpriced sub P.O. with
12. Approval of Test and Repair 29. Repeatability and Positioning 46. Hydrostatic Double Block & specification and amend-
Procedure Accuracy Bleed Test ments, if any
ABBREVIATIONS USED : KEY TO SYMBOLS : 13. Heat Treatment 30. Proving Test 47. Functional Test D9. Calibration Certificate of
CONTR : CONTRACTOR * - If applicable (For RTJ Joints) 14. Pressure Test 31. Surface Preparation 48. Pneumatic Double Block & all measuring instruments
MFR : MANUFACTURER # - As applicable (compressibility & Sealability) 15. Leakage Test 32. Manufacturer's Test Certificates Bleed Test and gauges
H : HOLD 16. Balancing for bought-out items 49. Proof Test (Type Test) D10. X-Ray Reports
R : REVIEW 17. Vibration Test 33. IBR/ Other Statutory agencies 50. Dielectric Test
W : WITNESS compliance certificate 51. Bending parameter
34. Internal Inspection Report 52. PMI Check
by Contractor
specifications) (MR Item No.) (Kg) Final Inspn. MFR TPIA MECON MFR TPIA MECON Documents
(P) (W) (R) (P) (RW) (W/R)
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
# # #
1.0 GASKETS As per 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 44, 1, 2, 44, 1, 2, 44, 1,2,4,5,6, D1, D2 , 100%
SOR/ MTO 13*, 35* 13*, 35* 13*, 35* 51* & 51* & 51* & 13,15, MECON's T.S. &
Stamping Stamping Stamping 41,51,D9 Relevant Standards
mentioned therein
P - Perform,
W - Witness
R - Riview
RW - Random Witness
QAP NO. MEC/23UU/05/21/M/001/QAP-019G REV

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN
FOR
STANDARD SPECIFICATION NO.
ASSORTED PIPES MEC/TS/05/62/59A
Page 1 of 3
FOR
ASSORTED PIPES
1 26.02.2020 ISSUED FOR IMPLEMENTATION Sachin Kumar Sachin Singhal A K Gupta
Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared Checked by Approved by
No.
ITP No. : 05/21/012E/001

FOR
Page 2 of 3
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
METHOD OF QUANTUM REFERENCE ACCEPTANCE

SL.NO. STAGE COMPONENT CHARACTERISTICS RECORD
CHECK OF CHECK DOCUMENTS NORMS
Manufacturer TPIA Client/Mecon
Relevant Code
As per code & Mill test
(i)Chemical One sample &
Testing Technical Certificate/ H R R
Composition: CE per heat Technical
Specification report
Raw material Plate/Sheet/ Specification
1.0
inspection Strip
Relevant Code
(ii)Mechanical As per code &
One sample & Inspection
properties Testing Technical H R R
per heat Technical report
YS,UTS,EL Specification
Specification
Welding Speed, Relevant Code
Manufacturing,
Current, Voltage, Record of 100% by & Internal
2.0 welding Pipe Approved WPS P R R
Frequency, Offset, Parameter Vendor Technical report
(HFW & SAW)
Height of Flash & Trim Specification
3.0 Product Testing
Tensile, Flattening,
Reverse Bend, Relevant Code
Mechanical Properties As per code &
Hardness, Impact One sample & Lab
3.1 Destructive Testing Pipe & Macro Technical W W W
per heat Technical Report
Specification
Chemical Specification
Chemical Properties
Composition
Inspection
UT/RT or as per Relevant Code As per code &
Non Destructive Surface & Internal 100% by Report/
3.2 Pipe code & & Technical Technical W R R
Testing Inspection Vendor Internal
specification Specification Specification
Record
ITP No. : 05/21/012E/001

FOR
Page 3 of 3
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
Stress Relieving,
Relevant Code & Relevant Code &
Heat Treatment Normalizing, Temperature
3.3 Pipe Each Pipe Technical Technical HT Chart P R R
(As Applicable) Tempering, Solution Recording
Specification Specification
Annealing etc.
Inspection
Relevant Code & As per code &
Report,
4.0 Hydrostatic test Pipe No leak Visual Each Pipe Technical Technical W W RW
Hydraulic
Graph
Straightness, Outer
Diameter (Pipe Body,
Pipe Ends), Out of Relevant Code & As per code &
Visual, 100% by Inspection
5.0 Final inspection Pipe Roundness, Thickness, Technical Technical W W RW
dimensional vendor Report
Length, Surface Specification Specification
Lamination, Root Face,
Bevel Angle

Galvanizing Integrity of Galvanized Inspection
6.0 Pipe --- Each Pipe Technical Technical P R R
(If Applicable) Coating Report
Legends/Notes:
. W-witness, R-Review, RW- Minimum 10% witness and 100% Review ,
ITP No. : 05/21/012E/001

FOR
CONDUIT PIPES MEC/TS/05/62/59A
Page 1 of 3
FOR
CONDUIT PIPES
1 05.05.2020 ISSUED FOR IMPLEMENTATION Sachin Kumar Sachin Singhal A K Gupta
Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared Checked by Approved by
No.
ITP No. : 05/21/012E/001

FOR
Page 2 of 3
SCOPE OF INSPECTION

Relevant Code
As per code & Mill test
(i)Chemical One sample &
Testing Technical Certificate/ H R R
Composition: CE per heat Technical
Specification report
Raw material Plate/Sheet/ Specification
1.0
inspection Strip
Relevant Code
(ii)Mechanical As per code &
One sample & Inspection
properties Testing Technical H R R
per heat Technical report
YS,UTS,EL Specification
Specification
Welding Speed, Relevant Code
Manufacturing,
Current, Voltage, Record of 100% by & Internal
2.0 welding Pipe Approved WPS P R R
Frequency, Offset, Parameter Vendor Technical report
(HFW & SAW)
Height of Flash & Trim Specification
3.0 Product Testing
Tensile, Flattening,
Reverse Bend, Relevant Code
Mechanical Properties As per code &
Hardness, Impact One sample & Lab
3.1 Destructive Testing Pipe & Macro Technical W W R
per heat Technical Report
Specification
Chemical Specification
Chemical Properties
Composition
Inspection
UT/RT or as per Relevant Code As per code &
Non Destructive Surface & Internal 100% by Report/
3.2 Pipe code & & Technical Technical W R R
Testing Inspection Vendor Internal
specification Specification Specification
Record
ITP No. : 05/21/012E/001

FOR
Page 3 of 3
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
Stress Relieving,
Relevant Code & Relevant Code &
Heat Treatment Normalizing, Temperature
3.3 Pipe Each Pipe Technical Technical HT Chart P R R
(As Applicable) Tempering, Solution Recording
Annealing etc.
Inspection
Report,
4.0 Hydrostatic test Pipe No leak Visual Each Pipe Technical Technical W RW R
Hydraulic
Graph
Straightness, Outer
Diameter (Pipe Body,
Pipe Ends), Out of Relevant Code & As per code &
Visual, 100% by Inspection
5.0 Final inspection Pipe Roundness, Thickness, Technical Technical W RW R
dimensional vendor Report
Length, Surface Specification Specification
Lamination, Root Face,
Bevel Angle

Galvanizing Integrity of Galvanized Inspection
6.0 Pipe --- Each Pipe Technical Technical P R R
(If Applicable) Coating Report
Legends/Notes:
. W-witness, R-Review, RW- Minimum 10% witness and 100% Review ,
ITP No. : 05/21/012E/001


TITLE REVISION 0
14.0 SCHEMATIC ROUTE DIAGRAM

(Appendix-IV to Particular Job Specification of Work)

TITLE REVISION 0
15.0 VIDEOGRAPHY SURVEY

(Appendix-V to Particular Job Specification of Work)

TITLE REVISION 0
APPENDIX V – VIDEOGRAPHY SURVEY
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of video survey is to capture before starting construction activities the
ground realities along the pipeline route and to co-relate the same with digitised maps
of Survey of India. Moreover, during construction activities the Contractor shall video
report at least once a week all site activities.
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Approximate Length and Size of Pipeline: As per Scope of work defined elsewhere.
3.0 SCOPE OF WORK
Contractor or the approved agency (by Owner / Engineer) shall carry out the
videography along the route of the pipeline.
The work will be subdivided in two phases:
Phase1: Videography of the entire route prior to any construction

activities
A) The contractor shall capture the video for the following areas but not limited to:
1. Pipeline route
2. Location of various Stations and Tap Off points.
3. Major features such as water bodies, plantation, flora & fauna, forest,
4. All Crossings like road, railways, river, canal, khadi etc.
5. The photographs of the major crossing like river, railways highways both upstream
and downstream of the pipeline. The photographs and video should cover the type
of soil and terrain condition, obstacles, rocks etc.
B) The identified locations on digitised map of Survey of India shall be interfaced with
Videography through software whereby one can access both simultaneously and
match the two. The identified locations like
Crossings: National Highways, State Highways, Rivers, Major Canals, Hills, Major
Khadi
Areas: Rocky, Marshy, Forest, Plantation.
The digitised map shall be procured from Survey of India by the Contractor. Digital
theodolite shall be used for all surveys. However, IGGL will provide all possible help
in collection of required map, andAuthorisation letter required, if any to contractor.

TITLE REVISION 0
C) There is no need to carry out videography of the route if there is no change in

topographical features. Such areas should highlight at end and starting point in
videography.
Phase 2: Videography during Construction activities
During construction, the Contractor shall video survey all distinct / main activities under
progress alongside the entire pipeline routing.
The purpose of this survey is to get a complete videography of the construction site at
different stages of the construction.
This includes all main activities as per phased working procedure. Each phase of the
construction shall be at least surveyed at 5 different locations distributed equally along
the pipeline routing.
Each Natural Gas station will be also surveyed on the same way. Contractor shall
submit his planning and his methodology to Owner /Engineer approval right after the
LOA.
3.1 The proper log of the location, landmark, crossings, town, districts and important
comments will be embedded.
3.2 The search will be text based and it will retrieve the relevant video segment along with
textual / visual data for reference.
3.3 A special programme will be written which will help create interface through which the
video of important landmarks can be searched /viewed.
3.4 Narration in back side of video will be provided along the route.
3.5 The Contractor shall hand over
CDs and USB Drive : 6 Nos. Phase 1
CDs and USB Drive : 6 Nos. Phase 2
4.0 ASSISTANCE
The Contractor to indicate in detail the information and assistance as required from
client to execute the survey.
5.0 TIME OF WORK
One month for phase 1

Construction period for phase 2

TITLE REVISION 0
6.0 PRICE SCHEDULE
Contractor to quote for each phase its lump sum fee on per Km of route survey basis.
The fees shall include all expenses and cost of facilities used to carry out the scope
covered in clauses above. Contractor to quote separate item as stated in Schedule of
Rates (SOR).Price will be indicated under Schedule of Rate (SOR).

TITLE REVISION 0
16.0 THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY

(Appendix-VI to Particular Job Specification of Work)

TITLE REVISION 0
APPENDIX - VI
THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY
Contractor shall appoint anyone of the following TPIA for inspection purpose, wherever
required as per tender document. Contractor has to propose minimum 4 nos. of below listed
agencies to be approved by IGGL / MECON:
a) Det Norske Veritas (DNV)

b) Germanischer Lloyd
c) Bureau Veritas (BV)- IGGL's surveillance TPI as on date
d) Moody International
e) ABS - IGGL's surveillance TPI as on date
f) SGS
g) Certification Engineer International Ltd(CEIL)
h) Technische Ulierwachungs Verein (TUV)
i) Velosi
j) American Bureau Services
k) AB-Vincotte
l) Lloyd Register of Industrial Services
m) Meenar Global
n) VCS Quality Services Private Limited
Apart from inspection by TPIA, inspection may also be performed by MECON / IGGL’s
personnel.

TITLE REVISION 0
17.0 AIR SURVEILLANCE
(Appendix-VII to Particular Job Specification of Work)


TITLE REVISION 0
APPENDIX VII - AIR SURVEILLANCE
SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work shall include but not limited to following:
 Coordination with designated Engineer-in-charge of M/s IGGL regarding schedule and

duration of each sortie.
 Coordination with DGCA, ATC and other statutory authorities.
 Arrangement for boarding and lodging for Pilot and crew to be borne by the bidder.
However, Guest house accommodation shall be provided by IGGL at remote locations,
subject to availability and on chargeable basis.
 Landing and takeoff within pipeline route shall be as per instructions of IGGL
Engineers.
 Arrangements and desptach of aviation fuel to IGGL site in advance for refueling. Cost
of aviation fuel and transportation and cost of all spare parts to be borne by the bidder.
 Maintenance of helicopter to excellent state of air worthiness. All spare parts &
consumables to be procured & maintained by contractor at suitable locations.
 Payment of landing and takeoff charges, if payable, at places other than IGGL's sites
to be borne by the bidder.
 Insurance of helicopter and IGGL personnel nominated for patrolling to be borne by

the bidder.
 No extra payment shall be made on shifting the helicopter from one base to another.
Payment terms:
Along with bill for pipe laying as per actual hours of use duly certified by the Engineer-in-
charge
Insurance :

TITLE REVISION 0
 The contractor shall maintain throughout at its own expense full liability insurance /
self insurance of the helicopter. The contractor shall also maintain throughout the
period of contract at its expenses, insurance / self insurance against war risk and
hijacking.
 Passengers liability insurance liability is to be indemnified in respect of all sums which

shall become legally liable to pay for or for admitted liability of Rs. 10 lakhs on any
passenger for bodily injury arising out of contract of carriage of any passenger by an
occurrence whilst the passenger is in the care, custody or contract of the contractor.
The passenger admitted liability offered is against full legal discharge. In the event of
non-acceptance, the policy is to indemnify for their legal liability only.
 Personnel baggage liability insurance in respect of damage to or loss of any property

caused whilst being carried by a helicopter or in the course of any of the operations of
loading or unloading to the extent of Indian Rupees equivalent to US $ 1250. Each and
every claim but not applicable to claim arising from an accident to the carrying aircraft
or any war or related peril reinstated by AVN-52c.
 Worker's compensation and all other laws in effect with reference to employing,
safeguarding, insurance and protecting all labour employed or used by the Contractor
and shall insure and continue to insure against third party bodily injury or loss of life
on each occurrence as per the statutory provision.
 Third party legal liability insurance is to indemnify IGGL in respect of all sum which the
Contractor shall become legally liable to pay for bodily injury and property damage
caused by an occurrence arising out of the Ownership, maintenance or use of aircraft.
 Combined single limit (Bodily injury / property damage / baggage as mentioned above
is restricted to Indian Rupees 35 crores for any one occurrence.
HELICOPTER SPECIFICATIONS AND EQUIPMENT
 The contractor shall ensure that the helicopter is equipped to Visual Flying Rules
standards and that the said equipment is in good and safe condition and safety secured
or fitted to the helicopter and is maintained to regulatory airworthiness standards.
 The Contractor may make additions or deletions to the equipment or make

modifications to the helicopter as deemed fit and proper from time to time for its
operational use with information to IGGL.
CONTRACTORS PERSONNEL

TITLE REVISION 0
The Contractor's personnel shall be employee / representative of the Contractor for all
purposes and intents.
OPERATIONAL DAY
The helicopter and its crew shall be available and fully operational for use by IGGL after giving
Contractor written notice of atleast 24 hours before the flight commences.
CHARGES
Hourly flying charges shall be claimed by the contractor. All other charges like landing and
parking charges, navigation, any other charges pertaining to Airport Authority of India / DGCA
shall be exclusively borne by contractor. However, free parking shall be provided to the
contractor wherever available at IGGL'S locations. There will be no increase or decrease in
hourly flying charges which shall remain firm during the currency of the contract.
INDEMNIFY
The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against all claims,
costs, demands, actions, including legal fees and costs, however, arising out of the use of the
helicopter (including damage or loss of helicopter and air carrier's third party liability) during
the period of contract.
TAXES AND DUTIES
All taxes, liabilities and duties applicable on operation of the helicopter as per the laws of the
country would be paid by the contractor.
If contractor fails to provide Helicopter as requisitioned, IGGL may at its option hire an
equivalent helicopter at market rates for such helicopter from any other operator at the risk
and cost of contractor. Any additional expenditure incurred by the IGGL over and above the
prorate fixed monthly charges as per SOR and hourly flying charges for duration of such flight
shall be recoverable from the contractor.
SECURITY
 The contractor shall be responsible for the security of the helicopter parking / operating
area at base, its passengers, baggage (both registered and hand baggage) cargo, mail
etc., and shall abide by the following:-

TITLE REVISION 0
At airports where schedule civil flights operate, the passengers and crew of the
helicopter should undergo body frisking and baggage check as that of the passengers
of Indian Airlines and other airlines.
 At helipads of IGGL security arrangement to the ensured by the contractor.
 The registered baggage of passenger, if any, should be identified by the passenger

and it must also be checked by IGGL. Likewise, physical check of the cargo /
unaccompanied baggage before loading shall also be the responsibility of IGGL. In
case IGGL is unable to do a physical check, a cooling off period 36 (thirty six) hours
should be observed.
 Under no circumstances, IGGL, except for the authorized security personnel, shall carry
arms, ammunition, explosives or any inflammable material in the helicopter. IGGL shall
not originate any helicopter service from any of the helipad without complying with
the above.

TITLE REVISION 0
18.0 LIST OF CROSSINGS INDICATING PROPOSED CROSSING METHODOLOGY
(Appendix-VIII to Particular Job Specification of Work)

INDICATIVE CROSSING METHODOLOGY FOR
AGARTALA ‐ TULAMURA (PIPELINE SECTION‐12)
Crossing ROW
Sl. Type of Chainage Proposed Crossing
Description Width Width Remarks
No. Crossing (m) Methodology
(m) (m)
A. NATIONAL HIGHWAYS
1 NH 3604.63 NH 44 (NEW NH 8) HDD As per permission from
(Teliamura - Agartala) Concerned Authority
B. STATE HIGHWAYS
NIL
C. ASPHALT ROAD
1 Road 147.65 Asphalted Road (Paschim Open Cut/ Trenchless
Barjalai - Ranirbazar)
Barjalai - Ranirbazar)
Barjalai - Majlishpur)
4 Road 2894.37 Brick Road (Railway track - Open Cut

Mohanpur)
5 Road 4541.72 Asphalted Road Open Cut/ Trenchless
(Khumulwng - Mohanpur)
6 Road 5008.03 Brick Road (Khumulwng - Open Cut

Mohanpur)
(Khumulwng -
Radhamohanpur)
Radhamohanpur)
(Khumulwng - Radhapur)
Radhapur)
11 Road 9500.83 Brick Road Open Cut
(Radhachandrapara -
Radhapur)
(Radhachandrapara - Purba
Takarjala)
(Champaknagar - Purba
Takarjala)
(Champaknagar - Jampal
Colony)
(Sangkumabari - Jampal
Colony)
16 Road 17751.43 Brick Road (Mandaibari - Open Cut
Burabari)
17 Road 18666.87 Brick Road (Mandaibari - Open Cut
Burabari)
18 Road 19353.27 Metalled Road Open Cut/ Trenchless
(Lakkhandhanbari -
Burabari)
(Tuichakmabari -
Bahattarbari)
20 Road 24599.28 Brick Road (Jeluabari - Open Cut
Bahattarbari)
21 Road 27279.68 Brick Road Open Cut
(Chhaimarwabari - Tulabari)
22 Road 28102.48 Asphalted Road (Bangalbari Open Cut/ Trenchless

- Tulabari)
(Tuibaklaibari - Taoripabari)

(Tinghariabari -
Kalankhaibari)
25 Road 36760.16 Brick Road (Anglakbari - Open Cut
Kalankhaibari)
26 Road 39003.12 Brick Road (Rathwabari - Open Cut
Dewanbari)
27 Road 39260.51 Brick Road (Bamphaibari - Open Cut
Dewanbari)
(Bamphaibari - Dewanbari)
29 Road 39873.79 Brick Road (Pushkinibari - Open Cut

Dewanbari)
30 Road 42298.41 Brick Road (Dewanbari - Open Cut
Pushkinibari)
(Bhagawanbari - Kalsimura)
32 Road 45680.87 Asphalted Road (Kalsimura - Open Cut/ Trenchless

Rangamati)
(Ranggamati - Kalsimura)
34 Road 48030.77 Brick Road (Rangamati - Open Cut
Ghapiabari)
35 Road 49421.04 Brick Road (Devbari - Open Cut
Mokraibari)
36 Road 50557.09 Asphalted Road (Rajkang - Open Cut/ Trenchless
Mokraibari)
Mokraibari)
Motaringbari)
39 Road 51366.22 Brick Road (Rajkang - Open Cut
Motaringbari)
40 Road 51850.13 Brick Road (Rajkang - Open Cut
Berhambari)
41 Road 52972.99 Brick Road (Rangkana - Open Cut
Baraithaibari)
42 Road 54250.68 Asphalted Road (Kawamara Open Cut/ Trenchless
- Gobindabari)
43 Road 57093.27 Brick Road (Marddapabari - Open Cut

Gobindabari)
44 Road 61523.75 Asphalted Road (Padham - Open Cut/ Trenchless

Chelagangbari)
45 Road 61758.51 Brick Road (Padham - Open Cut
Chelagangbari)
46 Road 61945.91 Brick Road (Nepaltila - Open Cut
Chelagangbari)
47 Road 62431.23 Asphalted Road (Ekchhari Open Cut/ Trenchless
Colony - Chelagangbari)

(Titorambari - Durgarambari)
49 Road 69707.01 Brick Road (Titorambari - Open Cut

Field)
50 Road 70242.02 Brick Road (Chaitramunibari Open Cut
- Debendrabari)
(Dhananjaybari - Khunbari)

(Phatimangbari -
Krishnariangbari)
53 Road 73631.06 Brick Road (Ramsachubari - Open Cut
Krishnariangbari)
54 Road 75974.78 Brick Road (Dakshin Karbuk Open Cut

- Jamata
Colony)
55 Road 77049.07 Brick Road (Dakshin Karbuk Open Cut
- Chhota
Bandupara)
56 Road 78203.60 Asphalted Road (Patichhari - Open Cut/ Trenchless
Bora
Bandhupara)
57 Road 78756.31 Metalled Road (Patichhari - Open Cut/ Trenchless
Barathabari)
58 Road 81584.42 Asphalted Road (Dakshin Open Cut/ Trenchless
Karbuk - Alaktula)
59 Road 81997.76 Asphalted Road (Dakshin Open Cut/ Trenchless
Karbuk - Alaktula)
60 Road 83002.50 Asphalted Road (Barabil - Open Cut/ Trenchless
Godhnbari)
Godhnbari)
Godhnbari)
63 Road 84875.94 Asphalted Road (Jolaibari - Open Cut/ Trenchless
Godhnbari)
Godhnbari)
Godhnbari)
D. RAILWAY CROSSINGS
1 Railway 2670.96 Northeast Frontier HDD As per permission from
Railway Line Concerned Authority
(Jirania RS - Jogendra
Nagar RS)
E. RIVERS
1 River 241.95 Dakdu River 25.31 HDD
2 River 4492.84 Champa River 23.81 HDD
3 River 19887.53 Buri Gang River 39.54 HDD
4 River 44664.00 Gumti River 55 HDD
5 River 60702.97 Gumti River 37 HDD
6 River 61802.12 Gumti River 43.92 HDD
F. NALA
1 Nala 3595.70 Nala 6.53 Open Cut
5 Nala 17334.58 Isharma Chhara (Nala) 11.52 Open Cut
6 Nala 17679.97 Sankoma Chhara (Nala) 13.77 Open Cut
7 Nala 25993.80 Pitra Chhara (Nala) 14.20 Open Cut
8 Nala 28155.75 Chhota Gangrai Chhara 22.02 Open Cut/HDD
(Nala)
9 Nala 29023.92 Bara Gangrai Chhara (Nala) 23.81 Open Cut/HDD
10 Nala 31566.19 Toirupa Chhara (Nala) 3.86 Open Cut

13 Nala 36696.96 Anglak Chhara (Nala) 23.65 Open Cut/HDD
14 Nala 37582.06 Rathwa Chhara (Nala) 4.21 Open Cut
15 Nala 39391.46 Dewan Chhara (Nala) 13.31 Open Cut
16 Nala 50702.21 Haja Chhara (Nala) 3 Open Cut
17 Nala 51310.10 Teblai Chhara (Nala) 16 Open Cut
18 Nala 53630.54 Rangkang Chhara (Nala) 5 Open Cut
20 Nala 56485.37 Kurma Chhara (Nala) 21.04 Open Cut/HDD
21 Nala 64519.39 Nala 11 Open Cut
22 Nala 67186.89 Rambhadra Chhara (Nala) 14 Open Cut

24 Nala 71022.18 Singboa Chhara (Nala) 17 Open Cut
25 Nala 73823.01 Karbok Chhara (Nala) 4.14 Open Cut
NOTE: Above mentioned crossing methodology for respective crossing is tentative. The crossing methodology shall be finalized
at site as per actual site conditions during execution. In case of such situation, IGGL/PMC have reserve right to inform
contractor about revised crossing methodology to be adopted. The payment will be regulated based on the actual crossing
methodology executed.

TITLE REVISION 0
19.0 LIST OF APPROVED PARTIES FOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS
(Appendix-IX to Particular Job Specification of Work)


TITLE REVISION 0
Appendix-IX
To Particular Job Specification of Work
LIST OF SUPPLIERS OF MAJOR BOUGHT-OUT ITEMS
A) Mainline & Mechanical
i) PIPE CARBON STEEL TO INDIAN STANDARDS
1. A.S.T. PIPES PVT. LTD. (AST GROUP)

2. ADVANCE STEEL TUBE LTD.
3. APL APOLLO TUBES LTD. (ER. BIHAR TUBES LTD.
4. ASIAN MILLS PVT. LTD.
5. ASRANI TUBES LIMITED
6. DADU PIPES (P) LTD.
7. ESSAR STEEL LIMITED(ER HAZIRA PIPES MILL)
8. GAURANG PRODUCTS PVT LTD. (AST GROUP)
9. GOODLUCK STEEL TUBES LTD.
10. HI‐TECH PIPES LIMITED
11. INDUS TUBE LIMITED
12. JINDAL INDUSTRIES LTD
13. JINDAL PIPES LTD.
14. JINDAL SAW LTD (KOSI WORKS)
15. JOTINDRA STEEL & TUBE LTD
16. LALIT PIPES AND PIPES LTD.
17. MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD.
18. MAN INDUSTRIES (INDIA) LTD. – PITHAMPUR
19. MAN INDUSTRIES (INDIA) LTD. ANJAR
20. MUKAT TANKS & VESSELS LTD.
21. NEZONE TUBES LIMITED
22. NORTH EASTERN TUBES LIMITED
23. PRATIBHA INDUSTRIES LIMITED
24. PRATIBHA PIPES & STRUCTURAL LTD.
25. PSL LTD (CHENNAI)
26. PSL LTD (V1, V2 & NC)
27. RAMA STEEL TUBES LTD.
28. RATNAMANI METALS AND TUBES LTD.
29. RAVINDRA TUBES LIMITED
30. SAMSHI PIPE INDUSTRIES LIMITED
31. SURYA ROSHNI LTD.
32. SWASTIK PIPES LTD.
33. UTKARSH TUBES & PIPES LTD. (FORMLY BMW)
34. WELSPUN CORP. LIMITED (DAHEJ)
35. ZENITH BIRLA (INDIA) LIMITED
ii) PIPE & TUBULARS TO A.P.I. STANDARDS
1. ARCELORMITTAL TUBULAR PRODUCTS ROMAN SA, ROMANIA

2. BHEL (TRICHY),INDIA

TITLE REVISION 0
3. DALMINE SPA (ENQUIRY TO TENARIS),UAE

4. EEWKOREA CO. LTD (GERMANY), KOREA
5. EEW KOREA CO. LTD. (KOREA), KOREA
6. EISENBAU KRAMER GMBH, GERMANY
7. HYUNDAI RB CO. LTD. SOUTH KOREA
8. ILVA LAMIERE E TUBI SRL (ENQ TO ILVA SPA, ITALY
9. INOX TECH. SPA, ITALY
10. ISMT LTD. AHMEDNGR, INDIA
11. ISMT LTD. BARAMATI, INDIA
12. JINDAL PIPES LTD., INDIA
13. JINDAL SAW LTD. (KOSI WORKS), INDIA
14. JINDAL SAW LTD. (NASHIK WORKS), INDIA
15. LALIT PIPES AND PIPES LTD. INDIA
16. MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD., INDIA
17. MAN INDUSTRIES (I) LTD. (PITHAMPUR), INDIA
18. MUKAT TANKS & VESSELS LTD., INDIA
19. PRATIBHA INDUSTRIES LIMITED, INDIA
20. RATNAMANI METALS AND TUBES LTD., INDIA
21. SIDERCA S.A.I.C (ENQUIRY TOTENARIS), UAE
22. SUMITOMO METAL IND. LTD., INDIA
23. SURYA ROSHNI LTD., INDIA
24. SWASTIK PIPES LTD, INDIA
25. TATA STEEL UK LIMITED (FORMERLY C702)
26. TUBOS DE ACERO DE MEXICO SA (ENQ. TENARIS), UAE
27. TUBOS REUNIDOS SA SPAIN
28. UMRAN STEEL PIPE INC (TURKEY), TURKEY
29. VALCOVNY TRUB CHOMUTOV, CZECH REPUBLIC
30. VALLOUREC AND MANNESMANN TUBES, FRANCE
31. WELSPUN CORP LIMITED (DAHEJ), INDIA
iii) PIPE/TUBE CS (SEAMLESS) TO ASTM STDS
1. ARCELORMITTAL TUBULAR PRODUCTS ROMAN SA, ROMANIA

2. BHEL (TRICHY), INDIA
3. CHANGSHU SEAMLESS STEEL TUBE CO. LTD., CHINA
4. DALMINE SPA (ENQUIRY TO TENARIS, UAE
5. HEAVY METALS & TUBES LIMITED (MEHSANA), INDIA
6. ISMT LTD. AHMEDNGR, INDIA
7. ISMT LTD. BARAMATI INDIA
8. JFE STEEL CORPORATION, UAE
9. JINDAL SDAW LTD (NASHIK WORKS) INDIA
10. KLT AUTOMOTIVE AND TUBULAR PRODUCTS LTD., INDIA
11. MAHALAXMI SEAMLESS LIMITED, INDIA
12. MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD, INDIA
13. PRODUCTS TUBULARES S.A.U, SPAIN
14. RATNADEEP METAL TUBES LTD., INDIA
15. STAINEEST TUBES PVT LTD., INDIA
16. SUMITOMO METAL IND. LTD., INDIA
17. TUBOS REUNIDOS SA SPAIN
18. VALCOVNY TRUB CHOMUTOV, CZECH REPUBLIC

TITLE REVISION 0
19. VALLOUREC ANDMANNESMANN TUBES FRANCE

20. YANGZHOU CHENGDE STEEL PIPE CO. LTD DUBAI (UAE)
iv) PIPE CARBON STEEL (WELDED) TO ASTM STDS
1. EEW KOREA CO. LTD. (GERMANY), KOREA

2. EEW KOREA CO. LTD. (KOREA), KOREA
3. EISENBAU KRAMER GMBH, GERMANY
4. HYUNDAI RB CO. LTD., SOUTH KOREA
5. INOX TECH. SPA, ITALY
6. JINDAL SAW LTD (KOSI WORKS), INDIA
7. LALIT PIPES AND PIPES LTD., INDIA
8. MAN INDUSTERIES (I) LTD.(PITHAMPUR), INDIA
9. MAN INDUSTRIES (INDIA) LTD. ANJAR, INDIA
10. MUKAT TANKS & VESSELS LTD., INDIA
11. RATNAMANI METALS AND TUBES LTD., INDIA
12. SUMITOMO METAL INDIA LTD., INDIA
13. TATA STEEL UK LIMITED
v) Valve
a) Globe Valves
1) M/s BDK (New Delhi)

2) M/s Datre Corpn (Calcutta)
3) M/s KSB Pumps (New Delhi)
4) M/s L&T (New Delhi)
5) M/s Neco Schuber & Salzer Ltd. (New Delhi)
6) M/s Niton Valve (Mumbai)
7) M/s Ornate Valves (Mumbai)
8) M/s Panchavati Valves (Mumbai)
9) AV Valves Ltd.
10) BHEL (Trichy), India
11) Econo Valves Pvt Ltd, India
12) Fouress Engg (I) Ltd (Aurangabad)
13) Guru Industrial Valves Pvt Ltd
14) Leader Valves Ltd, India
15) NSSL Ltd. (Neco Schubert & Salzer Ltd)
16) Oswal Industries Ltd, India
17) Petrochemical Engineering Enterprises, India
18) Sakhi Engineers Pvt Ltd
19) Shalimar Valves Pvt Ltd
20) Steel Strong Valves India Pvt Ltd, India
21) Petro Valves Pvt. Limited, Ahmedabad

TITLE REVISION 0
b) Check Valves
1. M/s Advance Valves Pvt. Ltd., Noida
2. M/s Aksons & Mechanical Enterprises, Mumbai
3. M/s Larsen & Toubro Limited (M/s Audco India Limited, Chennai)
4. M/s AV valves Ltd., Agra
5. M/s BDK engineering India Ltd., Hubli
6. M/s BHEL,OFE&OE Group, New Delhi
7. M/s Datre Coroportion Limited, Calcutta
8. M/s Leader Valves Ltd., Jalandhar
9. M/s Necoschubert & Salzer Ltd., New Delhi
10. M/s Niton Valves Industries (P) Ltd., Mumbai
11. M/s Precision Engg.Co., Mumbai
12. Econo Valves Pvt Ltd, India
13. Fouress Engg (I) Ltd (Aurangabad)
14. KSB Pumps Ltd (Coimbattore), India
15. NSSL Ltd. (Neco Schubert & Salzer Ltd)
16. Oswal Industries Ltd, India
17. Panchvati Valves & Flanges Pvt Ltd, India
18. Petrochemical Engineering Enterprises, India
19. Sakhi Engineers Pvt Ltd
20. Shalimar Valves Pvt Ltd
21. Steel Strong Valves India Pvt Ltd, India
c) Plug Valves
1. M/s Breda Energia Sesto Industria Spa, Italy

2. M/s Fisher Sanmar Ltd., Chennai
3. M/s Larsen & Toubro Ltd., New Delhi
4. M/s Nordstrom Valves, USA
5. M/s Serck Audco Valves, UK
6. M/s Sumitomo Corporation India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
7. M/s Z Corporation, Korea
8. M/s Hawa Valves (India) Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
9. M/s Steel Strong Valves India Pvt. Ltd., Navi Mumbai
10. M/s Econo Valves
11. M/s Flow-Serve PTE (Mfr. SERCK), India
d) Ball Valves
1. M/s Hawa Valves (India) Pvt. Ltd, Navi Mumbai

2. M/s Larsen & Toubro, Delhi
3. M/s Microfinish Valves Pvt. Ltd., Noida
4. M/s Oswal Industries Ltd., Gandhi nagar
5. M/s Virgo Engineers Ltd., Delhi
6. M/s Boteli Valve Group Co. Ltd., China
7. M/s Cameron (Malaysia) SDN BHD, Malaysia

TITLE REVISION 0
8. M/s Dafram S.P.A., Italy

9. M/s Fangyuan Valve Group Co. Ltd., China
10. M/s Franz Schuck GmbH, Germany
vi) Flow Tee
1) M/s Coprosider SPA, Italy

2) M/s GEA Energy System India Limited, Chennai
3) M/s Multitex Filteration
4) M/s Pipeline Engineering, UK
5) M/s Scomark Engg. Limited (U.K.)
6) M/s Skeltonhall Limited, Engaland (U.K.)
7) M/s Technospecial SPA, Italy
8) M/s Tectubi SPA, Italy
9) M/s RMA Germany
10) M/s Pipefit Engineers Pvt. Ltd.
vii) Split Tee
1) M/s Ipsco, Canda

2) M/s TD Willamsons, USA
viii) Flanges
1. M/s Aditya Forge Ltd., Vadodara

2. M/s Amforge Industries Ltd., Mumbai
3. M/s CD Engineering Co., Ghaziabad
4. M/s Echjay Forgings Pvt. Ltd. (Bombay), Mumbai
5. M/s Echjay Industries Ltd., Rajkot
6. M/s Forge & Forge Pvt. Ltd., Rajkot
7. M/s Golden Iron & Steel Works, New Delhi
8. M/s JK Forgings, New Delhi
9. M/s Metal Forgings Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
10. M/s Perfect Marketings Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
11. M/s Sky Forge, Faridabad
12. M/s S&G, Faridabad
13. Chaudhry Hammer Works Ltd, India
14. JAV Forgings (P) Ltd, India
15. Kunj Forgings Pvt Ltd, India
16. MS Fittings
17. R.N. Gupta & Co. Ltd, India
18. R.P. Engineering Pvt Ltd, India
19. Sanghvi Forgings & Engineering Ltd
20. Shri Ganesh Forgings Ltd., India
21. Uma Shankar Khandelwal& Co., India
22. Sawan Engineers, Baroda

TITLE REVISION 0
23. Stewarts & Lloyds of India Ltd., Kolkata

24. Engineering Services Enterprises
25. Pipefit Engineers Pvt. Ltd.
ix) Fittings
1. M/s Commercial Supplying Agency, Mumbai
2. M/s Dee Development Engineers Ltd.
3. M/s Eby Industries, Mumbai
4. M/s Flash Forge Pvt. Ltd., Vishakhapatnam
5. M/s Gujarat Infra Pipes Pvt. Ltd., Vadodara
6. M/s M.S. Fittings Mfg. Co. Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata
7. M/s Stewarts & Lloyds of India Ltd., Kolkata
8. M/s Teekay Tubes Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
9. M/s Pipe Fit, Baroda
12. M/s Sawan Engineers, Baroda
13. Eby Fasteners, India
14. Leader Valves Ltd, India
16. Exten Engg Pvt Ltd
17. Sivananda Pipe & Fittings Ltd
x) Gaskets
1. IGP Engineers (P) Ltd., Madras
2. Madras Industrial Products, Madras
3. Dikson& Company, Bombay
4. Banco Products (P) Ltd., Vadodara
5. Goodrich Gaskets Pvt Ltd
6. Starflex Sealing India Pvt Ltd, India
7. Teekay Meta Flex Pvt Ltd
8. UNIKLINGER Ltd
9. HEM Engg. Corp.
10. Unique Industrial Packing Pvt. Ltd.
xi) Fasteners
1. Nireka Engg. Co. (P) Ltd., Calcutta

2. Precision Taps & Dies, Bombay
3. AEP Company, Vithal Udyoug Nagar
4. Fix Fit Fasteners, Calcutta
5. Precision Engg. Industries, Baroda
6. Echjay Forgings Pvt. Ltd., Bombay
7. Capital Industries, Bombay
8. Boltmaster India Pvt Ltd, India
9. Deepak Fasteners Limited, India

TITLE REVISION 0
10. Fasteners & Allied Products Pvt Ltd, India

11. Hardwin Fasteners Pvt Ltd, India
12. J.J. Industries, India
13. Multi Fasteners Pvt Ltd, India
14. Nexo Industries, India
15. Pacific Forging & Fasteners Pvt Ltd, India
16. Pioneer Nuts & Bolts Pvt Ltd, India
17. Precision Auto Engineers, India
18. President Engineering Works, India
19. Sandeep Engineering Works, India
20. Syndicate Engineering Industries, India
xii) Welding Electrodes

1. For Mainline – Lincoln/ Bohler make
2. For Terminal – For root pass –Lincoln/ Bohler make
For other passes – Lincoln, D&H or equivalent make
xiii) Miscellaneous
a) Heat Shrinkable Sleeves
1. Covalence- Seal For Life India Pvt. Ltd. (Formerly Covalence Raychem-
Berry Plastics Corporation)
2. Canussa – CPS
b) Cold Applied Tapes
1. Denso GmBH
2. Polyken (Berry Plastics Corporation)
c) PUR Coating
1. Powercrete (Berry Plastics Corporation)
d) Casing End Closure
1. Raci, Italy
2. Raychem RPG Limited
e) Casing Insulators
1. Raci, Italy
3. VeekayVikram

TITLE REVISION 0
f) Rockshield
g) Warning mesh
1. To be procured as per Past Track Record (PTR) approval.
h) High Build Epoxy Coating
1. Berry Plastics – Powercrete

2. Specialty Polymer Canada
3. Denso Protal, Canada
B) NDT AGENCY
1. NDT Services, Ahmedabad
2. GEECY Industrial Services Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
3. Corrosion Control Services, Mumbai
4. Perfect Metal Testing & Inspection Agency, Calcutta
5. Inter Ocean Shipping Co., New Delhi
6. RTD, Mumbai
7. Sievert, Mumbai
8. X-Tech, Vizag
9. Industrial X Ray and Allied Radiographers (I) Pvt. Ltd.
10. Inspection Technology, Mumbai
C) LONG RADIUS BENDS
i) M/s BHEL, Trichy, Tamilnadu

ii) M/s Jindal SAW Limited, (Koshi Works), U.P.
iii) M/s PSL Limited, Gandhidham, Gujarat
iv) M/s Welspun, Gujarat
v) M/s Fabricon, Belgium
vi) M/s Sawan
vii) M/s Gujarat Infra
viii) M/s P K Tubes
ix) M/s DEE Development
x) Pipefit Engineers Pvt. Ltd.
For Suppliers’ list of other disciplines, refer Particular Job Specification of the
respective discipline.
1) For procuring bought out items from vendors other than those listed above, the same
may be acceptable subject to the following: -

TITLE REVISION 0
a) The vendor/ supplier of bought out item(s) is a manufacturer/ supplier of said

item(s) for intended services and the sizes being offered is in their regular
manufacturing/ supply range.
b) The vendor / supplier should not be in the Holiday list of IGGL / MECON / other
PSU.
c) Should have supplied at least one single random length (i.e. 5.5 meters to 6.5
meters) for item assorted pipes / tubes and for other items, which are to be
supplied in quantity on number-basis (other than assorted pipes / tubes)
minimum 01 (One) number of same or higher in terms of size and rating as
required for intended services.
The bidder should enclose documentary evidences i.e. PO copies, Inspection Certificate
etc. for the above for approval to IGGL/MECON.
2) For any other item(s) for which the vendor list is not provided, bidders can supply
those item(s) from vendors/ suppliers who have earlier supplied same item(s) for the
intended services in earlier projects and the item(s) offered is in their regular
The bidder is not required to enclose documentary evidences (PO copies, Inspection
Certificate etc.) along with their offer, however in case of successful bidder, these
documents shall required to be submitted by them within 30 days from date of
Placement of Order for approval to IGGL / MECON.
3) The details of vendors indicated in this list are based on the information available with
MECON. Contractor shall verify capabilities of each vendor for producing the required
quantity. PMC does not guarantee any responsibility on the performance of the vendor.
It is the contractor’s responsibility to verify the correct status of vendor and quality
control of each parties and also to expedite the material in time.
4) Any vendor whose name does not appear above but if the same is registered with
MECON/CVDC, then those vendors are also acceptable for supply of relevant items.
5) In addition to above, following vendors/ subcontractors are also approved for bought
out items/ services: Refer T#6(A)
TM

TITLE REVISION 0
20.0 MINIMUM NO. OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT TO BE DEPLOYED DURING

RE-MOBILISATION
(Appendix-X to Particular Job Specification of Work)


TITLE REVISION 0
APPENDIX - X
to PJS
MINIMUM NO. OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENTS TO BE DEPLOYED
DURING
RE-MOBILIZATION
Total Minimum
Sl. Equipment
Equipment Detail Mobilization, Nos.
No.
SECTION-12
1 Excavator / Back Hoe-Ex 200 & Above or Equivalent 1
2 Pipe Layer/Side Boom – 60 T & Above Capacity -
3 Pipe Layer/Side Boom – 40 T & Above Capacity 2
4 Pipe Bending Machine as per line size 1
5 Dozer with Ripper – D7/D6 or Equivalent 1
6 DG Welding Machines 8
7 Semi Auto Welding Machines -
8 Hydra (8 – 10 MT) 1
9 Pipe Clamp (Pneumatic/Hydraulic) – Internal 1
10 X-Ray M/C – Internal Crawler 1
11 X-Ray M/C – External 1
12 Gamma Source 1
13 Water Lifting Pump (400 m3/hr. & above) 1
14 Filling Pumps (400 TO 1000 M3/HR) 1

15 Pressurization Pump – Motorized 1
16 Air Compressor – (300CFM) 1
17 D.G. Sets : 62.5 KVA to 200 KVA (inclusive of generators) 3
18 Blast Cleaning Machine 1
19 Pipe Trailers (FB / Semi Low Bed) 2
20 Dozing Pump 1
Note: The above schedule shall be only considered for the Re-mobilization period
of 1 month. Based on site conditions, revised equipment requirement shall be
worked out by IGGL/PMC/Contractor for subsequent months. The decision of EIC
shall be final and binding.

TITLE REVISION 0
21.0 MINIMUM NO. OF SKILLED MANPOWERTO BE DEPLOYED DURING RE-

MOBILISATION
(Appendix-XI to Particular Job Specification of Work)


TITLE REVISION 0
APPENDIX - XI to PJS
MINIMUM NUMBER OFSKILLED MANPOWER TO BE DEPLOYED DURING

RE-MOBILISATION
Sl.
DESCRIPTION REQUIREMENT
No.
1. Resident Construction Manager 1
2. Planning engineer 1
3. QA/ QC engineer 1
4. Safety officer 1
5. Qualified Surveyor 1
6. Welding/ NDT engineer 2
7. Discipline Engineer's (Civil/ Mech.) 1/1
8. Foreman / Supervisor 6
9. Civil surveyor / liaison team consisting of 2 (two) 1
members
10. Document controller / Account Officer (for line pipe) 1
11. Store keeper / store in-charge 1
12. Welder 8
13. Fitter 4
14. Grinder 4
15. Machine operator 2
16. Blast cleaning crew consisting of 5 (five) persons 1
17. Electrician / Machine mechanic 2
18. Rigger 5
19. Pipe bending 1
20. X-ray / Gamma Ray crew 1/1
21. Hydro-testing crew 1
22. Field joint coating crew 1
23. Holiday testing crew 1
24. OFC jointing crew 1
25. Civil survey crew (with equipment) 1
26. Unskilled workers 5
27. Station mechanical, pre-fabrication / erection crew 1
The above proposed list of skilled manpower is the minimum to be deployed by Contractor.
NOTES:-
(1) The above schedule shall be only considered for the Re-mobilization period of 1 month.
Based on site conditions, revised manpower requirement shall be worked out by
IGGL/PMC/Contractor for subsequent months. The decision of EIC shall be final and
binding.

TITLE REVISION 0
22.0 SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENT SUBMISSION
(Appendix-XII to Particular Job Specification of Work)

APPENDIX‐XII TO PJS
SCHEDULE OF SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS
Project Name:LAYING & CONSTRUCTION OF STEEL GAS PIPELINE AND TERMINALS ALONG WITH ASSOCIATED FACILITIES FOR SECTION-12 OF
NORTH EAST GAS GRID (NEGG) PIPELINE PROJECT
Client: M/s IGGL. Date of FOA

Contractor:
SL. NO. DOCUMENT TITLE SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENT
LIST OF PROCEDURES
Mainline Works
1 Electrode Qualification Test Within 30 days from FOA
Welding Procedure Qualification/
2
Specification (WPS) Within 30 days from FOA
3 Welder Performance Qualification Within 30 days from FOA
4 Route Survey Within 30 days from FOA
5 Clearing and Grading of ROW Within 30 days from FOA
6 Stringing of Line Pipes Within 30 days from FOA
7 Production Welding Within 30 days from FOA
8 Repair of Arc Strike Within 30 days from FOA
9 Weld Joint Numbering Within 30 days from FOA
10 NDT (X-Ray and Gamma Ray) Within 30 days from FOA
11 NDT Ultrasonic Within 30 days from FOA
12 Liquid Penetrant Test Within 45 days from FOA
13 Magnetic Particle Test Within 45 days from FOA
14 Welding Repair Within 30 days from FOA
15 Field Joint Coating & Repair Within 30 days from FOA
16 Trench Excavation Within 45 days from FOA
17 Rock Blasting Within 30 days from FOA
18 Lowering and Backfilling of Pipe Section
Within 45 days from FOA
19 Tie-in Welding Within 45 days from FOA
20 Cold Field Bending Within 45 days from FOA

Contractor:
Transportation, Handling and Storage of Line

21
Pipes, Materials and Equipment Within 30 days from FOA
22 Incoming Material Inspection Within 45 days from FOA
23 Health, Safety And Environment Within 30 days from FOA
24 Quality Assurance Plan Within 30 days from FOA
25 Open Cut Crossings Within 60 days from FOA
26 Cased Crossing -Boring Within 60 days from FOA
27 HDD Within 60 days from FOA
28 Pre- Hydrotesting Within 60 days from FOA
29 Mainline Hydrostatic Testing Within 60 days from FOA
30 Post Hydrotesting Within 90 days from FOA
Pre-commissioning (Dewatering, Swabing
31
and Drying of Pipeline Within 90 days from FOA
32 Magnetic Cleaning Within 90 days from FOA
33 EGP Within 90 days from FOA
34 Nitrogen Purging Within 90 days from FOA
35 SV Installation Within 90 days from FOA
36 Restoration Within 90 days from FOA
37 Permanent Markers Within 90 days from FOA
38 Commissioning Within 90 days from FOA
Videography before construction and after
39
construction Within 90 days from FOA
40 Pipe Book Within 60 days from FOA
41 Final Acceptance dossier Within 90 days from FOA

Contractor:
Station Works (Mechanical)
Piping,Fabrication and erection of above

1
ground piping Within 90 days from FOA
2 Welding Procedure Specification (Piping)
Within 90 days from FOA
3 Hydrotesting / Leak Test Within 90 days from FOA
4 Painting of structural / piping Within 90 days from FOA
5 Equipment erection and Alignment Within 90 days from FOA
6 NDT and Radiography Within 90 days from FOA
Instrumentation/ Telecom Works

1 HDPE Duct laying & Testing Within 30 days from FOA
Field Instrument installation &
2
Commissioning Within 90 days from FOA
OFC Laying, Drum testing, OFC Jointing &
3
Testing Within 30 days from FOA
Control Panel Installation, Cable Tray
4 installation, Cable laying & Commissioning Within 90 days from FOA
Electrical, TCP & CMS Works

1 Earthing & lighting Within 60 days from FOA
2 Equipment & Accessories Erection Within 60 days from FOA
3 Conduiting & Wiring Works Within 60 days from FOA
4 Cable Tray Installation Within 60 days from FOA
5 Cable Laying, Glanding & Termination Within 60 days from FOA
Installation Procedure of various TCP items
6 Within 60 days from FOA
at site
7 Soil Resistivity survey procedure Within 60 days from FOA
TCP Pre-commissioning & commisioning
8
procedure Within 60 days from FOA
Installation Procedure of various CMS items
9
at site Within 60 days from FOA

Contractor:
Civil/ Structural/ Architectural Works

1 Earth Work Excavation & Backfilling Within 60 days from FOA
2 Brick Masonary Within 60 days from FOA
3 Structural Steel Works Within 60 days from FOA
4 RCC Works Within 60 days from FOA
5 Pavement roads & drain works Within 60 days from FOA
6 Concrete weight coating Within 60 days from FOA
Installation of Steel/ Aluminium Doors,
7 Within 75 days from FOA
Windows and Ventilators
8 Plastering and Pointing Within 75 days from FOA
9 Sanitary Fittings Within 75 days from FOA
10 Plumbing & Drainage Within 75 days from FOA
11 Floor Finishing Within 75 days from FOA
12 Reinforcement Within 60 days from FOA
13 Bitumen Painting Within 75 days from FOA
14 PCC Works Within 60 days from FOA
15 ACC Masonary Within 60 days from FOA
16 Roof treatment Within 75 days from FOA
Project Name:LAYING & CONSTRUCTION OF STEEL GAS PIPELINE AND TERMINALS ALONG WITH ASSOCIATED FACILITIES FOR SECTION-12 OF NORTH EAST GAS GRID (NEGG) PIPELINE
PROJECT
Client: M/s IGGL.

Contractor:
MINIMUM MATERIAL
FIRST LOT BALANCE MATERIAL RECEIVED IN STOCK AT ANY TIME
SL. NO. ITEM PURCHASE ORDER COPY SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS REMARKS
RECEIVED AT SITE AT SITE AFTER RECEIPT OF FIRST
LOT
QAP
For a pipeline length of
1 Warning mesh Within 30 days from FOA Within 37 days from FOA Within 60 days from FOA Within 150 days from FOA
minimum 5 Kms
2 HDPE Duct Within 30 days from FOA Within 37 days from FOA Within 60 days from FOA Within 150 days from FOA
minimum 5 Kms
3 Insulator Within 45 days from FOA Within 60 days from FOA Within 90 days from FOA Within 180 days from FOA
minimum 5 Kms
4 TCP material Within 45 days from FOA Within 60 days from FOA Within 120 days from FOA Within 180 days from FOA
minimum 5 Kms
5 Stud, nuts and gaskets Within 45 days from FOA Within 60 days from FOA Within 120 days from FOA Within 150 days from FOA
DESIGN APPROVALS
1 TCP design approval Within 45 days from FOA Within 60 days from FOA
2 HDD profile approval Within 45 days from FOA Within 90 days from FOA
3 LR Bends Quantity approval Within 30 days from FOA Within 60 days from FOA Within 120 days from FOA Within 150 days from FOA
CONSUMABLES
1 Coating Sleeves Within 30 days from FOA Within 37 days from FOA Within 45 days from FOA Within 180 days from FOA
2 Electrodes Within 30 days from FOA Within 37 days from FOA Within 45 days from FOA
Note: In case of delay in above mentioned schedule, Recovery shall be applied at the rate of INR 10,000 per Procedure/ Drawing/ QAP (as applicable) limiting to maximum INR
15,00,000.00 ( 15.0 Lacs). In case the Contractor achieves the contractual completion period for commissioning of the pipeline, the already deducted amount on account of delay in
submission of documents shall be refunded.

TITLE REVISION 0
23.0 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
(Appendix-XIII to Particular Job Specification of Work)

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
LAYING NEW PIPEINE IN COMMON ROW PARALLEL TO EXISTING PIPELINES
1. Purpose:
Ensuring Safety and preventing damage to existing pipeline(s) during laying of new pipeline in
Common ROW.
2. Scope:
This SOP attempts to define roles and responsibilities of the concerned construction in-charge
from C L I E N T , Contractor, PMC and concerned Process Owner of the ROW.
This SOP shall be applicable where the pipeline is being laid in common ROW, parallel to an
existing pipeline -of all sizes; in operation including de-commissioned pipeline.
2.1 Exclusion:
This SOP shall not be applicable for abandoned pipeline sections in the existing ROW.
3. Different Kind of Activities:

1. ROW grading
2. Identification of existing pipeline (s)
3. Marking of existing pipeline (s)
4. Digging of Trench
5. Line Pipe Stringing
6. Welding and joint coating
7. Line Pipe Lowering
8. Back filling
9. Restoration of ROW
4. Roles and Responsibilities:
Roles and responsibilities of various stakeholders are as given below:
4.1 Construction in-charge: Construction in-charge from CLIENT shall be responsible to

ensure compliance to the activities in the attached checklist by all concerned at all the time
during execution of the Job in ROW.
4.2 PMC: Project Management Consultant being the EIC of the contract shall ensure compliance
of the activities as defined in the checklist, by the contractor at all the time during execution of the
Job in ROW.
4.3 Contractor: Contractor engaged for executing of pipeline laying activities, shall, at all the
time, strictly comply and ensure the activities described in the attached checklist.
The Contractor shall be held responsible for any untoward incident due to not following the
instructions contained in this SOP/Checklist.
4.4 Concerned Process Owner: Concerned Process Owner shall be responsible to ensure
accurate marking of the existing pipelines and compliance to other activities as described in the
checklist. Concerned Process Owner is also responsible to ensure that work is being carried out
as per the permission given to Construction department.
5. Resource Requirement:
a) GPS Device
b) XYX report of Pigging of Existing Line, for Coordinates of existing Line which also
shows if any leak clamps / repairs fixed on line, for precautions to be taken during
excavation near to such locations.
c) Repair history of Pipe Line after In Line inspection-Chainage wise (& GPS) details.
d) Alignment sheets of Existing Pipe Line - Updated with Crossings permitted after
laying of Line. All new crossings to be physically marked prior to start of job for
additional precaution, to avoid damage to 3rd party.
e) Coating Repair kit, in case of any coating damage to Existing coating during
Excavation.
f) Leak Clamp with Non-sparking tools; in case of line puncture during excavation
/Leak observed during Excavation.
g) Gas Leak Detector
h) Fire extinguishers.
i) Route maps of Existing Pipe Line.
j) List of markers with chainage details of existing Line. (Latest report signed by P/L
HOD of Existing line and Project in charge of new Line). For verification after
completion of job.
k) Pipeline Locator
1) Measurement Tape
m) Tools for Digging
n) Wooden Rods I Ranging Rods with red flags
o) Nylon Rope I Warning Tape
p) Lime Powder
6. Safety PPEs:
a. Cotton dress
b. Safety Shoes
c. Cotton hand gloves
d. Hard Helmet
e. Specific PPEs used during Welding, NDT etc.
7. Do's and Don't's
As per enclosed checklist
8. Definitions:
Abandoned Pipeline: A pipeline which has been duly decommissioned after following proper
procedure and scrapped & and not to be taken in operation in future.
De-commissioned Pipeline: A pipeline which has been taken out of service to carryout
maintenance work etc.
Operational Area: Area of existing pipeline in ROW.
Concerned Process Owner: Process Owner in-charge or his authorized representative not below the
rank of Manager.
9. Procedure:
Laying of new pipeline in common ROW parallel to exiting pipelines requires utmost care to be
undertaken by all concerned.
Various activities as detailed below are to be ensured for compliance by following officials (as
listed out):-
i). CLIENT -Construction site I/C not below manager

ii). CLIENT -Process Owner or his representative not below Manager
iii). Project Management Consultant
iv). Construction Contractor Site In-charge
Following steps are to be taken:
1. Identification of existing pipelines/Utilities running along the ROW completed with the help of
pipe locator.
2. Marking of left and right side of ROW verified with reference to direction of flow and
completed with boundary pillars.
3. Location of the existing lines marked with continuous lime powder wherever feasible and
installation of wooden stick/ranging rod firmly grounded with at least 1.0 mtr clear height
from ground level; with red flags at interval of 50 mtr completed.
4. Physical verification by manual digging check pit at a distance of 500 mtrs completed for
confirmation of indicated location by pipe locator. All bends are to be physically
identified.
5. Marking of working area boundary at a distance of atleast 1.5 mtrs from last existing
pipeline/utility towards the proposed working side for new pipeline completed.
6. Clear distance of 3.0 mtr between existing line and new line to be maintained.
7. Barricading by installation of wooden rods I ranging rods on working area boundary, at
a distance of 2-3 mtrs & tied with nylon rope/ warning tape completed.
8. Briefing given to operators I supervisors for not crossing the barricading area and non-
movement of heavy equipment over operational area.
9. ROW cleared for entry of equipments and pipeline laying activities.
10. Ensuring that the permissions I Work Permit have been taken from Process Owner /
Other utility owners.
11. All risk regarding marking and barricading existing pipelines as enumerated at annexure-I, are
assessed and mitigation measures ensured.
12. Ensure that Safety Work Permit has been obtained and there is a safety officer to oversee the
requirements of safety measures I Fire Fighting equipment during execution of job.
13.A full time supervisor of executing agency with contact number identified who shall be
primarily responsible under overall control by Construction Department for above during/
throughout the work execution.
14. Ensuring that all the requirements of Work permit have been complied- on daily basis
before start of work.
Note:
a) Joint Survey of the site by the team.
b) Compliance to the requirements stipulated in Work Permit System.
c) Refer the Checklist at Annexure -1.
d) Make the complete checklist as part of Work Permit.
Annexure-1
CHECKLIST FOR LAYING NEW PIPEINE IN COMMON ROW PARALLEL TO
EXISTING PIPELINES
1. To be filled prior to entry of any equipment in ROW.

2. Validity period not more than one Week.
PROJECT NAME: Date:

SECTION: Valid till:
CHAINAGE: From To:
S.NO. CHECK POINTS Responsibility

Compliance Ensure Compliance
Primary Secondary
1. Identification of existing Contractor PMC CLIENT
Pipelines / Utilities running along Construction /
the ROW completed with the Process Owner
help of pipe locator.
2. Marking of left and right side Contractor PMC CLIENT
of ROW verified with reference to Construction /
direction of flow and Process Owner
completed with boundary pillars.
3. Location of the existing lines Contractor PMC CLIENT
marked with continuous lime Construction /
powder wherever feasible and Process Owner
installation of wooden stick /
ranging rod firmly grounded with
atleast 1.0 mtr clear height from
ground level; with red flags at
interval of 50 mtr completed.
4. Physical verification by Contractor PMC CLIENT
manual digging check pit at a Construction /
distance of 500 mtrs completed for Process Owner
confirmation of indicated location
by pipe locator. All bends are to
be physically identified.
5. Marking of working area Contractor PMC CLIENT

boundary at a distance of at least Construction /
1.5 mtrs from last existing pipeline Process Owner
/ utility towards the proposed
working side for new pipeline
completed.
6. Clear distance of 3.0 mtr Contractor PMC CLIENT
between existing line and new Construction /
line to be maintained. Process Owner
7. Barricading by installation of Contractor PMC CLIENT Construction /
Wooden rods / ranging rods on working Process Owner
area boundary, at a distance of 2-3
mtrs & tied with nylon rope /
warning tape completed.
8. Briefing given to operators I Contractor PMC CLIENT Construction /
supervisors for not crossing the Process Owner
barricading area and non-movement
of heavy equipment over operational
area.
9. ROW cleared for entry of Contractor PMC CLIENT Construction /
equipments and pipeline laying Process Owner
activities.
10. Ensuring that the permissions I Contractor PMC CLIENT Construction /
Work Permit have been taken from Process Owner
Process Owner / Other utility owners.
11. All risk regarding marking and Contractor PMC CLIENT Construction /
barricading existing pipelines as Process Owner
enumerated at annexure-1, a r e
assessed and mitigation measures
ensured.
12. Ensure that Safety Work Permit has Contractor PMC CLIENT Construction /
been obtained and there is a safety Process Owner
officer to oversee the requirements
of safety measures I Fire Fighting
equipment during execution of job.
13. A full time supervisor of executing Contractor PMC CLIENT Construction /
agency with contact number identified Process Owner
who shall be responsible for above
checklist during/ throughout the work
execution.
14. Ensuring that all the requirements of Contractor PMC CLIENT Construction /
Work permit have been complied- Process Owner
on daily basis before start of work.
Note: A typical line diagram for ready reference is attached.
Annexure- 2: Perceived risks related to Marking and Barricading of existing pipelines / Utilities in ROW
Construction PMC CLIENT -Construction CLIENT –Process

Contractor site Owner or his
1/C not below manager representative not
Sign: Sign: Sign: bSign:
l M
Name: Name: Name: Name:
Date: Date: Date: Date:

Ref.: SOP No...........Rev.0 Annexure-2
PERCEIVED RISK RELATED TO LAYING NEW PIPEINE IN COMMON ROW PARALLEL TO

EXISTING PIPELINES
1. Possibility of damage to the existing pipelines/utilities due to -

a. Lack of awareness about exact location of existing pipelines/utilities.
b. Lack of awareness of impact of accidental damage to the existing
pipelines / utilities.
c. Wrong marking of existing pipelines / utilities.
2. Turning points I bends may not be accurately located and marked.
3. Delay in construction in absence of clarity of ROW and unforeseen surprises if work area
is not clearly marked.
4. Identification of responsible person to ensure adherence to SOP.
Direction of Flow
Operational Area
Figure 1A Typical Line Diagram for marking Operational Area


TITLE REVISION 0
24.0 INSPECTION CATEGORIZATION PLAN
(Appendix-XIV– to Particular Job Specification of Work)

APPENDIX‐XIV
INSPECTION CATEGORISATION PLAN
Sl. Item Description Unit Inspection Inspection Inspection

No. Category Category Category
TPIA Contractor PMC
1.0 Pipeline Works
1.1 Electrode Lot N/A C C
1.2 Joint Coating Material Lot N/A C C
1.3 Casing Pipe Mtrs. N/A C C
1.4 Casing Insulator Nos. N/A C C
1.5 Casing End Seal Nos. N/A C C
2.0 Instrumentation
Works
2.1 Instruments (PG, TG,
PT, TT, LEL Detectors, Nos. B B/C B/C
RTD etc)
2.2 Instrument cables Nos. B B/C B/C
2.3 Control panel Nos. B B/C B/C
2.4 Cable Trays Nos. N/A C C
2.5 Junction Boxes , Cable
Nos. N/A C C
Glands
2.6 Tube Fittings , Tube
LS N/A C C
manifolds
2.7 Instrumentation Valves Nos. N/A C C
3.0 Telecom Works

3.1 Jointing Closures Nos. N/A B/C C
3.2 Electronic Markers &
Nos. N/A B/C C
Locators
3.3 HDPE Duct and
Mtrs. B B/C B/C
Accessories
3.4 OFC Drum B B/C B/C
4.0 TCP
4.1 CP Cables B C C
(1Cx6Sqmm, 1Cx10
Mtrs.
Sqmm, 1Cx25Sqmm &
1Cx35 Sqmm)
4.2 Test Stations (Big & B C C
Nos.
Small Type)
4.3 Sacrificial Mg & Zn B C C
Nos.
Anodes
4.4 Spark Gap Arrestor N/A C C
Nos.
(100 kA)
4.5 Polarisation Cell (Solid N/A C C
Nos.
State)
APPENDIX‐XIV
4.6 External ER Probe Nos. N/A C C

4.7 CTSU (Computerised B C C
Test Station Unit) & Nos.
CTSU Reader
4.8 Permanent Reference B C C
Nos.
Cell
4.9 Zinc Ribbon Anode Mtr/Nos. B C C
5.0 CMS
5.1 ER Probe, Access Nos.
Fitting Assembly For B C C
ER Probes
5.2 Transmitter & Receiver Nos. B C C
5.3 Corrosion coupons, Nos.
coupon holder, access
B C C
fitting assembly for
corrosion coupons
5.4 Retriever Kit, Service Nos.
B C C
Valve Kit
6.0 Electrical
6.1 PDB-1/2, I-E LDB, PP
Nos. N/A B B
LDB, OLDB
6.2 FLP Feeder Pillar
(Structure mounted) for Nos. N/A C C
outdoor lighting
6.3 Inverter with tubular
Nos. N/A C C
battery
6.4 Earthing material (Earth
pit with GI Electrode/Cu
plate Electrode,
GI/Copper Strips,GI Nos. B C C
wire, GI Lightning rod,
Advance Maintenance
free earthing system)
6.5 Power & Control Cables
Mtrs. B B C
(HT & LT)
6.6 Lighting fixtures (FLP &
Nos. N/A C C
Non-FLP type)
6.7 Street Light Pole (6Mtr
Nos. B C C
height)
6.8 High Mast & FLP
Feeder pillar panel for Set B C C
High Mast
6.9 Distribution Tranformers
Nos. N/A B B
(11/0.433kV)
6.10 MCCB Enclosure – WP
Nos. N/A B B
Outdoor type
6.11 ACSR weasel
Mtrs. N/A C C
conductor
6.12 Ceiling/Wall mounted
Fans, Exhaust Fans,Air Nos. N/A C C
conditioners,
APPENDIX‐XIV
6.13 Welding socket Nos. N/A C C

6.14 Cable Tray Mtrs. N/A C C
6.15 First Aid box Nos. N/A C C
6.16 Carbon-di-oxide(CO2)
Nos. N/A C C
type fire extinguisher
6.17 Insulating Mat Mtrs. N/A C C
6.18 Telephone/LAN socket,
Nos. N/A C C
LAN Switches
6.19 Telephone/LAN/UTP
Nos. N/A C C
cable
6.20 AVR Nos. N/A B B
LEGEND:
1. A - Stage-wise Inspection + Final Inspection + Document Review as per approved ITP /

MTC / QAP.
2. B - Final Inspection + Document Review as per approved ITP / MTC / QAP.
3. C - Document Review as per approved ITP / MTC / QAP.
Notes:
1. TPIA – Third party inspection agency

2. QAP shall be prepared by vendor / laying contractor and shall be submitted for approval.
3. All materials to be procured from MECON approved vendor.

$11(;85(±,723$57,&8/$5-2%
63(&,),&$7,21
&$7+2',&3527(&7,21:25.6

OIL & GAS SBU NORTH EAST GAS GRID PIPELINE PROJECT
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km
MECON LTD, DELHI

IGGL
TITLE TABLE OF DOCUMENT NO. Page 1 of 2
CONTENT
REVISION 0
TABLE OF CONTENT
Sl No. Description Document No./ Drawing Rev. No.

No.
VOL-I : DESIGN BASIS, SCOPE OF WORK & QAP OF TCP SYSTEM
1 Design Basis for TCP system MEC/23UU(Ph-II)/05/E9/CP/001 Rev. 0
(Section-12)
2 Scope of Work for TCP system MEC/23UU(Ph-II)/05/E9/E/001 Rev. 0

(Section-12)
3 Quality Assurance Plan for TCP system

MEC/05/E9/23UU (Ph-II)/ Rev. 0
(Section-12)
QAP/082
VOL-II : STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS OF TCP SYSTEM
4 Corrosion Survey MEC/S/05/21/016C Rev. 3
5 Temporary Cathodic Protection System MEC/TS/05/E9/016A Rev. 4
VOL-III : STANDARD DRAWINGS OF TCP SYSTEM
6 Prepacked Zinc Anode MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1601 Rev. 1
7 Prepacked Mg Anode MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1602 Rev. 1
8 Details of Test Station for TCP MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1604 Rev. 1
9 Test Station Connection Schemes MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1605 Rev. 2
10 Galvanic Anode Installation MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1606 Rev. 1
11 Pipeline Grounding Through MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1608 Rev. 1
Polarisation Cell and Galvanic Anodes
12 Details of Zinc Grounding Cell MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1609 Rev. 1
13 Permanent Copper – Copper Sulphate MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1610 Rev. 0
Reference Cell & Installation Details
14 Test station for polarization cell MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1614 Rev. 1
15 Connection scheme for hoocking MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1616 Rev. 1
through CJB/TLP
16 Details of thermit weld for cable to pipe MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1618 Rev. 1
joint
17 Installation details of Polarization MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1619 Rev. 0
Coupons
18 Earth Electrode in Test Pit MEC/SD/05/E9/02/1601 Rev. 1
INDRADHANUSH GAS GRID LIMITED
DESIGN BASIS FOR CATHODIC PROTECTION
SYSTEM
NORTH EAST GAS GRID PIPELINE PROJECT

Section-12 (12” NB x 85.836 Km (approx.) Agartala- Tulamura Feeder Line
(ELECTRICAL SECTION)
MECON LIMITED DELHI
Document No. Revision No. Date
MEC/23UU/05/E9/CP/001 0 13.04.2022
© Copyright MECON Limited – All rights reserved.
THIS DOCUMENT IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MECON AND ISSUED FOR THE SPECIFIC PROJECT MENTIONED HEREIN. THIS IS NOT TO
BE COPIED OR USED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECTS UNLESS EXPLICITLY PERMITTED BY MECON.
NATURAL GAS PIPELINE GRID IN
MECON LIMITED Electrical Section, Delhi
NORTH-EAST
DELHI Section-12 (12” NB x 85.836 Km
(approx.) Agartala- Tulamura Feeder Line
Basic Engineering Design Basis-Cathodic Protection MEC/23UU/05/E9/CP/001, R-0 Page 1 of 13

System
Contents
Sl. No. DESCRIPTION
1. INTRODUCTION
2. SCOPE
3. CODES & STANDARDS
4. SITE CONDITIONS
5. AREA CLASSIFICATIONS
6. POWER SUPPLY DETAILS FOR CP SYSTEM
7. CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM DESIGN
8. PROTECTION OF PIPELINE AT HT LINE CROSSING
9. CP AT CASED CROSSINGS
10. CATHODIC PROTECTION DESIGN CRITERIA
11. CP CABLES
12. STATUTORY APPROVAL
13. DRWINGS AND DESIGN DOCUMENTS
APPENDIX-1 LIST OF ABBREVIATION
Rev. No. Date Prepared By Checked By Approved By
Aashis Moyal, M.K.Jaiswara, A Bhowmic, Sr GM

0 13.04.2022 Sr Manager Sr Manager
THIS DOCUMENT IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MECON AND ISSUED FOR THE SPECIFIC PROJECT
MENTIONED HEREIN. THIS IS NOT TO BE COPIED OR USED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECTS UNLESS
EXPLICITLY PERMITTED BY MECON.
NORTH-EAST

System
1.0 INTRODUCTION
M/s Indradhanush Gas Grid Limited (IGGL) is in the process of implementing the North East
Gas Grid (NEGG) with a vision to connect al the eight (8) north eastern state capitals and
major consumption centers in the region.
The estimated length of proposed pipeline system is 1656 km (24” / 18” / 12”/8” dia) having
mainline, spur line, and feeder lines from ONGC gas producing wells / centers. A compressor
station on the north bank of Brahmaputra River (North Guwahati) is also envisaged in the
project having 3+1 reciprocating compressors.
This document presents design criteria for CP system for 3LPE Coated pipeline against
corrosion. It indicates minimum requirements for detailed design of CP system and
equipments.
M/s IGGL has awarded M/s MECON Limited Project Management Consultancy (PMC)
services for North-East Gas Grid pipeline Project. The following pipelines are to be executed
under this package –
1. Section-12 (12” NB x 85.836 Km (approx.) Agartala- Tulamura Feeder Line including RT cum
Tap-Off cum Future DT cum Injection Point at Agartala (Ch. 0.00 Km), SV-01 , SV-02, SV-03,
SV-04 and DT at Tulamura (Ch. 85.836 Km).
In case of any conflict between the codes and standards listed, the same shall be brought to
the notice of Owner/Consultant for final decision, which shall be binding.
2.0 SCOPE
Survey, Design, detailed engineering, supply, packing, transportation to site, installation,

testing and commissioning of the temporary cathodic protection system using Mg/ Zn galvanic
anodes for design life of minimum 2 years or till the commissioning of PCP system whichever
is later, to protect the external surface of 12” NB pipeline and feeders lines against corrosion.
ICCP based Permanent Cathodic Protection system is also envisaged for a service life of 25
years to protect the external surface of Pipeline. TCP & PCP system shall be designed as per
MECON’s standard Specification No. MEC/S/05/E9/016A & 16B for Temporary & Permanent
cathodic protection system respectively & Scope of Work, Data Sheets & Other relevant
standards.
3.0 CODES & STANDARDS
3.1 The system design, performance and materials to be supplied shall, unless otherwise
specified, conform to the requirements of the following latest relevant applicable
specifications:
i) NACE Standard SP-0169 : Standard Practice Control of External

Corrosion on Underground or Submerged
Metallic Piping Systems.
ii) NACE Publication 10A190 : Measurement technique related to criteria for

CP of Underground or Submerged Steel Piping
System (as defined in NACE Standard RPO169-
NORTH-EAST

System
83)
ii) NACE Standard SP-0177 : Standard Practice Mitigation of
Alternating Current and Lightning Effects on
Metallic Structures and Corrosion Control
System.
iv) NACE Standard SP-0286 : Standard Practice the electrical isolation of Cathodically
Protected Pipelines.
v) NACE Publication No. 54276 : Cathodic Protection Monitoring for Buried
Pipelines
vi) NACE Standard SP-0572 : Standard Practice for Design,
Installation & Operation of Impressed Current
Deep Ground beds
vii) NACE Standard SP-200 : Standard Practise for Steel Cased Pipeline
Crossings
viii) NACE Standard SP-0104 : The Use of Coupons for Cathodic Protection
Monitoring Applications
ix) BS 7361 Part I : Code of Practice for Cathodic Protection for

land and Marine applications
x) VDE 0150 : Protection against Corrosion due to Stray

Current from DC Installations
xi) IS: 7098 Part I : XLPE insulated cables.
xii) IS: 8062 : Code of practice for cathodic protection of

steel structures
xiii) NACE TM 0497 : Measurement Techniques Related to Criteria

for Cathodic Protection on Underground or
Submerged Metallic Piping Systems
- A.W. PEABODY- Book on control of pipeline corrosion
3.2 In case of imported equipments standards of the country of origin shall be applicable if these
standards are equivalent or stringent than the applicable Indian standards.
3.3 The equipment shall also confirm to the provisions of Indian Electricity rules and other
statutory regulations currently in force in the country.
3.4 In case of any contradiction between various referred standards/ specifications/ data sheet
and statutory regulations the following order of priority shall govern.
 Statutory regulations.
 Data sheets.
 Scope of Work/ Job specification.
 Design Basis.
 Standard Specification.
 Codes and standards.
NORTH-EAST

System
4.0 SITE CONDITIONS
The equipment offered and the installation shall be suitable for continuous operation under
the following site conditions:
Ambient temperature : 45°C/ 2˚C (max./min)

Max relative humidity : 95%
Altitude : less than 1000 m
Atmosphere : To withstand site condition
(Humid & Heavy Rainfall during Monsoon)
Hazardous area : Zone-1 & 2, Gas group IIA & IIB, Temp.
Classification Class T3
5.0 ARES CLASSIFICATION
Classification of hazardous area will be in accordance with BIS and IS: 5572.
Following selection will be considered for proper selection of electrical equipment for use in
hazardous area:
a) Area Classification : Zone-1 & Zone 2
b) Gas Group : IIA and IIB
c) Temperature Classification: T3
All electrical equipment installed in hazardous area will be selected as per IS: 5571.
5.1 All the electrical equipment for hazardous areas shall be of Ex-d type suitable for temp
classification T3.
6.0 POWER SUPPLY DETAILS FOR CP SYSTEM
For Receiving, Intermediate, Dispatch Terminals power supply to CP system (TR unit)-
i) 230V AC, 50 Hz Supply.
For SV/IP stations power supply to CP system (CPPSM unit)-
ii) 48V DC from DC Panel/UPS system/Solar Power.
7.0 CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM DESIGN
7.1 Temporary Cathodic Protection (TCP) system
A. Type Sacrificial
B. Design life 2 Year or till commissioning of PCP

whichever is later
NORTH-EAST

System
C. Pipeline coating Three Layer Polyethylene
D. Protective current densities As mentioned in Table#1
E. Protective current Density As per specification
F. Anode material (for sacrificial Sacrificial Mg/ Zn (Low Potential as

CP System) per specification).
G. Electrical resistance probes Shall be provided as per specification
a) Quantity of E/R probes As per scope of work

b) No. of E/R probe As per scope of work
reading instrument
H. Polarisation cell Solid state type (shall be provided as

per specification/scope of work)
I. Polarisation coupons Shall be provided as per

specification/scope of work
a) Size of exposed area of 25mmx25mm in housing of 100x100

coupon mm (as per the requirement of NACE
SP104:2014)
b) No. of coupons & magnetic As per scope of work. Location To be

devised with reed switch decided by CP contractor in
consultation with Owner/Consultant
c) Proposed location of E/R To be decided by CP contractor during

probes / Polarisation Coupons detail engineering based on
specifications and in consultation with
the Owner/Consultant
J. No. of test stations At an average distance of 1Km interval

along the pipeline ROW and additional
test stations as per TCP specification.
TLP/TS should be concrete/non-
metallic pillar.
TCP Pipeline Protection current density

Table#1
Pipeline surrounding Minimum Protection current density*@30 deg C
Resistivity Temporary CP
(µA/m²)
Normal Soil (10-100 Ohm- 25
Mtr)
Marshy Area/ HDD (<10 50
Ohm-Mtr)
NORTH-EAST

System
High Resistivity Area (more 15

than 100 ohm-mtr.
Resistivity)
Pipe to soil "ON" potential shall not be more negative than (-) 1.2V during TCP.
* Actual current density to be adopted shall be decided based upon soil and other environmental
conditions, proximity of foreign pipelines and structures affecting interference. Where
considered necessary for satisfactory protection of pipeline the current density shall be suitably
increased by contractor. Where operating temperatures of U/G pipeline is above 30 deg. C,
such as CP Stations located near Compressor stations, protection Current Density shall be
increased in minimum by 25% for every 10 °C rise in temperature over 30 °C up to a
temperature of 60 deg.C.
7.2 Permanent Cathodic Protection (PCP) System
A. Type Impressed current type
B. Design life of protection 30 Years
C. Pipeline coating Three Layer Polyethylene
D. Design protection current As mentioned in Table#2

density
E. Type of Anodes for anode Tubular mixed metal oxide titanium or as

ground bed per specification.
F. Polarisation cell Solid state type (shall be provided as per

specification)
G. Permanent Ref Cell Permanent Ref cell for PCP system shall be
Cu-CuSo4 type.
H. Computerized test stations As per scope of work (Location of
(GSM based) computerized test station shall be decided
in detail engineering)
a) No. of computerised test As per scope of work & Location in
station readers / portable data consultation with owner/consultant
collection & storage instruments.
b) Interval for data acquisition/ Once every day (Refer Note below)
storing
I. Acquisition of land or Lease (for By contractor, Installation location shall be
99 years) for Anode bed, Anode decided by CP system contractor
junction boxes and anode based on detailed engineering, specification
ground bed ROU for cable and at availability of power source & land.
laying.
J. Chain link fencing around the Shall be provided
ground Bed
NORTH-EAST

System
K. Close interval potential logging Shall be carried out

survey
L. CAT Survey (Full Length of Shall be carried out

pipeline)
M. Soil Survey and Chemical Shall be carried out

Analysis
N. Additional tests to be conducted DCVG or CAT with frame ‘A’ survey

for identifying pipe coating
defects/ holidays
O. Coating conductance survey Shall be carried out
P. AC/DC Interference Detection & Shall be carried out

Its Mitigation
Q. Proposed location of CP To be decided by CP contractor. (However
stations/Anode tentative location of CP station are
mentioned in the Scope of Work, Exact
location shall be decided in detail
engineering & approval of design document
in consultation with Owner/Consultant)
P. CP stations/ anode ground bed for Impressed current system:-
R. Tentative locations of CP stations are mentioned in Scope of Work, actual numbers of CP

stations shall be finalized during the approval of design documents submitted by the
Contractor, Any other proposed location shall be included during detailed engineering, if
required without any cost implication. However PCP system shall be designed in such a
manner that CP stations & anode bed shall be located coinciding with SV / IP stations, as
far as possible.
PCP Pipeline Protection current density

Table#2
Pipeline surrounding Minimum Protection current density*@30 deg C
Resistivity Temporary CP
(µA/m²)
Normal Soil (10-100 Ohm- 25
Mtr)
Marshy Area/ HDD (<10 50
Ohm-Mtr)
High Resistivity Area (more 15
than 100 ohm-mtr.
Resistivity)
Note: - For computerized test station: Interval of data acquisition/storing may be kept for once
in every hour. This feature will be helpful for detecting/trouble shooting in case of
encountering any interference. However in normal case, one reading per day is enough.
NORTH-EAST

System
8.0 PROTECTION OF PIPELINE AT HT LINE CROSSING
Where high voltage (66 KV and above) transmission line runs in parallel or crosses the pipeline,
the pipeline shall be grounded through polarisation cells of suitable rating (solid state) & zinc
anodes of minimum 20 kg net wt. each. Grounding shall be done at regular intervals of
maximum 1 km where transmission lines run parallel within 25 meter of the pipeline or as
resulted from interference study & mitigation report to ground any surges on the pipeline that
would appear in case of transmission line faults.
Pipeline Interference study shall be carried out by modeling software’s for short term and long
term interferences for safe touch & step potentials along with AC corrosion study.
If any AC interference is observed along the pipeline due to low voltage electric lines, its
mitigation will be carried out by means of earthing of pipeline through polarization cell has also
been considered.
9.0 CP AT CASED CROSSINGS
a) Bare casing is always recommended with selecting higher thickness allowance as per API
1102.
b) Casing filler shall be avoided and use of bentonite shall be avoided.
c) If possible casing shall be avoided for crossings (Trench less methods shall be used for it).
10.0 CATHODIC PROTECTION DESIGN CRITERIA
10.1 Cathodic Protection Design Criteria
a) Cathodic protection system shall be designed to meet the following criteria:
b) The pipe to soil potential measurements shall be between (-) 850 mV (Off) & (-) 1180 mV
(Off) polarized potentials with respect to a copper/ copper sulphate reference electrode.
c) In rare circumstances a minimum polarisation shift of (-) 100 millivolts of cathodic polarization
between the structure surface & a stable reference electrode shall indicate adequate levels of
cathodic protection for the pipeline. The formation or decay of this polarisation can be
measured to satisfy this criterion.
Discretion to use any of the criteria listed above shall solely rest with the owner/ owner’s
representative.
a) A positive potential swing of 50 to 100 mill volts shall be considered as sufficient to indicate
the presence of an interaction situation (i.e. Interference on the pipeline) requiring
investigation and incorporation of mitigation measures by the CONTRACTOR.
10.2 Monitoring and Control Signal For SCADA
Digital and analogue signals as required for monitoring of CP system shall be provided in
CPPSM/TR Unit for connection to SCADA system.
NORTH-EAST

System
CPPSM/TR unit shall be properly interfaced with SCADA RTU through Hardwired link for
various analogue and digital signals also through dedicated RS485 serial link for
communication with SCADA. The communication protocol will be Mod-bus based.
Details of SCADA monitoring signals are given below-
Sl MONITERING/ ANALOUGE
DESCRIPTION
No. CONTROL /DIGITAL
1 CP TR/CPPSM OUT PUT M AI
VOLTAGE
2 CP TR/CPPSM OUT PUT M AI
CURRENT
3 PIPELINE OVER M DI
PROTECTED
4 PIPELINE UNDER M DI
PROTECTED
5 PIPE TO SOIL POTENTIAL M AI
6 ALL REFERENCE CELLS M DI

FAILED
7 UNIT WORKING IN AUTO M DI

REF MODE
8 UNIT WORKING IN M DI
MANUAL MODE
9 AC INPUT FAIL M DI
10 Battey Low M DI For CPPSM

Only
11 CURRENT INTERRUPTER C DO
START
STOP
RESET
1 AI: Analogue monitoring signal from Equipment to PLC/Telemetry interface cabinet (TIC)
2 DI: Digital Monitoring signal from Equipment to PLC/(TIC)
3 M-Monitoring signal
4 C-Control signal
Control signal shall be provided only for remote operation of the current interrupter.
11.0 CP Cables
NORTH-EAST

System
TCP Cables
TCP Cables shall be annealed high conductivity, tinned, stranded copper conductor, XLPE
insulated 650/1100 V grade, armoured/un-armoured, PVC sheathed. The size of the copper
conductor shall be 6 sq mm for anode cable from anode to buried junction box, 10 sq mm
from junction box to test station, 10mm² from test station to pipeline. The size of the
conductor shall be 6 sq mm for potential measurement, 10 sq.mm for current measurement
and 25mm² for bonding, polarization cell / grounding cell/Earthing and surge diverter
connection purpose. The anode cable from anode to junction box (buried) shall be
unarmoured. The length of anode tail cable shall be sufficient enough to reach junction box
(buried) in case of temporary CP anodes and up to test station in case of permanent CP
sacrificial anodes. PE Sleeves shall be provided for unarmoured cables.
Note- Underground buried junction box shall be provided only at locations where more
than two (02) nos. of anodes required for the pipeline protection.
PCP Cables
i) MMO Anode tail/lead cable (Size 1Cx10 Sqmm)-
Anode tail/lead cable shall be 1Cx10 Sqmm size, annealed high conductivity tinned stranded
copper conductor (7 Strands), PVDF insulated (Thickness 0.040 Inch), HMWPE
sheathed/Jacket (Thickness 0.065 Inch), un-armoured.
ii) Anode & Cathode Header Cable- (Size 1Cx35 Sqmm)-
Anode & Cathode Header Cable shall be 1Cx35 Sqmm size, annealed high conductivity
tinned stranded copper conductor, XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed, FRLS, 1.1kV Grade
armoured cable as per IS: 7098.
iii) TR/CPPSM Input Power Supply Cable - (Size 3Cx10 Sqmm)-
TR/CPPSM Input Power Supply Cable shall be 3Cx10 Sqmm size, annealed high conductivity
tinned stranded copper conductor, XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed, FRLS, 1.1kV Grade
armoured cable as per IS: 7098 for Single Phase TR Units and 4 core type for 3 phase TR
units.
iv) Measurement cable & Permanent Reference cell tail cable- (Size 1Cx6 Sqmm)-
Measurement cable & Permanent Ref cell tail cable from Pipe/Tank/Buller/Vessel to CJB
& CJB to TR/CPPSM Unit shall be 1Cx6 Sqmm size, annealed high conductivity tinned
stranded copper conductor, XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed, FRLS, 1.1kV Grade armoured,
screened cable as per IS: 7098.
v) The color of outer sheath of the cables shall be as per the PJS/Scope of work/Design Basis
and outer sheath should have marking of “CP system Cable” in each one meter interval by
black color for identification purpose.
vi) The cables for connecting various transducers from TR unit/ CPPSM to telemetry interface
junction box shall be twisted pair with individual pair shielded and overall shielded with
aluminum backed by mylar/polyster tape, PVC sheathed, armoured, PVC over all sheathed
NORTH-EAST

System
type.
vii) The cables for connecting various transducers from TR unit/ CPPSM to telemetry interface
junction box shall be twisted pair with individual pair shielded and overall shielded with
aluminum backed by mylar/polyster tape, PVC sheathed, armoured, PVC over all sheathed
type.
CABLING SYSTEM
Cable laying philosophy
A. Paved area: Cable tray/RCC trench

B. Unpaved area: Directly buried with sand cushioning and brick covered, warning
tape and cable marker.
C. Type of cable trays: Galvanized prefabricated
12.0 STATUTORY APPROVAL
The submission of application on behalf of the Owner to Govt. Authority/ Central Electricity
Authority, if required along with copies of required certificates complete in all respects, shall
be done by the contractor well ahead of time so that the actual commissioning of are not
delayed for want of approval from authority. The actual inspection of work by the Govt.
inspector shall be arranged by the Contractor and necessary coordination and liaison work in
this respect shall be the responsibility of the contractor. However any fee paid to the Govt.
Authority in this regard shall be reimbursed by the Owner on submission of bills with
documentary evidence.
The Inspection and acceptance of the work as above shall not absolve the Contractor from
any of responsibilities under this contract.
13.0 DRWINGS AND DESIGN DOCUMENTS
The following documents shall be submitted along with the offer:
a) Filled up data sheet/Checklist.

b) HSE Policy
c) Bar Charts & Project completion schedule
d) QAP
e) Approx. dimensions of the system
f) Catalogues for CP units, MMO & Sacrificial Anodes, polarization cells, spark gap
arrestors, ER Probe, reference cells etc.
13.1 The following drawings (in three sets) & documents shall be submitted for approval
within 3 weeks of award of contract.
a) Various Procedures of CP system Installation Like- Soil survey (TCP ), Thermit

weld, Pin Brazing, Sacrificial anode (Zn/Mg/Ribbon) installations, Test stations
installation, Cable laying, Installation of polarization cell, External ER probe,
Surge diverter & grounding cell, connection & sealing of sacrificial anode,
Earthing of above ground pipeline etc.
b) Soil survey report and chemical analysis with marked location vulnerable area.
NORTH-EAST

System
c) QA & QC Procedures.
d) List of two years operation and maintenance spare.
e) Basis of system design and design calculations, equipment selection criteria and
sizing calculations, formulae used
f) Detailed design calculations of TCP system (Complete Design Package).
g) Equipment layout, Cable layout & schedule.
h) Colour code identification for the various CP System cables used in the system
i) Procedure for field testing, pre-commissioning & commissioning of TCP.
j) Procedure for Monitoring & maintenance of CP system.
k) TLP’s installation & erection details drawings.
l) G.A. of TR/CPPSM unit.
m) Schematic
n) Wiring diagram for reference.
o) Tentative Bill of Material
13.2 After the job completion, contractor shall prepare AS-BUILT drawings/data sheets and
documents, submit catalogues/manuals (O&M) of major brought out items. Final
certified as built drawings, documents and manuals etc shall be submitted by the
contractor to owner in bound volume with one set in soft copy (CD) plus five sets of
prints to owner & one set to MECON..
Other drawings and documents shall be submitted by contractor along with AS-BUILT
Drawings/Datasheets-
a) Test documents & drawings for bought out items.

b) Detailed commissioning report of pipeline CP system (Both TCP).
-x-x-x-
NORTH-EAST

System
APPENDIX – 1
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
1) AC –Alternating current
2) CAT –Current attenuation test
3) CJB – Cathode Junction Box
4) CP-Cathodic Protection
5) CPPSM-Cathodic Protection Power Supply Module
6) DCVG –Direct Current Voltage Gradient
7) DC –Direct Current
8) FRLS-Fire Retardant Low Smoke
9) GSM –Global System for Mobile
10) HMWPE – High Molecular Weight Polyethylene
11) MMO–Mixed Metal Oxide
12) NACE- National Association of Corrosion Engineers
13) PCP–Permanent Cathodic Protection
14) PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride
15) PVDF– Polyvinylidene Difluoride
16) ROU – Right Of Use
17) RTU – Remote Terminal Unit
18) TCP–Temporary Cathodic Protection
19) TR- Transformer Rectifier
20) XLPE- Cross Linked Poly Ethylene
SCOPE OF WORKS
FOR
TEMPORARY CATHODIC PROTECTION
WORK

DOCUMENT NO. - MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/001, R-0
MECON LIMITED
DELHI 110 092
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12 (12” NB x 85.836 Km (approx.) Agartala-
Tulamura Feeder Line
IGGL MECON LTD, DELHI
TITLE TEMPORARY CATHODIC DOCUMENT NO. Page 1 of 30

PROTECTION WORK
MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/001 REVISION 0
CONTENTS
SL.NO. DESCRIPTION
1. General
2. Project Description
3. Standards
4. Guarantee
5. Site Conditions
6. Power Supply Parameters
7. Abbreviations
8. Scope of Work (TCP)
9. Statutory Approval of Works & Permissions
10. Quality Assurance, Inspection & Testing
11. Testing & commissioning
12. Drawings, Standard Specification And Installation Standards
13. Resources/ Facilities
14. Project Scheduling & Monitoring
15. Construction
16. Documentation
17. Make of Material/ Bought Out Items
18. Inspection of Supply Items
19. Escalation
20. Documents to be submitted/ produced along with R.A. Bills

OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
Appendix-I (List of Vendors for Bought out items)

Appendix-II (2 Years Operational & Maintenance Spares for Temporary Cathodic protection system)
Annexure-A (Format for Daily Progress Report for TCP system)
Annexure-B (Format for TCP system commissioning & Monthly Monitoring of TCP system)
Annexure-C Organogram for the CP work
Annexure-AA Compliance to the Technical Bid (CP Work).
Rev Description PREPARED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: ISSUE DATE :
0
Issued For Tender
Aashish Moyal, MK Jaiswara, A Bhowmic,
ISSUE DATE: Apr-2022
Sr Manager Sr Manager Sr GM
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Introduction
Special Condition of Contract shall be read in Conjunction with the General Conditions of Contract,
specification of work, Drawing and any other documents forming part of this contract wherever the
context so requires.
Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate sections and volumes every
part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to and complementary of every other part and
shall be read with and into the contract so far as it may be practicable to do so.
Where any portion of the General Condition of Contract is repugnant, to or at variance with any
provisions of the Special Conditions of Contract, unless a different intention appears, the provisions
of the Special Conditions of Contract shall be deemed to over-ride the provisions of the General
Condition of Contract and shall to the extent of such repugnancy, or variations, prevail.
The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant INDIAN STANDARDS, the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS contained herein and CODES referred to. Where the technical
specification stipulate requirements in addition to those contained in the standard codes and
specifications, these additional requirements shall also be satisfied.
Wherever it is mentioned in the specifications that the CONTRACTOR shall perform certain work
or provide certain facilities, it is understood that the CONTRACTOR shall do so at his cost and the
VALUE OF CONTRACT shall be deemed to have included cost of such performance and
provisions, so mentioned.
It will be Contractor’s responsibility to bring to the notice of Engineer-in-charge any irreconcilable

conflict in the contract documents before starting the work(s) or making the supply with reference
which the conflict exists.
In the absence of any specifications covering any material, design of work(s) the same shall be
performed/ supplied/ executed in accordance with Standard Engineering Practice as per the
instructions/ directions of the Engineer-in-charge, which will be binding on the Contractor.
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
M/s Indradhanush Gas Grid Limited (IGGL), a Joint Venture of IOCL, ONGC, IGGL, OIL and NRL,
is in the process of implementing the North East Gas Grid (NEGG) with a vision to connect all the
eight (08) north eastern state capitals and major consumption centers in the region. The NEGG will
be connected to National gas grid at Guwahati through Barauni-Guwahati pipeline (already under
execution by M/s IGGL).
M/s IGGL has awarded M/s MECON Limited Project Management Consultancy (PMC) services
for North-East Gas Grid pipeline Project. The following pipeline sections are to be executed
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
This document presents brief scope of work for TCP system for 3LPE Coated long line & spur
lines against corrosion for a service life of 2 years. It indicates minimum requirements for
detailed design of CP system and equipment.
2.1 PROJECT DETAIL
The work being tendered is covered as indicated below:
Details of Proposed Mainline & Spurline of Project-

– Material of Construction : Carbon Steel
– Line Size : 12” NB
– Length, in km : ~ As mentioned above
– Pipe Specification : As per P&ID
– Thickness : As per P&ID
– Design pressure : As per P&ID
– Corrosion Allowance : As per Pipeline data
– External Coating : 3-LPE
– Internal Coating : Liquid epoxy
– Design Code : ANSI/ ASME B31.8 (Latest Edition)
– Major Water Crossings : As per Alignment Sheet
– Major Road Crossings : As per Alignment Sheet
– Rail Crossings : As per Alignment Sheet
– HT line crossing : As per Alignment Sheet
3.0 STANDARDS
3.1 The work shall be performed in conformity with this specification, standard specifications and
installation standards enclosed elsewhere in this tender and code of practices of the Bureau of
Indian Standards. In case of any conflict, the stipulations under this specification shall govern.
In addition, the work shall also conform to the requirements of the following:
3.2 The Indian Electricity Act, and the rules framed there under.
The regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the state government/ Central
Electricity Authority (CEA).
The regulations laid down by the Factory Inspector.
The regulations laid down by the Chief Controller of Explosives.

Any other regulations laid down by the Central, State or Local Authorities from time to time
during the execution of this contract.
OISD & PNGRB Standards
IGGL’s Safety Standard
3.3 The design, selection and installation of equipment and materials shall also conform to the
requirements of the relevant latest standards of:
BS Specification and codes of practice
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
OISD Standards-188, 141, 113 or other applicable standards
IS: 8437 (Part-II)/ 8062 (Part-I)
NACE Standards
DNV Publications
IEEE Publications
4.0 GUARANTEE
4.1 The Bidder shall guarantee the installation against any defects of workmanship and materials
(supplied by the Bidder) for a period of 12 months from the date of commissioning/as per DLP
period defined in the Vol-I. Any damage or defects connected with the erection of materials,
equipments or fittings supplied by the Bidder that may be undiscovered at the time of issue of
the completion certificate, or may arise or come to light thereafter, shall be rectified or replaced
by the Bidder at his own expense as deemed necessary and as per the instruction of the
Engineer-in-charge within the time limit specified by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.2 The above guarantee shall be applicable for the quality of work executed as well as for the
equipment/ cable/ fittings/ other materials etc supplied by the contractor.
Equipments installed or commissioned by others within the battery limit. This is for the purpose
of obtaining a comprehensive approval from competent authority.
5.0 SITE CONDITIONS
The equipment offered and the installation shall be suitable for continuous operation under the
following site conditions:
Ambient temperature : 50°C/ 2˚C (max.)

Max relative humidity : 95%
(Humid & Heavy rainfall during monsoon & low temp
during winter)
Hazardous area : Zone-II, Gas group IIA & IIB, Temp. Class T3
Classification
6.0 Power Supply Parameters-VOID
7.0 Abbreviations
3LPE - Three layer Ploy Ethylene

AJB - Anode Junction Box
CJB - Cathode Junction Box
CPPSM - Cathodic protection power supply module
CTSU - Computerised Test Station Unit
CAT - Current Attenuation Test
DCVG - Direct Current Voltage Gradient
D/T - Despatch Terminal
ER Probe - Electrical Resistance Probe
ICCP - Impressed Current Cathodic Protection
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
IP - Intermediate Pigging
PCP - Permanent Cathodic Protection
PSP - Pipe to Soil Potential
R/T - Receiving Terminal
SV - Sectionalizing Valve
TCP - Temporary Cathodic Protection
TR Unit - Transformer Rectifier Unit
TLP - Test Location Point (Test Station)
QA/QC - Quality Assurance & Quality Control
XLPE - Cross Link Poly-Ethylene
8.0 CO-ORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
CP contractor shall entirely responsible for Co-ordination with other contractors & it should be
ensured that the CP work should be executed simultaneously with laying of pipeline. Contractor
shall mobilize necessary teams in each respective section as per the site organisation chart
(Annexure-C) enclosed with this tender with the key responsibility, education qualification,
designation, experience as defined and shall be responsible for the timely execution of CP work.
If the contractor fails to timely execution of the CP work, mobilization of teams as defined in
tender and it founds delay in the pipeline laying due to of CP work & poor co-ordination with
laying contractor necessary penalty clause shall be applied as per the direction of the Engineer-
in-Charge.
9.0 SCOPE OF WORK (SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING)
General
Contractor shall execute TCP work simultaneously in coordination with laying contractor when
lowering of the -pipeline is going on. Activities like- Cable to pipe connection, installation of ER
probe, Polarisation cell, Polarisation coupon etc should be completed before the backfilling of the
trench.
9.1 Temporary Cathodic Protection System
Corrosion survey, design, detail engineering, fabrication, supply, installation, testing and
commissioning of the temporary cathodic protection system using Mg/ Zn galvanic anodes to
protect the external surface of 3LPE coated pipeline against corrosion for design life of minimum
2 years or till the commissioning of PCP system, whichever is later. The detailed length of
pipeline is as under-
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
Sl. Part Section Location Description Pipelin Length (KM)

No. e Dia. (Approx.)
N/A SECTION-12: Pipeline laying from RT cum Tap-Off cum 12" 85.836 Km
12" x 85.836 Km Future DT cum Injection Point at Agartala
at Ch. 0.00 Km to DT Tulamura at
Ch. 85.836 Km including associated
1 works (Mechanical, Piping & Terminal
works) at one (01)Receiving Station,
Four (04) SV stations, & One (01)
Dispatch Station.
Maintaining and keeping of PSP value as specified and monitoring at monthly basis of PSP
voltage & AC voltage of the temporary cathodic protection system (As per format Enclosed in
Annexure-B) till commissioning of the permanent cathodic protection system. All work shall be
carried out conforming to the Scope of work, Design Basis, Data Sheets, national & international
standard & as per standard specification No.- MEC/TS/05/E9/016A for temporary cathodic
protection system. Scope shall also include but not limited to the following for completion of
jobs:-
a) Temporary CP system shall be installed immediately of the any lowered section but not
later than 15 days from the time of lowering of pipeline segments. If TCP system is not
provided for any of the lowered section in the specified time, necessary deduction shall be
carried out from the contractor’s head as non-compliance of work.
b) Measurement of soil resistivity along the right of way of the main pipeline (At 500mtr Interval) &
collection of soil & water samples along ROW at depth of 1M, 2M & 3M at every 10km interval (Min
03 sample at each location) for its chemical & microbial analysis along the pipeline route as per
specification for corrosion survey MEC/TS/05/21/016C & NACE Standard TM0106-2006 for
detection of SRB, ARB, TDS, pH, Rx, Moisture & Total dissolved H 2 S etc. These sampled shall be
stored in sealed container and stored in the dark place.
c) Collection of additional data related to cathodic protection along the right of way of pipeline as per
standard specifications during the survey along with GPS coordinates. Site survey report shall
include detailed layout drawings of pipeline / facilities, reflecting all foreign pipeline / Overhead
power transmission lines crossings & parallelism, Power cables, river, railway traction
(electrified/non-electrified), Substations (HVAC/HVDC), fabrication yard, existing CP facilities
(such as transformer rectifiers, anode ground beds, test facilities etc.), soil resistivity survey
locations, road crossing locations, etc. Site survey includes details of all AC, DC interfering
elements all along pipeline ROW.
Site survey shall be carried out along the pipeline route to identify the HVAC, HVDC crossing
locations and/or HVAC, HVDC line parallelisms (This proposed pipeline is parallel to the HVDC
line). Site survey report shall include a comprehensive list, which includes the HVAC, HVDC line
rating in KV, distance of HVAC, HVDC line / tower footings from pipelines and length of parallelism.
d) Design, Detailed Engineering, Preparation of Design Document, Preparation of Test station

schedule & Bill of Material as per the corrosion survey & Chemical analysis of Soil / Water samples
for Temporary Cathodic Protection system.
e) Total number of anode shall be calculated as per total anode weight requirement & total protection
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
current required.
f) Supply, Installation, Testing & commissioning of Test stations (Big Size & Normal Size) weather
proof (IP-55) as per specification & enclosed drawings. Selection of TLP size will be as per the nos.
of cables terminating at the station. TLP shall be sealed at both ends by means of foam
sealing/solid sealing. Termination plate inside the TLP should have high insulation level (FRP or
higher grade) to avoid drainage of CP current due to insulation leakage.
All the test-stations and junction boxes shall be provided with shrouded allen screws to avoid
vandalism.
g) Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Mg (Min 5.0 Kg)/ Zn Galvanic anodes/ Mg ribbon
anodes with backfill as per the standard specification- MEC/TS/05/E9/016A. The weight of the Mg
Anode & the total nos. of anodes shall be calculated as per the corrosion survey, soil chemical
analysis, total weight and current requirement of the pipeline section. However, Min one anode is
to be installed at every one KM with test station.
h) Cable to pipe connection by thermit welding/Pin brazing (for charged pipeline) for 35, 25, 10, 6
sq.mm copper cable including excavation and exposing piping, recoating with epoxy, testing etc.
i) Supply, laying of HDPE sheets (1200mm wide, 6mm thick) between the GAIL pipeline and
the other CP protected foreign pipelines at the crossing locations for providing electrical
isolation and discharge of the CP System current between the pipelines.
j) Earthing of above ground catholically unprotected pipeline at consumer station/DRS

station/Metering skid etc, the earth electrode shall be 65 mm dia, 4.5 mm thickness & 3000mm
long. Total grounding resistance shall be limited to 2 Ohm max.
k) Earthing of MOV’s at DS/RS/SV stations shall be carried out by SSD (Solis state de-
coupler/Polarisation cell) Zn anodes with min installation of 02 nos. Of electrode or by Zn ribbon
anodes. Grounding resistance shall be limited to the min 02 Ohm.
l) Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of one set of Explosion proof type spark gap arrestor
(100 kA@ 10/350 uS rating for lighting protection and 8/20 uS 100kA for surge protection) across
each insulating joint provided at dispatch terminal, receiving terminal, tap-off, SV & various
consumer terminals as per P&ID / specification.
All the monolithic insulating joints (MIJs) on the main line, on the tappings for the instruments viz.
pressure transmitter, densitometers etc. shall be provided with explosion proof surge divertors.
Note 1-Surge diverter cable needs to be terminated without any joints across the IJ. Surge diverter
with its pre‐wired connecting cables with suitable length & size should be provided and installed at
the Isolating joint.
m) CP AT CASED CROSSINGS
i) Casing should be avoided as far as possible. If cased crossing is unavoidable, Bare casing is
always recommended with selecting higher thickness allowance as per API 1102.
ii) No sacrificial anodes (ribbon anodes) shall be used inside casing & carrier annular space.
iii) Casing filler bentonite shall be filled between annular space of casing and carrier.
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
n) Where high voltage (66 KV and above) transmission line runs in parallel or crosses the pipeline,
the pipeline shall be grounded through polarisation cells of suitable rating (solid state) & Grounding
(a continuous length of Zn Ribbon Anodes/Copper conductors with back fill material shall be laid
along the pipeline) shall be done at regular intervals of maximum 1 km where transmission lines
run parallel within 1km of the pipeline and have separation distance of 50 mtr on both side of the
pipeline.
The rating of the cell shall depend upon anticipated fault current & ground bed resistance at the
location of installation and the calculation of the same shall be furnished to MECON for review &
selection of rating of the Polarisation Cell. However, the rating of polarisation cell shall not be less
than 3.7 KA @ 30 Cycle & number of 20 kg net weight zinc anode shall not be less than two. Zn
Ribbon anode (Dia min. 12x14 mm with back fill in trench)/ pre-packed AC mitigator wire of
MATCOR make or equivalent also be used for the grounding purpose to get lower grounding
resistance (for soil resistivity higher than 25 Ohm-Cm) as per the direction of engineer in-charge.
The resistance of grounding shall be limited to 2 ohms max.
At any location of HT line crossing, max 2 (two) nos. zinc anodes shall be provided to limit the
grounding resistance to 02 ohms max for not achieved Zn Ribbon anode (Dia 15mm with back fill
trench) or Cu conductor with backfill shall be used for the grounding purpose. Calculation for
grounding resistance shall be submitted along with design document.
If any proposed additional line of voltage rating 66kV & above is envisaged during construction, the
same shall also be considered in the design document. Contractor shall supply polarization cell
along with necessary grounding system for the same.
If it is observed during the monthly monitoring that the source of the AC interference is due to the
HT lines less than 66kV or LT line, Contractor shall provide the grounding the pipeline through SSD
to lower impact of the AC interference on the pipeline.
o) Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of external electrical resistance Probe (02 nos. probe
per laying section for all sections) utilizing the electrical resistance technique shall be provided
along the pipeline at marshy / vulnerable locations to monitor the external corrosion activity on the
pipeline. Location of external ER probe shall be decided during detail engineering.
Care shall be taken during installation of ER probes so that probe element is opposite to pipe (Not
facing the pipeline).
p) Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Polarisation coupons (01 every 10Km of pipeline)
having total area of 100mm x 100mm having one side exposed area of 25 mm x 25 mm without
permanent reference cell shall be provided along the pipeline and at additional vulnerable locations
(River crossings, Marshy locations, Interference prone area, stray current source locations, foreign
pipeline crossings/parallel (at every KM in case of parallel), at CP stations) to monitor the external
corrosion activity on the pipeline as per enclosed standard specification. Location of external
Polarisation coupons & Number of magnetic devices for operation of magnetic switch shall be
decided during detail engineering in consultation with GAIL/MECON.
Permanent Reference cell shall be manufactured & constructed in line with drawing no.
MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1610 Rev-0.
Care shall be taken during installation of polarization coupon that bare face of polarisation coupon
is opposite to pipe & polarisation coupon shall not be installed between TLP & Pipeline.
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
The works related to collection of approximately 2-5 m of pipeline material (In pieces of 300 to
1000mm length) for fabrication of Polarisation coupons is in the scope of the Contractor and shall
be supplied by the Owner.
q) Bonding in between pipelines running parallel or crossing as required including taking of

permission from the owner of the foreign pipeline (Permission shall taken by the Pipeline Owner
and any fee required for the same shall be paid by the Owner, however contractor shall assist in all
respect to get such permissions from foreign pipeline owner).
i) Bonding of pipelines shall be carried out through bonding stations (variable resistance of
suitable value + shunt + diode, if required). Polarization coupons shall be installed at every test
station in the parallel section and at crossings.
ii) The Contractor shall supply and install bonding stations as provision to bond the pipelines. For
the new pipeline as a provision for interference mitigation Bonding Junction box (BJB) shall be
installed as a minimum at the following locations-
iii) Where the new pipeline runs parallel to the existing pipelines, at start and end of parallelism
and at every five (5) km intervals. As a minimum, all existing parallel pipelines laid with a
separation distance of 10 m shall be provided with bonding provision.
iv) Where the pipeline crosses or intersects the existing buried pipelines or buried section of
pipelines / Piping.
v) BJB shall have provision to terminate 25/35 mm2 bonding cables and a 6 mm2 potential
monitoring cables connected to each foreign pipelines as well as new pipelines. BJB shall be
provided with appropriately rated shunts and resistors for each circuit. Rating of the resistors
shall be calculated based on the mitigation requirement.
r) Supplying, laying, termination, Glanding, ferruling & testing of all the cables of TCP system, Cu-
Conductor, XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed, Armd/Unrmd (1Cx6 mm2, 1Cx10 mm2, 1Cx25 mm2,
1Cx35mm2) as required.
s) Cable coming from 60 Mtr for Current measurement test stations (Type_B) & cables for foreign
pipeline crossing shall be provided with black sleeves for the identification purpose.
t) Calibration factor of similar thickness pipeline section shall be carried out by the Bidder at each
B_Type test stations by arranging separate power source. Bidder shall refer pipe book for the
same.
u) PSP Monitoring on monthly basis of the TCP system till commissioning of the permanent cathodic
protection system including the coupon OFF psp.
v) All civil/ structural & other miscellaneous works related to TCP system including supply of bricks,
cement & steel etc. required for completion of the system.
w) Coating Integrity test of HDD section of the pipeline shall be conducted immediately after the
completion of the HDD of each HDD section by separate temporary power source and anode bed.
Bidder shall submit the procedure as per the NACE requirements for approval along with the
design document.
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
Note for TCP-
Note-2 Additional protection of carrier pipe (By Zn ribbon anodes) inside the bare casing is
not required.
Note-3 5 kg Mg anodes shall be provided for protection of Casing pipe (external side)
wherever required.
Note-4 Connection scheme of CP system in TLP boxes shall be permanently fixed inside
the test station box (TLP Box).
Note-5 At saline soil Ag/Agcl Permanent Reference electrode shall be used.
Note-6 Vendor list of Make of CP Materials is enclosed with the tender as appendix-I all CP
material shall be as per the make mentioned in the vendor list.
Note-6 For chainages refer Pipeline Schematic Route Diagram
Note-7 Localized soil resistivity at 1.5Mtr depth shall be considered for calculation of
number of Anodes.
9.2 Tentative Bill of Material
Tentative bill of material of TCP shall be prepared by the successful contractor for each section as
per the approved design and the same shall be submitted with the detail engineering package for
review.
9.3 Other Miscellaneous Works
i) The job includes all civil works including supply of bricks, cements steel etc. connected with
grouting of equipment to be installed. The job includes repairing of all civil works damaged during
installation of electrical and other facilities.
ii) Preparation of buried cable trenches including excavation, back filling, compacting, providing of
brick protection by second-class bricks, spreading of fine river sand, including all supplies.
iii) CP contractor shall provide Colour code identification for the various CP System cables used in the
system with design document for approval.
iv) The scope of work under this contract shall be inclusive of breaking of walls and floors, and
chipping of concrete foundations necessary for the installation of equipment, materials, and making
good of the same. Minor modifications wherever required to be done in the owner free supplied
equipments or devices to enable cable entry, termination, etc.
v) Checking of all connections, i.e. power, control, earthing and testing and commissioning of all
equipment erected and/or connected under this contract as per testing procedures and instructions
of Engineer-in-Charge.
vi) All electrical equipments are to be doubly earthed by connecting two earth wires from the frame of
the equipment to be earth grid. The cable armours will be earthed thro’cable glands.
The following shall be earthed:

OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
• All non-current carrying metallic parts of electrical equipments such as lighting and power
panels, push button stations, cable trays etc.
vii) Supply and installation of all other accessories not specifically mentioned herein but nevertheless
necessary for completion of job.
viii) Engineering and preparation of specifications, data sheets, procedures and drawings etc required
for procurement & installation of CP System wherever applicable/required by Owner/ MECON and
submit to Owner/ MECON for approval/comments.
ix) Correction and submission of all owners’ drawings for as-built status.
x) Obtaining clearance for energising the complete electrical facilities covered under this tender and
approval of installation/drawings from Govt. authority if required.
xi) Test certificates, catalogues, vendor drawings, installation, operation and maintenance manuals for
all equipment/materials in contractor’s scope of supply.
xii) All civil work related to the CP work is in scope of the CP contractor.
xiii) Co-ordination with other Contractors/Pipeline contractor.
9.4 WORK CONTRACT
The entire work as per Scope of Work covered under this contract shall be treated as “Works
Contract”.
All works included in the scope of CP work will be done simultaneously with main pipeline
construction by main pipeline Contractor. Bidder will supply all the materials required for completing
the system and organise manpower & equipments accordingly to meet the requirement of Cathodic
Protection work in time as per completion schedule given in Volume - I.
9.5 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
9.5.1 Owner’s Supply – NIL
Supply, testing, Packing, Forwarding, Delivery, Installation and commissioning of all the equipment
covered in this package are included in the scope of the contractor. No equipment will be free
issued by the owner to the contractor.
9.5.2 Contractor’s scope of supply shall be as mentioned in Cl. No. 9.1 & 9.3.
9.5.3 Bidder shall submit list of two year operational & maintenance spares along with offer.
O&M CP Spares/ Tool / Tackles for CP system like Multimeter, Clamp meter, Portable reference
cell, UT meter, Tool box Complete for each maintenance base etc.
List of O&M spares is enclosed with appendix-II.
All commissioning & start up spares are in bidder’s scope (Included in this package). Any
commissioning & startup spare consumed during the start up & commissioning is included in the
supply of this package, for which no extra payment is made.
1. Contractor to note that the exact cable routing shall be decided at site based on actual site
conditions. Exact cable quantities/sizes shall be based on actual measured route lengths at site by
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
Contractor in coordination with Engineer-in-Charge/Client. Contractor shall ensure that there is no
surplus or shortage of cables at site and procure cables accordingly.
2. Contractor to note that all cabling (including supply & laying) & other electrics for the CP System
shall be supplied along with the package and no separate payment shall be admissible for the
same. Owner shall provide only single point power supply for the same.
3. Job is lump-sump basis, however the work to be carried out & material to be supplied for
the project which is not covered under this contract the payment shall be done as per unit
price.
10.0 STATUTORY APPROVAL OF WORKS
Authority/State authority/Private bodies, if required along with copies of required certificates
complete in all respects, shall be done by the contractor well ahead of time so that the actual
commissioning is not delayed for want of approval from respective authority. The actual inspection
of work by the above mentioned authority inspector shall be arranged by the Contractor and
necessary coordination and liaison work in this respect shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
However any fee paid to these Authorities in this regard shall be reimbursed by the Owner on
submission of bills with documentary evidence.
The Inspection and acceptance of the work as above shall not absolve the Contractor from any of
responsibilities under this contract.
The necessary permissions required for the bonding etc for the interference mitigation
(From SEB’s, Water works Departments/ Boards, Railways & Other pipeline owners) shall
be obtain before taking mitigation measures in the scope of contractor & the same will be
hand over to IGGL after commissioning of CP system.
11.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION AND TESTING
All the equipment supplied by the contractor shall be inspected by the Owner/MECON and/or their
approved inspection agency (TPI) at the manufacturer’s works prior to despatch. The equipment
will be inspected as per the tests pre-identified in the approved QAP to ensure conformity of the
same with relevant approved drawings, data sheets, specifications, National/International
standards. The TPI shall be arranged by the CP contractor for the testing of the
material/equipments at the vendor works.
11.1 Performance tests of any equipments which cannot be conducted/demonstrated either partially
of wholly at the manufacturer’s work, shall be conducted after erection at site in the presence of
Owner & their inspection agency. In all the cases, prior approval of the approval shall be
obtained.
11.2 In case of waiver category of items, the same shall be pre identified. For such items, the
contractor shall furnish necessary certificates, test reports etc for Review/Approval to
Owner/Inspection agency. The issue of Inspection Certificate/Waiver Certificate for any
equipment or component there of does absolve the contractor from his contractual obligations
towards subsequent satisfactory performance of the equipment at site. Should any equipment
be found defective, In whole or part thereof after receipt at site or during erection/commissioning
and testing shall be Rectified/Changed by contractor free of cost.
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
11.3 Contractor shall submit test plan for the equipments with four week advance notice.
11.4 The following equipment/items shall be tested and inspected by MECON/ owner at manufacturer’s
works before dispatch. Test certificates duly signed by MECON/ Owner shall be issued by the
contractor as part of the final document.
- Hazardous area equipment

- CP TR/ CPPSM units
12.0 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
12.1 The successful bidder shall submit detailed installation, site testing & commission procedure
with time schedules for Review/Approval to Owner/MECON.
12.2 The successful tenderer shall provide adequate supervisory/ skilled personnel and all tools and
tackles, testing equipment and instruments required for complete checking of installations and
testing and commissioning of all equipment and accessories.
12.3 All the tests shall be conducted in the presence of Owner/ MECON/Engineer-in/charge or his
authorized representative unless he waives this requirement in writing.
12.4 The testing and commissioning of all equipment under the scope of the bidder & shall be carried
out in accordance with the latest edition of relevant Indian Standards, International Standard
NACE standards and IE Rules.
12.5 Test reports shall be submitted in required number of copies duly signed by the Bidder to
MECON and OWNER.
12.6 On successful completion of erection of each item /equipment, a final inspection will be carried
out at site by Owner / MECON, for correctness and completeness of erection.
12.7 After the completion of all tests and rectification of all defects pointed out during final inspection,
start-up trials would be commenced. During the start-up trials contractor shall provide skilled /
unskilled personnel and supervision round the clock at his cost. The number and category of
workmen and duration up to which required, will be decided by the Engineer-in-charge. Any
defects noticed during the start-up trial relating to the equipment supplied and work carried out
by the Contractor, will be rectified by the contractor at his own cost.
12.8 Any work not conforming to the execution drawings, specifications or codes shall be rejected
forthwith and the contractor shall carry out the rectification at his own cost.
12.9 After the operating conditions are fully achieved for CP system and the other requirements as
stated in the General Conditions of Contract are fulfilled, the contractor would be eligible for
applying for a completion certificate.
13.0 DRAWINGS, STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND INSTALLATION STANDARDS
13.1 The drawings accompanying the tender document are indicative of the nature of work and issued
for tendering purposes only. Construction shall be as per drawings/specifications issued/ approved
by the Owner/ MECON during the course of execution of work.
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
After the job completion, contractor shall prepare ‘AS-BUILT’ drawings, final certified as built
drawings vendor drawings for bought out equipments shall be submitted by the contractor to owner
in bound volume with one set of reproducible original sepia plus five sets of prints & one set to
MECON.
The equipments/ materials to be supplied by the contractor shall conform to the requirements of
the applicable standard specifications. Also the installation of various material/ equipment shall
also conform to the standard specification.
The purpose of the pipeline alignment drawings, P&IDs & Plot Plan drawings enclosed with the
tender is to enable the tenderer to make an offer in line with the requirements of the Owner.
These are indicative of the nature of work and issued for tendering purposes only. The bidders,
however, shall visit the site before bidding for proper information of site conditions. Construction
shall be as per drawings/ specifications issued/ approved by the Owner/ Consultant during the
course of execution of work.
A) SPECIFICATION
1. Specification for TCP system MEC/TS/05/E9/016A

2. Specification for Corrosion Survey MEC/TS/05/21/016C
B) DATA SHEETS & QAP
1. Quality Assurance Plan MEC/05/E9/23UU/QAP/082
C) STANDARD DRAWINGS
1.0 Prepacked Zinc Anode MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1601
2.0 Prepacked Mg Anode MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1602

3.0 Mg Ribbon anode for Grounding MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1603
4.0 Details of Test Station for TCP MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1604
5.0 Test Station Connection Schemes MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1605
6.0 Galvanic Anode Installation MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1606
7.0 Zinc Ribbon Anode for Cased Crossings with Coated MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1607
Casings
8.0 Pipeline Grounding Through Polarisation Cell and MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1608
Galvanic Anodes
9.0 Details of Zinc Grounding Cell MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1609
10.0 Permanent Copper – Copper Sulphate Reference Cell MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1610
& Installation Details
11.0 Casing Pipe Detail MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1613
12.0 Test station for polarization cell MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1614
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
13.0 Connection scheme for hooking through CJB/TLP MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1616

14.0 Details of thermit weld for cable to pipe joint MEC/SD/05/E9/E/CP/1618
15.0 Electrode for earthing system MEC/SD/05/26/23/01
16.0 Earth Electrode in Test Pit MEC/SD/05/26/23/02
13.2 Drawings for Tender purpose enclosed with construction tender
Schematic Route Diagram

P&ID
Plot Plan
13.3 Survey Drawings/ Details
a) Overall Schematic Route Diagram
14.0 RESOURCES FACILITIES
14.1 Recruitment of Personnel by Contractor
The Contractor shall not recruit personnel of any category from among those who are already
employed by the other agencies working at the sites but shall make maximum use of local
labour available.
14.2 Construction Water and Power Supply
No water and power will be provided by the owner. It should be the responsibilities of the contractor
to arrange water and power at his own cost.
14.3 Land for Residential Accommodation

Owner shall not provide any land for residential accommodation of contractor’s staff and labour.
15.0 PROJECT SCHEDULING & MONITORING
The following schedules/documents/reports shall be prepared and submitted by the

Bidder/Contractor for review/approval at various stages of the contract.
15.1 Along with Bid
b) Time Schedule
The Completion Time Schedule for the work (including mobilization period) as given in VOL-I of in
all respect, from the date of issue of letter/Fax of Intent.
The Bidder is required to submit a Project Time Schedule in Bar Chart Form, along with the Bid.
The Schedule shall cover all aspects like sub-ordering, manufacturing and delivery, indicated in the
Bid Document. The Owner interface activities shall be clearly identified with their latest required
dates. Owner reserves the right to disqualify the Bidder if the above Schedule submitted by the
Bidder is not in line with the over all Project requirement.
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
c) Scheduling & Monitoring System
The Bidders should describe their system of Project Scheduling and monitoring, the extent of
computerization, level of detailing, tracing methodology etc. with the name of computer package
and sample outputs.
15.2 After the Award of Contract
a) Overall Project Schedule
The Contractor shall submit within 2 week of Fax of Intent, a sufficiently detailed over all Project
Schedule in the activity network form, clearly indicating the major milestones, interrelationship/
interdependence between various activities together with analysis of critical path and floats.
The network will be reviewed and approved by Engineer- in-Charge and the comments if any shall
be incorporated in the network before issuing the same for implementation. The network thus
finalised shall form part of the contract document and the same shall not be revised without the
prior permission from Engineer-in- Charge during the entire period of contract.
b) Progress Measurement Methodology
The contractor is required to submit within 2 week of award of WORK, the methodology of progress
measurement of sub-ordering, manufacturing/ delivery, sub- contracting construction and
commissioning works and the basis of computation of overall services/physical progress informed.
Owner reserves the right to modify the methodology in part or in full.
c) Functional Schedules
The contractor should prepare detailed functional schedules in line with network for functional
monitoring and control and submit scheduled progress covers for each function viz. ordering,
delivery and construction.
15.3 Project Review Meetings

The Contractor shall present the programme and status at various review meetings as required.
Weekly Review Meeting
Level of : Contractor’s/Consultant’s RCM/

Participation Site In-charge & Job Engineers.
Agenda : a) Weekly programme v/s actual achieved in the past week &
programme for next week.
b) Remedial Actions and hold up analysis.
c) Client query/ approval.
Venue : Site Office
Monthly Review Meeting
Level of : Senior Officers of IGGL/MECON and Participating

OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
Contractors.
Agenda : a) Progress Status/ Statistics

b) Completion Outlook
c) Major hold ups/slippages
d) Assistance required
e) Critical issues
f) Client query/ approval
Venue : IGGL/MECON Office/ Site Office
15.4 Progress Reporting Proforma

A) Monthly Progress Report
This report shall be submitted on a monthly basis within 10 (ten) calendar days from cut-off date,
as agreed upon covering overall scenarios of the work. The report shall include, but not limited to
the following:
• Brief Introduction of the work.

• Activities executed/ achievements during the month.
• Schedule versus actual percentage progress and progress curves for Detail Engg. Sub-
ordering, Manufacturing/ Delivery, Sub-contracting, Construction, Commissioning and
Overall and quantum wise status & purchase orders against schedule.
• Area of concern/ problem/ hold-ups, impacts and action plans.
• Resources deployment status.
• Annexures giving status summary for drawings, MRs, deliveries, sub-contracting and
construction.
• Procurement status for items to be supplied by Contractor.
B) Weekly Reports
The report will be prepared and submitted by the Contractor on weekly basis and will cover
following items :
• Activities programmed and completed during the week.

• Resource deployed men and machines.
• Quantities achieved against target in construction
• Record of Mandays lost.
• Construction percentage progress schedule and actual.
C) Daily Repots
• Activity programme for the day

• Progress of the previous day and commutative progress.
• Manpower & machinery deployed.
Successful bidder shall submit DPR (Daily progress report) & Monthly Monitoring Report to
the owner/MECON as per the format in Annexure-A & B.
15.5 Progress Reports
15.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to keep the OWNER adequately informed as to the
progress of the WORK throughout the CONTRACT period.
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
CONTRACTOR shall keep the OWNER informed well in advance of the construction schedule so
as to permit the OWNER to arrange for requisite inspection to be carried out in such a manner as
to minimize interference with progress of WORK. It is imperative that close coordination be
maintained with the OWNER during all phases of WORK.
15.5.2 By the 10th (tenth) of each month, CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER a detailed report
covering the progress as of the last day of the previous month. These reports will indicate actual
and scheduled percentage of completion of construction as well as general comments of interest or
the progress of various phases of the WORK. The frequency of progress reporting by the
CONTRACTOR shall be weekly.
15.5.3 Once a week, CONTRACTOR shall submit a summary of the WORK accomplished during the
preceding week in form of percentage completion of the various phases of the WORK, to the
OWNER.
15.5.4 Progress reports shall be supplied by CONTRACTOR with documents such as chart, networks,
photographs, test certificate etc. Such progress reports shall be in the form and size as may be
required by the OWNER and shall be submitted in at least 3 (three) copies.
15.5.5 Contractor shall prepare daily progress report (DPR) in the desired format and submit it to
Engineer-in-charge alongwith schedule of next day to Engineer-in-charge.
16.0 CONSTRUCTION
OWNER reserves the right to inspect all phases of CONTRACTOR's operations to ensure
conformity to the SPECIFICATIONS. Owner will have Engineers, Inspectors or other duly
authorised representatives, made known to the CONTRCTOR present during progress of the
WORK and such representatives shall have free access to the WORK at all times. The presence
or absence of a OWNER's representative does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility
for quality control in all phases of the WORK. In the event that any of the WORK being done by
the CONTRACTOR or any SUB-CONTRACTOR is found by OWNER's representatives to be
unsatisfactory or not in accordance with the DRAWINGS, procedures and SPECIFICATIONS, the
CONTRACTOR shall, upon verbal notice of such, revise the work in a manner to conform to the
relevant DRAWINGS, procedures and SPECIFICATIONS.
16.1 Rules & Regulations
CONTRACTOR shall observe in addition to Codes specified in respective specification, all National
and Local Laws, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations and requirements pertaining to the WORK
and shall be responsible for extra costs arising from violations of the same.
16.2 Procedures
Various procedures and method statements to be adopted by CONTRACTOR during the

construction as required in the respective specifications shall be submitted to OWNER in due time
for APPROVAL. No such construction activity shall commence unless approved by OWNER in
writing.
16.3 Field Inspection

OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
CONTRACTOR shall have at all times during the performance of the WORK, a Competent
Superintendent on the premises. Any instruction given to such superintendent shall be construed
as having been given to the CONTRACTOR.
16.4 Erection and Installation
The CONTRACTOR shall carry out required supervision and inspection as per quality
Assurance plan and furnish all assistance required by the OWNER in carrying out inspection work
during this phase. The OWNER will have engineers, inspectors or other authorised representatives
present who are to have free access to the WORK at all times. If an Owner’s representative notifies
the Contractor’s authorised representative not lower than a Foreman of any deficiency, or
recommends action regarding compliance with the SPECIFICATIONS, the CONTRACTOR shall
make every effort to carry out such instructions to complete the WORK conforming to the
SPECIFICATIONS and approved DRAWINGS in the fullest degree consistent with best industry
practice.
16.5 Construction Aids, Equipment, Tools & Tackles
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for making available for executing the work, all requisite
Construction Equipments, Special Aids, Cranes, Tools, Tackles and testing equipments and
appliances. Such construction equipments etc. shall be subject to examination by owner and
approval for the same being in first class operating condition. Any discrepancies pointed out by
OWNER shall be immediately got rectified, repaired or the equipment replaced altogether, by
CONTRACTOR. OWNER shall not in any way be responsible for providing any such equipment,
machinery, tools and tackles.
The OWNER reserves the right to rearrange such deployment depending upon the progress and
priority of work in various sections.
Tie-end between main line and starting point of terminal is included in the scope of contract, as and
when main line section is available for Tie-ins.
16.6 ORDER OF WORKS/PERMISSIONS/RIGHT OF ENTRY/CARE OF EXISTING SERVICES

The order in which the WORK shall be carried out shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer-in-charge and shall be so as to suit the detailed method of construction adopted by the
CONTRACTOR, as well as the agreed joint programme. The WORK shall be carried out in a
manner so as to enable the other contractors, if any, to work concurrently.
OWNER reserves right to fix up priorities which will be conveyed by Engineer-in-Charge and the
CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute work accordingly.
Existing Service
Drains, pipes, cables, overhead wires and similar services encountered in course of the works shall
be guarded from injury by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost, so that they may continue in full and
uninterrupted use to the satisfaction of the Owners thereof, or otherwise occupy any part of the
SITE in a manner likely to hinder the operation of such services.
Should any damage be done by the CONTRACTOR to any mains, pipes, cables or lines (whether
above or below ground etc.), whether or not shown on the drawings the CONTRACTOR must
make good or bear the cost of making good the same without delay to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
17.0 DOCUMENTATION
17.1 Drawings and design documents
17.1.1 The following documents shall be submitted along with the offer:
a) Filled up data sheets & Check lists

b) HSE Policy
c) QAP
d) Bar Charts & Project completion schedule
e) Bidder’s Compliance Report (Annexure-AA)
f) Un-priced List of two years operation and maintenance spare
17.1.2 The following drawings (in three sets) & documents shall be submitted for approval within 3
weeks of award of contract.
a) Various Procedures of CP system Installation Like- Soil survey (TCP), Thermit

weld, Pin Brazing, Sacrificial anode (Zn/Mg/Ribbon) installations, Test stations &
Junction Boxes installation, Cable laying, Installation of polarization cell, External
ER probe, Surge diverter & grounding cell, connection & sealing of sacrificial anode,
Earthing of above ground pipeline etc.
b) Soil survey report with marked location vulnerable area.
d) Basis of system design and design calculations, equipment selection criteria and
sizing calculations, formulae used
e) Detailed design calculations of TCP system (Complete Design Package).
f) Equipment layout, Cable layout & schedule.
g) Colour code identification for the various CP System cables used in the system
h) Procedure for field testing, pre-commissioning & commissioning of TCP.
i) Procedure for Monitoring & maintenance of CP system.
j) Equipment layout, Cable layout & schedule.
k) TLP’s & junction boxes installation & erection details drawings.
l) Incorporation of Polarisation cell, surge arrester, TLP, Junction boxes & other
relevant feature in CP system design in Alignment sheet, pipeline route diagram &
Plot plan.
m) Schematic
n) Tentative Bill of Material
17.1.3 After the job completion, contractor shall prepare AS-BUILT drawings/data sheets and
documents, submit catalogues/manuals (O&M) of major brought out items. Final certified as
built drawings, documents and manuals etc shall be submitted by the contractor to owner in
bound volume with one set in soft copy (CD) plus five sets of prints to owner & one set to
MECON..
Other drawings and documents shall be submitted by contractor along with AS-BUILT

b) Detailed commissioning report of pipeline CP system (TCP).
18.0 MAKE OF MATERIAL/BOUGHT OUT ITEMS

OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
An Appendix-I of approved vendors for various major items is enclosed with this tender
specification. The bidder shall consider such names only as indicated in the aforesaid list and
clearly indicate in the bid the name(s) as selected against these items. For any other item not
covered in the list enclosed with this tender document, prior approval shall be obtained by the
contractor for its make/ supplier’s name.
19.0 INSPECTION OF SUPPLY ITEMS
All inspections and tests shall be made as required by the specifications forming part of this
contract. Contractor shall advise Owner/ Consultant in writing at least 10 days in advance of the
date of final inspection/tests. Manufactures inspection or testing certificates for equipment and
materials supplied, may be considered for acceptance at the discretion of Owner/ Consultant. All
costs towards testing etc. shall be borne by the contractor within their quoted rates. All inspection
of various items shall be carried out based on Quality Assurance Plan, which will be submitted by
the Contractor and duly approved by Owner/ Consultant.
20.0 ESCALATION
The Rates quoted shall be kept firm till completion of work and no price Escalation shall be paid.
21.0 DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED/ PRODUCED ALONGWITH R.A. BILLS
a) Computerized R.A. Bill/ Manual Bill, with IT No./ ST No./ Labour License No. printed
thereon.
b) ESI/ EPF clearance certificates for the last month alongwith R.A. Bills.
c) Insurance Policy as per relevant clauses of Contract Agreement.
d) Attendance Register and Salary Records.
e) Photocopy of the measurement book to be attached with R.A. Bills.
f) Any other document required for the purpose of processing the bills.
g) Registration Certificate with Sales tax authorities of state concerned.
-x-x-x-
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
APPENDIX-I
Sheet 1 of 2
1.0 APPENDIX-I (LIST OF SUPPLIER/S OF MAJOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS)
1) CABLES
i) Brooks Cables
ii) Nicco Corporation Ltd
iii) CMI Ltd
iv) Delton Cables Ltd
v) KEI Industries
vi) Torrent Cables
vii) Universal cables
viii) Victor Cables
ix) Associated Flexible & Wires Pvt Ltd
x) Asain Cables (RPG Cables)
xi) Fort Gloster (Gloster Cables Ltd)
xii) Finolex Cable
xiii) Rediant Cables
xiv) NETCO Cables Pvt Ltd
xv) Chandresh Cables Ltd
xvi) RR Kabel Ltd,Vadodara
xvii) GemsCab
xviii) Icon cables (For signal cable only)
xix) Suyog Cables
2) JUNCTION BOX (FLP Type)
i) Exprotecta, Beroda
ii) Baliga
iii) Flexpro
iv) FFLP Control Gears
v) Sterling
vi) Sudhir
3) SACRIFICIAL ANODES
i) M/s Scientific Metals Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Karaikudi

ii) M/s Shakti Enterprises, Ahmedabad
iii) M/s PSL Holding Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
iv) M/s BHEL, Bhopal
v) M/s Nippon Corrosion, Japan
vi) M/s AFIC, KSA
vii) M/s Platt Bros. and Company, USA
viii) M/s YUXI, CHINA
ix) M/s Wilson Walton International
x) M/s XIANG METAL, CHINA
xi) M/s SHUNRUI, CHINA
xii) M/s Impalloy International
xiii) M/s Corrpro International
xiv) M/s HOCKWAY, UK
xv) M/s NAKABOHTEC, Japan
xvi) Advance Electronics System Vadodara
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
APPENDIX-I
Sheet 2 of 2
4) Portable Reference Cell : M/s MC Miller (USA) or Equivalent
5) Permanent Reference Cell : M/s Borin Manufacturer USA, M/s MC Miller USA , M/s Corrtech,
M/s Advance Electronics System Vadodara
6) AC operated : M/s Canara Electric (M/s Raychem RPG Ltd), M/s

Automatic Transformer Kriston systems, M/s Bin Sari Specialized Technologies
Rectifier Unit/DC operated Corrosion Protection India Private Ltd, Thane, Mumbai
Automatic CPPSM Unit M/s Advance Electronics System Vadodara
7) Thermit Weld : M/s Erico, USA, M/s Cad Weld

Pin Brazing : M/s Safe Track, M/s BAC UK
8) Surge diverter (Ex-d) : M/s Dhen, M/s OBO, M/s Corrpro system, USA, M/s Sohne
Surge diverter (Spak Gap) : M/s Advance Electronics System Vadodara

(Non-Ex-d)
9) Digital Multimeter : MOTWANE, Rishabh, Fluke or Equivalent
10) CTSU : M/s Kriston systems or equivalent
11) Solid state polaristation cell : M/s Dairyland, M/s Corrpro systems, USA
M/s Advance Electronics System Vadodara
12) Anode (MMO Type) : 1) Titanor Component Ltd., Goa, India

2) Denora Permelic S.P.A (Italy) Oronzio De Nora S.A. Ingano,
Switzerland
3) CER Anode Technologies International USA
4) ACTEL, UK
5) ELTECH System Corporation, Texas
6) MAGNETO-CHEMIE, Netherlands
7) M/S MATCOR (USA)
13) Anode Backfill Material : 1) M/S Goa Carbon (Goa)

2) M/S India Carbon (Calcutta),
3) M/S Petrocarbon & Chemical Company (Haldia)
14) Heat Shrink Cap For Anode : M/s RAYCHEM, M/s MATCOR (USA)
To Cable Joint
15) MCCB/MCB for Power : Siemens, Indo Asian, L&T, Hager, Merlin Gerin
Distribution Board Schneider Electric, AEG, HAVELL’S, ABB, MDS
16) ER- PROBE (External Corrosion : M/s Rose Corrosion Services UK, M/s Metal Samples, USA M/s
Monitoring) Roharbak Cosasco, USA M/s Caproco, UK
17) ER- PROBE & Corrosion Coupon : M/s Rose Corrosion Services UK, M/s Metal Samples, USA
Assembly M/s Roharbak Cosasco, USA, M/s Caproco, UK
18) Proposed CP Contractor : M/s Corrtech (I) Pvt Ltd, Ahmedabad, M/s CCS (B) Pvt ltd,
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
(Have to meet criteria in cl no.8) M/s Raychem RPG Pvt ltd, M/s Consultech, Baroda, M/s
UNDTS, Noida, M/s SARK EPC Pvt Ltd
1) For procuring bought out items from vendors other than those listed above, the same may be
acceptable subject to the following: -
a) The vendor/ supplier of bought out item(s) is a manufacturer/ supplier of said item(s) for intended
services and the sizes being offered is in their regular manufacturing/ supply range.
b) The vendor / supplier should not be in the Holiday list of GAIL / MECON / other PSU.
The bidder should enclose documentary evidences i.e. PO copies, Inspection Certificate etc. for the
above, along with their bids.
2) For any other item(s) for which the vendor list is not provided, bidders can supply those item(s) from
vendors/ suppliers who have earlier supplied same item(s) for the intended services in earlier projects
and the item(s) offered is in their regular manufacturing/ supply range.
The bidder is not required to enclose documentary evidences (PO copies, Inspection Certificate etc.)
along with their offer, however in case of successful bidder, these documents shall required to be
submitted by them within 30 days from date of Placement of Order for approval to GAIL / MECON.
3) The details of vendors indicated in this list are based on the information available with MECON.
Contractor shall verify capabilities of each vendor for producing the required quantity. PMC does not
guarantee any responsibility on the performance of the vendor. It is the contractor’s responsibility to
verify the correct status of vendor and quality control of each party and also to expedite the material in
time.
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
Appendix-II
Sheet 1 of 1
2 Years Operational & Maintenance Spares for Temporary Cathodic protection

system (One Lot for each part)
Sl. Description Unit Total

No. Qty.
1 Multimeter- Fluke 87V Digital Multimeter Nos. 1
2 Clamp Meter (AC&DC)-Fluke Nos. 1
3 Portable Cu/CuSO4 Reference Cell –Mc-Miller/Tinkar Razor Nos. 1
4 UT (Ultrasonic Thickness Tester) Meter –Olympus model 27MG or Nos. 1
equivalent
5 Tool Box-Taparia Make (Consisting of Screw Driver Set, Electrical screw Set 1
driver set, Adjustable Spanner 12”, Flat File 12”, Round File 12”, Plyer,
Chiesel, Hexa Frame, Hexa Blade, Hammer, Nose Plyer, DE Spanner
set 6-32, Ring spanner set 6-32”, Allen key set etc.)
6 Calibrated reference cell to calibrate portable half reference cell Nos. 1
Note-Price of these spares shall deemed to be considered in the total price of supply of TCP system
quoted by the Bidder.

OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
Annexure-A
Format for Daily Progress report
DAILY PROGRESS REPORT – TCP SYSTEM
CLIENT: DPR NO.
CONSULTANT: MECON Limited PROGRESS DATE:
CONTRACTOR: REPORT DATE:
PROJECT: PLACE:
PROGRESS (Spreads A, B……)
S.No. ACTIVITY UOM SCOPE Remarks
PREVIOUS TODAY CUMULATIVE
Soil Resistivity &
1
Chemical Analysis
Additional Data
2
Collection
TCP design
3
Document
4 P/L LENGTH KM
5 P/L LOWERED KM
6 TCP PROVIDED KM
7 PSP LEVEL (-V)
S.No. Material Work Description
1 Test station Nos.
2 Mg anode Nos.
3 Zn anode Nos.
5 No. of Thermit Nos.
5(a) No. of Pin Brazing Nos.
5 Surge Diverter Nos.
6 ER Probe Nos.
Polarisation
7 Nos.
Coupon
8 Polarisation Cell Nos.
9 Cased crossings Loc
10 TCP Cables
1Cx6 mm² Mtr.
10(a)
Armoured
1Cx6 mm² Un- Mtr.
10(b)
Armoured
10(c) 1Cx10 mm² Mtr.
10(d) 1CX25 mm² Mtr.

OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
Annexure -B
Format for TCP system Commissioning
Sr. TS Chainage TS Natural Instant Polarised Anode Anode AC Other Remarks

No No Type PSP PSP PSP Voltage Current Voltage Readings
(24 Hrs.) (V) (mA) (V) (If Any)
Format for Monthly Monitoring Report of TCP system
Sr. TS Chainage TS PSP (-) Voltage Anode Anode AC Other Remarks

No No Type Voltage current Voltage Readings
(V) (mA) (mV) (If Any)
Carrier Casing
Without Bonding
Bonding
OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
Annexure-C
Organogram for the TCP work
PROJECT OFFICE
Name:
Address:
Ph No:
E-Mail:
OVERALL PROJECT
INCHARGE
SPREAD
INCHARGE
(Each Part)
ONE TEAM PER

SECTION
Note-
1. Overall Project In charge should have B.E. in (Electrical, Electronics and Metallurgical Engineering)
& atleast 10 year Experience in the Cathodic Protection (NACE CP Level II) Field.
2. Spread Incharge should have B.E. or Diploma in (Electrical, Electronics and Metallurgical
Engineering) & atleast 5 year Experience in the Cathodic Protection (NACE CP Level I/II) Field and
shall be available at site office for entire time schedule of the project.
3. CVs including Experience & Qualification shall be submitted by successful bidder.

OIL & GAS SBU

PROTECTION WORK
Annexure-AA
Compliance to Technical Bid (CP System)
Sl Tender Description Documents Required for Qualification Submitted in E- Reference In E-Bid

No. Clause No. (Technical Part of Bid)/ Bidder’s Bid (Bidder to Document (Bidder
Compliance/Bidder’s Confirmation Indicate Yes/No) to indicate Place,
Page No. /Vol No.
In the Bid)
1 - Technical Compliance Bidder shall furnish “No Deviation
to the complete scope Certificate”.
of work Deviation if any, due to of
change/amendment/revision in design code
(vendor specific) shall not be considered at
this stage and subjected to review/approval
of Client/MECON. (For the acceptance of
the deviation in the design code suitable
justification is required during detail
engineering).
2 - Confirm No Deviation Confirm (Offer may be rejected if there is
in Technical Bid. any deviation).
3 Annexure Confirm No Deviation. Confirm (Offer may be rejected if there is
any deviation).
4 Installation, All the spares required Confirm.
Commissioning for Installation,
& Start-Up Commissioning & Start-
spares Up of the CP system
shall be included in the
scope of the bidder,
any spares required
permanently for the
Installation,
Commissioning & Start-
Up of the CP system
the same shall be
supplied free of cost.
5 16.1.1 All the required Confirm.
documents are
enclosed with the bid
document as per the
clause.
6 Tentative Tentative BOQ/BOM Confirm.
BOQ/BOM shall be prepared by
bidder and shall be
reviewed & approved
by MECON during the
detail engineering
stage. As this is a
Lump-Sump contract
for any change in
quantity mentioned in
the scope of work the
bidder’s compensation
for these changed
quantities shall remain
unchanged.
-X-X-X-
CONTRACTOR CLIENT: M/S IGGL
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PROJECT:
FOR (Section-12)
ORDER NO. & DATE CATHODIC PROTECTION PACKAGE NO. 23UU (Ph-II)
SUB-CONTRACTOR PACKAGE NAME TCP system
ORDER NO. & DATE
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING UP : CODES FOR EXTENT OF INSPECTION, TESTS, TEST CERTIFICATES & DOCUMENTS:
1. QAP shall be submitted for each of the equipment separately with break up Code Description Code Description Code Description DOCUMENTS:
of assembly/sub-assembly & part/component or for group of equipment
having same specification. 1. Visual 12. Routine test as per relevant IS 23. Short time rating D1. Approved GA drawings
2. Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and 2. Dimensional other standard 24. Operational & functional D2. Approved single line/
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description 3. Fitment & Alignment 13. Type test as per relevant IS/ check schematic diagram
for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for the plant and 4. Physical Test (Sample) other standard 25. Over Speed Test D3. Approved
equipment 5. Chemical Test (Sample)
3. Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be (Review of test report only) 14. Impulse Test 26. Flame Proof Test data sheet
indicated wherever equipment having same specifications belonging to 6. Ultrasonic Test 15. Partial Discharge Test 27. Clearance and creepage D4. Approved bill of materials
different facilities are grouped together. 7. Magnetic Particle Test (MPT) 16. Heat run risc test\tempr. Distance D5. Unpriced P.O. copy
4. Weight in tonnes (T) must be indicated under column 5 for each item. 8. Radiography Test 17. Enclosure Protection Test 28. Acceptance Test D6. Calibration Certificate
Estimated weights may be indicated wherever actual weights are not 9. Dye Penetration Test 18. Calibration 29. Material test of all measuring
available. instruments and gauges
ABBREVIATIONS USED : 10. Measurement of IR Value 19. Noise & Vibration 30. Coating Thickness (MMO Anode), Resistivity (MMO
a) Before HV Test 20. Test certificates for bought out Anode) & comsumption rate (For Mg, Zn & Zn Ribbon
CONTR : CONTRACTOR b) After HV Test components Anode only review of Test report)
11. High Voltage test/Dielectric 21. Tank Pressure Test / Pressure 31. Contact Resistance anode to cable Joint
MFR : MANUFACTURER test Test 32. Destructive testing
22. Paint shade verification & 33. Test Station Connection Scheme check, Name plate
Thichness check and terminal check
34. Chemical Composition & Open Circuit Potential (For Zn
Ribbon Anode, Review of Test report only)
35. Short duration rating (3.7kA @ 30 cycle ) & test to verify
approved GTP parameter
36. Contineous current discharge (rms) discharge test for 24 hr
EQUIPMENT DETAILS INSPECTION AND TESTS Test Certificates Acceptance REMARKS /
Sl. Description (With equipment Indentificatuin Quantity Manufacturer’s Expected schedule of Raw Material and inprocess stage Final Inspection/Test by & documents to Criteria SAMPLING
No. heading, place of use, and No. Name and Address Final Inspection inspection be submitted to Standards /IS/ PLAN
Breif Specifications) No/M T MFR CONTR MECON/ MFR CONTR MECON/ MECON BS/ASME/
TPI TPI Norms and
Documents
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1. CP Cables (1Cx6Sqmm, Meters 1,2,28 - - 1,2,28 1,2,28 IW D1, D2, D3, D4, I.S., Approved
1Cx10 Sqmm, 1Cx25Sqmm D5, D6, 20, 13 Data Sheet &
& 1Cx35Sqmm) Specifications
2. Test Stations (Big & Small Nos. 1,2,3,4,22 - - 1,2,3,4, 1,2,3,4, IW D1, D2, D3, D4, I.S., Approved
Type) , 29 22,33 22,33 D5, D6, 20, 13 Data Sheet &
Specifications
3. Sacrificial Mg & Zn Anodes Nos. 1,2,5 - - 1,2,4, 5, 1,2,4, 5, IW D1, D2, D3, D4, I.S., Approved * on 1%
30, 32* 30, 32* D5, D6, 20, 13 Data Sheet &
Specifications of total
nos. of
anodes
4. Spark Gap Arrestor (100 Nos. - - - - - IW Manufacturer Approved Data
kA) test certificates Sheet &
& Compliance Specifications
Report
5. Polarisation Cell (Solid Nos. - - - 1,2,3,20, 1,2,3,20, IW Manufacturer Approved Data *on one no.
State) 35,36 35,36* test certificates Sheet & of each
type/offere
Report
d lot
6. External ER Probe Set 1,2,3,5, - - 1,2,3,5, 1,2,3,5, IW D1, D3, D4, D5, Approved Data *on one no.
13,29 13*,17*, 13*,17*, D6, 20,12,13 Sheet & of each
21*,24, 21*,24, Specifications
type
29 29
7. CTSU (Computerised Test Nos. 1,2,3 - - 1,2,3, 1,2,3, IW D1, D3, D4, D5, Approved Data
Station Unit) & CTSU 22,24,33 22,24,33 D6, 20,12,13 Sheet &
Reader Specifications
8. Permanent Reference Cell Nos. - - - - - IW Manufacturer Approved Data

test certificates Sheet &
Report
9. Zinc Ribbon Anode Mtr - - - 1,2,30,34 1,2,30,34 IW D1, D3, D4, D5, Approved Data
D6, 20,12,13 Sheet &
Specifications
Q.A.P. NO.
MEC/05/E9/23UU (Ph-II)/ QAP/082
For MECON (Stamp & Signature) for CONTRACTOR SUB-CONTRACTOR REV. 0
IW- Inspection waiver_ Inspection waiver certificate will be issued based on TPI inspection visit report and release note.

$11(;85(±,,723$57,&8/$5-2%
63(&,),&$7,21
&25526,21021,725,1*6<67(0:25.6

Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MECON LTD, DELHI
IGGL
TITLE DOCUMENT NO. Page 1 of 1

TABLE OF CONTENT
REVISION 0
TABLE OF CONTENT
Sl No. Description Document No./ Drawing No. Rev. No.

VOL-I : DESIGN BASIS, SCOPE OF WORK & QAP OF CMS SYSTEM
1 Scope of Work for CMS system MEC/23UU-Ph II/05/E9/E/CMS/001 Rev. 0
2 Quality Assurance Plan for CMS MEC/05/E9/23UU-Ph II/ QAP/CMS/001 Rev. 0
system
JOB SPECIFICATION
FOR
CORROSION MONITORING SYSTEM

Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km
DOCUMENT NO. - MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/CMS/001, R-0
MECON LIMITED
DELHI 110 092
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km
TITLE CORROSION DOCUMENT NO. Page 1 of 15

MONITORING SYSTEM
MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/CMS/001 REVISION 0
CONTENT
SL. NO. DESCRIPTION
1.0 INTRODUCTION
2.0 SCOPE
3.0 SPECIFICATION
4.0 INSPECTION & TESTING
5.0 PAINTING, MARKING & SHIPMENT
6.0 SPARE & ACCESSORIES
7.0 GAURANTEE
8.0 OTHER MISCELLANEOUS WORK
9.0 AREA CLASSIFICATION
10.0 JOB SPECIFICATION
11.0 MAKE OF EQUIPMENTS & MATERIALS
12.0 SOFTWARE’S & HARDWARE’s
13.0 DOCUMENTATION
14.0 DRAWING & DATA SHEET
Rev Description PREPARED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: ISSUE DATE :
0
Issued For Tender (Aashish Moyal) (MK Jaiswara) (A Bhowmic) ISSUE DATE: Apr-2022
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
1.0 INTRODUCTION
M/s Indradhanush Gas Grid Limited (IGGL), a Joint Venture of IOCL, ONGC, IGGL, OIL and NRL, is
in the process of implementing the North East Gas Grid (NEGG) with a vision to connect all the eight
(08) north eastern state capitals and major consumption centers in the region. The NEGG will be
connected to National gas grid at Guwahati through Barauni-Guwahati pipeline (already under
execution by M/s IGGL).
This document presents brief scope of work for ICMS system for internal corrosion monitoring of the
pipeline. It indicates minimum requirements for detailed design of CP system and equipment.
M/s IGGL has awarded M/s MECON Limited Project Management Consultancy (PMC) services for
North-East Gas Grid pipeline Project. The following pipeline are to be executed under NEGG
Project-
Tap-Off cum Future DT cum Injection Point at Agartala (Ch. 0.00 Km), SV-01 , SV-02, SV-03, SV-
04 and DT at Tulamura (Ch. 85.836 Km).
The above pipeline will be laid considering PNGRB’s guidelines.
1.1 Standards
1.1.1 The equipment/material shall be in conformity with this specifications, data sheet and code of
practices of the relevant Bureau of India Standards, IEC & NACE publications. In case of any
conflict, the stipulations under this specification/data sheet shall govern.
OISD STD: 188 (2000) Corrosion Monitoring Of Offshore & Onshore

Pipelines
OISD STD: 233 (2013) Guidelines on inspection of Non-piggable pipelines
OISD-STD-105 (2004) Work Permit System
NACE SP0206:2006 Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment Methodology for

Pipelines Carrying Normally Dry Natural Gas
NACE SP0208:2008 Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment Methodology for

Liquid Petroleum Pipelines
NACE SP0110:2010 Wet Gas Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment

Methodology for Pipelines
NACE SP0106-2006 Control of Internal Corrosion in Steel Pipelines

and Piping Systems
NACE SP0775-2013 (Formerly RP0775) Preparation, Installation,

Analysis, and Interpretation of Corrosion
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
Coupons in Oilfield Operations
ASME B31.8 S Pipeline Integrity Management System
PNGRB Guideline’s
1.2 Site Conditions
The equipment offered and the installation shall be suitable for continuous operation under
the following site conditions.
0 0
Max. / Min temperature : 50 C/2 C
Max. Relative humidity : 95 %
(Humid, Heavy rainfall during monsoon & low temp
during winter)
Hazardous area : Zone-I & II, Gas group IIA & IIB, Temp. Class T3
Classification
2.0 SCOPE
2.1 SCOPE OF DESIGN & ENGINEERING
2.1.1 Submission of design package, drawings, QAP (Quality assurance plan), data sheets,
specification, equipment selection criteria, calculations & manuals for approval, various work
procedures. Preparation of site engineering drawings, procedures and details for installation works
wherever applicable or required by the Engineer-in-charge, and submits to the Engineer-in-charge
for review and approval.
2.1.2 Correction, updating and submission of all Owner’s drawings for as-built status.
2.2 LOCATIONS OF ER PROBE & CORROSION COUPONS
Refer P&IDs (Enclosed with Vol-IV of Bid Document) for the location of the ER Probe & Corrosion
Coupons.
Location/ Fluid Pressu Description of

Location Temp. Thickness
Line No. Flow re CMS
M3/Hr bar (g) °C mm
DT Terminal Tulumura
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
a. Corrosion
Probe
b. Corrosion
Transmitter
c. Receiver
Refer Refer Refer
Refer P&ID (Corrosion
P&ID P&ID P&ID Refer P&ID
Meter)
d. Corrosion
Coupon
Note: The above data is indicative only. The contractor shall get the necessary data from the
Owner/MECON before placing the order to the manufacturer of CMS system.
• The thickness of pipes mentioned in the above columns are tentative & the bidder shall
confirm the thickness of the pipe from MECON where the installation of CMS system take
place before the designing of the length & size of the ER probes, coupons & its fittings etc.
• Corrosion coupon & Probes shall be installed at 6 O’Clock position, Spacing & Width,
Length & Depth of pit shall be ensured accordingly for ease of retrieval of Coupons &
Probes.
• Minimum separation distance between Corrosion Coupon & ER Probe shall be 1.5 times
the pipeline diameter on which it is installed.
2.3 SCOPE OF SUPPLY INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING
Following electrical equipment and material are in the contractor’s scope of supply in this tender.
Supply, testing, Packing, Forwarding, Delivery, Installation and commissioning of all the equipment
covered in this package are included in the scope of the contractor. No equipment will be free
issued by the owner to the contractor.
Design, detail engineering, FAT, supply of all materials, preservation at site/storage at site,
fabrication, assembly, erection, installation, testing, commissioning, guarantee, performance
evaluation/test at site with all safety & Personnel protective equipments (PPEs), trained personnel
for installation, supervision & commissioning of corrosion monitoring system, submission of first
trial/commissioning reports and engineering drawings and obtaining approval from IGGL / MECON
for Corrosion Monitoring System as per system description, drawing, specification, standards etc
enclosed with the tender document and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
The ER/LPR probes and coupons shall be installed at suitable position on the pipeline as decided
during the detail engineering. However, if required a minimum gap of 2.0 meters below the
pipeline for retrieval of the ER/LPR probes and coupons shall be prepared by Bidder at CC & CP
installation locations. The Size of the Pit shall be Min. 2000 (L) X 2000 (W) X 2000 (D)
(Dimensions in MM) and the construction of concrete pit is in the scope of Bidder. The wall
thickness of pit shall be 150mm min. This also includes excavation, back filling & restoration at
site. Net RCC Volume shall be considered for measurement & payment.
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
Construction of Pit as per Civil drawings (issued during detailed engineering) by IGGL/MECON
shall be in scope of Bidder.
O&M Spares/ Tools/ Tackles for CMS system is in the contractors scope of supply.
List of O&M spares/ Tools/ Tackles is enclosed with appendix-I will be supplied at IGGL’s
designated store.
All commissioning & start up spares are in bidder’s scope (Included in this package). Any
commissioning & start up spare consumed during the start up & commissioning is included in the
supply of this package, for which no extra payment is made.
2.3.1 MATERIALS AND SCOPE OF SUPPLY
The scope of supply shall consist as minimum requirement of the following components:
i) ER PROBE, TRANSMITTER AND ACCESS FITTING ASSEMBLY FOR ER PROBES
a) ER Probe: Total Quantity = As per SOR.
ER Probes shall be high-pressure retrievable type, flush mounted, body in SS316 with element of
carbon steel for installation with high-pressure hollow plug access fitting assembly. The probe
shall be suitable for measurement of corrosion rate in the range of 0-10 mpy. The probe element
shall be same as carbon steel of pipeline or API5L Grade B material and element thickness of 20
mils minimum.
Probe life shall be at least 2-3 yrs. at 1 to 5 mpy corrosion rate.
Probe length is to be decided by the vendor as the pipe size varies from location to location.
Note- Thickness mentioned in SCOPE/ SOR is for bidding purpose only, Optimization of
thickness of probe to be done to get higher sensitivity of measurement, Vendor shall
furnish all design calculations for approval for selecting the size of probe. Accordingly the
suitable thickness probe shall be supplied.
b) Transmitter: As per SOR.
Panel Mounted Transmitters -The transmitter shall be panel mounted. The transmitter shall have
valid intrinsically safety certificate from authorized certifying agency for use in Hazardous area as
specified in design basis.
Type – 2 wire
IP-66
Input- ER probe
Output- 4-20 mA
Cable lead- 5’ for ER probe connection and as required for connection to receiver (corrosion meter
in control room).
Power Supply-24 VDC from receiver unit
Mounting-At site near probe by bracket/ yoke support
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
-Intrinsically safe for Hazardous area specified in area classification

-With safety barrier between transmitter and receiver.
c) Access Fitting Assembly for ER Probe –Total Quantity: As per SOR.
The access fitting shall be of flare weld Access Fitting Assembly (non-tee), body carbon steel, and
acme thread outlet with hollow-plug assembly in AISI-316 along with heavy duty protective C.S.
cover complete with essential spares. Rating 6000 psi and suitable up to design temperature of -
29 to 65 deg C.
The access fitting should have rust free design and less chances of damage of threads (thread
protection shall also be provided) and should be designed as per the operational & other data
collected in site visit.
All the offered Access fittings should be compatible for insertion of ER Probe/Corrosion Coupon
made by other manufacturers.
ii) CORROSION COUPONS:
a) Corrosion Coupon: The corrosion coupons shall be mild Steel flush disc coupons 1.25”
dia. x 1/8” thickness with one mounting hole of ID 0.312”- The corrosion coupon shall be
made of same pipeline material or API5L Grade B material. The corrosion coupon would
be replaced in every 90 days, after exposure to the fluid in the pipeline.
b) Coupon Holder: Installation locations as mentioned above. The coupon holder shall be
retrievable type made of SS 316.
c) Access Fitting Assembly for Corrosion Coupons –Total Quantity As per SOR.
The access fitting shall be of flare weld Access Fitting Assembly (non-tee), body carbon steel, and
acme thread outlet with solid plug assembly in AISI-316, along with heavy duty protective C.S.
cover complete with essential spares. Rating 6000 psi and suitable up to design temperature of -
29 to 65 deg C.
The access fitting should have rust free design and less chances of damage of threads (thread
protection shall also be provided) and should be designed as per the operational & other data
collected in site visit.
All the offered Access fittings should be compatible for insertion of ER Probe / Corrosion Coupon
made by other manufacturers.
iii) RECEIVER (CORROSION METER): Total Quantity: As per SOR, for ER probes, for locations
connected to UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply)
- Resolution: ±0.01 mpy or better

- Measurement repeatability: ± 1 dial division
- Measurement range: 0-10 mpy
- Design Temperature -29ºC to 65ºC
- Complete with suitable safety barrier and two cable of required length between
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
transmitter and receiver (corrosion meter), operation and maintenance manual. -

Receiver (corrosion meter) shall be installed in the control room. Approximate
minimum distance of 250 meters between control room and field transmitter shall
be considered (The length may increased as per the site location & bidder shall
provide the single length cable for the Data Acquisition & Transmission). -Owner
will provide 220V AC/24V DC power supply for this unit (Bidder must confirm
first from the MECON, before the submission of offer which type of power
supply is available for the operation of the receiver). The unit shall be suitable
to provide 24VDC supply for powering the transmitter is 4-20 mA loop through the
two wire cable.
- The unit shall receive 4-20 mA signal proportional to corrosion rate in mils per year
(MPY) from the transmitter through the same two-wire cable and provide digital
display of corrosion rate through the same two-wire cable. 4-20 mA signals shall
also be available from the transmitter-receiver (corrosion meter) for interfacing with
DCS/SCADA.
- Have feature to download all logged data in disk/ Memory drives.
- The receiver (corrosion meter) shall have valid intrinsically safe certificate from
authorized certifying agency.
The receiver unit (Display unit for CMS system) shall be installed inside the pipeline control
room all the cables, software’s & hardware’s for communication b/w transmitter (installed
outside) are in the scope of vendor. All the required signals of CMS shall be interfaced with
station SCADA / PLC system with serial communication (ModBus RTU protocol) is in the
scope of the vendor including cables, software’s & hardware’s.
iv) RETRIEVER KIT-
Complete with repair and seal kit for ER probes & coupon holders – Rating: 3600 psi. The retriever
shall be manufactured from stainless steel and should have chromium plating for resistance to
mechanical / corrosion damage at high pressure. Retriever, shall works on a pressure-balanced
principle i.e. sudden released of pressure from the system, the retriever will not telescope.
v) SERVICE VALVE KIT- Rating : 3600 psi
Service valve kit, complete with blanking plug, extension lever, and brass hammer, spare face-to-
access fitting O-ring, heavy duty field service box, essential repair & seal kit.
Retriever & service valve kit shall be designed for operation on all locations for ER probe and
coupons.
Bidder will carry out hydro-test, at Manufacturer’s works prior to dispatch, on all supplied service
valve and retriever tools at 5400psi for duration of min. 30 minutes and above. & the same shall be
witnessed by IGGL/MECON/TPI.
vi) Access fitting assembly for ER Probes & Coupons, Retriever tool & Service Valve Hydrotest
Certification:
Bidder will carry out hydrotest on all supplied service valve and retriever tools with maximum
pressure of 150% of highest operating pressure where the retriever tool and service valve will be
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
used for duration of min. 30 minutes and above.
Bidder will carry out hydro-test, at Manufacturer’s works prior to dispatch, on all supplied service
valve and retriever tools at 5400psi for duration of min. 30 minutes and above. & the same shall be
witnessed by IGGL/MECON/TPI.
vii) Cables for ER Probe –Transmitter/Off line data logger:
All ER Probes must be supplied with minimum 5 meters length Cable for Connecting to Hand Held
Data Logger/Transmitter/Off line data logger. The Cable must have the required connectors for
connecting the ER Probe at one end & Hand Held Data Logger/Transmitter/Off line data logger at
the other end.
viii) Interchangeability of Coupon and Probe holders w.r.t. access fittings
It is must that the designed access fittings, coupons & Probe holders can be used with probes of
other manufacture’s as mentioned in the vendor list. Interchangeability must be guaranteed w.r.t.
Probe & Coupon holders, Probes, Coupons and access fittings.
Similarly it should be applicable to service valves, online retrieval kit, corrosion data logger, online
corrosion meters and hand held meters.
ix) Installation By Hot Tapping:
Hot tapping work for online Installation of access fitting, corrosion coupon & probe will be carried
out by IGGL’s/MECON’s approved parties/service provider.
x) TRAINING
Successful bidder will provide classroom training as well as field training to the IGGL’s personnel
for at least of 3 Man days at site i.e. Maintenance base of M/s IGGL at Barauni or Guwahati. The
training will broadly consist of operation of ICMS system, its working, insertion / re-insertion of
Corrosion Coupons/ER Probes/LPR Probes on the Access Fittings, Collection of corrosion related
data, data analysis & assessment, learning & operation of all software’s and hardware’s provided.
The trainer will have vast experience in corrosion monitoring field and corrosion data analysis and
preferably from the supplier of the ICMS system. The quoted prices are deemed to be inclusive of
such charges for training.
xi) Concrete Pit for safe retrieval of probes & coupons installed at 6’O’ Clock position
Construction of RCC concrete (M-25) pit with removable cover (Chequred plate) and PCC bed
(100 mm) with supply of all required material for safe retrieval of Corrosion Coupons & Probes
includes Excavation, back filling & restoration at site with minimum gap of 2.0 meters or more
below the position of pipeline for safe retrieval of ER probes and coupons installed at 6 O'clock
position at existing stations. The wall thickness of pit shall be 150mm min. Dimension of the RCC
concrete pit shall be as per the safe retrieval of coupons and probes and as per site condition.
xii) All CMS equipment shall be supplied from the List of Preferred makes. In the interest of
standardization, the Employer reserves the right of selecting particular manufacturer of
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
CMS items and materials and the Bidder shall supply equipment and materials of the
particular make, if so required.
3.0 SPECIFICATION
Technical Requirements
The electrical resistance (ER) probes and corrosion coupons to be installed at the location as
mentioned above shall be retrievable from the line under the operating pressure and temperature.
The ER probes & coupons shall be flush mounted on the pipeline at suitable position. All the
materials in contact with fluid shall be in accordance with NACE Standard MR-0175. Pipeline inlet
pressure may vary according to pipeline pressure drop due to different flow rate, the corrosion
monitoring system shall be suitable for operation under this fluctuating pressure conditions.
4.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING
4.1 All the equipment supplied by the contractor shall be inspected by the Owner and/or their
inspection agency at the manufacturer’s works prior to despatch. The equipment will be
inspected as per the tests pre-identified in the approved QAP to ensure conformity of the
same with relevant approved drawings, data sheets, specifications, National/International
standards.
4.2 Performance test for CMS system
Vendor shall carry out performance test of CMS system after completion of the installation
& commissioning. The PG test to be demonstrated to Client / Client’s representative to
ensure the correctness of the installed system. If the system performance fails during PG
test the whole system will be rejected and all equipments installed shall be either re-
designed/modified is in the scope of the vendor.
The performance evaluation of corrosion monitoring system during commissioning shall be

calibrated as per manufacturer’s instruction for a period required for a complete cycle of parcel of
materials being transported such as crude oil in the pipeline. The contractor shall record and
tabulate the corrosion rates at known location of pipelines and submit to owner/MECON along with
their comments. The CMS system generated data should not vary over abnormally wide range.
CPBG (Contractor’s, Performance, Bank Guarantee) shall be released based on performance
evaluation.
Performance tests of any equipment which cannot be conducted/ demonstrated either partially of
wholly at the manufacturer’s work, shall be conducted after erection at site in the presence of
Owner & their inspection agency. In all the cases, prior approval of the approval shall be obtained.
Owner/Inspection agency. The issue of Inspection Certificate/Waiver Certificate for any equipment
or component there of does not absolve the contractor from his contractual obligations towards
subsequent satisfactory performance of the equipment at site. Should any equipment be found
defective, In whole or part thereof after receipt at site or during erection/commissioning and testing
shall be Rectified/Changed by contractor free of cost.
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
4.4 In case of waiver category of items, the manufacturer shall carry out stage wise inspection and
testing as per relevant standard codes and service requirements of the specification, for all items
of his work prior to shipment. The Manufacturer/contractor shall submit stage wise inspection
documents for review/Approval to the Owner/MECON. Manufacturer’s third party inspector’s test
certificates for finished items in printed format must be sent with the despatch paper of all supply
items.
4.5 Contractor shall submit test plan for the equipments with four week advance notice.
5.0 PAINTING, MARKING & SHIPMENT
5.1 All items shall be painted and marked as per manufacturer’s standard before shipment. All items
shall be properly packed and protected to avoid damage during shipment. The manufacturer shall
ensure insurance during shipment. If any equipment found defective, In whole or part thereof after
receipt at site or during shipment/erection/commissioning and testing shall be
rectified/changed/supplied by contractor free of cost.
6.0 SPARE & ACCESSORIES
The bidder shall supply recommended spares and accessories for 2 years operation as
recommended by Manufacturer and submit un-priced list of 2 Year O&M spares along with bid
(Annexure-II).
7.0 GUARANTEE
7.1 The Bidder shall guarantee the installation against any defects of workmanship and materials
equipments or fittings supplied by the Bidder that may be undiscovered at the time of issue of the
completion certificate, or may arise or come to light thereafter, shall be rectified or replaced by the
Bidder at his own expense as deemed necessary and as per the instruction of the Engineer-in-
charge within the time limit specified by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.2 The above guarantee shall be applicable for the quality of work executed as well as for the
equipment/ cable/ fittings/meters/software’s/hardware’s other materials etc supplied by the
contractor.
8.0 OTHER MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
i) The job includes all civil works including supply of bricks, cements steel etc. connected with
grouting of equipment to be installed. The job includes repairing of all civil works damaged during
installation of electrical and other facilities.
ii) The job includes any mechanical works including supply of material, pipe, welding etc. required for
completeness of job. The job includes modification in existing pipeline required for completeness
of job. The job also includes repairing of all civil works damaged during installation of CMS system
and other facilities.
iii) Preparation of buried cable trenches including excavation, back filling, compacting, providing of
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
brick protection by second-class bricks, spreading of fine river sand, including all supplies.
iv) The scope of work under this contract shall be inclusive of breaking of walls and floors, and
chipping of concrete foundations necessary for the installation of equipment, materials, and
making good of the same. Minor modifications wherever required to be done in the owner free
supplied equipments or devices to enable cable entry, termination, etc.
v) Checking of all connections, i.e. power, control, earthing and testing and commissioning of all
equipment erected and/or connected under this contract as per testing procedures and
instructions of Engineer-in-Charge.
vi) Supply and installation of all other accessories not specifically mentioned herein but nevertheless
necessary for completion of job.
vii) Engineering and preparation of specifications, data sheets, procedures and drawings etc required
for procurement & installation of CMS System wherever applicable/required by Owner/ MECON
and submit to Owner/ MECON for approval/comments.
viii) Correction and submission of all owners’ drawings for as-built status.
ix) Obtaining clearance for energising the complete electrical facilities covered under this tender and
approval of installation/drawings from Govt. authority if required.
x) Test certificates, catalogues, vendor drawings, installation, operation and maintenance manuals
for all equipment/materials in contractor’s scope of supply.
xi) All civil work & Mechanical work related to the CMS work is in scope of contractor.
xii) Co-ordination with other Contractors.
Hydrocarbon handling areas have been generally classified as zone 1 & 2, gas group IIA/IIB as
per IS: 5572, API RP-500, OISD - 113 and IP Rules. All equipments to be installed in these areas
shall be suitable for the area classification with temperature class T3 (200˚C), CMRI testing and
approved by CCOE, DGFAS and having BIS license.
10.0 JOB SPECIFICAITONS
a) The electrical resistance (ER) probes and corrosion coupons to be installed at the location as
mentioned above shall be retrievable from the line under the operating pressure and temperature.
The ER probes & coupons shall be mounted on the pipeline at suitable position. All the materials
in contact with fluid shall be in accordance with NACE Standard MR-0175. Pipeline inlet pressure
may vary according to pipeline pressure drop due to different flow rate, the corrosion monitoring
system shall be suitable for operation under this fluctuating pressure conditions.
b) Various works covered under this contract like equipment erection, welding, mechanical work, civil
work, cabling and grounding works etc shall be performed in accordance with applicable
specifications / standard practice.
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
c) The equipments/materials to be supplied by the contractor shall conform to the requirements of

the applicable specifications enclosed in the tender document.
d) Price of erection & commissioning spares and special tools shall be included in the quoted price
by the bidder.
e) The above location & no of ER probes, corrosion coupons, Transmitters & Receivers, Service
valve kit, Access Fitting Assembly for probe & coupon, Retriever Kit etc is indicative (Only for
tender purpose), actual no. of these equipments & their location may changed according to site
condition/in detail engineering, Contractor shall provided these changed no. of quantities as per
unit price quoted in SOR.
11.0 MAKES OF EQUIPMENTS AND MATERIALS
Suggested vendor list for CMS system enclosed with this specification. (See annexure-I)
12.0 SOFTWARE’S & HARDWARE’S
Bidder will supply and install all necessary software’s and hardware’s required for operation, data
collection, data storage & downloading to Personal computers from hand held meters and should
have features of data analysis, historical data storage & review, report generation etc.
All the software’s will be provided in CD’s with valid key and 02 user licences (Installed 02 nos. of
Personal Computers) and have free updates for future.
13.0 DOCUMENTATION
13.1 Drawings and design documents
13.1.1 The following documents shall be submitted along with the offer:
a) CMS equipments data sheets

b) Equipment selection criteria & drawings
c) QAP
d) List of two years operation and maintenance spare
e) Catalogues for various equipments in CMS system
13.1.2 The following drawings (in three sets) & documents shall be submitted for approval within 3
a) Procedures for installation, testing & commissioning of CMS system.

b) Detail engineering package of CMS system for approval includes the
thickness calculation of probe & selection of measurement instrument.
c) Data sheets of all component of CMS system
d) Equipment selection criteria & drawings (part no, material etc)
e) QAP
f) List of two years operation and maintenance spare for retriever and service valve kit.
g) Catalogues for various equipments in CMS system
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
h) O&M manuals of various equipments of CMS system

i) Intrinsically safe certificates with catalogue wherever applicable
j) Third party inspection, calibration certificates & manufacturer stage wise inspection
and testing for all the finished items
14.0 DRAWINGS AND DATA SHEET
14.1 Contractor shall submit drawings and data sheet as enumerated in this specification of the
equipments / materials to be supplied.
14.2 After the job completion, contractor shall prepare AS-BUILT drawings and documents, submit
catalogues/manuals (O&M), datasheets, test certificates of major brought out items like
Transmitter & receiver, Service valve kit, Retriever service valve, Access fittings, service valve kit
etc of CMS system. Final certified as built drawings, documents and manuals etc shall be
submitted by the contractor to owner in bound volume with one set in soft copy (CD) plus five sets
of prints & One set to MECON.
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
Annexure-I
SUGGESTED VENDOR LIST FOR CORROSION COUPON & ER PROBE ASSEMBLY
The corrosion monitoring items shall be procured from one of the following manufactures:
1) Rohrback Cosasco System

2) Metal Sapmples
3) Teledyne Cormon Ltd, UK
4) Caproco International Ltd
5) PT korosi Specindo
All the components including spares shall be purchased from a single manufacturer.
VENDOR LIST FOR HOT TAPPING OF PIPELINE
1) M/s TD williamson
2) M/s Posco/Bhotika
Note: For procuring bought out items from vendors other than those listed above, the same may
be acceptable subject to the following-
a) The vendor of bought out item(s) should be manufacturer of said item(s) for intended
services and the sizes being offered is in their regular manufacturing range.
b) The vendor/supplier should not be in the holiday list of IGGL/MECON/ Other PSU.
The successful bidder should submit documentary evidence past track record of vendor (PTR) i.e.
detailed PO/WO copies with Schedule of Rates, Inspection Certificates, Completion certificate &
performance certificate issued by End User / Owner etc for approval.
OIL & GAS SBU
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km

MONITORING SYSTEM
Annexure-II
List of Spares for 02 Yrs O&M (For Each Laying Part)
Sr. Item Description Quantity

no.
1 SS316 Solid Plug 01 No.
2 SS316 Hollow Plug 01 No.
3 Hollow Plug Seal Kit (1 Packet 01 Set
contains 10 Nos. of Primary Packing,
10 Nos. Probe Packing O-Ring & 10
no. Of each type of sealing ring/gaskit)
4 Solid Plug Seal Kit (1 packet contain 01 Set
10 nos. of Primary Packing, 10 nos. of
Viton packing O-Ring & 10 no. Of
each type of sealing ring/gaskit)
5 Retrieval Seal Kit (1 set consist of 2 01 Set
nos. Of each type seal)
6 Service valve Seal Kit (1 set consist of 01 Set
2 nos. Of each type seal)
7 Flush disc coupon holder 01 nos.
8 ER probe holder 01 nos.
9 Allen key set 02 nos.
10 Tool box set-Normal (Taparia make or 02 no. consist of following tools-
equivalent) Adjustable Spanner (Suitable for ICMS system)
Pliers 1 no. 6”, Screw Driver set 1 no.
Line Tester 01 no.,
Hammer & Soft (Nylon) Hammer 01 no. each
Double Ended Spanner Set 01 no.
Hacksaw with Blades 01 no.
Pipe wrench 01 no., Wire Cutter 01 no.
11 Tool box set-Non Sparking 02 no. consist of following tools -
Adjustable Hook Spanner (For Access fitting) 01 no.
Adjustable Spanner 01 no.
Hammer 01 no.
Pipe wrench 01 no.
-x-x-x-
Form No.11.20 (4.4) F-10
CONTRACTOR CLIENT: M/S IGGL

QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PROJECT: (Section-12)
ORDER NO. & DATE FOR PACKAGE NO. 23UU (Ph-II)
SUB-CONTRACTOR CORROSION MONITORING SYSTEM PACKAGE NAME Corrosion Monitoring Systyem
ORDER NO. & DATE
having same specification. 1. Visual D1. Approved GA drawings &
2. Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and 2. Dimensional Part Indentification No.
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description D2. Approved single line/
for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for the plant and 3. Fitment & Alignment schematic diagram
equipment 4. Physical Test D3. Approved
3. Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be 5. Part Identification data sheet
indicated wherever equipment having same specifications belonging to 6. Tagging & Marking D4. Approved bill of materials
different facilities are grouped together. 7. Pressure Test
4. Weight in tonnes (T) must be indicated under column 5 for each item. 8. Assemble of component
Estimated weights may be indicated wherever actual weights are not 9. Installation Check at workshop on sample D5. Unpriced P.O. copy
available. 10. Raw Material Test Cerificate D6. Calibration Certificate
ABBREVIATIONS USED : 11. Functional test for corrosion meter (Transmitter & receiver) instruments and gauges
12. Welding of all measuring
CONTR : CONTRACTOR 13. Hydrostatic test (@5400psi for 30 minutes)
14. Packing
MFR : MANUFACTURER 15. Hardenss test
16. MOC
EQUIPMENT DETAILS INSPECTION AND TESTS Test Certificates Acceptance Criteria REMARKS /
Sl. Description (With equipment Indentificatuin Quantity Manufacturer’s Expected schedule of Raw Material and inprocess stage Final Inspection/Test by & documents to Standards /IS/ SAMPLING
No. heading, place of use, and No. Name and Address Final Inspection inspection be submitted to BS/ASME/ Norms PLAN
Breif Specifications) No/M T MFR CONTR MECON/ MFR CONTR/ MECON/ MECON / GAIL and Documents
TPI TPI OWNER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
IW Set 1,2,5,6, - - 1,2,5,6, 1,2,5,6, IWC D1, D5, D6, 10 Tech. Specification,
ER PROBE, ACCESS 10,13 (1 10,13 (1 10,13 (1 (All test rpeorts) Approved
1 FITTING ASSEMBLY FOR only),14, only),14, only),14, Drawings & Data
ER PROBES 16 16 16 Sheets
IW Set 1,2,5,6,8, - - 1,2,5,6,8, 1,2,5,6,8, IWC D1, D5, D6, 10 Tech. Specification,
TRANSMITTER & 9,11,14 9,11,14 9,11,14 (All test rpeorts) Approved
2
RECEIVER Drawings & Data
Sheets
CORROSION COUPONS, 10,13 (1 10,13 (1 10,13 (1 (All test rpeorts) Approved
COUPON HOLDER, only),14, only),14, only),14, Drawings & Data
3
ACCESS FITTING 16 16 16 Sheets
ASSEMBLY FOR
CORROSION COUPONS
RETRIEVER KIT, SERVICE 10,13,14, 10,13,14, 10,13,14, (All test rpeorts) Approved
4
VALVE KIT 16 16 16 Drawings & Data
Sheets
PG (Performance Gaurantee Perform W
5
test) at site
IW- Inspection waiver by MECON as per the TPI inspection reports.
W-Inspection witness by MECON. (Not from TPI) Q.A.P. NO.
MEC/05/E9/ 23UU(Ph-II)/ QAP/CMS/001
For Manufacturer For CONTR For MECON REV. 0
(Stamp & Signature) (Stamp & Signature) (Stamp & Signature) SHEET 1 OF 1

$11(;85(±,,,723$57,&8/$5-2%
63(&,),&$7,21
&,9,/$5&+,7(&785$/ 6758&785$/
:25.6

CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS
Page 1 of 10
I) GENERAL
M/s IGGL has awarded M/s MECON Limited project management consultancy
(PMC) services for North-East Gas Grid pipeline Project for Laying, Testing and
Commissioning of pipeline in Section-12 (12” NB x 85.836 Km (approx.) Agartala-
Tulamura Feeder Line including RT cum Tap-Off cum Future DT cum Injection Point
at Agartala (Ch. 0.00 Km), SV-01, SV-02, SV-03, SV-04 and DT at Tulamura (Ch.
85.836 Km) for transportation of Natural Gas (dry)/ R-LNG.. This pipeline shall pave
the path for industrialization and development of CGD in North-East region.
M/s MECON Ltd has been engaged by M/s IGGL to carry out design, engineering,
procurement, inspection & Project Management Consultancy Services required
transportation and distribution of Natural Gas.
All the associated Foundations & Civil/Architectural/Structural works shall be

carried out as per the relevant standard specifications listed in various
General Technical Specifications and concept with materials based on GREEN
BUILDING. Green building (also known as green construction or sustainable
building) refers to both a structure and the using of processes that are
environmentally responsible and resource- efficient throughout a building's life-
cycle from sitting to design, construction, operation, maintenance, renovation,
and demolition
The scope of work to be performed under this contract shall include complete Civil
works as per plans, equipment layout, drawings & technical specifications for
Green building, environmentally safe w.r.t all materials and energy of various
Terminals,
The contractor shall maintain proper record of all the materials/ equipment
procured w.r.t. their source & specifications with details of their manufacturing and
recycled content etc. and submits along with all supporting
documents/photographs to Client & PMC for record purpose.
The complete work for Terminal / Stations are as under:
Section 12-
 DT Tulamura
 SV-01
 SV-02
 SV-03
 SV-04
 RT Agartala- Only Process area
II) SCOPE OF SUPPLY
Contractor shall procure & supply to site all the materials including cement,
reinforcing steel, steel sections/plates other masonry materials, admixtures &
bonding agents, sealants, sand, etc. and any other construction material / item
required to complete the civil works.
All costs towards testing/inspection of materials/goods shall be borne by the

Contractor. No materials/items shall be supplied by the Owner.
III) SITE WORK
Page 2 of 10
Complete construction work including supply of labour, construction materials,
construction equipment, survey, tools & tackles, dismantling &
modification/strengthening, supervision, testing etc. required to complete all the
structures, foundations, finishes, steel inserts, painting, including site
grading/earthwork in cutting & filling etc. as specified/applicable and required to
complete the civil works in all respect.
(All enabling works e.g. construction water tank, fabrication yard, electricity, site
stores & office, safety and security measures, coordination with other contractors
working at site etc. shall be Contractor’s responsibility.
Special permits to such as ‘Hot Permit”, “Fire Safety Permit” to work at project site,
if required, shall be contractor’s responsibility.)
IV) SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work shall be broadly, but not limited to, the following:
a) Geotechnical and topographical survey of the plot.

b) Site grading of the plot by removing 300 mm top soil including plot
development by filling good quality earth up to 2m approx, of size
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 100m x 100 m as per requirement.
c) Earth filling in embankments for external roads wherever required with
provision of RCC Culverts/ Pipe Culvert.
d) Construction of approach road with embankments.
e) Construction of RCC retaining wall all around the plot boundary for
retaining filled up earth.
f) Construction of new RCC framed Boundary Wall at an interval of 3.0 m
or as specified and height 3m with infill brickwork , PCC Coping, MS Y
Angle Posts and Concertina coil with RBT fencing etc as per drawing.
g) RCC cable trenches: complete civil works for cable trench including
providing inserts, conduits (GI, PVC or HDPE etc.) and MS Chequred
cover plate/ Pre cast concrete covers as per requirement.
h) Supply and stacking of aggregate of non-paved/constructed areas as
specified.
i) Storm water drainage system in brick drains with complete civil works as
per requirement.
j) Construction of Control room, Store room and Guard room as per relevant
architectural drawings.
k) Construction of Bore well, hand pump as per specifications.
l) 60thk Interlocking/grass jointed paver block from Pavit ,Ultra, Unitile,
Hindustan/Shree/Vyara or equivalent make over sand cushion over ground
/ on a PCC base at locations as specified
m) Laying PCC kerb stones 125mm x 300 mm over 75 thk PCC base as
specified.
n) Supplying, stacking and spreading of stone aggregate at desired
locations inside the plot over well compacted earth.
o) Construction of process area and pipe supports as per drawings
p) Boring and installing cast in situ skin friction/end bearing pile of upto
500 diameter 30T capacity if required as per recommendations in
geotechnical reports.
q) Construction of cofferdam and dewatering of the plot.
r) Supply, Fabrication and Erection of Mild Steel Gate in boundary wall..
s) Provision of all inserts, conduits, pre-cast covers, fixing of free issue
Items into permanent works etc.
t) Clearing all construction debris and handing over completed work site.
Page 3 of 10
u) Any other work not specifically mentioned but required to make the
terminal functional.
v) Marking as-built details/drawings on one set of construction drawings and
return to owner.
x) Photographs during various stages of construction for documentary
evidence.
Civil works shall be carried out for the scope of work listed as above. Bidder shall
understand the scope of work by visiting the work site in advance at his own
expenses if required and required to complete all the civil works as per
specifications, SOR, drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
Work to be executed shall include but not limited to the following:
1.1 All enabling works e.g. provision of site office for Contractor’s personnel, temporary
roads & drains, storage facilities for cement, steel & other materials, provision of
lights, survey work, workshop etc. which are required for efficient working and
timely completion of works.
1.2 Testing laboratory at site which is required for carrying out routine tests of
Workmanship as part of Quality Assurance.
1.3 Site leveling & micro-leveling after dismantling of all temporary works.
1.4 Submission of all original test certificates & records of testing, all warranties,
performance guarantees in favour of IGGL.
1.5 Any other works which may be necessary for completion of Construction and
associated works.
PREAMBLE TO SCHEDULE OF ITEMS
1.0 GENERAL
This preamble to the schedule of items is an integral part of the schedule and
shall have as much force as though this is incorporated into the description of
the items themselves.
Contractor's rate for any items of work in the schedule of items shall, unless
otherwise stated, be held to include the cost of all materials, including wastages,
conveyance and delivery, unloading, storing, fabrication, hoisting, all labour for
finishing to required shape and size, tools and plants, power, fuel, consumables,
all taxes royalties, other revenue expenses, temporary facilities like roads, drains
etc., providing temporary storage facilities for cement, steel and other materials
and their subsequent dismantling, scaffolding and other temporary works, setting
out, fitting and fixing in position, site drainage, dewatering, offering samples for
approval, cost of all tests, rectification of all defects, replacement of defective
materials and work, interruptions to work required to accommodate the work of
other agencies working on the site, continuation of work beyond working hour, in
the night and holidays also if situation warrants so, site clearance on completion,
maintenance work during the period of maintenance, bye-work necessary to
complete any particular item of work as per specification and direction of the E-
I/C, overheads, profit and other incidental charges.
2.0 EARTH WORK

The rate of the related items shall include, but not limited to the following:
Page 4 of 10
2.1 GENERAL
2.1.1 Setting out works, profiles etc. with reference pillars and their removal after
completion of work.
2.1.2 Taking levels and reference axes wherever necessary from reference lines and
bench mark, both for the original ground level as well as for the finished Work as
directed.
2.1.3 Unless otherwise specified site clearance such as clearing of shrubs, green
brush wood, under-growth and small trees not exceeding 30 cm. in girth at one
meter above ground including uprooting stacking the serviceable materials
within any lead and removal of all the rubbish unserviceable materials up to 1
Km lead.
2.1.4 Working in dry, wet and foul condition.
2.1.5 No distinction of rate between the work done manually or mechanically.
2.1.6 Dewatering, wherever necessary.
2.1.7 Costs of all tests necessary and/or directed for the compaction of the filling/back
filling of site leveling works.
3.0 EXCAVATION AND BACK FILLING
3.1.1 Planking and strutting to retain the excavated sides and to protect the adjoining
structures and services including removing the same.
3.1.2 Dewatering of accumulated water from any source till completion of all work
below ground level including provision of surface drains, catchment pits, etc.,
wherever necessary.
3.1.3 Providing adequate protection for safety of labour, materials, adjoining property,
services, structures and equipment and install barriers around the excavation
area, foundation, trenches, pits and red lights during night time, engage night
watchman for safety against risk or accident.
3.1.4 Stacking the excavated materials within the specified leads.
3.1.5 Forming (or leaving) suitable steps on the sides or/and providing adequate and
stable side slopes in case of deep foundation or soft, loose or slushy soil and
removal of steps after measurements.
3.1.6 Removing slips or falls in excavations.
3.1.7 Dressing and trimming to required level, profile and gradient.
3.1.8 Excavation to desired gradients in case of trenches.
3.1.9 Extra excavation beyond drawing/specification for necessary working space, for
safety requirements and other allied works including back filling and compacting
the same.
3.1.10 Removal of the surplus excavated earth, to the specified location as directed
and leveling the same.
3.1.11 Filling with cement concrete (with stone aggregate) M5B and well rammed in
position, all excavation taken down below the proper levels due to carelessness
of the Contractor.
3.1.12 Sprinkling of sand and water over final bed and ramming the same before laying
soling and concrete.
3.1.13 Filling/Back filling with excavated earth or from spoil heaps shall include the
excavation/re-excavation from such sources all /re-handling and removing un-
wanted materials from the soil.
3.1.14 Compacting, leveling, watering, trimming to levels, profiles and gradient as per
drawing, specification and/or as directed.
Page 5 of 10
3.1.15 Cost of all tests, as specified and/or as directed for the filling/back filling works.
3.2 TECHNICAL CLARIFICATION
3.2.1 Location for disposal of surplus excavated materials will be decided at site
during execution so as to avoid re-handling.
3.2.2 All kinds of soil shall mean ordinary, hard soil and soft/decomposed rock
(including laterite) as per classification of soil mentioned in the Tech. Speci-
fication excepting hard rock to be paid under separate Item.
4.0 CONCRETE (PLAIN AND REINFORCED)
The rate of the respective item shall also include, but not limited to the following
as described hereinafter in different Sub-Heads.
4.1 CONCRETE
4.1.1 Setting out all works from reference axes and bench marks.
4.1.2 Cleaning, washing and screening of aggregates whenever necessary.
4.1.3 Dewatering of all foundations and areas during concreting.
4.1.4 Cement slurry/cement mortar slurry at construction joints and cold joints.
4.1.5 Provision of Building paper and bearing plaster at bearing of slabs resting over
walls.
4.1.6 All the appropriate provisions as stipulated in the specification of concrete
chapter for materials, Design Mix, Preparatory works/surface preparation for
concreting, facilities for checking, batching, mixing, transportation, placing and
compaction of concrete, requirements in special cases of concreting, appropriate
finishes to exposed surface, curing by appropriate means, all types of testing
including hydraulic testing for Reservoirs, water tank etc. as directed.
4.1.7 Provision of construction joint (water bar excludes) and surface preparation of
construction joint and cold joint, before placement of concrete.
4.1.8 Provision of chases, holes/openings as per drawing and grouting with cement
mortar as directed.
4.1.9 Cleaning all anchor holes and keeping them, covered.
4.1.10 Protection of the structures/premises, foundations till final handing over and
keeping the premises, basement, etc. dry.
4.1.11 The hacking or roughening the exposed surface to receive plaster or where it is
to be joined with brick masonry wall.
4.1.12 Providing moulding, throating, drip course, etc. unless mentioned otherwise in
Schedule of Item.
4.2 REINFORCEMENT
4.2.1 Cleaning and protection of reinforcements and decoiling and straightening of

bars, if required.
4.2.2 Provision of chairs, spacer bars, incidental welding, spacer blocks, binding
wires, etc.
4.3 CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Page 6 of 10
Brief description of major items shall be as follows:
a) Earth Work in excavation including back filling and disposal of surplus earth.
b) Providing shuttering and strutting of all types.
c) RCC M25 as per drg & specification along with reinforcement (supply of
cement, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, reinforcement bars), reinforcement
bending, placement, binding/ welding all inclusive & testing of concrete and
other materials.
d) Providing and laying 150 mm thick reinforced cement concrete of (M-25 grade)
with 20mm and down grade crushed stone aggregate in pavement, including
preparation of base (i.e. compacted subgrade, supply and laying 200 thk sand
and 100 thk PCC M-10).
e) Providing pockets if necessary, making recesses, trenches with precast
covers/ gratings, fixing inserts, conduit pipes (GI, PVC, HDPE, etc.) laying in
alternate panels, filling the gaps between the panels with bitumen sand mix
etc.
f) Provision of chequered plates into permanent works as per SOR item of
Structural works.
g) Making slopes, finishing edges, leaving bars for pedestals & sleepers including
providing sand fill isolation.
h) Providing and fixing reinforcing steel (in one / two layers), curing, chipping and
modification works etc. as specified in any shape, thickness, position and
finishing the top surface smooth as per requirement etc. all complete as per
drawings, specifications and directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
i) Application of two coats of hot bitumen on surfaces in contact with soil.
j) Actual work shall be carried out as per certified construction drawings to be
issued to successful tenderer.
Note: Payment shall be made as per net area in SQM as laid at site.
5.0 AAC BLOCK MASONARY WORKS
Complete works in brick masonry in sub structure and AAC block masonry in
superstructure is included in the scope.
5.1 SPECIFICATION TO ACC BLOCKS
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (AAC) is a light weight cellular material which is

formed by a chemical reaction between fine grained calcareous and siliceous materials.
Calcareous materials include lime and/or cement whereas siliceous materials generally
used are natural or ground sand and/or industrial by products such as slag and
Pulverised Fuel Ash (PFA). The cellular structure which gives the product good thermal
properties and a high strength density ratio, is produced by reaction between alkaline
lime/OPC component and added aluminium powder (foaming agent) to give bubbles of
hydrogen. The curing of this type of concrete is done at high temperature and pressure
in saturated steam (Autoclaving).
AAC blocks are used in solid and cavity wall construction, partitions, panel walls, inner
leaf of cavity wall or a backing to brick masonry
Speed of construction, saving in jointing mortar, attractive appearance, design

versatility, good and strong binding are some of the merits of AAC block masonry.
AUTO CLAVED AERATED CONCRETE (AAC) BLOCK PROPERTIES:
PROPERTIES VALUES
Page 7 of 10
Density (Oven Dry) 551-750 Kg/Cum
Compressive Strength As per IS 2185 part (III) not less than 3Mpa
Relevant IS Standards:
BIS - 2185 (III )- 1984 : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Block.

BIS - 6041 - 1985 : Construction of Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Block Masonry.
BIS - 6441 - 1972 : Methods of Test for Autoclaved Cellular Concrete Product.
5.1.1 STORAGE OF MATERIAL
The blocks shall be stored on the site on a level ground and to be protected against rain
fall and snow fall. .
5.1.2 THIN BED MORTAR:
Polymer modified adhesive shall be used for laying of blocks with adhesive tensile
strength not less than 0.34Mpa as per ASTM C1660.The thickness of mortar bed is
around 2-3mm as per suppliers specification.
5.1.3 SOAKING AND WETTING OF BLOCKS:
These blocks shall not be soaked prior to laying in the wall. Only slight wetting is
required.
5.1.6 LAYING BLOCK MASONRY:
Laying of AAC Block masonry shall be in accordance with the recommendations of IS

6041 of 1985 and IS 1905 OF 1987.
The laying of block may be started either at the corners first or it may be started from
one end and proceed to the other direction. The first course of the cellular block
masonry shall be laid with greater care, making sure that it is properly aligned, leveled
and plumbed, as this may assist the mason in laying succeeding courses to obtain a
straight and truly vertical wall.
The design of wall should be such that cutting of blocks is minimized when leaving
space for door and windows.
5.1.7 SLENDERNESS RATIO:
Design of AAC block masonry is based on the same parameters as that of brick
masonry, as Indian Standard BIS: 1905 (masonry code) applicable to brick masonry is
also applicable with the same provisions to AAC block masonry. Therefore slenderness
ratio of AAC masonry walls shall be as per guide lines of Indian Standard for masonry
walls.
5.1.8 CHASES
Guide lines for chases is masonry walls as per Indian Standard BIS:1905 need to be
followed. The cutting of chases, recesses etc. should be done with out damage to the
surrounding masonry. It is desirable to use such tools for cutting which depend upon
rotary motion not on heavy impact for cutting action.
5.1.9 FIXTURES IN AAC:

Page 8 of 10
Doors and windows
Cracks in walls at the corner of doors and windows frames at lintel level or sill level. It is
desirable to provide nominal reinforced concrete bond beam at sill and lintel level and
vertical reinforced concrete stud at either side of vertical members of door & windows
frames which may provide additional anchorage for the holdfast.
5.1.10 PRECAUTIONS & MAINTAINENCE
Laying of AAC block masonry shall be in accordance with the recommendations of IS

6041 of 1985 and IS 1905 of 1987.
Provision of nominal bond beams serves the means of crack control for AAC masonry
work. Nominal bond beam shall be built in the same manner as the structural bond
beam with a minimum reinforcement of two 8mm dia mild steel bars. In walls without
openings they shall be placed 1200mm apart. In walls with opening it shall be provided
at sill and lintel level.
The laying of block may be started either at the corners first or it may be started from
one end and proceed to the other direction.
The first course of the cellular block masonry shall be laid with great care, making sure
that it is properly aligned, leveled and plumbed, as this may assist the mason in laying
succeeding courses to obtain a straight and truly vertical wall.
The exposed wall shall be inspected closely every year before monsoon and cracks if
any shall be sealed properly with a non-shrink cement grout and painted with two coats
of cement paint.
6.0 SOAK PIT, SEPTIC TANK & SEWARAGE SYSTEM
Complete works for the making and proper functioning of soak pit and septic tank is
included in the scope:
a) Earth work in excavation, back filling, and disposal of surplus earth.

b) 150 thk PCC M-10
c) Brick work 1:5.
d) Plaster 12 mm thick 1:3 in coarse sand, finished with floating coat of neat
cement inside and rough plaster outside.
e) Brick bat filling in soak pit.
f) Honey comb brick work in soak pit.
g) RCC M-25 including reinforcement, shuttering etc in top slab.
h) Making all types of connections for sewerage collection (both internal and
external) and disposal.
i) Providing and fixing cast iron vent pipe up to required height as per drawing.
Note:
1. Soak pit and septic tank shall be provided inclusive of all related works, as per
approved detailed drawings to be issued to the successful tenderer. Offer to be
prepared by the tenderer based on the enclosed drawings and on lump sum
unit rate (per installation)
7.0 BRICK MASONRY

Page 9 of 10
The rate of the respective items shall be for the complete finished work and shall
also include, but not limited to the following bye works/activities all complete at
all levels and locations and as per specification and as directed by the E-I/C.
a. Setting out the works as per drawings.

b. Dewatering during works in foundations and in some particular cases, if
found necessary.
c. Provision of scaffolding, platform, ladder, etc. including all necessary safety
measures and accessibility and removal of the same.
d. Necessary surface preparation of dissimilar materials for proper bonding
with masonry works as specified and as directed.
e. Providing opening/holes/voids/pockets for which no deduction is made in the
measurement.
f. Extra provision necessary in ends of beams, joints, slabs and the like, with
necessary levelling.
g. Raking of joints, as the work proceeds.
h. Bedding for plates, lintels, corrugated sheets and the like with necessary
levelling.
i. Extra provisions necessary for projection, string course, sills, jambs, soffits
of openings.
j. Curing by appropriate means.
k. Provision of metal pins, dowels, cramps, etc. for stone veneering.
l. Provision of necessary form work, template and centering in case of arches.
m. Removal of unused materials, dirts, debris, etc. and clearing the above after
completing the work in particular area, if required.
n. Provision for drainage holes and recesses for cement concrete blocks, to
embed holdfasts for door, windows, etc.
o. Chases and holes for sanitary and other service viz. sanitary and electrical
fittings, hangers for pipes and cables support and for call bells, clamps for
light and fans, etc. as shown in drawing or as directed.
Page 10 of 10
(CIVIL)
NATURAL GAS PIPELINE GRID IN NORTH-EAST
DESIGN BASIS
FOR
3 STAGE QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
Doc. No.: MEC / 05 / 11 /23VD/ C / 000 / 0001
Prepared & Issued by
CIVIL SECTION
MECON LIMITED
DELHI - 110 092
Spec. No. : MEC / 05 / 11 /23VD/ C / 000 / 0001

Rev. 0 Page 2 of 5
Table of Contents
1.0 Introduction
2.0 General Guidelines for Quality Construction
3.0 Stages of Quality Assurance Plan
3.1 Stage-1
3.2 Stage-2
3.3 Stage-3
Spec. No. : MEC / 05 / 11 /23VD/ C / 000 / 0001

Rev. 0 Page 3 of 5
1.0 INTRODUCTION:
The scope of work to be performed under this contract shall include complete civil works as per
SOR, technical specifications and drawings.
The basic execution of the civil woks shall be governed by the norms and requirements as per
relevant IS Codes of Practice.
2.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR QUALITY IN CONSTRUCTION
Quality Control QC
Quality is defined as 'fitness to purpose', i.e. in terms of Construction it is providing an appropriate

quality for the purpose for which it is intended. The quality is also related to the timing i.e. when it
is delivered.
Like most other aspects of construction management, Quality control has to be planned. Planning
seeks 'order' and a quality control system for a construction project reflects this sense of order. It
may be seen to be in three basic stages:
• Setting the quality standard.

• Planning how to achieve the required quality.
• Construct right employing proper construction methods, equipments, materials, personnel,
workmanship, supervision and testing.
Quality Assurance QA
Quality assurance is a mechanism for ensuring that the construction process takes place within the
framework of a quality management system. This suggests that quality assurance defines the
tasks and duties for implementing quality management.
In general, the following guidelines shall be adhered to for achieving Quality Control and Quality
Assurance:
1. Making sure that a set of documents viz. Drawings and Specifications are available at site.
2. Always carrying one small measuring tape, a notebook and pen / pencil at site.
3. Daily reaching site few minutes early to the start of actual construction activities.
4. Making yourself available at site during the closing hour and spend few more time after the
workers have called it a day.
5. Ensuring the availability of construction water and power at site.
6. Checking of layout of whole complex and that of a particular unit before start of actual work.
7. Establishing of permanent benchmark & checking of levels at all important stages of
construction.
8. Special attentions to ensure safety norms are followed at site.
9. Every evening identifying the areas where next day work needs to be carried out.
10. Ensuring proper arrangement of curing is made and personnel identified to do the job.
11. Every morning checking that work / curing envisaged the previous evening is being / has
been carried out.
Spec. No. : MEC / 05 / 11 /23VD/ C / 000 / 0001

Rev. 0 Page 4 of 5
12. Regularly checking the availability of construction materials and making sure that
availability of material is regular.
13. Checking adequate storage space and making arrangement for proper storage of
materials, cement in particular.
14. Ensuring the incoming materials has been tested for the intended strength and quality.
Accepting the materials only if found OK on physical inspection subject to final approval
based upon lab test as required as per specification.
15. Ensuring that all activities carried out as per specification and established work schedule.
16. Checking of all measurements / dimensions of the various structural elements as per
drawing before executing the works.
17. Maintenance of all the records in a proper way.
18. Sum up all the activities at site during the day in the form of a daily progress report which
shall be forwarded to MECON at the end of the day/next day morning.
19. Always keeping client informed about the site developments by maintaining proper
channels of communication.
20. Be cheerful, sportive and supportive.
3.0 STAGES OF QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
3.1 STAGE-1: Quality Assurance and Control Mechanism for Construction materials
• The Contractor shall propose details of all the Construction materials along with their
source of procurement.
• The source of procurement of all the Construction materials shall have to be got
approved by Engineer-in-charge.
• All the Construction materials shall have to be got approved by Engineer-in-charge after
testing as per the Annexure-1 and 2 of Site Quality Plan (Appendix-1) to be witnessed
by Engineer-in-charge as per Inspection Test Plan.
• All rejected Construction materials shall be identified by Engineer-in-charge and
removed immediately from Site by the Contractor and a joint record in this regard shall
be maintained.
3.2 STAGE-2: Quality of Construction, Job procedure and Test Plan to be adopted
• The Contractor shall carry out regular Quality checks by inspection/testing during job
execution and prepare checklists for various Construction activities as per the
Annexure-3 and 4 of Site Quality Plan (Appendix-1) which shall be witnessed by
Engineer-in-charge.
• The same shall have to be got approved by Engineer-in-charge.
• The Contractor shall execute all the routine construction activities as specified in
Technical Specifications. Job Procedures may, however, be submitted for specialized
activities which shall be got approved by Engineer-in-charge.
• The Contractor shall prepare Inspection Test Plans as per the format given in
Annexure-4. The same shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge.
3.3 STAGE-3: Quality Assurance and Control Mechanism

Spec. No. : MEC / 05 / 11 /23VD/ C / 000 / 0001

Rev. 0 Page 5 of 5
• The Contractor shall carry out recording of workmanship/finish details as per the
Annexure- 4 of Site Quality Plan (Appendix-1) which shall be witnessed by Engineer-
in-charge.
• The same shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge.
• In case of any deficiency in Quality, the same shall be redone / rectified to the
satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge without any additional cost.
APPENDIX-1
QUALITY ASSURANCE & QUALITY CONTROL
SITE QUALITY PLAN
CIVIL ENGINEERING DIVISION
th
MECON LIMITED
13 FLOOR, SCOPE MINAR, NORTH TOWER
LAXMI NAGAR, DISTRICT CENTRE,
DELHI-110 092
QUALITY ASSURANCE CIVIL ENGINEERING DIVISION
MECON LIMITED, DELHI-110 092
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
ANNEXURE – 1 MATERIAL TESTS FOR SITES
SL. Component/ Sampling plan with Type Instru- Refer- Acceptance Format Testing Remarks
No Operation basis of ment ence Norm of agency
and check docu- Record
Description ment
of test
A: MATERIALS
1.0 COARSE AGGREGATE
1.1 Specific To be done once per Labora Weigh IS:2386 Package These tests will be
Gravity, source or once for each tory balance, Part III, Contractor carried out while
Density, Voids mix design Test Oven, Jar IS:456, establishing design mix.
IS:383
1.2 Sieve Analysis One sample per 200 M3 Field Sieve set & IS:2386 As per L-04 -do- Mandatory Site Test/OR
(or part thereof) or change Labora weigh Part I, requirement of RMC Manufacturer’s
of source whichever is tory balance IS:383 design mix Report for batch test is
earlier. Test within the limits acceptable.
specified in
relevant IS
Codes.
1.3 Deleterious To be done once per Lab Balance IS:2386 -do- Test will be carried out
Chemicals source Test Sieve & Part II, while establishing mix
Container IS:383 design
(for
acceptanc
e limits)
1.4 Soundness To be done once per -do- Sieve IS:2386 -do- Test will be carried out
source Scales & Part V, while establishing mix
Drying IS:383 design
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
Oven (for
acceptanc
e limits)
1.5 Acid & Alkali To be done once per Lab Weigh IS:2386 -do- Test will be carried out
Reactivity source Test balance Part VII, while establishing mix
IS:383 design
1.6 Flakiness To be done once per -do- - IS:2386 -do- -do-
source Part-I,
IS : 383
1.7 Bulk Density To be done once per Oven, Jar & IS:2386 -do- -do-
source or once for each Weigh
mix design balance
2.0 FINE AGGREGATE ( TO BE USED FOR CONCRETE)
2.1 Bulkage One sample for pour Routin Oven, Jar IS : 2386 -do- Mandatory Site Test.
3
Moisture greater than 50 m e and weigh Part-III, IS Volume of sand and
Measu balance : 383 weight of water shall be
rement adjusted as bulkage &
moisture contents.
2.2 Sieve Analysis One sample per 200 m3 Routin Sieve Set, IS : 2386 As per L – 03 -do- Mandatory Site Test.
(or part thereof) or change e Weigh Part-I, IS : requirement of
of source whichever is balance 383 design mix
earlier. within the limits
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
specified in
relevant IS
Codes
2.3 Particle Size To be done once per Routin -do- IS : 2386 Particle size -do- To be carried out during
and Shape source and to be repeated e Part-I, IS : shall be mix design.
if source is changed 383 maximum 4.75
mm. Grading
shall be within
the limits of
grading zone –
III for concrete
work and for
mortar and
grout within the
limits of grading
zone III & IV.
2.4 Deleterious -do- -do- Balance, IS : 2386 -do- To be carried out during
Chemicals sieve & Part-II, mix design.
Container IS : 383
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
2.5 Soundness -do- -do- Sieve, IS : 2386 - -do- To be carried out during
Scales & Part-V, IS mix design.
Drying : 383 ( for
Oven acceptanc
e limit)
2.6 Acid and Alkali To be done once per -do- Weigh IS : 2386 - -do- To be carried out during
Reactivity source and to be repeated Balance Part-VII, mix design.
if source is changed IS : 383
2.7 Specific To be done once per Measu Weigh IS : 2386 These tests will be
Gravity, source or once for each rement Balance Part-III carried out while
Density, Voids mix design establishing design mix.
2.8 Check Silt and Every 50M3 (or part Measu Jar & Oven IS : 2386 Deleterious - Mandatory Site Test
Clay Content thereof) rement Part-II, IS material not to
: 383 exceed 5%
3.0 CEMENT
3.1 Fineness For each consignment of Labora IS : 4031, Manufactur Manufacturer’s
100T (or part thereof). tory IS : 269, er/ OR certificate to be
Test IS : 1489, Package furnished.
IS : 456 Contractor
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
3.2 Normal -do- Labora Vicat IS : 4031, Manufactur -do-

consistency tory needle IS : 269, er/ OR
Test IS : 1489, Package
IS : 456 Contractor
3.3 Initial and -do- Labora Vicat IS : 4031, Depending on Manufactur -do-
Final setting tory needle IS : 269, the type of er/ OR
Test IS : 1489, cement and as Package
IS : 456 per relevant IS Contractor
3.4 Soundness, -do- Labora IS : 4031, Manufactur -do-
Specific tory IS : 269, er/ OR
Gravity Test IS : 1489, Package
IS : 456 Contractor
4.0 CONCRETE
4.1 Workability, Once a day for each Measu IS : 456, Degree of Package Mandatory Site Test
Slump test batching/ mixing plant rement IS : 1199, workability Contractor
Client’s adopted
specificati depending on
on the type of
structure and
type of
compaction
equipment.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
4.2 Crushing One set of 6 cubes of 150 Measu Compressi IS : 516, Shall be as per Package Three specimens shall
Strength cm. Size per 35 Cum. of rement on Test IS : 1199, IS: 456 Contractor be tested at 7 days and
concrete or part thereof Machine IS : 456 remaining at 28 days.
for each grade of concrete and Mandatory Site Test.
per 8 hours of work or Client’s
portion thereof. specificati
on
4.3 Water Cement At random at the time of Measu Visual As per Package
Ratio batching rement observation approved Contractor
design
mix
5.0 WATER
5.1 Tests for Once for each source of -do- Lab Test IS : 3026 Package During mix design stage
ascertaining supply and Soil Contractor
limits of solid investigati
on record.
5.2 Test of pH -do- -do- PH meter IS : 456 PH value shall Site log -do-
value be less than 6. book
6.0 BRICK
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
6.1 Compressive For designation 100, Compr Compressi IS: 1077 As per brick Mandatory Site Test
Strength Every 50,000 or part essive on Testing designation.
thereof. strengt Machine
For designation up to 75, h
Every 100,000 or part
thereof.
6.2 Shape, Size, -do- Visual IS: 3495 Mandatory Site Test
Colour &
measu
rement
for
size.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
6.3 Water One test for each source Lab IS: 3495 Water Lab Test Report shall be
absorption and of manufacturer and every Test absorption: a) submitted by the
efflorescence lot of 200,000. after 24 hours contractor.
not less than
20% by weight
b) after 6 hours
not less than
10% by weight.
c) moderate
degree of
efflorescence
7.0 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
7.1 Tensile (A). Every 20T or every Measu Universal IS : 1608 Manufactur Manufacturer test
Strength consignment purchased rement Testing IS : 2062 er/OR certificate must be
by Package Contractor Machine IS : 1786 Package submitted
Contractor
(B). For procurement of Copy of Manufacturer’s
quantity less than 20T Test Certificate &
------- Certificate No. to be
mentioned in the
invoice.
7.2 Bend Strength -do- -do- IS: 1599 -do- -do-
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
7.3 Surface Random Visual Visual

cracks, Rusts
etc.
IS: 73 Lab Test Report shall be
submitted.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
8.0 STORAGE OF MATERIALS

8.1 Cement 100% Visual IS: 4082 Covered
Storage storage.
 Clear gap of
min. 15cm
from the
floor.
 Space of
min. 45cm
around the
exterior wall.
 Stacking not
more than
15 bags
high
arranged
alternately
lengthwise
and
crosswise.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test

Width of the
stack shall not
be more than 3
meters
8.2 Reinforcement 100% Visual IS: 4082 Open storage.
Storage  Bars of
different
classification
, sizes and
length will
be stacked
separately.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
8.3 Brick Storage 100% Visual IS: 4082 Open storage.

 Bricks shall
be stacked
on dry firm
ground.
 Stacks shall
be 50 bricks
long and 10
bricks high.
 Bricks shall
be placed
on edge.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
8.4 Aggregates 100% Visual IS: 4082  Shall be

Storage stored at
site on a dry
ground/
platform of
planks/ old
corrugated
iron sheets/
floor of
bricks/ thin
layer of lean
concrete.
 Stacks of
fine
aggregate
and coarse
aggregate
shall kept in
separate
stockpiles.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
Description ment
of test
8.5 Other Bought 100% Visual IS: 4082 Covered

Out Items storage/ OR
open yard.
Materials shall
be stored as per
manufacturer's
specification.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
ANNEXURE – 2 TESTING EQIPMENT FOR SITES
SL BROAD CLASS NOMENCLATURE UTILITY TEST PROCEDURE REFERENCE TO BE AVAILABLE

NO DESCRIPTION DOCUMENT AT SITE
1.0 ROUTINE TEST 1.1 Concrete Cube mould Concrete Cubes - IS : 10086 Yes
LAB EQUIPMENT ( 150x150x150) mm
1.2 Compressive strength Concrete Cube Test Crushing strength of cube IS : 2505 Yes
Testing machine
1.3 Concrete slump cone Workability Check Drop in cone height of IS : 7320 Yes
concrete
1.4 Coarse aggregate sieves Sieve analysis Sieving IS : 383 Yes
1.5 Soil Core cutter To test compaction of soil Core cut out of soil and IS : 2720 Yes
density measured
1.6 Fine aggregate sieves Sieve analysis Sieving IS : 383 Yes
2.0 DIMENSIONAL & 2.1 Total Station Levelling, Distance, Angular Measurement and Yes
ALLIED Measurements, Coordinates recording
MEASURING 2.2 Theodolite & levelling Levelling and centre line Measurement and - Yes
EQUIPMENT staff marking and verticality recording
measurement
2.3 Measuring Tape Dimension - - Yes
2.4 Laser Beam apparatus Verticality of structures Centre line alignment - Optional
3.0 PROCESS 3.1 Oven Material Drying for moisture Material to be kept for - Yes
CONTROL control specific duration
ACCESSORIES 3.2 Physical balance Weighing - - Yes
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
ANNEXURE – 3 WORKMANSHIP CHECKS FOR DIFFERENT SITE ACTIVITIES
SL. Description of Workmanship Checks to be undertaken Remarks

No Site Activity
1 Earth work (a) Classification of Soil, for payments, if required.

(b) Line & level.
(c) Disposal lead, for payments, if required.
(d) Levelling at Disposal Yard, for payments, if required.
(e) Initial & Final level in Level Book.
(f) Rolling/Tamping/Compaction of Fills, as per IS : 2720
(g) Arrangement for de-watering.
(h) Shoring & Strutting.
(i) Safety (side slopes, ramps, working space around foundation, dumping
at safe distance beyond top edge).
(j) Excess excavation depth properly filled for foundation works.
(k) Foundation bed level and ensure virgin hard surface.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)

No Site Activity
2 Concreting (a) Check quality and size of coarse aggregate with special reference to
Works undersize/oversize materials, disintegrated/self materials, earth and
other foreign materials beyond limit, organic impurities.
(b) Silt content, bulkage, foreign materials in sand and verify test report
for fineness modulus.
(c) Check formwork.
(d) Line, level of concrete.
(e) Honeycombed surface in concrete.
(f) Strength of Concrete.
(g) Check Mix Boxes.
(h) Mixing of concrete by hand/machine.
(i) Use of Vibrator.
(j) Slump of concrete.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)

No Site Activity
3 Formwork a) Line, level and dimensions as per drawing.

b) Cross bracing of supporting framework.
c) Diagonal bracings.
d) Ground support rigidity to avoid settlement.
e) Plumbness of shores.
f) Wedge tightening of shores.
g) Thickness of shutter to withstand pressure of wet concrete.
h) Leakproofness of shutter ( IS : 457 )
i) Demoulding agent/Oiling of shutter.
j) Facility for removal of formwork in proper sequence.
k) Avoid premature removal.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)

No Site Activity
4 Reinforced a) Sieve analysis of coarse aggregate to check oversize, undersize,

Concrete improperly graded aggregate.
Works b) Check presence of disintegrated/soft or foreign materials in aggregates.
c) Quality of sand, Silt content, Bulkage test.
d) Quality of Cement and age of Cement ( 1st in 1st OUT system )
e) Quality of water for mixing and curing.
f) Slump test.
g) Cube Tests.
h) Cover Block thickness and integrity (cover not reduced more than 2mm
or increased by more than 10mm).
i) Whether reinforcement exposed on removal of forms.
j) Physical verification of grade of steel reinforcement, as required.
k) Gauge of binding wire and its use at all joints.
l) Reinforcement placement as per drawing and top reinforcement to be
supported by chairs etc.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)

No Site Activity
m) Spacing of laps and staggering and length of lap.

n) Mix design record/requirements.
o) Rigidity and evenness of centring & shuttering.
p) Finish requirement of surface.
q) Throating and moulding requirements as per drawings.
r) Line and level requirements as per drawing.
s) Expansion joint contraction, joint provisions.
t) Fixing of inserts, conduits, bolts to proper alignment.
u) Hacking of green concrete for future plastering.
v) Adequate curing.
w) Drainage provisions on roof surface ( slope & spout )
x) Gangway placement for concreting to be independent of
reinforcement.
y) Rigidity of reinforcement cage to avoid distortion during concreting
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)

No Site Activity
z) Compaction requirements of concrete by needle vibrators/Form

vibrator etc.
aa) Provisions at construction joint – Waterbar – Nozzles etc.
bb) Provision of dowel bars 12mm  300 long ( 400mm either side ) at 250
C/C on construction joint surface.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)

No Site Activity
5 Brickwork (a) Quality of bricks for strength, dimensional accuracy, efflorescence

water absorption and evenness of backing as per QAP.
(b) Sand quality for fineness modulus and Silt content.
(c) Cement quality.
(d) Mixing of Mortar to structural space.
(e) Thickness of joint not exceeding 10mm.
(f) Raking of joints in green stage by raking tool ( 15mm deep )
(g) Filling of vertical joints properly.
(h) Soaking of bricks.
(i) Line and level of brickwork.
(j) Plumbness.
(k) Brick corners are provided with proper brick closer not by brick bat.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)

No Site Activity
(l) Type of scaffolding.

(m) Filling of scaffolding potholes.
(n) Brick coarses are in level.
(o) Proper bonding of main wall with cross wall ( No toothing joints )
(p) Brickwork taken-up in layers not exceeding 1 Metre.
(q) Proper provision of reinforcement in brick-wall.
(r) Lateral bonding of brick-wall to steel/concrete columns.
(s) Filling-up voids between brick –wall and door/windows shutter.
(t) Adequate curing of brickwork.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)

No Site Activity
6 Flooring Work
6.1 Cement (a) Aggregates, Sand – refer PCC Works.
Concrete Floor (b) Strength.
(c) Thickness.
(d) Hardener type and mix.
(e) Panel size.
(f) Curing arrangement.
(g) Polishing requirement.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)

No Site Activity
7 Painting Work (a) Name of Manufacturer, Specification, Batch Number, Colour, Date of
Manufacture, ISI Marking on Paint Container.
(b) Cracks, voids, pores on masonry surface properly filled.
(c) Soundness and adherence of Old Paint.
(d) Paint quality ( No. adulteration by thinner ) and quality of Primer.
(e) Application of each coat of Paint for uniformity, paint drop, dabs,
brush-marks, waves and variation of colour.
(f) Difficult to reach areas like edges, corners, nuts, bolts etc. are
properly painted.
(g) Spilled Paints on floors & walls properly cleaned.
(h) Painting of fan hooks and exposed surfaces of inserts as per
Specification.
& QUALITY CONTROL
(SITE QUALITY PLAN)
ANNEXURE – 4 FORMATS FOR SITE RECORDS
A) INSPECTION TEST PLAN

1. INSPECTION TEST PLAN FOR EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION
2. INSPECTION TEST PLAN FOR RCC WORKS
3. INSPECTION TEST PLAN FOR BRICK MASONRY WORKS
B) INSPECTION REPORTS/REGISTER
1. INSPECTION REPORT FOR EXCAVATION
2. SEIVE ANALYSIS FOR FINE AGGREGATE
3. SEIVE ANALYSIS FOR COARSE AGGREGATE
4. SLUMP TEST REPORT
5. INSPECTION REPORT FOR REINFORCEMENT BBS
6. ANTI TERMITE TREATMENT CHEMICAL APPLICATION CHECKLIST
7. INSPECTION REPORT FOR CONCRETING
8. TEST REPORT FOR BRICKS
9. INSPECTION REPORT FOR BRICK MASONRY
10. INSPECTION REPORT FOR PLASTERING
11. INSPECTION REPORT FOR PAINTING
12. CUBE TEST REGISTER
13. CEMENT STOCK REGISTER
14. STEEL CONSUMPTION REGISTER
15. LEVEL BOOK
16. MATERIAL TEST REGISTER
17. HINDRANCE REGISTER
18. SITE ORDER BOOK
19. MEASUREMENT SHEET
INSPECTION TEST PLAN FOR
EARTH WORK IN EXCAVATION
CLIENT:IGGL
CONSULTANT : MECON LIMITED
CONTRACTOR:
DOCUMENT NO:
FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION
S.No ACTIVITY REMARKS
CONTRACTOR IGGL/ EIC
1 Ground Levels W RM
2 Final levels verification W RM
3 Water table Record W RM
LEGEND:
A - Approval H - Hold Point W - Witness Point R - Review Documents RM - Random Inspection
FOR CONTRACTOR FOR Engineer-in-charge
SIGN
NAME
DATE
IGGL
ITP
FOR RCC WORK
CLIENT:IGGL Job Id:

Consultant : MECON LIMITED Doc. Id:
Contractor : Rev:
DOCUMENT NO:
INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN FOR RCC WORK
Frequency
of Inspection Category
Sr. No. Activity
Inspection/
Testing Contractor IGGL/ EIC
Approval of Materials, cement,

At the
1 Reinforcement steel, anchor H AP
beginning
bolts, Insert plates.
2 Design of concrete mix Every work P AP

At the
3 Pour card P AP
beginning
Checking of Lines, level, plumb
4 Every work P RM
of form work / shuttering
Checking of Placing,binding,
5 Every work P W
fixing of reinforcement steel
Inserts,Anchor bolts conduit
6 Every work P RM
fixing
Expansion/ construction
7 joints,Grouting,pockets,opening Every work P RM
if any
8 Slump/ workability of concrete Every work P RM
9 compaction of Concrete Every work P RM
10 Taking slump cubes Every work P RM
11 Cube testing Every work P W
12 Curing of concrete Every work P RM
Legend
P Perform R Review of Reports
H Hold Point AP Approval
W Witness
RM Random
For Contractor For Engineer-in-charge

NAME:
SIGN:
DATE:
IGGL
ITP
FOR BRICK MASONRY
Report No.
Date:
Location:
CLIENT:IGGL
Consultant : MECON LIMITED
Contractor :
DOCUMENT NO:
INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN FOR BRICK MASONRY
Sr. No. Activity Inspection by Verification by IGGL/ Record to be submitted by

contractor EIC contractor
Check dimensions & strength of bricks where brickwork is to be

Lab testing report of brick &
1 carried out. Quality of brick as per IS 1077 Testing as per IS W W
sand.
5454.Approved by IGGL/ EIC.
2 Check mixing of mortar W RM Test certificate of cement
3 Check whether bricks are thoroughly soaked W RM
4 Check during laying of bricks, level plumb and joint thickness W RM
5 Check embeddment of fixtures W RM
6 Curing W RM
7 Reinforcement provided W W
8 Raking of joint & keys of brick W RM
9 Check if scaffolding/ staging is properly erected or not W RM
10 Check for safety W RM

Scaffolding safe for use
Legend
R Review of document I Implementation
RM Random Inspection H Hold
W Witness
For Contractor For Engineer-in-charge
NAME:
SIGN:
DATE:
IGGL
INSPECTION REPORT FOR EXCAVATION
CLIENT: IGGL
REPORT NO:
CONSULTANT: MECON LIMITED DATE:
CONTRACTOR:
DOCUMENT NO:
DIMENSION (M)
Sr. No DATE LOCATION BOTTOM LEVEL REMARKS
L B D
REMARKS
FOR CONTRACTOR FOR Engineer-in-charge
SIGN
NAME
DATE
IGGL
SIEVE ANALYSIS OF SAND/FINE AGGREGATES
Client : IGGL Name of the Work :
Consultant : MECON LIMITED Report No.
Contractor : Date
DOC. NO. :
Contractor : ______________________ Report No. : _____________________
Date of Testing: ______________ Sampled By : __________________
Weight of Sample : ____________
IS SIEVE SIZE WEIGHT RETAINED % WEIGHT CUMULATIVE % CUMULATIVE % GRADING ZONE, % PASSING
(gms) RETAINED RETAINED PASSING AS PER IS 383-1970
10 mm 100
4.75mm 90-100
2.36 mm 75-100
1.18 mm 55-90
600 micron 35-59
300 micron 8-30
150 micron 0-10
RESULTS : Conform to grading zone
FOR CONTRACTOR FOR IGGL/EIC
SIGN
NAME
DATE
IGGL
Client : IGGL
Contractor : Date
DOC. NO. :
SIEVE ANALYSIS FOR STONE AGGREGATES
For 20 mm nominal size graded aggregate
Contractor: Report No.:
Date of Testing: Sampled by :
Weight of Sample :
WEIGHT % Passing as per

RETAINED % WEIGHT CUMULATIVE CUMULATIVE Mix design or
IS SIEVE gms RETAINED % RETAINED % PASSING IS 383 - 1970
40 mm
100
20mm
95-100
10mm
25-35
4.75mm
0-10
RESULTS :
SIGN
NAME
DATE
MECON LIMITED, DELHI
SLUMP TEST
Owner : IGGL Date :

Consultant : MECON LIMITED
Contractor :
Item of Work Mix Vibrator Water / Bag Height of Specimen after Mould
Removed (mm) Acceptability Slump
Date and Nominal or Used of Cement
(mm) (mm)
Location Design Yes / No (Ltr.)
Sample - I Sample - II Sample - III
CONTRACTOR FOR IGGL/EIC

IGGL
INSPECTION REPORT FOR
REINFORCEMENT BBS
CLIENT :IGGL
CONSULTANT : MECON LIMITED.
CONTRACTOR:
DOCUMENT NO:
BBS NO: REPORT NO.:
Location / Type of Structure:
Drawing No.: DATE
Total Unit Total Weight in kg.
Cut Length Total No.
Sl.No. Description Bar Dia Shape of Bar Length Weight Remarks
(m) of Bar
(m) (kg/m) 8mm 10mm 12mm 16mm 20mm 25mm
SIGN SIGN
NAME NAME
DATE DATE
IGGL
Anti Termite Treatment Chemicals application checklist
Client : IGGL Name of Work:

Contractor : DATE
Qty required
S. No. Description of Item Oty used Prepared by Checked by Verified by
theoretically
For bottom surface and sides of
excavation upto height of 300 mm 5 litres/ sqm of
1
for cloumn pits, walls, trenches surface area
and basements
15 litres/ sqm of
2 Backfill around columns and walls
vertical surface
Rodding of earth @150 mm 5 litres/ sqm of
3
centres close to the wall surface surface area
Top surface of plinth filling to mm
5 litres/ sqm of
4 to 75 mm deep @ 150 mm
surface area
centres with chemical emulsion

Signature
Name
Date
IGGL
INSPECTION REPORT FOR CONCRETING
NAME OF THE PROJECT:

PURCHASE ORDER NO:
CLIENT:
CONSULTANT:
CONTRACTOR:
CONCRETE POUR CARD
Date : Time : Location : Mix used :
SL. No. Description Contractor IGGL/EIC Remark
1 Alignment
2 Level
3 Plumb
4 Shuttering
5 Reinforcement
6 Concrete quantity
Theoretical cement
7
consumption
8 Availability of material at site
I) Cement
II) Sand
III) Metal no. 1
IV) Metal No. 2
V) Water
9 SIR content in sand
10 % Bulkage in sand
11 Others
Whether passed for construction YES/NO

Remarks if any:………………………
Contractor FOR IGGL/EIC

IGGL
BRICK TEST REPORT
Client :IGGL Report No.

Consultant : MECON LIMITED Date:
Contractor :
TEST REPORT
Sr. No. Description Observation Requirement

1 Compressive Strength (75 Kg/Cm2)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
2 Water Absorption % 20 % Max
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
3 Efflorescence Nil to moderate
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
For Contractor FOR IGGL/EIC
NAME:
SIGN:
DATE:
IGGL
INSPECTION REPORT
FOR BRICK MASONRY
CLIENT:IGGL
Consultant : MECON LIMITED Date:
Contractor : Location:
Bottom Level:
Top Level:
Sr. No. Description Observation Remarks

1 a) Size of bricks
b) Water absorption
c) Strength of brick
d) Efflorescence
e) Soaking of brick
f) Mortar ratio
2 Type of brick work
a) One or more brick thickness
b) Half brick thickness
MS reinforced bars used in half brick
3
thickness
4 Thickness of mortar
5 Gradation of sand
6 Slit Content
7 DPC
For Contractor FOR IGGL/EIC

NAME:
SIGN:
DATE:
IGGL
INSPECTION REPORT
PLASTERING
Client : IGGL
Contractor : Date:
Location:

1 Cleaning of Area of Plastering
2 Ratio of Cement Mortar
3 Staging / Scaffolding
4 Thickness of Plastering Plum & True Level
5 Fixing of 24 SWG Chicken wire mesh
6 Cement Sand & Water Proofing Compound
7 Curing

NAME:
SIGN:
DATE:
IGGL
INSPECTION REPORT
WHITE WASHING , COLOUR WASHING, DISTEMPERING,PAINTING & POLISHING
CLIENT:IGGL
Contractor : Date:
Location:
1 Area of White washing / Painting
2 Material used
3 Evenness of Surface
4 1st Coat Completion
5 2nd Coat Completion
6 Cleaning of surface of doors, Windows / Floor etc.

NAME:
SIGN:
DATE:
IGGL
CUBE TESTING REGISTER

PURCHASE ORDER NO:
CLIENT:
CONSULTANT:
CONTRACTOR:
Location Total Qty. of l-st Test

Age of Weight of Average of Final test Average of Signature
SI. Date of Grade of where Concreting Result 7 Action
cube in cube in First Test Results 28 Final Lab. Ref.
No. Casting Concrete Concrete is done during days N/M Taken
days Kg. Results days Results Contractor EIC
used the day in M2
IGGL
CEMENT STOCK REGISTER

PURCHASE ORDER NO:
CLIENT:
CONSULTANT:
CONTRACTOR:
Date of Source & Qty. Cumulative Date of Qty. Item of Qty. Total Cumulative Balance Contractor EIC Remarks
Receipt Invoice Received Qty. Issue Issued work for Returned Issues Consumptio (4-10) Sign. Sign. Periodical Checks
1 Ref. 3 Received 5 6 which at the end (6-8) n 11 12 13 HQO-IC
2 4 issued of day 9 10 EIC 14a
14b
IGGL
STEEL REGISTER / CONSUMPTION STATEMENT

PURCHASE ORDER NO:
CLIENT:
CONSULTANT:
CONTRACTOR:
DATE OF SOURCE &

QTY. RECEIVED QTY. CONSUMED AS PER RA BILL NO. 1 REMARKS
RECEIPT INVOICE
10 12 16 20 25 32 10 12
6 MM 8 MM 6 MM 8 MM 16 MM 20 MM 25 MM 32 MM
MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM
*
CARRIED FROWARD
FROM
RA BILL NO.
TOTAL (MT)
BALANCE QTY. AS PER RA BILL NO.
6 MM 8 MM 10 MM 12 MM 16 MM 20 MM 25 MM 32 MM
(MT)
* Previous RA bills receipt and consumption to be recorded as carried forward
IGGL
LEVEL BOOK

PURCHASE ORDER NO:
CLIENT:
CONSULTANT:
CONTRACTOR:
NEAR:
FOR THE PROJECT:
Height of Difference Reduced

Date Station Name Back Sight Fore Sight Back Bearing Fore Bearing Back Level Fore Level Remarks
Instrument Level
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 12
7 Rise Fall 11
IGGL
MATERIAL TEST REGISTER

PURCHASE ORDER NO:
CLIENT:
CONSULTANT:
CONTRACTOR:
Periodical Checking
Date Sent Date of Lab Report Signature of
SI. No. Material Description Result Remarks Signature of EIC Office
to Lab Testing Ref. Site-Engineer
1 2 6 7
3 4 5 8
EIC
9a HQO-IC
IGGL
HINDRANCE REGISTER

PURCHASE ORDER NO:
CLIENT:
CONSULTANT:
CONTRACTOR:
Date of Period
Date of Overlapping Net Extension
SI. No. Nature of Hindrance Removal Hindrance Remarks
Occurrence Period Extension Recommended
1 2 4 5 9
3 6 7 8
IGGL
SITE ORDER BOOK

PURCHASE ORDER NO:
CLIENT:
CONSULTANT:
CONTRACTOR:
NAME OF THE WORK PO No

DATE OF COMMENCEMENT CONTRACTORS NAME:
PERIOD OF COMPLETION
Remark of the Inspecting Officer of Contractor Action Taken & by Whom Remarks
SI. No.
2 3 4
1
IGGL
MEASUREMENT SHEET

PURCHASE ORDER NO:
CLIENT:
CONSULTANT:
CONTRACTOR:
NAME OF THE WORK_______________________________________ PO No

ITEM
NAME OF PARTY__________________________________________ REF.
DATE
S.No. Description of item No. Length Breadth Depth Quantity Total
CONTRACTOR FOR Engineer-in-charge

SCOPE OF WORK LAYING & CONSTRUCTION
OF STEEL GAS PIPELINE AND TERMINALS
ALONG WITH ASSOCIATED FACILITIES FOR
SECTION-12 OF
NORTH EAST GAS GRID (NEGG) PROJECT
SCOPE OF WORK
FOR
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
SECTION-12 OF
I) GENERAL
M/s Indradhanush Gas Grid Limited (IGGL), a Joint Venture of IOCL, ONGC, IGGL,
OIL and NRL, is in the process of implementing the North East Gas Grid (NEGG) with
a vision to connect all the eight (08) north eastern state capitals and major
consumption centers in the region. The NEGG will be connected to National gas grid
at Guwahati through Barauni-Guwahati pipeline (already under execution by M/s
IGGL).
II) SCOPE OF WORK –As per Civil Particular job specification
III) DRAWINGS
The work shall be executed in accordance with the specification and the drawings issued for
construction. Drawings will be issued in stages in close coordination with the availability of data
and sequence of construction. Only latest revisions of the drawings shall be followed. All old
revisions shall be clearly marked ‘SUPERCEEDED’ and kept separately or destroyed as directed
by Consultant.
IV) SITE RECORDS
All works shall be recorded in appropriate proforma to be firmed up by the contractor in

consultation with the Consultant. Where ever required reference to drawings and clauses of
specification shall be recorded in the correspondence.
Records of cement and steel receipts, issue, and consumption shall be scrutinized from time to
time by consultants and Owner. Statement of cement and steel receipts, statement of theoretical
consumption and reconciliation accompany every bill. Records of spot levels jointly recorded
before the start of the work shall form the basis of all measurements.
V) APPROVAL AND TESTS
A high standard of quality is required for all materials and workmanship in construction work.
They shall be best of the kind obtainable indigenously in each case and shall be procured from
manufacturers of repute in order to ensure uniformity of quality and timely supply.
All materials shall be subjected to inspection and testing. The Contractor shall submit samples for
testing as may be required by the Consultant. Sampling and testing shall be carried out in
accordance with relevant IS Standards.
SECTION-12 OF
Wherever IS codes are referred, they shall be latest edition/ publication as on date irrespective of
the date of finalisation of the work.
VI) REJECTION OF MATERIALS
Any material brought to site which, in the opinion of the Consultant is damaged, contaminated,
deteriorated or does not comply with the requirement of this specification shall be rejected.
If the routine tests or random site tests show that any of the materials, brought to site, do not
comply in any way with the requirements of this specification or of IS codes as applicable, then
that material shall be rejected.
The Contractor at his own cost shall remove from site any and all such rejected material within
the time specified by the Consultant.
VII) PREAMBLE TO SCHEDULE OF ITEMS
1.0 GENERAL
This preamble to the schedule of items is an integral part of the schedule and shall have as much
force as though this is incorporated into the description of the items themselves.
Contractor's rate for any items of work in the schedule of items shall, unless otherwise stated, be
held to include the cost of all materials, including wastages, conveyance and delivery, unloading,
storing, fabrication, hoisting, all labour for finishing to required shape and size, tools and plants,
power, fuel, consumables, all taxes royalties, other revenue expenses, temporary facilities like
roads, drains etc., providing temporary storage facilities for cement, steel and other materials and
their subsequent dismantling, scaffolding and other temporary works, setting out, fitting and
fixing in position, site drainage, dewatering, offering samples for approval, cost of all tests,
rectification of all defects, replacement of defective materials and work, interruptions to work
required to accommodate the work of other agencies working on the site, continuation of work
beyond working hour, in the night and holidays also if situation warrants so, site clearance on
completion, maintenance work during the period of maintenance, bye-work necessary to complete
any particular item of work as per specification and direction of the E-I/C, overheads, profit and
other incidental charges.
2.0 PLASTERING AND FINISHING
The rate of the respective item shall be for the complete finished work and shall also include, but
not limited to, the following bye-works/activities all complete at all level and locations and as per
specification and as directed by the E-I/C.
SECTION-12 OF
2.1 Preparation of surface to receive plaster/finish etc. cleaning of masonry/concrete surface of all
dust, loose mortar dropping, traces of algae efflorescence and other foreign matter and
roughening by wire brushing or hacking as may be required and raking out of joints where
required.
2.2 Provision for scaffolding wherever required and removing the same.
2.3 Extra provision necessary to provide plastering /finishing in layers, when required.
2.4 All extra provisions necessary for plastering/surface finish in arises, bonds, bends, closing chases,
rounded angles, drip courses, string courses, around openings/holes, and around dissimilar
materials like metallic/timber/asbestos.
2.5 Nominal sprinkling of the cement slurry on the surface for proper grip and satisfactory finishing
of the plaster work, if required.
2.6 Providing richer mortar 1:3 in a width of 75 mm on either sides of arises of all doors and
windows.
2.7 All provisions necessary to achieve levels and true profiles.
2.8 Curing by appropriate means.
2.9 Removal of unused materials, dirts and debris and cleaning of area thoroughly, after completion
of the work in particular area, if required.
3.0 PAINTING
The rate of the respective items shall be for the complete finished work and shall also include, but
not limited to, the following bye-works/activities at all levels and locations and complete in all
respects as per specification and as directed by the E-I/C.
3.1 Preparing the base surface including necessary rectification and treatment.
3.2 Provision of surface ladders, scaffolding etc., wherever necessary.
3.3 Provision of prime coat wherever applicable.
3.4 Curing by appropriate means wherever applicable.
3.5 Cleaning the splashes and drippings on floors, equipments, pipelines, etc.
3.6 Additional work to rectify the improper workmanship especially if final finish is not satisfactory.
3.7 Protection of painted surface during application and till final handing over.
3.8 Provision of brushes, abrasive papers, indigo (neel) and gum.
4.0 FLOORING, PAVING AND FACING
The rate shall include, but not limited to the following:
4.1 Preparation of the base/sub grade before laying the flooring.

4.2 Provision of the under course (where applicable) including the required surface preparation.
4.3 Provision of dividing strips wherever required.
SECTION-12 OF
4.4 Provision of necessary covers, chambers, edging, roundings, and the like in the junction of floors
with dado/skirting/other vertical surfaces, around the pipes/openings/ends and other types of like
cases.
4.5 Provision of small channels, grooves and the like.
4.6 Curing by appropriate means.
4.7 Provision of backing in case of linoleum/rubber/PVC/or similar flooring.
4.8 Working in isolated areas.
4.9 Provision of grinding and polishing when specified.
4.10 Necessary rectification to damages.
4.11 Protecting the floor till final handing over and maintaining the same within the maintenance
period.
4.12 Additional thickness, the thickness mentioned shall be finished and minimum.
4.13 Applying cement slurry on the sub-base/structural slab before flooring to have a proper grip.
4.14 Provision of necessary panels to prevent construction cracks.
4.15 Finishing the surface ribbed or chequered or laid to falls if so desired.
4.16 Flooring in discontinuous strips or areas to suit the needs.
4.17 Providing necessary slopes as desired and rectification wherever any flooring is antislope.
4.18 Providing nosing at plinths, sills and steps etc. of so desired.
5.0 WOOD WORKS
The rate shall include, but not limited to, the following:
5.1 Frames and Scantlings
5.1.1 Making necessary holes/openings in masonry/concrete for fixing and jamming the same with
appropriate materials.
5.1.2 Provision of bituminous coatings or other anticorrosive paint coatings on the surface in contact
with concrete/masonry.
5.1.3 Provision of rawl plugs, screws, nails, pins, adhesives and the like, necessary for joinery and
fixing.
5.1.4 Provision of temporary wooden bracings and their removal.
5.1.5 Provision of rebates, roundings and other type of curvings as per drawing.
5.2 Shutters
5.2.1 Provision of necessary wooden cleats, wooden blocks, with necessary screws, nails, adhesives,
etc.
5.2.2 Provision for mouldings, rebates, roundings and other types of curvings as per drawings.
5.2.3 Provision of all necessary nails, screws, washers, holts, nuts, putties, adhesives, etc.
5.3 General
SECTION-12 OF
5.3.1 Provision of finishing as desired and directed by the E-I/C.

5.3.2 Rectification of damages and/or replacement of defective/rejected works.
5.3.3 Provision of protection till final handing over and maintaining the same within the maintenance
period.
6.0 METAL DOORS, WINDOWS, VENTILATORS, ROLLING SHUTTERS
The rate shall include, but not limited to, the following:
6.1 Making necessary holes/openings in masonry/concrete for fixing and jamming the same with
approved materials.
6.2 Shop fitting, assembly and shop coat of primer.
6.3 Doors, windows, gates, rolling shutters, glazed doors and windows and other items which are
measured in Sq.m shall include all the necessary frames, angles, plates, sheets, holdfasts or lugs,
locking arrangements, handles, bolting devices on both sides, hinges, pivots, guide rails and guide
channels (wherever applicable), roller (wherever applicable), hood (wherever applicable), rubber
linings, gaskets and the similar other fixtures necessary for fixing and locking arrangements
(locks shall be separately paid unless otherwise mentioned in particular schedule of items).
6.4 Glazed doors/windows shall also include the glazing/glass panes glazing beads, glazing clips,
putty, gasket and the like.
6.5 Rectification of damages and/or replacement of defective/rejected works.
6.6 Provision of protective measures till final handing over and protection/maintenance of the same
within the maintenance period. Protection of glass panes/glazing after final hand over shall be the
responsibility of the E-I/C.
6.7 Keeping the entire steel work free from corrosion and scrapping off and cleaning the rust, if any.
VIII) GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL CONSIDERATIONS
This part deals with the general norms/standards requirements of materials for use in
construction work with regard to quality, testing, approval and storage, before they are used on
work.
1. Standard
A high standard of quality is required for all materials used in construction work. They shall
be the best of the kind obtainable indigenously in each case and shall be procured from
m a n u f a c t u r e r s of repute in order to ensure uniformity of quality and assurance of timely
supply.
2. Space Requirements
SECTION-12 OF
 Buildings shall accommodate spaces to meet the functional requirements as well as

security/safety, maintenance, statutory (stairs/fire exits etc.), utilities & services
(toilets/AC/Electrics/LAN/health etc.)/ environmental requirements and incorporated in
design & detail engineering drawings/documents.
 Space requirements as indicated are not exhaustive and subjected to finalization by client
during detail engineering stage with modifications required to meet the building
requirements.
3. Design Requirements
 Entry to be provided at proper location.
 Toilet & Overhead water tank to be provided as per NBC guidelines.
 600 mm projection to be provided over each window & ventilator.
 False ceiling to be considered in toilets for concealing pipes.
 Skirting shall be of same finish as that of floors. Panel dividers shall be provided in
IPS/Heavy Duty flooring.
 All Air-Conditioned areas shall have false ceiling.
 Painting on Internal walls shall be done over wall putty.
 All steel frames, Shutters, Grills etc shall be painted with two or more coats of
approved quality Synthetic Enamel Paint of Approved shade over a coat of
Approved quality red oxide Zinc Chromate Primer.
 False flooring shall be provided in IT/ Server Rooms.
 Samples, colour, finish and make of all materials should be approved by client.
4. Natural Ventilation
The area of windows will be a minimum 17% of the floor area to ensure adequate natural
lighting and ventilation.
5. FLOORING
5.1 Vitrified / Ceramic Tile Flooring
Polished / glazed Vitrified floor tiles of approved make/ shade/ design/range of size as per Arch
SOR shall be provided in SCADA & Control Room, Telecom Room,Office spaces and corridors.
Heavy Duty Vitrified floor tiles of approved make/ shade/ design/range of size 300mm X 300mm
and 12mm thickness shall be provided in Electrical Room and Fire Fighting Room.
Ceramic glazed/matte finish wall tile of size 600mm x 300mm of approved make shall be
provided in toilet dado and matt finish/ anti-skid ceramic tiles of size 300mm x 300mm for toilet
flooring.
5.2 Kota Stone Flooring

SECTION-12 OF
Kota stone slab flooring of 25mm thickness shall be provided in guard rooms, utility areas, stores,
staircases, window sills, etc.
5.3 Acid-resistant Tile Flooring
Acid resistant tiles shall be provided in floor and dado upto lintel level of battery rooms of size
300mm x 300mm.
Acid Resistant Tiles are used in flooring and lining to prevent corrosion of surface by acids and
other chemicals as well as to resist abrasion on floors. These tiles are made up of materials like
clay, feldspar, quartz, and talc and vitrified at high temperatures in ceramic kilns and kept
unglazed to prevent slipperiness when laid on floor. Chemical resistant mortars as per IS 4832 are
used for laying these tiles. Laying and finishing procedure similar to the other glazed ceramic
tiles.
5.4 False Flooring

Telecom Room and Control Room may have false flooring as per requirement.
Providing and fixing noncombustible 600mm high false flooring / cavity floor of modular 600 x
600 size and min thickness of 35mm approximate with pre moulded (USF 1000 grade) in filled
access floor tile made from steel and cementitious infill material (M/S Unitile or equivalent), with
edge beading and faced with 2 mm thick antistatic high pressure laminates. The Panels shall
confirm to Class O & Class 1 Fire Ratings tested as per BS 476 and ASTM E84. The panel shall
be designed for minimum concentrated load of 450 kgs, ultimate concentrated load of 1050 Kgs,
Rolling load of 225 kgs.
The other components such as stringers, pedestals, supports, check nuts, etc shall be designed
suitable in-line with the design parameter of the false floor panel.
The panels shall be placed on GI snap lock grid system stringers channels supported over MS
galvanized pedestal supports at 600mm c/c approximate both ways.
Jack heads shall be die formed, out of min 4mm thick galvanized M.S. plate out of 90 mm X 90
mm, electroplated, with die cut notches to hold stringers ‘snap on’ and threaded holes, in addition,
to hold the rigid grid type stringers. The jack heads shall have stud for housing into the pedestal.
The pedestal head shall consist of an anti-vibrational conductive cap
Stringers shall be M.S. rigid grid type minimum 30 mm X 20 mm X 1.2 mm thick tubes and shall
rest on the jack heads notches and shall be fixed by means of screws. The stringers shall be spray
painted with conductive paint or galvanized to prevent rust & corrosion.
The pedestal supports shall be rigidly fixed on to the floor with glue and mechanical fasteners and
shall be made of 150 x 150 mmx 8mm thick base plate with CRC pipe of size 32mm dia X 3mm
and minimum 19 mm thick MS stools with a coupling and check nut for level adjustment. The
sub structure assembly shall be suitably anchored to the floor.
The work includes necessary opening for cables and panel mounting and cutting of tiles to
required size and strengthening of pedestals with 300 x 300 mm RCC pedestal at location of
panals. The floor panels and stringers shall be completely removable and shall remain in position
without screwing. The shade of the flooring material shall be as specified in the drawing or as
SECTION-12 OF
directed by Engineer.
6. Finishing
6.1 Plastering on masonry structures shall be of thickness 15 mm on either faces, 12mm on internal
faces & 6mm on concrete faces. The cement mortar shall not be leaner than 1:4.
6.2 Inside surfaces of walls /Ceiling will be provided with 1.5 mm thick plaster of paris / Wall putty
of approved brand over the plastered surfaces.
6.3 All painting on masonry or concrete surface shall preferably be applied by roller. If applied by
brush then same shall be finished off with roller.
6.4 All paints shall be of approved make including chemical resistant paint.
6.5 All internal walls shall be finished with Premium Acrylic Smooth Interior Paint
Minimum 2 finishing coats of paint shall be applied over a coat of primer. Providing and
Applying of painting on internal plastered surfaces with two coats of acrylic emulsion - Eco
friendly paint with low Volatile Organic Compounds ( not exceeding 50 g/L ) of approved
shade & make, over one coat of approved cement primer consisting of volatile organic
compounds less than 50g/L, including preparing the surfaces by applying Wall Care Putty (Fine
finish) or approved equivalent make 1.5 mm thick, surface preparation, cleaning and all bye
works, filling hair cracks with putty approved filler wherever 'required, scaffolding &
cleaning, cost of all materials, labour etc. at all heights and lifts, all as per drawing,
specifications and as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete.
6.6 All external walls shall be finished with Premium Acrylic Smooth Exterior Paint
The paint should be applied in minimum 2 coats (Eco friendly paint with low Volatile Organic
Compounds not exceeding 50 g/L) @1.67 litre/10 sqm over and including priming coat of
exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm, on new plastered surfaces inclusive of all
required tools, material, scaffolding and other painting accessories etc. The paint shall be applied
as per the manufacturer’s specifications and instructions and to the entire satisfaction of
engineer-in-charge. The paint shall have excellent water resistant property.
6.7 For painting on concrete, masonry and plastered surface IS: 2395 shall be followed.
6.8 Surfaces of handrails, balustrades, steel / wooden door frames, rolling shutters, etc. shall be
finished with synthetic enamel paint (eco-friendly paint with low Volatile Organic Compounds)
over a coat of primer of approved shade & make.
For painting on steel work and ferrous metals, BS: 5493 and IS: 1477 shall be followed.
The type of surface preparation, thickness and type of primer, intermediate and
finishing paint shall be according to the painting system adopted.
6.9 For painting on wood work IS: 2338 shall be followed.
6.10 Bitumen primer used in acid/alkali resistant treatment shall conform to IS: 158.
7.0 DOORS AND WINDOWS
7.1 Aluminium Doors, Windows and Ventilators

SECTION-12 OF
Glazed anodized Aluminium door with Aluminium frame of approved sections at specified areas.
8 - 12 mm thick toughened glass with Etching shall be considered with top & bottom Aluminium
frame. Doors of the building shall be anodized aluminium environmentally compatible products
containing minimum of 15 to 25 % of recycled content of approved coating (colour to be
approved by Designer) fully / partially glazed (float glass panes with thickness as per opening
with/without SHGC 0.25 to 3 and required U Value as per design. Doors shall have 8.0mm
minimum thick float glass(with or without etching design) panels or prelaminated board panels
with decorative lamination on both sides of approved make fixed with C.P. brass / stainless steel
screws hydraulic door closer/ etc. complete as per directions of E-I/C ; frames as per approved
manufacturer's detail. The item shall include heavy duty double action hydraulic floor springs
with stainless steel cover plate of approved make with IS: 6315 mark, pivoting and all other
arrangements including cost of cutting floors, S.S cover Plates with brass pivots etc., complete
and other necessary accessories required for the works to facilitate smooth operation of the door
shutter at all leads and lifts, all as directed by the Engineer- in- charge.
All windows/ ventilators shall be aluminium glazed (min. 5mm thick glass with/without SHGC &
U Value as per design) with anodized aluminium hardware & aluminium grill as per requirement.
The windows/ ventilators shall be partially/ fully openable or sliding windows as per requirement.
All openings for door with aluminium louvers, windows & ventilators shall have high grade wire
mesh/mosquito net. The fixtures like handles, stoppers, stays, etc. shall be of approved make. All
aluminium sections/sheets including louvers shall be of standard make. Aluminium alloy used in
the manufacture of extruded sections shall correspond to IS Designation H E 9 WP of IS 733.
Hollow aluminium alloy sections used shall conform to IS Designation HV9 WP of IS 1285. The
sections shall be polished and anodized with approved colour. The average thickness of anodic
coating shall not be less than 20 microns as per IS: 1868-1982. All work shall be fitted and shop
assembled to a first job, and ready for erection. EDPM performed profiles shall be used for
inserting into extruded pockets of sections. Glazing beads shall also be of EDPM performed
profiles to hold the glass in frame under pressure. Non-metallic setting blocks shall be used to
centralize the glass in frame. All work shall be adequately braced and reinforced as necessary for
strength and rigidity. Stainless steel ball bearings, housed in nylon type nylon rollers, shall be
used. All mechanical connections shall be sealed with silicon sealant. Around all windows,
approved quality sealants shall be run down to make sure of total weather/water sealing.
Casement windows / ventilators, single or composite units with 6.0mm thick float/frosted glass,
frame size of 44mm x 46mm x 1.1mm, weight 0.522 kg/m min. amd middle frame (horizontal &
vertical) 59mm x 38mm x 1.4mm, weight 0.729 kg/m min(approx.), as per approved
manufacturer’s detail. Openable portion, section size 44mm x 46mm x 1.4 mm, weight 0.575
kg/m min. as per approved drawing and as per approved manufacturer’s specification.
Composite sliding windows with fixed and openable portion, fixed to frame size min. 101.6mm
X 44.45mm x 2.01mm, weight 1.605 kg/m (approx.) and 63.5mm x 38.1mm x 1.5mm, weight
0.861 kg/m min. as per requirement. Sliding shutters fixed to frame size 92mm X 31.75mm x
1.5mm min. & weight 1.060 kg/m min and 61.85mm x 31.75mm x 1.5mm, wt. 0.784 kg/m min as
per requirement. Shutter side, bottom and interlock shall be 40mm x 18mm x 1.55mm wt.
0547kg/m min., as per approved drawing and as per approved manufacturer’s detail.
SECTION-12 OF
7.2 PVC Doors

All toilets to have PVC doors of premium quality with solid PVC foam profile door frame.
PVC door frame shall be factory made (single rebate) made out of single piece extruded solid
PVC foam profile with homogenous fine cellular structure having smooth outer integral skin
having 62 mm width & 32 mm thickness, frame will be mitred & jointed with self-driven self-
tapping screws of size 38 mm x 4 mm & PVC solvent cement, including fixing the frame to wall
with suitable dia & length anchor fastener as per manufacturer's specification and direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
The door shutter shall be factory made 30 mm thick non decorative finish made of solid PVC
foam profile. The styles & rails shall be of size 75 mm x 30 mm having wall thickness 5 mm. The
styles, top & bottom rails shall have one side wall thickness of 15 mm integrally extruded on the
hinge side of the profile for better screw holding power. The styles and rails shall be reinforced
with M.S. tubes of size 33 mm x 17 mm x 1 mm, painted with primer, all four corners of
reinforcement to be welded or sealed. Solid PVC extruded bidding (push fit type) will be set
inside the styles and the rails with a cavity, to receive single piece extruded 5 mm PVC sheet as
panel. The styles and rails will be mitred cut and joint with the help of PVC solvent cement &
self-driven self-tapping screws. Single piece extruded solid PVC lock rail of size 100 mm x 30
mm with wall thickness 5 mm & 15 mm integrally extruded in the middle of the lock rail & fixed
with styles with the help of PVC solvent cement & self-driven self-tapping screws of size 100
mm x 8 mm complete as per manufacturer's specifications and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
7.3 Rolling Shutter
M.S. Rolling Shutter as required to be provided as per IS code and finished with synthetic
enamel paint.
8. FALSE CEILING
All specified spaces shall have false ceiling of eco friendly light weight calcium silicate tiles and
gypsum board false ceiling.
8.1 Calcium Silicate False Ceiling
Material
Frame:
The frame work shall consist of G.I. Pre-coated Silhouette Profile ' T ' Sections for Main runners /
Cross runners of size & thickness specified in the item with galvanization of 120 gsm
(minimum),and perimeter w-profile of 0.40mm (minimum thickness) having flanges of size 7mm
+ 7mm+19mm made from precoated polyester baked Coil length of 3.0/3.60M.fixed to the wall
with the help of rawl plugs at 450mm centre to centre with 35x8mm long dry wall wooden screws
SECTION-12 OF
with virgin plastic rawl plugs@ 450mm interval. The frame work shall be executed in a manner
so as to form a grid of 600mm x 600mm as specified in the item. The frame work shall be
suspended from ceiling by L shape adjuster hangers made of G.I. sheet of size 85x25x25x2mm
having die cut slit for sliding into main T section, also having precut hole so as the 6mm fully
threaded MS rod can be inserted and pierces into M 6 dash fasteners of 6 mm dia 40mm long,
fixed to the slab/beam and then tightened with check nuts, subsequently the bottom of 6 mm rod
will be tightened with check nuts, for adjusting the line & level, in true horizontal plane.
Ceiling Tiles:
Ceiling Tiles shall be of 15 mm thick Integral densified microlook edged, semi perforated / fully
perforated or with design/ texture as mentioned in item, eco friendly light weight calcium silicate
false ceiling tiles and made from hydrated calcium silicate, reinforcing fibres, natural fillers free
from formaldehyde and other harmful materials, & shall not contain any toxic ingredients and
shall have 52% recycled material, including 23% fly ash.
The tile shall be of size 595 x 595mm having Integral densified reinforced edges of 15 mm
thickness all around with a collar of width 24 mm and 10mm thickness at the centre. The tiles
shall have overall density of 350 kg/m3 in the body and 450kg/m3 at the edges. The tiles shall be
primer coated on both sides and the fair surface shall be having factory finish in two coats of
white dispersion type solvent free paint.
The calcium silicate tiles should be eco-friendly light weight, characterized with 100% relative
humidity resistance, non-combustibility as per BS 476 Part IV, thermal conductivity of < 0.043
w/m°kc as per ECBC Code-2007, light reflectance> 85°/0,and Noise Reduction Coefficient
(NRC) of 0.50 for Spintone / Cosmos /Fine Fissured and NRC of 0.15 for Hexa/Quadra , and
NRC of 0.65 to 0.75 for Globe fully perforated tiles, as per IS-8225-1987. Sound attenuation
STA- 32 dB. The tiles should weigh approx 5.0--5.5 kg/m2.
Suspension Material
G.I. Fully threaded galvanized rod of 6 mm dia. having hot dip coating of zinc 80g/ Sqm, and
tensile strength of 344-413 MPa. The rod should be used in conjunction with L- adjuster, bent at
90°, and check nuts, so as to ensure that there is no disengagement, both at the bottom of rod and
at the top portion which is tightened to M- 6 metal dash fastener, suitably drilled into the
slab/beam.
Fixing of frame work and tiles
The main runner of size 42mmx15mmx0.40mm thickness 3.00m/3.60m length having a

black/white reveal in silhouette profile spaced at 1200 mm centres, shall be securely suspended
with G.I. Fully threaded rod of 6 mm dia. with L- type adjusters of 85x25x25x2mm made from
G.I Sheet. The rod is to be be suspended from the soffit of slab/ beam at 1200 mm centre to centre
with the aid of M6 dash fasteners, suitably drilled into the slab. The last hanger at the end of each
main runner should not be greater than 600mm from the adjacent wall. Then flush fitting cross
tees, also having a black/white reveal in silhouette profile of size 42mmx15mmx0.40mmthickness
& 1.20m length are to be inserted in the main tees at 600mm centres at right angles to the main
SECTION-12 OF
tees to form a grid of 600mm x 1200mm modules, Shorter cross tees of 42mmx15mmx0.40mm
thickness & 600mm length are then to be centrally inserted in the longer cross tees in direction
parallel to the main tee so as to form a grid of module 600mm x 600mm. The frame system shall
rest on periphery walls/ partition on the w-profile of section 0.40 mm thick gauge having flanges
of 7mm+7mm+19mm made from G.I coil length 3.0m/3.60m,.The entire grid system shall be
designed to bear a distributed load of minimum 15kg/Sqm having galvanisation of 120 gsm
(minimum). All tees shall be rotary stitched double-webbed and powder coated in white shade.
The ceiling tiles shall be placed directly over the G.I 'T ' Section frame and not to be cemented
nor glued to the surface of any other materials.
Precautions
a) All wet trades such as plastering, conduiting, and painting etc be completed prior to start of
false ceiling works.
b) Air Conditioning duct work is to be completed, preferably even before the suspension of the
grid sections.
c) Electrical chasing or drawing lines & cables, etc. are to be in place before start of false
ceiling works.
d) No unauthorized weight is put on false ceiling. Lighting fixtures, diffuser are to be
suspended independently with proper chains/ wire & dash fasteners as directed by Engineer
in Charge.
e) The area should be completely dry, prior to ceiling installation work.
Measurements
Length & breadth of the finished ceiling shall be measured correct to a centimetre. The area shall
be calculated in square meter correct to two decimal places. No deduction shall be made for
making openings for electrical, air conditioning, fire fighting fixtures, nor shall extra payment be
made either for extra materials or labour involved in making such openings.
8.2 Gypsum Board False Ceiling
Providing and fixing 12.5 mm thick moisture resistant gypsum board suspended false ceiling with
M/F Suspended Ceiling Regular System (Single Layer GS-MFSC-4.1) which includes providing
and fixing G.I. Perimeter channels of size 0.55 thick having one flange of 20 mm and another
flange of 30 mm and a web of 27 mm along with perimeter of ceiling, screwed fixed to
brickwall/partition with the help of nylon sleeves and screws, at 610 mm centres. Then supending
G.I. intermediate channels of size 45 mm, 0.9 mm thick with two flanges of 15 mm each from the
soffit at 1200 mm centres with ceiling angle of width 25mmx 10mm x 0.55mm thick fixed to
soffit with G.I. cleat and steel expansion fasteners.
Finally the board are to be jointed and finished so as to have a flush look which includes filling
and finishing the tapered and square edges of the board with jointing compound, paper tape of
best quality and two coats of primer suitable for Gypsum board (as per recommended practices of
SECTION-12 OF
Gypsum board or equivalent).The rate shall be inclusive for making necessary opening for light
fittings, grills 14 and cutouts etc. with the frame of perimeter channels of size
20mmx27mmx30mmx0.55mm thick supported suitably and painting the exposed surface of
Gypsum board two coats with plastic emulsion paint of approved brand and shade including
making necessary service door complete in all respect as per manufacturer’s specification as
directed by E-IC.
9. ROOF AND ROOF DRAINAGE
9.1 Roof drainage system will be provided for quick and efficient draining of rainwater from roof to
avoid seepage and damage to roof. The roof gradient for the roof will not be less than 1 in 100.
Roof System will be designed to handle design requirements for the specific site and will be
in accordance to stipulations of IS:1742 and IS:2527. Roof drains will conduct water to storm
drains through uPVC down take pipes. UPVC Rain water conform to IS : 13592 Type A
including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal
expansion Single socketed pipes.
9.2 All exposed RCC roofs shall have waterproofing treatment of acrylic base flexible liquid applied
Waterproof cum Insulation Membrane. The surface shall then be finished with crazy ceramic
tiles.
Method of Application
Surface Preparation
Prior to application of Waterproof cum Insulation Membrane, all surfaces must be prepared
properly to avoid failure. The surface shall be cleaned to remove all dust, foreign materials/loose
particles or any deposits of contaminants, which could affect the bond between the original
substrate and the membrane system. This can be done by scarifying, grinding, water blasting,
sand blasting, acid washing or any other approved method. Rectify depression / honey-comb (if
any) in the surface, use mortar ( 1part mortar, 2part cement, 4 part medium washed sand) and
leave it for at least 24 hours before application of Waterproof cum Insulation Membrane.
Treatment of Cracks
If there is any crack up to 2 mm, clean those cracks with vacuum cleaner, to open cracks, pour
waterproof acrylic primer followed by a coat of acrylic along the crack line and leave it to dry for
overnight.
Application of Primer
Though the membrane adheres strongly with most of building materials like cement concrete,
mortar, bricks, woods, metal etc, use of acrylic primer provide better performance of final coating
system. Stir well the Primer and apply it with soft nylon brush or roller over the dry surface.
Generally, one coat is sufficient. If the surface is too porous apply two coats of primer. Time gap
between two coats should be 2-3 hours.
SECTION-12 OF
Application of Membrane
After the application primer coat allow it to reach touch dry for 2-3 hours. Stir the material to a
homogeneous smooth consistency and apply it horizontally with soft nylon brush, roller or
squeeze to thickness of 125-150 microns in single coat. Allow it to dry for approx. 4-5 hours.
When the applied coat becomes sufficiently dry (no foot print observed) apply second coat
vertically. Two coats are sufficient for general application (150-200 microns DFT) but for severe
conditions, three or more coats are required to achieve desired results.
Precautions
Reinforcement rods and other sharp materials should not be dragged over the membrane, as
this can puncture the same. The material shall always be used without dilution.
Do not apply coating thickness more than 200 microns in one go. For higher coating thickness
apply multiple coats.
There should not be any rain during and after application of final coating for at least 6-8 hours.
24 Hours pond test shall be carried out after 72 hour of final coating application
10. MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
10.1 All staircases and corridors shall have m.s. railings. Handrail shall be of 66x33x3.6 M.S. hollow
section. Balusters shall be 16x16 M.S. square bar and mid rail shall be 25x6 M.S. square bar.
10.2 Polished granite/ kota stone of 250mm wide of approved shades shall be provided for window
sills, coping, etc.
10.3 Drip mould of size 20mm x 8mm shall be provided over cement plastering of chajjas, roof
projections etc.
10.4 Grooves of uniform size 10x10mm shall be formed in plastered surface as per approved pattern.
10.5 The work tops in pantry / basin counters in toilets will be of granite.
10.6 Urinal partitions shall be of granite.
10.7 Providing and fixing 24 gauge Chicken Wire mesh in junction of block work & RCC works at
corner/wall surface as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
10.8 Apron 0.90M wide of PCC M-10 grade and PCC peripheral Storm water drains around building
(as per requirements).
10.9 One or more 1000 liters overhead tank “Sintex” or equivalent with necessary GI incoming and
outgoing pipes and fittings along with 0.5 HP pump for pumping water shall be provided for
supplying water in toilets / other areas.
10.10 Providing and installation plastic garbage bins(FRP/HDPE) of min 120l capacity of approved
model of Sintex/Swift/Nutech/Sheetal or approved equ.make, design & spec as per
standard/norms complete with all fitting,fixtures,lids,wheels etc.
10.11 Supplying and fixing min.18 mm thick smooth finish black granite inauguration stone of superior
quality with overall size of 1000X750mm or 2000X1000(as per requirement of client/MECON),
with ornamental edge moulded granite / marble / cement plaster band of approved shape. The
prepared block shall be fixed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement: 3 Coarse sand) in brick
wall/block work with tiles/stone after chased, including finishing and painting all-round the stone
and making aesthetically beautiful. The inauguration stone should contain engraved letters with
SECTION-12 OF
chemically printing /stainless steel of approved matter in Hindi & English of required colour and
size etc. and provision of curtain raising/sliding, light and landscaping/area development all
around, complete as approved by IGGL/MECON.
10.12 Providing and making IGGL logo on boundary wall (on alternate panels) with prefabricated
mould to be pressed on the plastered surface within a recess (1200mm x 1500mm x 30mm thk.
deep) while it is green. Necessary, touch ups, etching, chiseling to be done as per requirement for
depicting the exact logo. The dimensions of the logo shall be 900mm X 600mm. The logo shall
be painted with external acrylic emulsion paint in IGGL corporate colours.
11. SANITARY INSTALLATIONS
Standard type white/coloured glazed vitreous china sanitary fittings will be provided in toilets
and kitchens of approved model and make. Standard chromium plated brass plumbing fittings
and fixtures from approved manufacture will be provided in toilets and kitchens. Stainless steel
sink shall be provided in kitchens/ pantries.
12. LANDSCAPING
Areas considered for plantation shall be road / pathway side planting of hedges and organized
planting in vacant areas in front of buildings.
MECON LIMITED STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
REGD. OFF: RANCHI
834002 Arch Section, DELHI
DOCUMENT NO. Page 1 of 3

TITLE Architecture Specification MEC/TS/05/48/001 REVISION : 0
EDITION : 1
22.0 LIST OF MATERIALS OF PREFERRED BRAND AND/OR

MANUFACTURE
Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in the Schedule of Items,
Contractor shall use materials as listed below, of these brand
names/Company's names, which are mentioned in the preferred list for
civil items thereon.In case of non-availability of preferred makes,
equivalent makes as per relevant IS codes shall be adopted with prior
approval.
Sl Items/Name of Makes / Brands / Manufacturers

No Products
1. Synthetic Enamel ICI Paint, Asian Paint (Apcolite), Berger Paints.

Paint Goodlass Nerolac Paints (Nerolac) or Eq.makes
(1st quality only)
2. Flush doors IS-2191, Archidply
2202 Merino flush doors
Greenply
Century Plyboards Limited or Eq.makes
3. PVC Panel Door ( Rajshri Plastiwood Limited, Sintex, Plasopan or
Solid Core) Eq.makes
4. AI Section for AI Door/ Hindalco, Bhoruka, Jindal or Eq.makes

Window/ Partitions
5. AluminumI Door/ M/s Ahlcon
Window/ Glazing M/s Alumilite Pvt Ltd,
Fabricated and M/s Ajit India Pvt Ltd,
Anodized M/s Argent Industriesor Eq.makes
6. Aluminium door and Godrej & Boyce
windows Fittings Everite Agencies (P) Ltd
Golden Industries or Eq.makes
7. Aluminium Grill Alu Grill, Arihant Aluminium Corporation, Decogrille
or Eq.makes
8. Door Closer Everite, Golden, Gandhi, Godrej, Dormacaba
Eq.makes
9. Builders Hardware M/s Golden Industries Pvt. Ltd., Everite, M/s Godrej,
Dormacaba or Eq.makes
10. Plywood for general Merino Plywood, Archid Ply, Century Ply, Green Ply
purpose or Eq.makes
(IS-303)
I-1
REGD. OFF: RANCHI

EDITION : 1
11. Pre laminated Particle Century, Greenlam, Archid ply, Merino or Eq.makes
board
12. Laminated Sheets Merino, Greenlam, Century or Eq.makes
13. Dry wall Partitions USG Boral, Saint Gobain – Gyproc or Eq.makes
14. False Ceiling (Calcium Aerolite, Ramco Hilux, Everest or Eq.makes
Silicate Board)
15. False Ceiling (POP/ Gypboard, Saint Gobain, USG Boral or Eq.makes
Gypsum Board)
16. Flooring Tiles ( Mosaic M/S Mehtab Tiles, NITCO, Royal Tiles, Gem Tiles,
/ Terrazzo / PCC ) Hindustan Tiles, M/S National Tiles & Industries,
(1st quality only) Ultra Tiles or Eq.makes
17. Glazed Ceramic Tiles, Kajaria, Somany, NITCO, Johnson ( Marbonite ),

Non-Skid (Floor/Wall), Orient, Asian, RAK or Eq.makes
(1st quality only)
18. Designer Paver Tiles/ Pavit, Ultra, Hindustan, Eurocon, Vyara, Unistone,
Interlocking tiles ISI Konkrete or Eq.makes
marked/ Grass-jointed
Tiles
(1st quality only)
19. Wall care Putty for Birla Wall care putty, Berger, Jenson & Nicholson,
Base preparation JK White or Eq.makes
(1st quality only)
20. White Cement Birla, JK or Eq.makes
(1st quality only)
21. Cement based Paints Super Snowcem, Duracem, Super Acrocem. or
(1st quality only) Eq.makes
22. Dry Distemper / Oil Goodlass Nerolac Paint, Shalimar Paint, Jenson &
bound Distemper Nicholson, Asian Paint, Berger. ICI Dulux or
(1st quality only) Eq.makes
23. Acrylic Washable Asian, Berger, ICI Dulux, Jenson & Nicholson,
Distemper Nerolac, Shalimar or Eq.makes
(1st quality only)
24. Plastic Emulsion Paint Asian, Berger, ICI, Nerolac, Jenson & Nicholson,
(1st quality only) Nerolac, Shalimar or Eq.makes
25. Exterior Acrylic ICI (Weathercoat), Excel (Nerolac), Apex (Asian),
Emulsion Berger, Jenson & Nicholson or Eq.makes
(1st quality only)
26. Textured Paint / Wall Unitile, Heritage, Spectrum, Iokos, Acropaints, Asian
Tile or Eq.makes
(1st quality only)
I-2
REGD. OFF: RANCHI

EDITION : 1
27. Integral water proofing STP, Pidilite, Fosroc, CICO, Sika, Chryso or
compound Eq.makes
28. Stainless Steel Railing Jindal, Koncept, Indiana, Kich, Ozone or Eq.makes
29. FRP/ HDPE Garbage Sintex, Swift, Nutech, Sheetal or Eq.makes
Bins
30. Thermoplastic Road Shalimark (STP) or Eq.makes
Marking Paint
31. Bollard STP, Ace Polymers, FAAC, Pioneer Swift or
Eq.makes
32. Cateye TATA, STP, Pioneer Swift, Unicorp or Eq.makes
33. Readymade Speed STP, Ace Popymers, Pioneer Swift or Eq.makes
Breaker
34. All Sanitary ware with HSW,Jaquar,Somany or Eq.makes
faucets,taps,stop cock
35. Kitchen Stainless Diamond, Nirali, Neel Kanth, Jayna or Eq.makes
Steel Sink
36. Looking Mirror Saint Gobain, Modi Float, Triveni Float Glass, Crown,
Atul. or Eq.makes
37. PVC rain Reliance, Finolex, Supreme, Kisan, Prince or
water/sewage pipes Eq.makes
(IS-4985)
38. HDPE Water storage Sintex, Swift, Nutech, Sheetal or Eq.makes
tanks
( Rotational Moulded)
39. Brass Fittings Leader Engineering Works, Jalandhar; L & K Mathura;
Luster Sanitary, Jalandhar; Annapurna Metal Works,
Calcutta; Neta Metal Works, Jalandhar; Honey
Industrial Corporation, Bombay or Eq.makes
40. POP Doodhi,Trimurti,Sakarni
23.0 MATERIALS NOT SPECIFIED
For any other item(s)/Vendor which is not listed above, bidders can
supply those item(s) from vendors/ suppliers who have earlier supplied
same item(s) for
 earlier similar projects
 for Oil and Gas(HPCL/GAIL/Any other PSU)
 Supplyment with PTR(Past Track record)
as approved from OWNER/MECON.
I-3
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
LAYING & CONSTRUCTION OF STEEL
GAS PIPELINE AND TERMINALS
OIL & GAS SBU SECTION-12 FOR
NEGG PIPELINE PROJECT OF M/s IGGL
MECON LTD,
(PH-II) DELHI
Page 2 of 3
TITLE APPENDIX TO PJS Structural Steel Works Works
REVISION 0
SCOPE OF WORK FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
1.0 This Specification shall apply to supply, fabrication and erection of steel structures in
Terminal & laying works and general structural work.
The steel structures shall consist of but not limited to columns, column bracing,
portals, monorail beams, platforms, crossovers, walkways, stairs, ladders, handrails,
chequered Plate/Grating for platforms, MS Gate for Boundary wall, wicket gate,
emergency gate, monorail beams, chequered Plate on cable trench, chain link
fencing and fencing gate (if required), display sign boards for terminal etc.
This Specification covers the structural steel work mainly mentioned below. The
structural work shall not be limited to the following description but shall be guided by
technical/ technological aspects for the total scope of work.
Brief description of major works under the item is as follows:
1.1 Supply, Fabrication and Erection of Mild Steel Gates for Boundary wall
Supply, Fabrication and erection of mild steel gates-

a) - 4.0m wide & 3.0 m high,
b) - 5.5m wide & 3.0 m high with wicket gate 1.2m wide and
c) - 1.2m wide & 3.0 m high (emergency gate)
Painting of MS Gate as per specification and drawing.
Gate shall be fabricated and erected as per detailed construction drawing to be

issued to the successful tenderer.
1.2 Supply, Fabrication and Erection of Miscellaneous steel structural works.
a) Supply, Fabrication and erection of columns, column bracing, portals, platforms,

crossovers, walkways, stairs, ladders, handrails, chequered Plate/Grating for
platforms, chequered Plate on cable trench, display sign boards and any other
structures required for completion of terminal works, etc. fabricated from rolled
Steel section and built up section conforming to IS:2062 and pipes conforming to
IS:1161,as per requirement.
b) Painting of steel structure as per specification and drawing.
c) Sign board and other steel structure works shall be fabricated and erected as per
detailed construction drawings to be issued to the successful tenderer.
1.3 Supply, Fabrication and Erection of Chain Link Fencing and Gate
LAYING & CONSTRUCTION OF STEEL
GAS PIPELINE AND TERMINALS
OIL & GAS SBU SECTION-12 FOR
NEGG PIPELINE PROJECT OF M/s IGGL
MECON LTD,
(PH-II) DELHI
Page 3 of 3
TITLE APPENDIX TO PJS Structural Steel Works Works
REVISION 0
Brief description of major items shall be as follows
a) Supply, Fabrication and erection of 2.4 m high chain link with 600 mm at top
barbed wire supported on steel posts with other accessories all work as per
specification and drawing.
b) Painting of steel structure as per specification and drawing.
c) Gate of suitable width shall be provided in the direction of chain link fencing. The
mesh and barbed wire used for the fabrication of gate shall be identical in all
respects to that of chain link fencing the door may be single leaf or double leaf
depending on the width of the gate.
d) The gate frame shall be an angle frame with stiffeners at mid height and mid
width. The mesh shall be welded to the gate frame/stiffeners, all work as per
specification and drawings.
e) Painting of steel structure as per specification and drawing.
1.4 Supply, Fabrication and Erection of monorail beams (works as applicable)
Brief description of major items shall be as follows
a) Supply, Fabrication and erection of monorail beams in store room buildings,

including fittings and fixtures required for completion of works, etc. fabricated
from rolled Steel section conforming to IS:2062.
b) Painting of structure as per specification and drawing.
c) Monorail beams and other steel structure works shall be fabricated and erected
as per detailed construction drawings to be issued to the successful tenderer.
The cost & weight of MS bolts (permanent and service), washers, electrodes, putty,
gases, cost of straightening the raw materials, cutting of flats from plates and providing
splices, paints, tools, plants, electric power, water, other consumables, as required for
the work shall be deemed to be included in the quoted rates.
All handling and transport charges of raw materials and fabricated structures including
double handling, as required, for completion of work in accordance with time schedule,
are deemed be included in the quoted rates.

$11(;85(±,9723$57,&8/$5-2%
63(&,),&$7,21
,167580(17$7,21:25.6

SCOPE OF WORK
FOR
INSTRUMENTATION WORK
Page 1 of 9
CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
2. GENERAL
3. SCOPE OF WORK
4. FREE ISSUED ITEMS
5. INSPECTION CATEGORIZATION PLAN
6. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
Page 2 of 9
1. INTRODUCTION:
The Scope of Instrumentation work shall be Installation, field testing/ calibration &
commissioning of the complete instrumentation and control system and supply of materials in
accordance with the “SOR” and other technical documents attached with this Tender
Specification.
2. GENERAL:
2.1.0 The Contractor shall be responsible for complete activities involving all subcontractors under
him and also instrument sub-contractor (if applicable) works under him for the complete
instrument works, as part of his scope.
2.1.1. Scope of work shall be read in conjunction with the SOR, drawings, specifications and other
documents forming a part of the Contract document. Wherever there is a contradiction between
the above, matter shall be referred to CLIENT / MECON and their decision in this regard shall
be final and binding to contractor.
2.1.2. In the control room, the contractor's scope shall include laying, tagging and identification of all
cables connected between the field and the control room, dressing of the same inside the control
room. It is the responsibility of the contractor for proper routing, dressing of cables, terminations
in panels inside the control room and also for loop checking.
2.1.3. Contractor shall quote unit rates for all items covered in the “SOR”.
2.1.4. Contractor shall be responsible for co-ordination during installation, pre commissioning and
commissioning with his Mechanical and other sub contractors for proper installation of line
mounted instruments.
2.1.5. Contractor shall be responsible for installation, field testing, calibration, pre-commissioning and
commissioning.
2.1.6. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the various instrumentation vendor for all
kind of works inside the control room i.e. cable laying, tray erection, if any, and for proper cable
terminations and loop checking.
2.1.7. Drawings and Installation Standards enclosed with the tender are only for reference and
indicative of general nature for scope of work. Actual installation shall be carried out based on
final installation standards, Bill of material and vendor’s drawings / documents issued to site and
as per instructions of Engineer-in-Charge.
2.1.8. Instrument items such as tubes, tube fitting, valves & manifold, junction boxes, cables, cable
glands, plugs, adapters, pipe and pipe fittings etc., as required for installation & hook-ups of
instrument listed under SOR shall be supplied from the attached list of Approved Vendor’s only.
Contractor shall take prior approval of make and specification of such items before placement of
order.
Page 3 of 9
2.1.9. Sealing of cable entries into the control room after laying and testing of all cables using MCT
Blocks.
2.1.10. During trial run/start up/commissioning at all the locations, the contractor shall provide skilled
personnel and supervision round the clock at contractor’s cost. Any defect or changes of setting,
recalibration, etc., if any during the above activity shall be rectified/done immediately to the
satisfaction of engineer-in-charge or his representative. The number and category of the
personnel shall be as decided by the engineer-in-charge. The cost of the above is deemed to be
included by the contractor in the rate quoted.
2.1.11. Contractor's scope shall include making holes in the RCC for fixing up of supports for
instrumentation items, trays etc.
2.1.12. Contractor shall note that elbows (if required) shall be installed on the impulse line wherever
required as per instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge even if it is not indicated in the
installation standards.
2.1.14 The methodology of cable supports shall be as follows:-
a) Perforated/Angle/Ladder Trays (Contractor’s supply) for all the cables from the individual
instruments to the respective junction boxes.
b) Perforated/Angle/Ladder Trays (Contractor’s supply) or Trenches (Prepared by contractor)

as per the layout drawings (and any subsequent site adjustments as deemed necessary by
the engineer-in-charge) from the junction boxes to the control room(s), the same
supports/routes will have to be used for direct run cables from the individual instruments
to the control room.
2.1.15 The field work shall be carried out under strict safety regulations and work permits as laid
down by the client. The contractor shall take extreme care regarding safety and all safety gear
like helmets; hand gloves, safety belts, spectacles etc. shall have to be provided by the
contractor.
2.1.16 The single pvc sleeve type printed ferule shall be supplied. Ferruling for cables shall be done
with tag no. of instruments for individual pair. Cross ferruling shall be done for cable ferruling
in field and panels as per instruction of the Engineer in charge.
2.1.17 The contractor shall have to assess the actual site conditions/requirements before placement of
order for cable/trays as per the actual site condition. Contractor has to prepare a cable routing
layout as per actual site requirements from field to existing control room and get the approval
before placement of procurement.
2.1.18 Allowable minimum bending radius of multipair / multicore cable shall be 6 times the outside
diameter for unshielded cables and 8 times the outside diameter for shielded cables unless
otherwise recommended by the supplier.
2.1.19 Location and flow direction of on-line instruments shall be checked by the contractor and to be
Page 4 of 9
rectified in case of any discrepancy as per the instruction of Engineer -In-Charge
2.1.20 The cable entry to the Control room shall be through MCT Blocks for all the control rooms,
which shall be installed by the contractor. The installation of the pipe sleeves shall be as
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Contractor shall run all cables from field to Control
Room. The cables shall run through Tray / Trench / IRC (instrument road crossings) from field
to the control room as per Instrument Layout Drawings (to be furnished during execution).
2.1.21 Wherever trenches of longer/ smaller dimension than the maximum dimension identified in the
SOR, the rate shall be considered as pro-rata basis for increase/ decrease in floor area change.
2.1.22 Welding/NDT, Charpy V-notch, QA/QC requirement etc. shall be as per Piping Material
Specification (PMS), MECON standards & specifications and other requirement attached /
mentioned elsewhere in the tender document. Contractor to also note that 100% MPI shall be
carried out in the entire socket weld joints in the installation of instruments. The SOR price
shall include all the above in the installation of respective instrument/item.
2.1.23 Welding shall be as per welding standard attached elsewhere in the tender document.
3. Scope of Work :
The instrumentation works shall include, but not limited to the following to complete the works
(Scope of work is common for all the terminals and shall be read in conjunction with SOR, Std.
drawings, Std. TS and other attachments of tender document.) :
a) Supply, Installation, testing, calibration & commissioning of all field instruments (as
applicable) like Pressure Gauges, Temperature Gauges, Pressure Transmitters,
Temperature Transmitters, RTD (skin type & Thermowell type), etc. as per P&ID,
Technical Specifications, drawings & Datasheets attached with tender documents.
b) SS Tube Connection, Electrical Termination, Testing and Commissioning of Gas Actuated
Ball Valves (AV) / H OV including the Supply and installation of SS tubes and fittings
along with supports for impulse lines (wherever required), hydraulic testing, hydraulic oil
(if required), painting of supports as per std, manifold/ isolation valves, sockolets etc as
required for tubing of each Valve, as per the direction of Engineer-In Charge but exclusive
of supply of Valves with actuator.
c) Testing & Commissioning of Metering Skids (alongwith Metering Panels, free issued
cables, etc.) including all manpower, tools & tackles, equipments, consumables, etc.
required as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. Scope also includes installation of metering
panel & laying of free issued cables.
d) Testing , Commissioning , Electrical termination, calibration of Non-Intrusive Pig
Page 5 of 9
Signallers including all manpower, tools & tackles, equipments, consumables, etc. required
as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
e) Calibration of Pressure Safety Valves as detailed in SOR.
f) Design, Engineering, inspection, Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of Fully
wired Control Panel cum TIC Panel (Free standing type, 2115 (mm) H (including 100 mm
base + 15 mm anti-vibration pad) x 1200 (mm) W x 800 (mm) D) alongwith all accessories
including valve auto-closure as per tender Document s. All the signals of electrical,
instrumentation, RTU/SCADA, CP, metering skid, etc. are to be interfaced through this
Panel and necessary TBs alongwith accessories shall be provided for the same.
g) Design, Engineering, inspection, Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of LEL
Detection System comprising of Monitoring card (in Control Panel) & LEL Detectors (in
the field) as per tender document (inclusive of supply of yoke, supports, calibration kit, etc)
h) Supply, Installation, testing of instrument valves & manifolds, mounting accessories,
impulse piping/ tubing, pipe/tube fittings, cable glands, identification tags, conduits,
structural material required for instrument and junction box supports, trays and painting
etc. as per P&ID, Technical Specifications , drawings & Datasheets attached with tender
documents.
i) Supply, Laying, testing of earthing cables / strips for instrument cases & junction boxes to
earth grid, GI / copper strips for grounding of racks/ cabinets/ panels in the control room
with earth pit. Separate earthing to be provided for electrical & instrumentation system.
Copper conductor to be considered for lightning arrestor. Earthing of transformer neutral
shall have double earthing.
j) Supply, Installation , testing and commissioning of Multi cable Transit blocks for all the
cables entering in control room of all the stations
k) Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of Insulated cable glands for all the
instruments and AV of all the SV Terminals. Size of cable gland shall be as per site
requirement.
l) Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of dielectric fittings for tubing works at all
SV stations.
m) Excavation of trenches for burring the cables, filling with sand, laying of bricks, back
filling and compacting of the excavated earth. Removal of pre-cast concrete slabs (If
required) and sand on the existing concrete trench, and re-filling of RCC cable trenches
with sand & re-fixing back the concrete slabs after laying of new cables.
n) Supply, Laying, testing of all interconnection cabling (single pair & multi pair signal,
Page 6 of 9
alarm, control and power cables and system cables etc.) between instrument items and
junction boxes, instrument items/ junction boxes to Panel & between panels / cabinets /
racks.
o) Dressing, Tagging, lugging, ferruling, glanding, pair/core identification and termination of
all field cables (single pair & multi pair signal, alarm, control, power and system cables
etc.) in the instrument items, junction boxes, Control Panel & other panels / cabinets /
racks.
p) Complete loop checking and megger testing of cables.
q) Supply, Installation, testing of junction boxes, cable glands, plugs and adapters.
r) Supply, Installation of canopies for instruments.
s) Supply, Fabrication, erection, laying & painting of cable trays, perforated/angle trays
including clamping, identifying tags.
t) Calibration of all field instruments.
u) Hydraulic testing of instrument impulse lines (piping/tubing).
v) Commissioning.
w) Documentation.
x) As built drawings.
y) Supply & installation of yoke supports for instruments and junction boxes.
z) Supply & installation of canopies fabricated out of 2 mm thick MS sheet for instruments.
aa) Supply & installation of pipe sleeves for instrumentation cable entry to the control room.
bb) Supply & installation of Rodent repellers.
cc) The quantities given in SOR against individual items are indicative and shall not be
considered to be binding. The quantities may be increased, decreased or deleted at site at
the time of actual execution and as per discretion of owner/engineer-in-charge. The unit
rate shall be operated to work out the final payment due to contractor. The procurement
shall done as per actual site condition, Approved construction drgs. and Instruction of EIC.
dd) All the items required to complete the work shall be the scope of supply of contractor only.
ee) Supply means supply of instruments including all erection accessories as defined elsewhere
in tender document.
ff) Contractor to note that wherever stainless steel is specified it refers to austenitic and / or
ferrite steel.
gg) All cable glands shall be double compression type and shall be provided with PVC hood.
Cable glands shall be suitable for the cable dimensions with ±2 mm tolerance.
hh) For all electrical items supplied by the contractor including junction boxes, cable glands
Page 7 of 9
and accessories supplied for projects in India, certification from CMRS for explosion
proof to IS 2148 suitable for NEC Class -I, Div-1, Group C & D and Weatherproof to IP
55 as per IS 13947 and approval from CCOE (Chief Controller of Explosives, India) shall
be furnished irrespective of place of manufacture.
ii) For instrument material supplied by Contractor such as cables, junction boxes, pipe, pipe-
fittings, tube, tube-fittings, Instrument valves and Manifolds; drawings, data from vendor
shall be furnished as required as per the respective standard specification. Also Contractor
shall furnish:
i. Specification / Datasheet of Junction Boxes, Cable Glands, Plugs and adaptors.

ii. Complete catalogues with part list for all contractor supplied instruments.
iii. GA drawing of Junction boxes and canopies
iv. Certificates from statutory body for hazardous area for junction boxes, cable glands,
plugs, adaptors.
v. Material test certificates.
vi. Vendor List for all items
vii. As-built Drawings / Documents. Earthing layout drawing to be submitted indicating
instrument earthing, electrical earthing & lightening earthing. Lightning earthing shall
be isolated from instrument earthing.
viii. Site Calibration report for all instruments.
Note: This list indicates the minimum drawings and document requirements. However, vendor shall
submit a complete list of document and drawing schedule listing all the drawings and
documents to be submitted by them during the course of execution of the job. The schedule
shall list all drawings and documents along with their number and expected date of
submission.
4. FREE ISSUED ITEMS:
The following instrument item shall be free issued to contractor:

a) Gas Actuated Valves AV / HOV.
b) Metering Skids
c) Pig Signaller
Page 8 of 9
5. INSPECTION CATEGORIZATION PLAN FOR INSTRUMENTATION ITEMS
Sl. Item Description Unit Inspection Inspection Inspection Remarks

TPIA Contractor PMC
Instruments (PG, TG, PT, TT, LEL
1 Nos. B B/C C
Detection System, RTD, etc)
2 Instrument cables Nos. B B/C C

Control panel (including
3 Nos. B B/C C
barriers/SDC/panel indicator,etc)
4 Cable Trays Nos. N/A B/C C *
5 Junction Boxes , Cable Glands Nos. N/A B/C C *

Tube Fittings , Tube
6 manifolds/valves, Tubes, MCT LS N/A B/C C *
Blocks, Earthing wires, Canopy
Inspection Characterization Legend
1 A - Stage-wise Inspection + Final Inspection + Document Review as per QAP / specification / Drg.
2 B - Final Inspection + Document Review as per QAP / specification / Drg.
3 C - Document Review as per QAP / specification / Drg.
TPI - Third Party Inspection Agency

QAP shall be prepared by vendor / contractor and shall be submitted for approval.
* Items shall be accepted at site based on the TC/IR review as per specification/Drg. Hence, IWC not
required.
6. LIST OF ATTACHMENTS:
Refer the List of datasheets, Standard Specifications, vendor list, standard QAP’s and Standard
Drawings enclosed elsewhere in the tender document.
Page 9 of 9
DATASHEET OF PRESSURE GAUGE
Project :- *
Client :- *
Contractor :- *
FOA No. :- *
1 Type Direct Wetted parts ---
material
2 Mounting Local Element ---
3 Dial size 150 mm Lower body ---
Colour White (Non rusting plastic Non wetted ---
with black engraving) parts
4 Case material SS Process ---
connection
5 Bezel ring Screwed / Bayonet Size ---
6 Window material Shatter proof glass Rating ---
7 Enclosure Min. IP 65 / 66 Facing &Finish ---
8 Pressure element Bourdon tube Capillary ---
material
9 Element material SS 316 Capillary ---
length
10 Socket material SS 316 Flushing & ---
Filling
11 Accuracy  1% FSD Over range 130% of range
16
protection
12 Zero adjustment Micrometer pointer Blow out Required
17
(Internal) protection
18 Options
13 Connections ½” NPT (M) a) Snubber
Conn. Location Bottom b) Syphon
14 Movement SS 304 c) Gauge saver
15 Diaphragm seal --- d) Liquid filled casing
Type --- 19 2-valve, 3-way Required
manifold
20
Make & *
Model
Pressure Design
Tag No. Range Fluid Location Options
Operating Design Temp.
Refer Instrument Index / P&ID
NOTES:
1) ‘*’ Information to be supplied by the Vendor / Contractor.

2) Make of the PG shall be from approved vendor list of Mecon /Client.
3) Detailed technical catalogue for offered model to be submitted by vendor/contractor during approval.
4) Offered Model shall meet the tender requirement.
0 NB VJ RKS
INSTRUMENTATION DATASHEETS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
Rev. Prpd. By : Chkd. By : Appd. By :
05/E5/I/DS
Page 1 of 13
DATASHEET OF PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
Project :- *
Client :- *
Contractor :- *
FOA No. :- *
GENERAL MEASURING UNIT
1 Function Transmit & Indicate 15 Service Pressure
Electronic Smart P
2 Type 16 Element Diaphragm
Based
3 Case Mfg. Std. 17 Body Material Carbon Steel or better
4 Mounting Yoke 18 Element Material SS 316L
Weather proof to
IS2147 Process
5 Enclosure 19 ½” NPT(F)
Explosion proof to Connections
IS2148
Process Conn.
Enclosure class Min. IP 65 / 66 Mfg. Std.
Locn.
Zone-I, Gr.IIA & IIB, Over Range
6 Elec. Area Class. 20 130% of Range
T3, CCOE certified Protection
Intrinsically safe &
7 Required
Flameproof
8 Air supply N.A 21 Output Meter Required (W.P. & Intr. Safe )
22 Mounting Required for 2” Pipe Mounting –
9 Power supply 24 VDC
Accessories Material (SS 316)
Zero elevn. & Required
10 Cable entry ½” NPT(F) 23
suppression
2-valve, 3-way Required
11 Accuracy + 0.075% of SPAN 24
manifold
12 Repeatability + 0.05% 25 Make & Model *
TRANSMITTER
4 – 20 mA DC, Two
13 Output
wire
14 Trans. Power supply 0 - 24 V DC
Design Design
Tag No. Operating Pressure Range Fluid Options
Press. Temp.

NOTES:
1. ‘*’ Information to be supplied by the Vendor / Contractor.
2. Make of the PT shall be from approved vendor list of Mecon /Client.
3. CCOE Certificate for offered transmitter to be submitted by the Vendor / Contractor during approval.
4. Detailed technical catalogue for offered model to be submitted by vendor/contractor during approval.
5. Offered Model shall meet the tender requirement.
6. PT shall be with HART PROTOCOL
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 2 of 13
DATASHEET OF TEMPERATURE GAUGE (with Thermowell)
Project :- *
Client :- *
Contractor :- *
FOA No. :- *
GENERAL FILLED SYSTEM
1 Type FILLED SYSTEM / BIMETALLIC 15 SAMA Class VB
2 Well REQUIRED Compensation CASE
ADJUSTABLE
3 Mounting LOCAL 16 Bulb type
UNION
4 Dial size 150 mm Bulb material 316SS
WHITE (Non rusting plastic with
5 Colour 17 Bulb union threaded to ½” NPT(M)
black figs.)
DIE CAST ALUMINIUM
6 Case material 18 Extension type RIGID
(EPOXY PAINTED)
7 Window material SHATTER PROOF GLASS 19 Bulb dia 8 mm (Min)
8 Conn. Location BOTTOM 20 Capillary material
9 Accuracy 1% FSD Armour Flexible
WEATHER PROOF
10 Enclosure Armour material
TO IS2147
Enclosure class Min. IP 65 / 66 Capillary length
MICROMETER POINTER
11 Zero adj. Screw 21 Overrange protection 130% OF RANGE
(Internal)
BIMETAL THERMOWELL
12 Stem: 22 Material SS 316
DRILLED BAR
Type 23 Construction
STOCK
Material 24 Process connection 1 ½” FLANGED
Size 25 Gauge connection ½” NPT (F)

13 Stem diameter 26 Thermowell as per drg Drg enclosed
14 27 Options a) LIQUID FILLED
28 Make & Model *
Well
Temperature ( C)
Tag No. Range Dimensions Flange rating Location Remarks
Operating Design U T
Note:
2. Make of the TG shall be from approved vendor list of Mecon /Client.
3. Wake frequency calculation of offered Thermowell to be submitted by the Vendor / Contractor during approval.
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 3 of 13
DATASHEET OF TEMPERATURE GAUGE (SKIN TYPE)
Project :- *
Client :- *
Contractor :- *
FOA No. :- *
GENERAL FILLED SYSTEM
1 Type FILLED SYSTEM / BIMETALLIC 15 SAMA Class VB
2 Well REQUIRED Compensation CASE
ADJUSTABLE
3 Mounting LOCAL 16 Bulb type
UNION
4 Dial size 150 mm Bulb material 316SS
WHITE (Non rusting plastic with
5 Colour 17 Bulb union threaded to ½” NPT(M)
black figs.)
DIE CAST ALUMINIUM
6 Case material 18 Extension type RIGID
(EPOXY PAINTED)
7 Window material SHATTER PROOF GLASS 19 Bulb dia 8 mm (Min)
8 Conn. Location BOTTOM 20 Capillary material
9 Accuracy 1% FSD Armour Flexible
WEATHER PROOF
10 Enclosure Armour material
TO IS2147
Enclosure class Min. IP 65 / 66 Capillary length
MICROMETER POINTER
11 Zero adj. Screw 21 Overrange protection 130% OF RANGE
(Internal)
BIMETAL THERMOWELL
12 Stem: 22 Material -
Type 23 Construction -
Material 24 Process connection -
Size 25 Gauge connection -
13 Stem diameter 26 Thermowell as per drg -
14 27 Options a) LIQUID FILLED
28 Make & Model *
Well
Temperature ( C) Flange
Dimensions
Tag No. Range Location Remarks
Rating/Face/
Operating Design U T Material
Finish
Note:
2. Make of the TG shall be from approved vendor list of Mecon /Client.
4. Mounting Pad to be provided with TG.
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 4 of 13
DATASHEET OF RTD (SKIN TYPE)
Project :- *
Client :- *
Contractor :- *
FOA No. :- *
GENERAL 13 Cable entry ½” NPT (F)
1 Assembly as per Drg. enclosed 14 No. of entries Single
drg. 15 Enclosure type Weather proof to Min. IP 65 / 66, Ex-
proof (CCOE certified)
ELEMENT THERMOWELL
3 No. of elements Simplex 16 Material --
4 Calibration As per DIN 43760 17 Construction --
5 Element material Platinum (Pt 100) 18 Process --
connection
6 Resistance at 0C 100 ohms 19 Inst. connection --
7 Leads Standard 20 Thermowell as --
8 Sheath per drg
O.D. 6 mm TRANSMITTER
Material SS 316 21 Quantity -
9 Nipple & Union SS 316 22 Input
-
Material
10 No. Of wires 4 Wire 23 Output --
HEAD 24 Power Supply --
11 Head Cover type Screwed cap & SS chain 25 Mounting --
12 Material Cast Aluminium 26 Enclosure class --
27 Make & Model
*
No.
Temperature Well Flange

Dimensions
Tag No. Range Service REMARKS
Material
Rating/Face/
Nor Design U T
Finish
NOTES:

2. Make of the RTD shall be from approved vendor list of Mecon /Client.
4. RTD offered shall be of highest accuracy (4 wire, 1/5 DIN)
5. Mounting Pad alongwith accessories to be provided with RTD.
6. CCOE Certificate for offered RTD to be submitted by the Vendor / Contractor during approval.
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 5 of 13
DATASHEET OF RTD (with Thermowell)
Project :- *
Client :- *
Contractor :- *
FOA No. :- *
GENERAL 13 Cable entry ½” NPT (F)
1 Assembly as per Drg. enclosed 14 No. of entries Single
drg. Enclosure type Weather proof to Min. IP 65 / 66, Ex-
15
proof (CCOE certified)
2 Type RTD (4 wire, 1/5 DIN)
THERMOWELL
ELEMENT
3 No. of elements Simplex 16 Material SS 316
4 Calibration As per DIN 43760 17 Construction Drilled bar stock
5 Element material Platinum (Pt 100) 18 Process connection 1 ½” Flanged
6 Resistance at 0C 100 ohms 19 Inst. connection ½” NPT (F)
7 Leads Standard Thermowell as per Drg. Enclosed
20
8 Sheath drg
O.D. 8 mm TRANSMITTER
Material SS 316 21 Quantity
9 Nipple & Union SS 316
22 Input
Material
10 No. Of wires 4 Wire 23 Output
HEAD 24 Power Supply
11 Head Cover type Screwed cap & SS chain 25 Mounting
12 Material Cast Aluminium 26 Enclosure class
27 SS Tag Plate Required
Make & Model *
28
No.
Well
Temperature Flange
Dimensions
Tag No. Range Fluid Qty
Rating/Face/
Nor Design U T Material
Finish
NOTES:
2. Make of the RTD shall be from approved vendor list of Mecon /Client.
4. Wake frequency calculation of offered Thermowell to be submitted by the Vendor / Contractor during approval.
5. CCOE Certificate for offered RTD to be submitted by the Vendor / Contractor during approval.
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 6 of 13
DATASHEET OF TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
Project :- *
Client :- *
Contractor :- *
FOA No. :- *
GENERAL
1 Function Transmit & Indicate
Electronic Smart P
2 Type
Based
3 Case Mfg. Std.
4 Mounting Yoke
Dual Chamber, Weather
proof to IS2147
5 Enclosure
Explosion proof to
IS2148
Enclosure class Min. IP 65 / 66
Zone-I, Gr.IIA & IIB,
6 Elec. Area Class.
T3, CCOE Certified
Intrinsically safe &
7 Required
Flameproof
8 INPUT FROM RTD
9 RFI / EMI Protection Required
10 Cable entry ½” NPT(F)
11 Accuracy + 0.1% of FSD
12 Linearisation Upscale
13 Load Driving Capability 600 Ohms at 24 V DC
4 – 20 Ma DC, Two
14 Output
wire
15 Trans. Power supply 0 – 24 V DC
16 Cold Junction Compensation *
17 Output Meter
Required (W.P. & Intr.
Safe)
18 Required for 2” Pipe
Mounting Accessories Mounting –
Material (SS 316)
19 Make & Model *
Design Design
Tag No. Operating Pressure Range Fluid Options
Press. Temp.
NOTES :

2. Make of the TT shall be from approved vendor list of Mecon /Client.
3. CCOE Certificate for offered transmitter to be submitted by the Vendor / Contractor during approval.
6. TT shall be with HART PROTOCOL.
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 7 of 13
DATASHEET OF LEL DETECTION SYSTEM
Project :- *
Client :- *
Contractor :- *
FOA No. :- *
SERVICE To detect the presence of Natural Gas in the various
locations in Terminal area.
Qty. of Detectors with single channel Refer SOR / MR
Monitoring cards
Qty. of Controller Rack Refer SOR / MR
ALARMS To be available in the respective Control Rooms.
RELAY CONTACT FOR EACH Required
CHANNEL
RELAY CONTACT FOR GROUPING Required
SENSOR
Make *
Model No. *
TYPE Poison resistant, infrared absorption type for combustible
gas or vapours. (Non-selective)
CONSTRUCTION Explosion proof, SS 316 body with stainless steel flame
arrestors, dust cover, weather proof as per NEMA 4X or
Min. IP 65 / 66 (NOTE-3).
Sensor element shall be replaceable type / plug in type.

Terminal box shall be provided for further cabling.
Flying leads shall not be offered. Cable entry shall be ¾”
NPT (F) (NOTE-4).
ELECTRICAL AREA Zone –1, Gr. II A & II B, T3, CCOE Certified
CLASSIFICATION
RANGE 0 –100 % LEL
OUTPUT 3 wire (4-20 mA)
ACCURACY ± 1 % of gas reading @ 50% LEL, ± 5 % of gas
reading @ > 50% to 100% LEL
MOUNTING ACCESSORIES *
GAS MONITOR / CONTROLLER
Make *
Model No. *
TYPE Solid state electronic, panel mounted plug in modular
construction
NO. OF CHANNELS 16 Nos. (With Common Indicating Meter). However,
single loop integrity shall be maintained by one
monitoring card per sensor. Single Channel Monitors
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 8 of 13
shall be offered.
POWER SUPPLY 24 V DC Monitor / Controller shall supply power to
sensor.
RANGE AND METER Adjustable between 0-100 % LEL
CALIBRATION
INDICATORS Required 0 –100 % LEL
INDICATOR LIGHTS Power on by a confidence flash for every 2 seconds.
(Separate for each channel) 20 % LEL
40 % LEL
Malfunction (malfunction shall include short cut. Line
breaking, over range and earth fault.)
OTHER FEATURES a) Dual adjustable set points for gas level alarm.
b) SPDT latching type relay contacts shall be provided
for following:
i) 20 % LEL (each channel)-alarm high (adjustable)
ii) 40 % LEL (each channel)-alarm very high (adjustable)
iii) Malfunction (common)
iv) High (Common)
v) High High (Common)
c) Relay contacts shall be suitably rated for the specified
power requirements.
d) Reset push button (common)
e) Sensor calibration without alarm outputs shall be
achieved by inhibit switch on relevant channel.
MOUNTING Monitors / Controllers shall be supplied mounted in 19”
racks with screwed terminals at the back. However 19”
racks shall be fully wired-up in ready to use condition.
Dummy plates shall be provided on spare channel slots
wherever required (20 % spare slot shall be provided
wherever applicable).
CALIBRATION KIT Set of fully equipped calibration gas kit consisting of at
least a cylinder / bottle of calibration gas for minimum 6
months use (of known mixture of air and gas ) , a
pressure regulator with gauge , flexible tube / hose ,
adapter cap (to fit sensing head ) shall be supplied to
enable online calibration of LEL detectors.
NOTE :
2. Make of the LEL Detection System shall be from approved vendor list of Mecon /Client.
3. Splash guard & weatherproof cap for protection against dust and rain shall be provided.
4. The junction box shall be weatherproof to IP 55 and certified to Explosion proof.
5. CCOE Certificate for offered LEL Detection System to be submitted by the Vendor / Contractor during approval.
7. RS-485 port shall be provided for provision of interfacing with RTU/SCADA.
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 9 of 13
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 10 of 13
DATASHEET OF INSTRUMENTATION CABLES
Project :- *
Client :- *
Contractor :- *
FOA No. :- *
Description 1PX1.50SQ.MM- 1TX1.50SQ.M 1QX1.50SQ.MM-ARM 6TX1.50SQ.MM- 6PX0.50SQ.MM- 3CX1.50SQ.MM- 12CX1.50SQ.MM-
ARM CABLE M-ARM CABLE CABLE ARM CABLE ARM CABLE ARM CABLE ARM CABLE
Make * * * * * * *
As per site / As per site /
As per site / tender As per site / tender As per site / tender As per site / tender As per site / tender
Order Quantity(M) tender tender
requirement requirement requirement requirement requirement
requirement requirement
General Cable Type Armoured Armoured Armoured Armoured Armoured Armoured Armoured
Voltage Grade(V) 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100
No of Cores NA 3 4 18 NA 3 12
No of Pairs 1 NA NA NA 6 NA NA
No of Triads NA 1 NA 6 NA NA NA
CONDUCTOR
Conductor Size (SQMM) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.5 1.5 1.5
Electrolytic Electrolytic Electrolytic Electrolytic Electrolytic Electrolytic
Electrolytic Annealed
Conductor Material Annealed Tinned Annealed Annealed Tinned Annealed Tinned Annealed Tinned Annealed Tinned
Tinned Copper
Copper Tinned Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper
Conductor Type Multi Strand Multi Strand Multi Strand Multi Strand Multi Strand Multi Strand Multi Strand
Core Dia of Strand 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.2 0.53 0.53
(Before Stranding)(mm)
Core No of Strands 7 7 7 7 16 7 7
AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS
Conductor Ref Standard AS PER IS 8130/1984
8130/1984 8130/1984 8130/1984 8130/1984 8130/1984 8130/1984
Insulation
Insulation Material Extruded HR

Extruded HR PVC Extruded HR PVC Extruded HR PVC Extruded HR PVC Extruded HR PVC
PVC Type C As Extruded HR PVC Type
Type C As per IS Type C As per IS Type C As per IS Type C As per IS Type C As per IS
per IS 5831- C As per IS 5831-1/84
5831-1/84 5831-1/84 5831-1/84 5831-1/84 5831-1/84
1/84
Insulation thickness 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
(min) (mm)
Insulation color BLUE BLACK &
BLUE & BLACK with
BROWN with cores GREY with
cores of each pair
BLUE BLACK & BLUE BLACK RED & of each triad RED YELLOW & numbering on each
BLACK & BLUE numbered within
BROWN YELLOW numbered within BLUE cores for core
250 mm interval for
250 mm interval for identification
triad identification
triad identification
Number of Twist /
10 10 10 10 10 NA NA
Meter
INDIVIDUAL SHIELDING
DETAILS
Individual Shielding
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes NA NA
requirement
Individual Drain wire Annealed Tinned Annealed Annealed Tinned Annealed Tinned Annealed Tinned
NA NA
Material Copper Tinned Copper Copper Copper Copper
Individual Drain Wire 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
NA NA
Size (SQMM)
Individual Drain Wire
Multi Multi Multi Multi Multi NA NA
Type
Individual Drain Wire No
7 7 7 7 7 NA NA
of Strand
Individual Drain Wire 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Dia of Strand (Before NA NA
Stranding)
Individual Shielding Al Mylar Tape Al Mylar Tape Al Mylar Tape Al Mylar Tape
Al Mylar Tape (Helical) NA NA
Tape Type (Helical) (Helical) (Helical) (Helical)
Individual Shielding
0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 NA NA
Tape Thickness (mm)
Individual Shielding 25 & 100 25 & 100 25 & 100 25 & 100 25 & 100
NA NA
Overlap (%)& Coverage
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 11 of 13
(%)
COMMUNICATION PAIR
Communication Pair NA NA NA Yes Yes NA NA

CP Conductor Size
NA NA NA 0.5 0.5 NA NA
(SQMM)
Annealed Tinned Annealed Tinned
CP Conductor Material NA NA NA NA NA
Copper Copper
CP Conductor Type NA NA NA Multi Multi NA NA
CP Conductor Diameter
of Strand (Before NA NA NA 0.3 0.3 NA NA
Stranding) (mm)
CP Conductor No of
NA NA NA 7 7 NA NA
Strand
Extruded HR PVC Extruded HR PVC
Communication Pair
NA NA NA Type C As per IS Type C As per IS NA NA
Insulation Material
5831-1/84 5831-1/84
Communication Pair
Insulation Thickness NA NA NA 0.4 0.4 NA NA
(mm)
Communication Pair
NA NA NA Red & Green Red & Green NA NA
Insulation Color
OVERALL SHIELDING
Overall Shielding
NA NA NA Yes Yes NA NA
Requirement
Overall Drain wire Annealed Tinned Annealed Tinned
NA NA NA NA NA
Material Copper Copper
Overall Drain Wire Size NA NA NA 0.5 0.5 NA NA
(SQMM)
Overall Drain Wire Type NA NA NA Multi Multi NA NA
Overall Drain Wire No of
NA NA NA 7 7 NA NA
Strand
Overall Drain Wire NA NA NA 0.3 0.3 NA NA
Diameter of Strand
(Before Stranding) (mm)
Overall Shielding
Overlap (%) & Coverage NA NA NA 25 & 100 25 & 100 NA NA
(%)
Overall Shielding Tape
NA NA NA Al Mylar Tape Al Mylar Tape NA NA
Type
Overall Shielding Tape NA NA NA 0.075 0.075 NA NA
Thickness (mm)
Inner Sheath
Inner Sheath Material Extruded HR FRLS Extruded HR Extruded HR FRLS PVC Extruded HR FRLS Extruded HR FRLS Extruded HR FRLS Extruded HR FRLS
PVC ST2 FRLS PVC ST2 ST2 PVC ST2 PVC ST2 PVC ST2 PVC ST2
Inner Sheath Ref. AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS 5831/1984 AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS
Standard 5831/1984 5831/1984 5831/1984 5831/1984 5831/1984 5831/1984
Inner Sheath Thickness
* * * * * * *
(Minimum) (mm)
Dia Over Inner Sheath
* * * * * * *
(mm)(Nominal)
Inner Sheath Color BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK
Rip Cord PROVIDED PROVIDED PROVIDED PROVIDED PROVIDED PROVIDED PROVIDED
Armour
Armour Material Galvanized steel Galvanized Galvanized steel AS Galvanized steel AS Galvanized steel AS Galvanized steel AS Galvanized steel AS
AS PER IS-3975 steel AS PER PER IS-3975 PER IS-3975 PER IS-3975 PER IS-3975 PER IS-3975
IS-3975
Armour Type & size * * * * * * *
Extruded HR FRLS Extruded HR Extruded HR FRLS PVC Extruded HR FRLS Extruded HR FRLS Extruded HR FRLS Extruded HR FRLS
PVC ST2-Anti FRLS PVC ST2- ST2-Anti Rodent and PVC ST2-Anti PVC ST2-Anti PVC ST2-Anti PVC ST2-Anti
Rodent and Anti Rodent Termite PROPERTIES Rodent and Rodent and Rodent and Rodent and
Outer Sheath Material
Termite and Termite Termite Termite Termite Termite
PROPERTIES PROPERTIES PROPERTIES PROPERTIES PROPERTIES PROPERTIES
Outer Sheath Material AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS AS PER IS
AS PER IS 5831/1984
Ref. Standard 5831/1984 5831/1984 5831/1984 5831/1984 5831/1984 5831/1984
Outer Sheath thickness * * * * * * *
(Minimum) (mm)
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 12 of 13
Outer Sheath Color LIGHT BLUE LIGHT BLUE LIGHT BLUE LIGHT BLUE LIGHT BLUE BLACK BLACK
Dia Over Outer Sheath
* * * * * * *
(mm)(Nominal)
ADDITIONAL DETAILS
SEQUENTIAL SEQUENTIAL SEQUENTIAL SEQUENTIAL SEQUENTIAL SEQUENTIAL

SEQUENTIAL MARKING
Additional Requirement MARKING FOR MARKING FOR MARKING FOR MARKING FOR MARKING FOR MARKING FOR
FOR EVERY METRE
EVERY METRE EVERY METRE EVERY METRE EVERY METRE EVERY METRE EVERY METRE
BS 5308-II, IS BS 5308-II, IS BS 5308-II, IS 1554 BS 5308-II, IS 1554 BS 5308-II, IS 1554 IS 1554 Part I, IS 1554 Part I,
Applicable Standard 1554 Part I, 1554 Part I, Part I, Part I, Part I, MEC/TS/05/E9/073 MEC/TS/05/E9/073
Generally confirming to MEC/S/05/26/07 MEC/S/05/26/ MEC/S/05/26/07 MEC/S/05/26/07 MEC/S/05/26/07 A A
07
ELECTRICAL
PARAMETER
Conductor
Resistance(Ohms / 12.3 12.3 12.3 12.3 40.4 12.3 12.3
Km)at 20 Deg.C (Max.)
Insulation Resistance
100 100 100 100 100 100 100
(min) M.Ohms-Km
HV Test Core to Core KV 1KV for 1 Minutes 1KV for 1 1KV for 1 Minutes 1KV for 1 Minutes 1KV for 1 Minutes 1KV for 1 Minutes 1KV for 1 Minutes
for 1 min Minutes
HV Test Core to Screen 1KV for 1
1KV for 1 Minutes 1KV for 1 Minutes 1KV for 1 Minutes 1KV for 1 Minutes 1KV for 1 Minutes 1KV for 1 Minutes
KV for 1 Min Minutes
Capacitance-Core to
250 250 250 250 250 250 250
Core (Max) nF/Km
Capacitance-Core to 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
Shield-Max nF/Km
Inductance @ 1 KHZ
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
mH/Km
L/R Ratio (Max.) micro
40 40 40 40 25 40 40
Henry / Ohm
Drain Wire 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Resistance(Ohms /
Km)at 20 Deg.C (Max.)
Electrostatic Noise Better than 76 dB Better than 76 Better than 76 dB Better than 76 dB Better than 76 dB Better than 76 dB Better than 76 dB
Rejection Ratio (dB) dB
Spark Test Required Required Required Required Required Required Required
TEST PARAMETERS
Oxygen Index As Per

ASTM D 2863-77 at 20 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Deg % (Min.)
Temperature Index @ 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
21% of O2 As Per ASTM
D
Flammability as per IEC-
50 50 50 50 50 50 50
60332 Part-I (Min.)
HCL Gas Emission As Per
20 20 20 20 20 20 20
IEC-754-1 % ( Max.)
Smoke Density rating As 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
Per ASTM D 2843-
77(Less Than)
CABLE PRINTING TEXT
1T 1.5SQMM
1P 1.5SQMM 1Q 1.5SQMM 1100V 6T 1.5SQMM 6P 0.5SQMM 3C 1.5SQMM 12C 1.5SQMM
1100V FRLS
Printing Text 1100V FRLS MFR. FRLS MFR. YEAR OF 1100V FRLS MFR. 1100V FRLS MFR. 1100V FRLS MFR. 1100V FRLS MFR.
MFR. YEAR OF
YEAR OF MFG. MFG. YEAR OF MFG. YEAR OF MFG. YEAR OF MFG. YEAR OF MFG.
MFG.
NOTES :-
2. Make of the Cables shall be from approved vendor list of Mecon /Client.
0 NB VJ RKS
MECON LTD. DELHI
DS No: MEC/STD./
05/E5/I/DS
Page 13 of 13
INSTRUMENTATION SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
CONTROL PANEL & ACCESSORIES
TS. No. : MEC/05/E5/TS /CP - 030
MECON LIMITED
DELHI - 110 092
0 20.01.10
Revision Date Description Prepared by Checked by Approved by

MECON LIMITED SPECIFICATION FOR CONTROL PANEL & ACCESSORIES
DELHI
SPEC. No. : MEC / 05 / E5 / TS/ CP - 030

INSRUMENTATION
SECTION Rev. 0 Page 2 of 11
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
CONTROL PANEL & ACCESSORIES
GENERAL
Site of Installation
1. Plant and Location : As per P & ID
2. Client : As per P & ID
3. Consultant : MECON LIMITED.
4. Location of control panel : Control Room and accessories.
5. Floor : Concrete (By client)
6. Air Conditioning : Yes (By client)
7. Control Panels Quantity : As per SOR
Scope of Work :
a) Supply of Control Panel (free standing, cubicle type) along with all accessories like
Power Supply Distribution Box (PDB), Lamps, MCBs, Relays, Barriers / Isolators,
Selector Switch, Signal Multipliers (SDC), etc. as per this Technical specification.
b) Client will provide 230 VAC, 50 Hz. at control room for Control panel and utilities
respectively. Further distribution and necessary surge protection device shall be part of
panel vendor.
c) Separate Terminal Blocks shall be provided for RTU signals with 20% spare
terminals. All the signals shall be available at RTU TBs.
d) Quantities of control panel accessories (Push Buttons, Lamps, Relays, Zener Barriers,
and SDC Cards etc.) shall be as per the Technical Requirements during drawing
approval/detail engineering.
e) Mounting heights :
i) Miniature and subminiature Bottom row 1100mm

instruments (3 rows ) Middle row 1350mm
Top row 1600mm
ii) Electric push buttons --
700mm
Page 2 of 11
DELHI
SPEC. No. : MEC / 05 / E5 / TS/ CP - 030

INSRUMENTATION
INST CONTROL PANEL CONSTRUCTION
1. Type : Self-supported, Free Standing, enclosed cubicle and Non-

graphic.
2. Lighting : Required for inside panel with door switch.
3. Ventilation : Required with louvers backed by wire fly screen & fan. Fan
Failure alarm required
4. Doors : Required.
5. Door width : Each max. of 600mm and shall suit width of the panel.
Panel width is indicative only. The sizes shall be sufficient
to accommodate the required hardware specified in MR.
However the depth and height shall be 800 & 2200
respectively.
6. Cable Entry : Bottom, Cable Glands shall be double compression type for
external armoured cables. All unused entries shall be
plugged.
7. Receptacles : Required for 230VAC (UPS).
8. Painting : The finish shall include sand blasting, grinding, chemical

cleaning, surface finishing by suitable filter and two coats of
high grade lacquer with wet sanding between coats.. Two
coats of paint in panel colour shall be given for Non-glossy
high stain finish. Panel face final colour shall be of the
following:
a) Siemens Grey (RAL 7032)
b) Panel internal shall have a finish color of pale cream –
IS 352
c) Channel Base shall have a finish color of black
9. Channel Base : 100X50X6 MM, MS material
10. Name Plates : Front of Panel Instrument name plates shall be black
laminated plastic with white core. Nameplate shall be
provided on the rear of the panel also.
Page 3 of 11
DELHI
SPEC. No. : MEC / 05 / E5 / TS/ CP - 030

INSRUMENTATION
11 Dimensions & Material of Construction
a) Panel dimension : 2115 (mm) H (including 100 mm base + 15 mm anti-vibration

pad) x 1200 (mm) W x 800 (mm) D (Finalized during detail
engineering).
b) Control Panel : 3 mm thick CRCA steel/5.0 mm thick HRCA steel, Welded

to frame
c) Side & Top plates : 2 mm thick CRCA steel, Welded to frame
d) Door panel : Required
e) Cable gland plate : 3 mm thick CRCA steel
f) Anchor Bolt Size : By vendor
g) Lifting Eye Bolt : Required
h) Anti Vibration Pad : Required (15mm thick rubber pad).
Note :
*Panel shall be electrically isolated from base frame.
Page 4 of 11
DELHI
SPEC. No. : MEC / 05 / E5 / TS/ CP - 030

INSRUMENTATION
12 WIRING
a) Type : General purpose, Intrinsically safe
b) Wiring details
110 VAC UPS Wiring

External to Cabinet : Min. 3x2.5 mm²/copper conductor PVC insulated
armoured
Inside the cabinet : Min. 19 Strands, 16 AWG copper conductor PVC
insulated
230 VAC Wiring (Non UPS) : 3x2.5mm² copper conductor PVC insulated
armoured
Low Voltage internal : Min. 19 Strands, 16 AWG copper conductor PVC
insulated to cabinet
c) Signal Wiring
External to Cabinet : 1.0 mm² twin twisted individual shielded overall

shielded with overall drain PVC insulated armoured
Inside the cabinet : Multi stranded min. 1.0 mm² copper conductor PVC
insulated twin twisted and shielded.
d) Terminal type : Screw clamp type with Pressure Plate

Terminal size for signal : Suitable for min. 2.5 mm² size conductor
Terminal size for power dist. : Suitable for min. 4.0 mm² size conductor and higher
as per actual cable sizes.
Terminal block : Clip-on type
e) Wiring colour code
Power Supply : Hot – Red, Neutral - Black, Earth – Green

DC Wiring : Positive – Red, Negative – Black
Alarm System : White
Control & shutdown : Yellow
Analog signals (IS) : Light blue
Identification of Cable
Termination : Criss – Crossing PVC tube ferruling.
f) Power Indication Lamps : 230VAC UPS – Red color, 230VAC NUPS – Red Color
24VDC – Green Color
Note: Dedicated terminal for SCADA has to be Provided
Page 5 of 11
DELHI
SPEC. No. : MEC / 05 / E5 / TS/ CP - 030

INSRUMENTATION
A) POWER SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION BOXES FOR PANELS
1. Function : Distribute power to

Individual instruments
2. Mounting : Mounted at the panel inside
3. Door : Front single door
4. Painting : As per panel painting specifications.
5. Dimensions and material construction
Box dimension : By vendor.
5.2 Box plate thickness : 3mm hot rolled steel.
6. Cable entry : By vendor
7. Accessories : 600V Grade DPST MCB for power

Distribution and SP MCB for barriers &
Suitable MCB for Control panel Instruments
8. Special requirements : MCBs for incoming feeder.
B) BULK POWER SUPPLY UNIT
1. Input : 230 V AC, 50 Hz.
2. Output : 24 V
3. Rating : By Vendor
4. Quantity : Dual Redundant as per requirement
Page 6 of 11
DELHI
SPEC. No. : MEC / 05 / E5 / TS/ CP - 030

INSRUMENTATION
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCESSORIES
1. MCB
Make : HAVELL’S/ INDO ASIAN/ MDS.
Qty. : As required + 20% spare
2. Lamps
Type : LED Clustered Type
Voltage : 24 VDC
Make / Model No. : SIEMENS / L & T
Quantity : As required + 20% spare
3 Relays
Type : Plug in relays
Contact Type : Potential free contact
Contact No. : 3 NO. + 3 NC
Rating : 24V DC, 5.0 A
Make / Model No. : OEN/ OMRON.
Quantity : As required + 20% spare
4. Space Heater
Rating : 60W, 230 V AC with Thermostat.
Make : KEC
5 Power Supply Unit:
Make / Model No. : ELNOVA/ APLAB
Page 7 of 11
DELHI
SPEC. No. : MEC / 05 / E5 / TS/ CP - 030

INSRUMENTATION
SPECIFICATION FOR SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION CARDS
SL.NO. DESCRIPTION DETAILS

1. TYPE DUAL OUTPUT CURRENT ISOLATOR
2. INPUT 4-20 mA D.C
3. OUTPUT TWO NOS. 4-20 mA ISOLATED OUTPUTS AS MINIMUM
4. ISOLATION BETWEEN INPUT & OUTPUT, BETWEEN INPUT &
OUTPUT WITH POWER SUPPLY, BETWEEN OUTPUT &
OUTPUT
5. ACCURACY ± 0.1%
6. POWER SUPPLY 24 V D.C
7. TRANSMITTER POWER SUPPLY 24 V D.C
8. OUTPUT LOAD DRIVING CAPACITY 600 Ohms MINIMUM FOR EACH OUTPUT
9. MOUNTING DIN RAIL (BACK OF THE PANEL)
10. MAKE MTL / P&F
11. MODEL NO *
NOTES:-
* - BY VENDOR
Page 8 of 11
DELHI
SPEC. No. : MEC / 05 / E5 / TS/ CP - 030

INSRUMENTATION
SPECIFICATION FOR ISOLATING BARRIERS

1. TYPE SHUNT DIODE SAFETY BARRIER
2. APPLICATION INSTRUMENT TYPE & (i) 4-20 mA Analog I/P from 2 wire transmitter–
QUANTITY As required + 20% Spare
(ii) 4-20 mA Analog O/P to I/P Converter – As
required +20% Spare
3. HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION ZONE-I, GR. I, IIA & IIB, T3

4. APPROVAL AUTHORITY FM/BASEEFA/CSA/SA/CMRS
5. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 24 V DC
6. FUSE RATING *
7. END TO END RESISTANCE *
8. POLARITY *
10. OPERATING TEMP 0 TO 60 C
11. OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE *
12. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT *
14. MAKE MTL/P&F
15. MODEL NO *
NOTES:- * --By Vendor
Page 9 of 11
DELHI
SPEC. No. : MEC / 05 / E5 / TS/ CP - 030

INSRUMENTATION

2. APPLICATION INSTRUMENT TYPE & 4-20 mA Analog I/P from Temperature Transmitter
QUANTITY

5. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 24VdC
6. FUSE RATING *
8. POLARITY *
13. MAKE MTL/P&F
14. MODEL NO *
Page 10 of 11
DELHI
SPEC. No. : MEC / 05 / E5 / TS/ CP - 030

INSRUMENTATION

2. APPLICATION INSTRUMENT TYPE & Limit switches (SPDT snap action Micro type) - As
QUANTITY required + 20% Spare

5. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 24 V DC
6. FUSE RATING *
8. POLARITY *
14. MAKE MTL/P&F
15. MODEL NO *
LIST OF VENDORS FOR BOUGHT-OUT ITEMS
I) L.E. L DETECTION SYSTEM
1) Chemtrols Engineering Ltd., India

2) Crowcon Detection Instruments Ltd
3) Detection Instruments (I) Pvt Ltd
4) Detector Electronics Corporation
5) Drager Safety AG & Co. KGAA
6) General Monitors Ireland Ltd
7) Mine Safety Appliances Company
8) MSA – Mines safety appliances.
9) Oldham France S.A.
10) Riken Keiki Co Ltd
11) Simrad Optronics Icare
12) Honeywell
II) CONTROL AND SIGNAL CABLES
1) M/s Associated Cables

2) M/s Associated Flexibles
3) M/s Universal Cables Ltd,India
4) M/s Delton Cables Ltd, India
5) M/s BROOK
6) M/s KEI Industries Ltd INDIA
7) M/s CMI Limited
8) M/s Cords Cable Industries Ltd, India
9) M/s Elkay Telelinks (P) Ltd., India
10) M/s Fine Core Cables Pvt Ltd, India
11) M/s Goyolene Fibres (I) Pvt Ltd, India
12) M/s Netco Cable Industries Pvt Ltd, India
13) M/s NICCO Corporation Ltd, India
14) M/s Paramount Communications Ltd, India
15) M/s Polycab Wires Pvt Ltd, India
16) M/s Radiant Cables Pvt Ltd, India
17) M/s Reliance Engineers Ltd., India
18) M/s Suyog Electricals Ltd, India
19) M/s Thermo Cables Ltd
20) M/s Udey Pyrocables Pvt Ltd, India
21) M/s TC Communication
III) ZENER BARRIERS/ISOLATORS
1) M/s MTL
2) M/s P & F
Page 1 of 4
IV) PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS & TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS
1) M/s Fisher Rosemount (Emerson)

2) M/s Yokogawa
3) M/s Fuji
4) M/s Honeywell
VII )A SS TUBE
1) M/s Sandvik, Sweden

2) M/s Choksy Tube Co Ltd.
3) M/s Heavy Metals & Tubes Ltd.
4) M/s Nuclear Fuel Complex, India
5) M/s Ratnamani Metal & Tubes Ltd
6) M/s Jindal Saw
VII)B SS TUBE FITTINGS

1) M/s Swagelok (USA)
2) M/s Parker (USA)
3) M/s Excellsior
4) M/s Reliance
5) M/s Multimetal
6) M/s Aura Inc
7) M/s Arya Crafts
8) M/s Swastic
VII)C SS VALVES & MANIFOLDS

1) M/s Swagelok (USA)
2) M/s Parker (USA)
3) M/s Excellsior
4) M/s Aura Inc
5) M/s Arya Crafts
6) M/s Swastic
VIII) JUNCTION BOXES AND CABLES GLANDS
1) M/s EX-Protecta
2) M/s Flameproof Control Gears
3) M/s Baliga
4) M/s Flexpro Electricals
Page 2 of 4
IX) PUSH BUTTONS/LAMPS:
1) M/s L&T
2) M/s Siemens
X) MCB’S:
1) M/s Havell’s
2) M/s Indo Asian
3) M/s MDS
XI) RELAYS:
1) M/s OEN
2) M/s Jyoti
XII) POWER SUPPLY UNIT:
1) M/s Elnova
2) M/s Aplab
XIII) MCT BLOCKS:
1) M/s MCT Brattberg

2) M/s Roxtec
XIV) INDICATORS
1) M/s ABB
2) M/s Eurothern
4) M/s Tata Honeywell
5) M/s Masibus
XV) CONTROL ROOM EQUIPMENT, CONTROL PANEL & ACCESSORIES
1) M/s Keltron Controls Ltd., Kerala

2) M/s RITTAL
3) M/s Pyrotech
4) M/s Positronics Pvt. Ltd.
5) M/s ABB Instruments Ltd., New Delhi
6) M/s Emerson Process Management (I) Pvt. Ltd.
7) M/s Rockwell Automation (I) Ltd., Ghaziabad
8) M/s Siemens Ltd.
9) M/s Tata Honeywell Ltd.
XVI) RTDs :
1) M/S General Instruments Ltd., Mumbai

2) M/s Nagman Sensors Pvt. Ltd.
3) M/s Pyro Electric , Goa
Page 3 of 4
XVII) PRESSURE GAUGES, TEMPERATURE GAUGES :
1) M/S General Instruments Ltd., Mumbai

2) M/s AN Instruments Ltd., New Delhi
3) M/s WIKA
Note-1
For procuring bought out items from vendors other than those listed above, the same
may be acceptable subject to the following: -
a) The vendor/ supplier of bought out item(s) is a regular and reputed

manufacturer/ supplier of said item(s) for intended services and the sizes being
offered is in their regular manufacturing/ supply range.
b) The vendor/ supplier should not be in the Holiday list of Client/MECON.
c) Should have supplied at least 50% of required quantity or minimum 1 number
whichever is higher of maximum size and rating of item(s) as required for
intended services.
The bidder should enclose documentary evidences i.e. PO copies, Inspection

Certificate etc. for the above.
Note-2
For any other item(s) for which the vendor list is not provided, bidders can supply
those item(s) from reputed vendors/ suppliers who have earlier supplied same item(s)
for the intended services in earlier projects and the item(s) offered is in their regular
The bidder is not required to enclose documentary evidences (PO copies, Inspection
Certificate etc.) along with their offer, however in case of successful bidder these
documents shall be required to be submitted by them within 30 days from date of
Placement of Order.
Page 4 of 4

$11(;85(±9723$57,&8/$5-2%
63(&,),&$7,21
7(/(&20081,&$7,21:25.6

SCOPE OF WORK FOR TELECOMMUNICATION
MECON LIMITED
PARTICULAR JOB SPECIFICATION (PJS)
FOR
TELECOMMUNICATION WORKS
PREPARED & ISSUED BY
MECON LIMITED
(A Govt. of India Undertaking)
DELHI - 110092
0 05.04.2022 Arvind Ratnadeep Pankaj Shrivastava
Rev. Date By Chkd Appd
Page 1 of 9
MECON LIMITED
1.0 Brief Scope
Supply and laying of 40mm Dia HDPE duct as per the specification Optical Fiber Cable supply, laying, jointing
& termination. Optical Fiber Cable (18 fiber as per ITU-T 652D, 6 fibre as per ITU-T G.655) shall be laid by
blowing technique in  40 mm PLB HDPE Telecom duct to be laid along with pipeline in same pipeline trench.
At crossing, rivers, canals additional duct has to be provided for future use.
2.0 EXECUTION METHODOLOGY
The entire pipelines Scope of work will be distributed refer mechanical main line work for details.
24 fibers armored Optical fiber cable shall be laid in self-lubricated 40mm HDPE Telecom Duct / Conduit
along with the pipeline to facilitate proper operational & management control of the pipeline and dedicated
Telecommunication system. The entire work related to OFC & HDPE Duct Supply, laying, Termination,
Testing and Commissioning will be in the scope of the Bidder.
Bidder has to lay the OFC inside the HDPE duct. At each SV / IP / DT/ RT location, spare 15 mtrs. OFC loop
shall be kept inside Control room in wire mesh after laying and terminate to FTC .
End to End OFC testing shall be done by installing the FTC in control room as applicable or as per the
direction of Engineer In-charge. FTC, if required, shall be supplied and installed as per the direction of EIC.
In case of any conflict, decision of the Engineer In-charge shall be final and binding.
3.0 SCOPE OF WORK :-
3.1 Telecommunication work : -
The Scope defined in this document covers the Complete Telecommunication Scope of work for all the SECTIONS.
The scope shall be common for all the sections.
The scope of work related to telecommunication work (but not limited to) shall include all the necessary work for
supply and laying of self – lubricated HDPE duct (including HDPE Duct accessories as required) along with new
pipeline in same pipeline trench (As mentioned in SOR), OFC supply and laying by blowing technique in HDPE Duct
and Termination of OFC (24 fiber) for all terminal stations as per the scope of pipeline laying plan in same pipeline
trench and in separate trench inside the terminals (as applicable) including supply of OFC, Blowing of OFC in
Duct, Supply of OFC accessories like Joint Closure, Electronic marker, Electronic marker locator, Erection of
OFC accessories, supply and erection of Blowing Pit/Jointing Pit, Supply of FTC, wire mesh, Erection of FTC,
wire mesh, Testing of HDPE duct, Termination & Testing of OFC, including any minor civil work,
commissioning, Quality assurance and Control, Documentation and any other job as per direction of Engineer In-
charge required for completion and hooking up of OFC based telecom system. The GPS location and the chainage of
all the Blowing and Jointing pits shall be indicated in the OFC blowing report as well as Blowing/ Jointing Pit
installation report. The GPS location and the chainage of all the HDPE duct couplers shall be indicated in the HDPE
duct installation report as well as HDPE duct coupler installation report.
Installation of FTC in control room, installation of wire mesh below FTC, Loop of 15 Mtrs OFC in wire mesh
etc including all the items required for installation of FTC, Termination of OFC on FTC with Zero Db
connector (including supply) and all work as required(including Civil work) for complete termination of
OFC on FTC, splicing with street fibre, Jointing of OFC as per channeling plan, test of the fibre for the
smooth operation system on wavelength, preparation of reports etc work complete in all respect with all
Page 2 of 9
MECON LIMITED
necessary accessories for all location, final acceptance / Handing over of the same to other contractor and
as per the direction of Engineers in charge. Drawings and documentation shall be as per specification &
contract agreement.
At all locations of Jointing Pit, Joint closures and electronic markers have to be installed as per the
specification or as per direction of Engineer- In charge.
4.0 Detail Scope of Work :
A. HDPE Telecom Duct :
1. Supply and Laying of 40 mm diameter self lubricated HDPE Telecom Ducts & accessories, making records of
test report of material, estimation of quantity, including Storage, Transportation, and unloading at site,
submission of HDPE alignment sheets, planning and schedule preparation for HDPE laying.
2. Erection, testing commissioning and making the work complete in all respect as per specification.
a) Permanently solid Lubricated 40mm diameter HDPE Conduit as per specification along entire
underground pipeline in the same trench including cased crossing for installation of OFC in future.
b) HDPE casing /CS pipe casing for Nallah, River/ Canal, Railways, Major Road Crossing as directed by
Engineer-in-charge wherever required and as directed by Engineer-in-charge in all type of soils
and terrain. Two ducts as per the schematics have to be laid in cased crossing; one duct shall be
used for the present OFC blowing and other will be spare for future use.
c) At all the junction location / branching location; blowing/ jointing pit (as per the decision of EIC)
has to be considered irrespective of distance and HDPE duct has to be laid / terminated as per the
requirement of site.
3. Supply and erection of cable Blowing pit (RCC pit as per dwg) at every 1 KM distance for BP and every
04 km(tentative) for JP(Jointing Pit), Joint Pit has to be provided at each joint location (either planned or
unplanned), Blowing pit at every station (SV, IP, DT, RT) and at every location of FTC installation, at
450mm (min) away from the main pipeline (the outer wall of Pit shall be min 450mm away from the
outer wall of the pipe); for river crossing through HDD crossing, additional blowing/ jointing pit at both
end of the river bank shall be provided; joint of HDPE conduit, scaling of conduit, HDPE conduit testing
after laying as defined in specification, sealing of HDPE conduit, cased crossing, separate trench &
conduit near the terminals, joints locations marking, back filling, sealing of conduit, providing cable
markers, joint markers, Warning mat (as procured for Pipeline under mechanical works) etc. as per the
MECON specification. All the accessories must be suitable of 6-8 Kg/cm2 (min.) pressure rating. Testing,
commissioning and handing over of system, drawings & documentation as per contract. The blowing pit
/ jointing pit have to be provided as per the site requirements / at all junction – branching locations.
The GPS location and the chainage of all the Blowing and Jointing pits shall be indicated in the OFC blowing
report as well as Blowing/ Jointing Pit installation report.
4. Supply of HDPE accessories required including Plastic Couplers, End Plugs, Cable Scaling Plugs, End
Caps, etc suitable & sufficient for supplied Duct as defined in SOR. The GPS location and the chainage of all
the HDPE duct couplers shall be indicated in the HDPE duct installation report as well as HDPE duct coupler
installation report.
Page 3 of 9
MECON LIMITED
B. OFC Laying / Blowing:

1. Supply of armoured 24 fibre composite Optical fibre cable (18F G-652D, 6F G.655) of 4000 Meter and ± 2.5 %
cable drums (Qty as per pipeline length) (Shorter length drum (less 4 KM - 2.5 %) shall be strictly treated as per the
clause no . 4.3 (e) of OFC TS No. MEC/TS/05/E5/T/096. Any additional necessary requirements (for shorter
length supply - such as Jointing closure, pit, marker etc) due to shorter length as per TS /Scope of work are in
vendor scope; not paid separately.
2. Submission of OFC alignment sheets based on the pipeline alignment sheet, planning and OFC
laying schedule preparation, OFC (24 Fiber) testing before and after laying, Laying of armored OFC 24
fiber by blowing technique, Jointing of OFC by jointing closures, all cable sealing, padding backfilling etc.
using all material including supply and laying of warning mats (as procured for Pipeline under
mechanical works) etc., termination of cables at FTC with all accessories, cable jointing, commissioning
and making the work complete in all respect as per specification, drawings & documentation as per
contracts & other relevant work specified by Engineer-in-charge.
3. All activities pertaining to Blowing / Laying of optical fiber cable in same pipeline trench inside 40 mm
HDPE telecom duct (after testing of OFC drum at site), through CS/ HDPE conduits at crossing, testing of
OFC before and after Blowing/laying, cable sealing etc. using all materials required complete as per
specifications and drawing provided in the bid document & as per direction of EIC. Spare loop of 10
Meter in Blowing Pit at each KM, 20 Meter at Jointing Pit (from each end, total 40 mtrs) & 15 Meter at
each station on wire-mesh (as applicable) shall be provided- No payments for laying shall be made for
these spare loops. For OFC blowing across HDD, OFC shall be laid in both the HDPE ducts for HDD length of
500 mtrs and above. Also, in that case, 2 different Blowing/ Jointing Pits shall be provided at each end; one each for
each run of OFC.
4. Termination of cables at FTC (24F, 48F, 96F as applicable) with all accessories, cable jointing,
commissioning and making the work complete in all respect as per specification, drawings &
documentation as per contract & other relevant work specified by Engineer-in-charge. The FTC shall be
supplied as per the number of OFC runs to the FTC. At all intermediate (SV, IP) locations, min 48F FTC
shall be supplied (if 2 nos. of OFC run is there). If more than 2 runs of OFC is there, then 96F FTC shall be
supplied. Similar philosophy shall be followed for end stations.
5. If, under the instructions of the EIC, FTC is not required to be supplied (as per the SOR), in that case, the bidder
shall bring his own FTC for testing of OFC. In such scenario, bidder shall terminate the OFC in his FTC, do
complete OFC testing as per the specification, hand over the OFC to client/ other contractor after successful testing
and take back his FTC.
6. Testing and commissioning of the laid OFC as per specification, testing before and after laying, identification of
fault, rectification of fault, all cable sealing, padding, backfilling etc. using all material including termination of
cables at FTC with all accessories, cable jointing, commissioning and making the work complete in all respect as
per specification, Drawings & documentation as per contracts & other relevant work specified by Engineer-in-
charge. OFC testing shall be done as per the specifications provided in the tender. If any fault is observed before
testing or during testing, the same has to be rectified. Also, if the test results are not within acceptable limits, the
same has to be rectified and complete OFC shall be re-tested until the test results are obtained within acceptable
limits. The OFC shall be handed over to other contractor (the contractor responsible for executing
Telecommunication tender works) after successful testing. The OFC testing shall be done in the presence of other
contractor (the contractor responsible for executing Telecommunication tender works) . The OFC shall be deemed
handed over only after other contractor (the contractor responsible for executing Telecommunication tender works)
takes over the OFC and accepts the OFC testing. All the responsibility of OFC till handing over lies with the bidder.
Page 4 of 9
MECON LIMITED
7. The complete responsibility of the OFC lies with the bidder till the handing over of the OFC to other contractor.
Hence, if any fault or damage happens in the laid OFC before handing over, the same shall be rectified by the
bidder without any implication to the client.
C. Other related work for OFC Laying:

1. Supply and installation of 300 mm diameter cable marker mounted on Main pipeline warning Marker,
Separate OFC joint marker, electronic marker & marker locator etc., as per specification. The GPS
location of each cable marker and joint marker shall be taken and recorded in the Marker installation
report.
2. Supply, Installation, testing and commissioning of “JOINTING CLOSURE” and “FTC” (24F, 48F , 96F) as per
standard specification.
3. Supply of jointing pit. Jointing / splicing of OFC after properly placing it in manholes and providing
protection to spare OFC loop in the jointing chamber.
4. Testing including power testing complete cable section between two stations at 1310 nm & 1550 nm (for
G.652D fibre) and at 1550nm and 1625nm (for G.655 fibre) and testing of end sealing.
5. Providing necessary Testing Tools and power supply at site for end to end splicing and testing etc.
6. All necessary civil works related to laying of cable.
7. All major HDD / road / river crossing; OFC in both duct shall be laid.
8. The Scope of laying contractor for OFC is upto handing over (after successfully testing as per
specification) to the other contractor. Any rectification work required related to laid OFC during defect
liability period will be in the contractor’s scope as specified in the contract documents.
9. Preparations and submission of As-built drawings with soft copy as per define in the specification.
10. After testing, reports has to be prepared in the format provided in Specification / Procedure for the
Testing of Optical Fiber Cable enclosed with tender, CD (3 sets) of all fiber OTDR traces, power test
results, identification of fiber, loss etc has to be provided.
D. General guidelines for laying of HDPE Duct / OFC for telecommunication system:
1. The procurement of supply items will be done only after taking approval from client/ consultant
/EIC as per the project requirements. SOR quantities may vary as per the actual requirements.
2. Vendor must submit the details of specific experience of the party responsible for OFC, HDPE Duct
laying, jointing, splicing and testing. Sufficient documentary evidences also to be submitted at the
time of submission of bid. The parties having proven experience and track record in respective
field shall be allowed to execute the job.
3. After award of work, Contractor shall supply 2 copies of detailed activity Bar chart, manpower and
machinery mobilization plan, QA/ QC plan and inspection formats, execution procedures for different
type of activities, for review and approval by the Engineer-in-charge within 15 days from the date of FOI
(Fax of Intent) or 7 days of mobilization of work.
4. The OF cable & HDPE Duct alignment sheets (CAS) to be submitted 15 days before final laying to the
Engineer-in-charge for approval which shall indicate various rail, road, canal, river & utility crossing,
Page 5 of 9
MECON LIMITED
location of high tension lines running in parallel with the route of OFC, location of each of jointing
locations & type of cable etc. If contractor will start the work without taking approval of the OFC /
duct alignment sheet then EIC / Client has full right not to accept laying work. The OFC drum
length will be 4 KM + 2.5 %. Same should be cross checked with actual drum length before
finalizing the location of Jointing Pit in CAS preparation. Shorter length drums (less 4 KM - 2.5 %)
if any shall be updated in CAS. After completion of laying vendor shall submit “As Built Drawing” as
define in the specification.
5. Testing of the complete cable section (end to end between two stations) to the satisfaction of CLIENT as
per test schedule mentioned elsewhere in the tender document.
6. The contractor shall bring all duct & OFC laying, jointing, splicing equipment, tools as deemed necessary
for the timely implementation of the work.
7. The Vendor shall use the data provided in the tender for reference purpose only. It shall be the Vendor’s
responsibility to check accuracy and utility of this data.
8. Special care should be taken to avoid any twist or damage of duct / OFC while laying Optical Fiber Cable
under road, Nallah, Railway line, culvert as specified elsewhere in the tender document. At all river
crossing locations, Blowing pit with proper OFC loop length at both the wide river bank end shall be
provided. The jointing of OFC near river bank should be avoided.
9. For payment purpose HDPE casing /CS pipe casing for Nallah, River / Canal, railways, Major Road
Crossing shall be referred in main line section SOR. Two ducts as per the schematics have to be laid in
cased crossing; one duct shall be used for the present OFC blowing and other will be spare for future use.
For payment purpose two ducts for supply measurements and single length for erection measurements
shall be considered. This activity will be done along with the Main line.
10. The cable-blowing pit similar to jointing pit shall be provided at every one KM distance, SV, IP, DT,
RT locations and FTC location. Payment will be made separately for cable blowing pit/ jointing pit
as per SOR. The blowing pit cost shall be included in price of SOR.
11. Jointing, Splicing of OFC in jointing pit, testing, end sealing etc. has to be done. OFC loop should not be left
without proper protection at any place. The OFC loop or surplus cable should be accommodated within
the jointing pit / chamber. At each end the OFC & Duct shall be placed inside the pit with proper care. No
payments (for erection) will be done for the spare loops placed in the Blowing - Jointing pit /
chamber etc. For supply; payment will be made as per SOR rate.
12. If during the course of execution of work any discrepancy or inconsistency error or omission in any one
of the provision of the contract is discovered which needs to be clarified, the same matter shall be
referred to the EIC / Consultants who shall give his decision in the matter and issue instruction then
accordingly the work is to be carried out. The decision of the EIC / Consultant will be final and binding to
contractor.
13. The payments of supply & erection portion for HDPE Duct and OFC will be done as per contractual
payment terms based on the payment’s milestone defined in the pipeline laying work of the
contract.
14. For the payment for laying, the payable length of optical fiber cable will be the length of pipeline as
per pipeline chainages and OFC and duct laid inside each terminal. As applicable for inside Terminal
the actual laid length in separate trench upto control room will be considered for measurement. OFC
route marker has to be provided inside the terminal area. No payments of OFC for erection will be done
for the spare loops placed in the wire mesh etc.
Page 6 of 9
MECON LIMITED
15. Wastage is allowed as defined elsewhere in the tender documents. Maximum 2% wastage is allowed for
the OFC and Duct. Loose cable length of OFC less than 40 meters shall be treated as scrap and shall be
considered as waste. Loose cable length of OFC more than 40 meters shall be treated as serviceable
material. After completion of OFC laying and testing, all balance OFC and HDPE duct shall be taken back
by the contractor and payment for the same shall not be done.
16. Contractor shall take all safety measures required to prevent damage to the cable and accessories. The
contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the cable, accessories and all other free issue items and
existing underground services in route, if any.
17. OFC jointing crew / Blowing Crew to be mentioned shall be maintained/ stationed at the site location by
the contractor during extended stay period.
18. Inspection of HDPE/ OFC has to be carried out by bidder or bidder’s third party agency before dispatch of
the material as per the approved QAP. Client / Consultant will witness the testing and inspect the
material as per QAP at manufacturer works for respective vendor.
19. As applicable near terminal OFC shall be laid inside duct upto telecom room in separate trench. The entry
point & DUCT has to be properly sealed after laying of OFC to avoid entry of rodent, insect etc.)
20. At Tie – In locations:
At all pipeline tie – in locations, the trench shall be excavated further and duct shall be laid approx 1
meter away from the pipeline to avoid damage to the duct.
21. Documents to be supplied before ‘Final acceptance certificate’ issued by Owner:
(i) As- built OFC alignment sheets based on the pipeline alignment sheet mentioning Drum Number,
Blowing Pit Location (Chainage and GPS coordinate), Jointing Pit Location (Chainage and GPS
coordinate), Location(Chainage and GPS coordinate) of joints, crossings, Location(Chainage and GPS
coordinate) of each coupler, Location(Chainage and GPS coordinate) of each marker
(ii) At each joint location.
a) Progressive optical fiber cable length, including the additional length at each joint location.
b) Fiber length, fiber length between joints, as measured by OTDR.
c) Progressive pipeline chainage.
d) Distance of joint from nearest pipeline markers & crossings, etc.
(iii) Approved QAP of OFC Cable
(iv) OFC Inspection Report & Dispatch Clearance Report of PMC
(v) HDPE Duct Inspection Report & Dispatch Clearance Report of PMC
(vi) The GPS location and chainage of all the HDPE duct couplers to be mentioned in HDPE duct installation
report as well as HDPE duct coupler installation report
(vii) Final cable test reports (individual cable drums, hop to hop between repeaters, section and end to
end).
(viii) All final documents for this project in electronic form.
22. The Battery limit for the Telecommunication work shall be as defined above in the pipeline
sections covered. This is only for the information purpose, may vary as per pipeline network.
Refer Pipeline Schematic Route Diagram refer mechanical main line works / schematics .Any work not
defined below but required for the completion of Telecommunication work related to OFC laying within
Page 7 of 9
MECON LIMITED
the scope of contractor & as per the instruction of Engineer In charge will be in laying contractor scope of
the particular part.
HDPE Telecom duct and OFC shall be laid in all the sections along the pipelines. At all the intermediate
points / junction points blowing pit / jointing pit has to be provided as required. For HDPE duct testing
and OFC testing as per the scope, planning has to be done as per the requirement at sites.
As applicable in general the laying of OFC will start from the Control room of first station (Ch:0 Km)] to
control room of end station ( Ch : xxx Km)] routed through all the intermediate station control room & SV
stations.
Enclosures:
LIST OF STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS
Sl.No. Standard Specification No. Description Remarks

Technical Specification for Optical
1. MEC/TS/05/E5/T/096
Fibre Cable & Accessories
Technical Specification PLE HDPE
2. MEC/TS/05/E5/T/037
Telecom Duct and Accessories
Technical specification of Warning
Refer documents enclosed with Mats (as procured for Pipeline under
3.
Mechanical works mechanical works) (common for
pipeline & OFC)
Specification for Optical Fibre Cable &
4. MEC/S/05/E5/T/001
HDPE Duct Laying & Associated Work
Specification / Procedure for the
5. MEC/S/05/E5/T/002
Testing of Optical Fibre Cable
LIST OF STANDARD DRAWINGS
S. No. Standard Specification No. Description Remarks

Standard Sketch for OFC laying (OFC
1. MEC/05/E5/T/002
through HDPE) (Normal Terrain) ***
Standard Sketch for OFC laying (OFC
2. MEC/05/E5/T/002A
through HDPE) (Rocky Terrain) ***
Standard Drawing OFC Laying (Separate
3. MEC/05/E5/T/005
Trench) (OFC through HDPE)
OFC Laying (Cased Crossing)
4. MEC/05/E5/T/008
(2 Nos. HDPE Duct)
Page 8 of 9
MECON LIMITED
MEC/05/E5/T/009 &
5. Standard Sketch OFC Joining / Blowing Pit
MEC/05/E5/T/009A
6. MEC/05/E5/T/010 OFC Joint Marker
The common warning mat, as provided for Main Pipeline, shall be used for the OFC. Same is applicable for
all the terrain for lying of OFC.
Page 9 of 9
FOR
FIRE FIGHTING WORKS
FOR
DESIGN, ENGINNERING, SUPPLY, ERECTION, TESTING,

COMMISSIONING OF FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM &
CLEAN AGENT FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
FOR
LAYING & CONSTRUCTION OF STEEL GAS PIPELINE AND
TERMINALS ALONG WITH ASSOCIATED FACILITIES FOR MECON LIMITED
SECTION‐12 OF
IGGL NORTH EAST GAS GRID (NEGG) PROJECT
CONTENTS
SL.NO. DESCRIPTION
1.0 BRIEF PROJECT DETAIL
2.0 INTENT OF SPECIFICATION
3.0 METEOROLOGICAL DATA OF SITE
4.0 SCOPE OF WORK AND SERVICES
5.0 BRIEF FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
6.0 VOID
7.0 DESIGN CRITERIA
8.0 STATUTORY REGULATIONS, LICENCES & PERMITS
9.0 HANDING OVER THE WORK ON COMPLETION
10.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES / BILL OF MATERIALS
11.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
12.0 DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATION, STANDARDS AND DRAWINGS
14.0 CONSTRUCTION
15.0 SURVEY AND LEVEL/SETTING OUT WORK
16.0 ORDER OF WORKS/PERMISSIONS/RIGHT OF ENTRY/CARE OF EXISTING

SERVICES
18.0 ESCALATION
20.0 INSPECTION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
APPENDIX-I: (LIST OF APPROVED PARTIES FOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS)
APPENDIX-II: ((QAPS FOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS)
APPENDIX-III: (DATA SHEETS FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS)
APPENDIX-IV: INSPECTION CATEGORIZATION PLAN
APPENDIX-V: THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY
APPENDIX-VI: DATASHEET/DRAWING/DOCUMENTS NEED TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE

VENDOR FOR OUR REVIEW AND APPROVAL FOR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM.
APPENDIX-VII: DRAWINGS
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
1.0 BRIEF PROJECT DETAIL
The job includes design, engineering, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of
clean agent system, fire detection & alarm system with associated civil, electrical and
instrumentation facilities, portable extinguishers, Fire Protection Equipment, First Aid &
Safety Equipment for various terminals & stations Pipeline Laying And Terminal Works
For North East Gas Grid Pipeline Project.
2.0 Intent of Specification
The intent of the specification is to cover the design, engineering, supply, manufacture
/ fabrication, procurement, packing, forwarding to site, unloading at site, receipt,
storing, erection, testing, shop painting, commissioning and guaranteed performance of
the following and as outlined in various chapters of the technical specification:
A. Clean Agent System for Ceiling void, Room void & Floor void/cable trenches.
B. Fire Detection & Alarm System
C. Associated Piping, supports, MCPs, nozzles etc.
D. Associated Civil & structural works, electrical & instrumentation works including
supply of all materials.
E. Supply of Fire & Safety equipments, portable fire extinguishers.
The Control room sizes for clean agent system are indicated in SOR.
The contractor shall include all supports, inserts etc. required for the above system,
instrumentation & electrics of the system and all necessary operating platforms and
ladders, if required, for the safety and maintenance of the equipment and the system
as a whole. Contractor shall consider Clean Agent Suppression System for Cable
Trenches/ Floor void apart from the dimensions mentioned above without additional
cost to the company.
2. 2 The delivery of the items shall be made at site of M/s IGGL at various locations of the
project as elaborated elsewhere in the specification.
2.3 Any additional item/ component that are not specifically mentioned in the specification
but are required to make the system/ equipment complete in all respects for safe
operation and guaranteed performance shall be under the scope of this specification.
2.4 The contractor shall furnish the names of the sub-suppliers, if any, along with the units
/ quantity intended to be procured from them. List of approved makes of materials is
enclosed in the tender document. Only those vendors shall be acceptable for whom the
names are specified against the items. For any other item not mentioned in the list, the
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
successful party will take prior approval before placement of order.
2.5 Provision shall be made for tripping off the ventilation and A/C system and power
supply to the fire affected zone automatically along with the discharge of the
extinguishing media after getting the confirm fire signal.
2.6 The fire fighting measures are of paramount importance to safeguard the material,
product / information stored manpower and property from the fire hazards. Fire may
occur inside the plot premises consisting of general technological unit areas, metering &
filtration area, buildings (office block, control room, gate areas, non plant building etc.)
as per the layout drawing at any location or unmanned rooms due to any mishap or
sudden abnormal rise of temperature due to abnormal operating condition. Gas based
fire suppression system has been considered for control room buildings and portable
extinguishers has been envisaged for other area protection.
2.7 Technological Part

Depending upon the nature of the units to be protected from fire, fire protection
systems viz. clean agent based Fire suppression system; automatic fire detection-
cum-alarm system, portable fire extinguishers & fire fighting accessories shall be
provided.
However, automatic fire detection-cum-alarm system & fire suppression system shall
be provided in all the electrical rooms, Control / Scada rooms and Battery room as
per Specification.
2.8 The system as a whole along with equipments, components, flow calculation
software etc. shall be approved by UL / FM / ULC / LPCB/VDS.
2.9 WORK TENDERED
The work tendered in this bid package consists of Design, supply of materials as
required, installation, testing and commissioning of Fire Protection system including all
Associated Mechanical, Civil, Structural, Electrical, Instrumentation etc.
The work being tendered is covered as indicated below:
Sl. Description Scope of Work

No
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
Sl. Description Scope of Work

No
Fire Alarm System, - Design, Supply, installation & commissioning of fire

detection & Alarm system.
Clean Agent System, -
- Design, Supply, installation & commissioning of High
Portable Extinguishers, Pressure Inert gas based clean agent system.
1 -
Fire Protection - Design, Supply, installation & commissioning of Linear
Equipment Heat Sensing Cable for Cable trench.
-
& - Civil & structural, Electrical & Instrumentation works
including supply of all materials
First Aid & safety -
Equipment. - Supply and installation of fire fighting equipments viz.
portable extinguishers, hand appliances etc.
-
- Supply of First Aid & Safety Equipments
Contract Tender is essentially but not limited to the following locations:
SI
No. Description Locations
Fire Detection & Alarm System, Clean Agent

System, Portable Extinguishers, Fire Protection As Described in Tender Document
1 Equipment & First Aid & safety Equipment.
2.9 All works of the pipeline & other works included in the scope will be done
simultaneously from the date of issue of FOA. Bidder will organize equipment
and manpower accordingly to meet this requirement as per instruction of
Engineer-in-charge.
3.0 METEOROLOGICAL DATA OF SITE
The fire protection systems shall be designed taking into account the meteorological
data prevailing at the project site.
4.0 SCOPE OF WORK AND SERVICES
4.1 General & Technical Qualification Criteria.
The scope of work of the Tenderer shall include supply, erection, testing and
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
commissioning of clean agent Flooding system and fire alarm system in the control
room, associated civil, electrical and instrumentation facilities at various stations of
the Project.
The tenderer shall furnish the list of commissioning and two (2) years maintenance and
operational spares in the offer. Complete details of all spare parts, their relation to the
equipment and their itemized prices shall be furnished in the tender. Prices shall be
mentioned in the price envelope and item wise list of spares without price shall be
furnished in the unpriced bid.
The bidder must include in the quoted price for the following mandatory spares to be
supplied with the Clean Agent system at each location: The Price for the same shall be
included in the Lump sum price of Clean agent system & Fire Alarm system in SOR.
S.No. Item Quantity
Automatic and Manual release One of each type/size used in the systems
1
system supplied
Cylinder Valve with safety One of each type / size used in the systems
2
pressure relief device supplied.
10% of total nozzles used in each size / type
3 Clean Agent Nozzles
with minimum drill holes.
Clean Agent Release Push
4 10% of total used of each type etc. (Min, 2 nos)
Buttons
20 % (Subject to Minimum of 1) of each type,
5 Pressure Gauges
range, MOC, and rating, whichever is higher
6 Solenoid Valves 20% or Minimum 2 numbers of each type used
10% of Panel Mounted items like pushbuttons,
7 Panel Mounted Instruments
lamps, switches
10% or Minimum of 1, whichever is higher of
8 Transmitters
each type, range
In addition to above mandatory spares, BIDDER must recommend list of spares

required for 2 years trouble free operation, with unit rates and quantity, along with the
offer.
4.2 The scope of work and services to be rendered by the Tenderer for installation of fire
fighting system shall include but shall not be limited to the following activities.
i) Design, engineering, manufacture/fabrication, assembly, shop testing and shop

painting, sequential packing, delivery FOR site, unloading, unpacking, storage at site,
site handling, preparation of erection drawings, erection as per approved drawings, site
testing, painting, commissioning and fulfillment of guarantee of fire protection systems,
sub-systems and integrated systems as described above and also covered under this
tendering specification.
ii) Miscellaneous materials and services, if not otherwise specifically asked for, shall
include the following:
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
- Constructing site office, covered store, open storage at designated place including
supply of construction material and removal of the same on completion of work.
- Site cleaning, removal and disposal of debris, maintaining clean condition in and around
the working place and as instructed by authorized representative of MECON / Owner.
- Distribution of electric power supply for erection work through licensed electrical
contractor / licensed electrician. Construction power shall be made available by Owner
at one place.
- All piping integral to or between any equipment furnished under this specification,
except as otherwise specified.
- All necessary isolation valves fitting at the tapping points and branch pipes.
- Coupling guards for all exposed shafts and couplings.
- Base plates, thrust blocks, duck-foot bends, matching flanges, supporting materials and
shims.
- All necessary instruments, power and control wiring integral to any equipment furnished
under this specification. This shall include terminal blocks and integral wiring to these
terminal blocks for equipment requiring external connection.
- All erection accessories, consumables and miscellaneous materials, though not

specifically indicated in this specification, but actually required for completing the job in
all respects.
- Erection, testing and commissioning of materials and system as a whole.
- Initial fill of gas in the cylinder and other fire extinguishing media.
- All necessary fixtures, supports.
4.3 Formats for Work Permit System:
4.3.1 Work permit system in line with OISD: 105 as per IGGL’s HSE Management System
shall be followed.
4.3.2 Permits shall be issued in SAP system and shall be issued to EIC as per IGGL’s
procedure.
4.4 Technical Qualification Criteria for Equipments which are pre-requisite to qualify
technically in the bid are as follows:
4.4.1 All the high pressure Cylinders to be used for the clean agent system shall have
PESO approval in the name of IGGL as per IS: 7285-2 and also shall have approval
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
from UL/FM/LPCB/VDS as part of complete system in addition to approval from

PESO.
4.4.2 Support letter from OEM from whom the bidder intends to take authorization for the
system, authorizing the bidder for Clean Agent System, for Control Room for design/
engineering/ execution, commissioning & after sales service for specialized systems
such as Clean Agent Suppression system, Fire Detection & Alarm System
compatible to the specifications shall be submitted along with the bid.
4.4.3 System / equipment / component offered shall be strictly in line with technical
specifications defined in the tender document. No deviation to technical specification
shall be permitted. Bidders must note that offer of bidders not matching the technical
specification of their item / system / component with the tender specifications shall be
rejected.
5.0 BRIEF FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
5.1 Automatic Addressable Fire Detection-Cum-Alarm System: Manual Push

Button Type Fire Alarm System
5.1.1 Manual Push Button Type Fire Alarm System
Automatic fire detection-cum-alarm system shall be provided for service building. In

addition to detection system, manual push button fire alarm system (manual call points)
shall be provided for all the premises / bays within the scope of the Tenderer. These
areas shall be protected from Fire using State-of-the-art Automatic Smoke/ Heat
Detection/ Alarm & Fire Control mechanism using Code of Practices approved by
agencies such as Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), British Standards Institute (BSI)
or National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Relevant certificate of approval shall
be enclosed. The alarms need to be monitored on a 24 x 7 basis & logged for
providing reports.
The Fire system shall deploy High Sensitivity Smoke/ Heat Detectors to allow swift
detection of heat and/or smoke.
The fire alarm should be designed to cut power to air-conditioning system. Second
alarm should cut all the power supply to the control room excluding supply to critical
equipments and the fire suppression system should be triggered off after a pre-set
time interval.
The fire detection & alarm system shall comprise of the following items /
equipments:
 Automatic Fire Detectors and Accessories comprising of:
- Heat Detectors
- Ionization Type Smoke Detectors
- Photo Electric / Optical Type Smoke Detector
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
 Manual Break Glass Boxes / Manual Call Points (MCP)

 Response Indicators
 Exit Signs
 Hooters
 Flashing Lights
 Clean Agent Release And Inhibit Switches
 Any other item(s) required for the completeness of the system
Signal and control shall also be provided on main fire alarm control panel from gas
based fire extinguishing system.
5.1.2 Detection system for cable Trenches, below false flooring:
In cable trenches and below false floors, detection of fire shall be by a highly
accurate & sensitive mechanism which can detect direct & indirect fire exposures.
LHS shall be used for detecting heat from a fire over its entire length. The sensor
cable shall consist of a twisted pair of copper coated steel conductors covered by a
temperature sensitive insulation. The LHS shall be UL/FM/LPCB/VDS approved and
shall be designed for open area as well as proximity detection. LHS shall be
compatible with any fire control panel that is capable of accepting contact closure
type initiating devices.
Linear Heat Detection System shall be used for effective activation of a warning or
alarm signal indicating a condition of excessive heat or fire. In this system, each
discrete addressable LHS cable zone shall report an individual alarm to the
addressable fire control panel. The detector should be capable of detecting fire even
under harsh conditions. The response behavior of the detector shall be precisely
adjustable to suit the environment & small temperature variations caused due to
environmental fluctuations and shall not result in false alarms. The detector unit shall
send fault signal when the LHS is damaged (Cut or damaged).
The detector specification shall be as follows:
 Rated Activation Temperature Tolerance : ± 5%

 Temperature Rating : 68 deg C
 Min. Installation operating temperature : 5`C
 Application : Indoor/Outdoor
 Outer Jacket Material : PVC
 Conductor Material : Tinned copper clad steel
 External Diameter Typical : 0.15" nominal (3.8 mm
nominal)
 Conductor Diameter : 0.035" nominal (.89 mm
nominal)
 Outer sheath Thickness : 0.020" nominal (0.5 mm
nominal)
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
 Tensile Strength : 245K PSI/Conductor

 Bend Radius (Minimum) : 2.5 inches (63.5 mm)
 Weight nominal per length : 0.016 lbs/ft (24 grams/m)
 Conductor Resistance at 20 °C (max) : 0.058 ohms/ft 2 conductor
The parameters as mentioned against each requirement are indicative and bidder
has to submit the data sheet of LHS for approval of MECON during detailed
engineering.
5.1.3 The system shall operate on 230 VAC input and 24 VDC SMF Lead acid batteries for
standby supply with battery backup of 48 hours in normal condition & 1 hour in case of
fire condition.
5.2 Clean Agent Fire Suppression System (Inert Gas High Pressure
System)
Fire in strategically important places like computer rooms, control rooms, switch gear
rooms, data storage rooms, server rooms, data storage archives, libraries, laboratories
etc. is a serious hazard to highly precious and irretrievable items and properties.
Occurrence of fire besides leading to personnel injuries and property damage also leads
to loss of productivity and precious time. The primary cause of fire may be due to short
circuit / overheating of certain components somewhere in the areas. Since most of the
areas are unmanned and completely closed, fire inside is not visible and accessible from
outside till it becomes too big, dangerous and unmanageable.
Fire suppression with water-based systems such as hydrant or sprinkler system can
damage the assets permanently. Therefore for these costly & critical areas, the Fire
Protection System envisaged calls for early detection of fire and quenching the same by
flooding the area with gas based fire suppression system besides giving out an audio
visual alarm. The design shall be strictly as per NFPA standard NFPA 2001.
The suppression system shall provide for high-speed release of Gas based on the
concept of total Flooding protection for enclosed areas with High Pressure clean
agent gas (Inert Gas). A Uniform extinguishing concentration shall be as applicable
and approved by NFPA 2001 of the gas for 70 deg F. The system discharge time shall
be in accordance with NFPA standard 2001.
The Fire Suppression System shall include a detection and control system provision for
both pre-alarm and automatic agent release.
The detection and control system that shall be used to trigger the Fire suppression shall
employ cross zoning of Multi-criteria smoke detectors and other detectors. A single
detector in one zone activated, shall cause in alarm signal to be generated. Another
detector in the second zone activated, shall generate a pre-discharge signal and start
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
the pre-discharge condition.
The discharge nozzles shall be located in the protected volume in compliance to the
limitation with regard to the spacing, floor and ceiling covering etc. The nozzle locations
shall be such that the uniform design concentration will be established in all parts of the
protected volumes. The final number of the discharge nozzles shall be according to the
OEM’s patented and certified software, which shall also be certifiers such as UL /
FM/LPCB/VDS.
The Gas shall be stored in seamless storage containers complying with the SMPV Rules
set out by Chief Controller of Explosives, Nagpur, India. The Bidder shall be required to
produce a NOC for the Chief Controller of Explosives, Nagpur for the storage containers
against the cylinder identification numbers punched on them. Welded cylinders for
agent storage will not be acceptable
The Gas shall be discharged through the operation of an Electric (solenoid) operated
device or pneumatically operated device, which releases the agent through the
pneumatic operated pressure valve. Systems that employ explosive or pyrotechnic
devices for the discharge shall not be permitted.
The Gas discharge shall be activated by an output directly from the Gas Release control
panel, which will activate the solenoid valve.
5.3 Interlocking with A/C & Ventilation system
There will be interlocks to shut off the exhaust fans and simultaneous tripping of A/C
and ventilation system. The fire signal from first detector will operate the audio-
visual alarm whereas on confirmation of fire signal from the other detector the
ventilation/air conditioning system shall be switched off automatically. Appropriate
tripping relays and their contacts shall be provided by the tenderer for this purpose
considering zone wise operation, partitions in cable gallery/ basement and number of
fans/ system operating in the electrical rooms.
Potential free contacts (Relay modules) shall be made available for each zone for
tripping of respective ventilation/air conditioning system. Location of above relay
module shall be as finalized during detailed engineering stage. Tenderer to consider
all accessories such as cabling/ wiring, contact multiplication etc required to achieve
the system requirement. Contact of auxiliary relays shall be made available in relay
auxiliary panel of the above mentioned places and shall be suitable to wire directly in
MCC/starter panel control circuit. The relay modules shall be considered as part of fire
alarm panel. Only cost of cabling on per meter basis shall be payable as per SOR item
rate.
5.4 Portable Fire Extinguishers
In order to combat any occurrence of fire in any corner of the premises/area,

adequate number of first aid portable and heavy-duty trolley mounted fire
extinguishers shall be provided. Selection of the fire extinguishers shall be done
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
depending upon the hazard, equipment to be protected, etc. Selection of fire

extinguishers shall be done as per latest BIS2190 and as summarized in the table.
However, all the computer/automation/PLC/microprocessor rooms shall be provided
with CO2 type fire extinguishers (both portable and trolley mounted type). The fire
extinguishers selected for each location will be based on the fire hazard class present
in that area.
Class Combustible Hazard Extinguisher Type
A Ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, Water, Dry Powder

paper, rubber, plastics etc.
Flammable liquids, oils, greases,

B CO2, Dry Powder
oil based paints, lacquers and flammable gases
Electrical equipments where it is dangerous to
C Dry Powder,CO2
use a conductive medium.
All the extinguishers shall conform to relevant IS and also bear ISI marking on their body. All
the extinguishers shall be supplied with mountings, accessories and initial fill. The extinguishers
supplied shall be of reputed make having approval of the Purchaser. Relevant BIS and TAC
approval certificate for all the extinguishers shall be furnished. In addition to the above
certificates, a certificate from Chief Inspector of Explosives shall be furnished for carbon dioxide
type fire extinguishers.
All the portable extinguishers shall be installed along the column/walls near entry/exit/suitable
locations and at a. height of approx. 1200 mm from the finished floor level and also in
accordance with the requirements laid down in OISD: 189 & 214. The design ,construction
and testing of all types of fire extinguishers shall be specified in accordance with
recognized standards as mentioned below.
Carbon-dioxide type ( 4.5 & 22.5 Kg. Cap.) : IS:15683-2006

Dry chemical powder ( 5.0 & 22.5 Kg Cap.) : IS:15683-2006
Mechanical foam type- AFFF ( 9.0 & 50.0 Ltr. ): IS:15683-2006
Water type (gas cartridge) : IS:15683-2006
All types of fire extinguishers shall ,as far as possible, have a standard & simple
method of operation. Portable fire extinguisher sizes will be selected as small as practical to be
effective and for ease of operator deployment.
Co2 extinguisher sizes will be determined to ensure that leakage or accidental discharge
will not cause a hazardous CO2 concentration.
Dry powder portable and wheeled fire extinguishers shall use potassium based agents and be
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
compatible with AFFF.
Portable extinguishers located in exposed and naturally ventilated locations shall be stored in
suitable weather proof cabinets as protection from the effects of wind and rain.
Trolley mounted dry powder extinguishers shall be provided in addition to portable

extinguishers for protection to all areas where primary risk is from a liquid hydrocarbon
fire.
5.4.1 General Requirements for Portable Fire Extinguishers
a) All portable extinguishers shall be supplied along with mounting accessories, wall
brackets and with initial fill of gas or powder in fully assembled condition.
b) All extinguishers shall be treated with lead tin alloy for anti rust, anticorrosive
treatment by electrolytic process.
c) The extinguishers shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards and shall bear the IS
certification mark on their body.
d) Test certificates shall be furnished along with the equipment.
e) All components shall be manufactured with materials of approved quality and of best
workmanship.
f) All eextinguishers shall be welded construction.
g) The cylinders of Carbon dioxide extinguishers shall be of cold drawn steel.
h) All the components / parts of extinguishers viz. Unions, Caps, inner containers etc
shall be metallic and made of bronze or gunmetal.
i) The Out door extinguishers shall be placed on a fixed or portable stand which can be
firmly placed on the ground. The stand shall have hood above, to protect the
extinguisher against Sun & Rain. The size of the stand and the hood shall be
sufficient enough to keep 1 to 2 extinguishers at any point according to their size &
capacity.
5.4.1.1 9 Kg DCP Fire Extinguisher
a) The extinguisher shall conform to IS: 15683-2006.
b) The welding process shall be per IS: 2825 and shall have the certification for every
extinguisher.
c) In addition to the IS marking, the following permanent markings by punching at the

bottom ring shall be done.
i. Manufacturer’s name.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
ii. Year of manufacturing.

iii. Manufacturer’s serial number.
5.4.1.2 4.5 Kg C02 Fire Extinguisher
a) The C02 extinguisher shall conform to the latest IS: 15683-2006 with
amendments.
b) The complete assembled / manufactured extinguisher shall be as per IS:15683,

and fitted with high pressure wire braided discharge hose of one meter length with
horn, wall mounting bracket and carrying handle. The cylinder shall be fully
charged with C02 Gas., The design, performance of extinguisher, anticorrosive
treatment and the painting shall be as per IS.
c) In addition to the IS marking, the following permanent markings by punching at the

bottom ring shall be done.
i. Manufacturer’s name.
ii. Year of manufacturing.
iii. Manufacturer’s serial number.
5.4.1.3 Fire (Sand) Bucket with Steel Stand
a) Portable Supporting Stand: The stand shall be fabricated out of 50x50x5 angle
and painted fire red as per painting spec, and the frame shall be designed to
support 4 Nos buckets filled with sand. The stand frame shall have a top hood,
and sufficient enough to protect the buckets against Rain & Sun and paint finished
b) The fire (Sand) bucket shall be fabricated of MS galvanized sheet 0f 1.0 mm thick
and the size shape & profile shall be as per IS 2546-1974 RA2000 and shall have
10lts capacity. The leakage test shall be as per IS. The painting shall be fire red
externally, white inside and black color for ears & handle etc.
5.5 Fire & Safety Equipment
5.5.1 Safety Helmet.
The Safety helmet shall be suitable for personal protection against head injuries
by falling objects and also for firefighting purposes. Helmet shall have suitable
adjustable strap by which it can be secured firmly on the head. The helmet shall
be made of HDPE material. Helmet shall be fitted with suitable cushion inside for
comfortable wearing. The helmet shall conform to IS-2925-1984 RA2000, and
shall bear IS mark on the body. As per purchasers requirement all the helmets
shall be numbered on the front and rear sides. The white in color for the captain
and bright yellow for rest of the crewmembers shall be considered.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
5.5.2 Stretcher with Blanket:
Stretcher suitable for an adult of size approx 6 feet x 2 feet and made of
wooden/MS poles/bars and adult size blanket and other features generally
conforming to IS-4037-1967 RA-2001. The canvas shall conform to Variety No. 3
of IS : 1424 –1983 RA2000. The color would be as specified by the purchaser,
The carriers shall conform to channels size 80 x 30 mm of IS : 811-1987.
Spreader and Runner are manufactured from mild steel strips. The wooden poles
shall be given a coat of protective varnish and spray painted to any shade as
required by the purchaser. The testing and QA requirements are as per IS.
5.5.3 First Aid Box: (Kit to be handled by medical / paramedical staff)

HDPE/ Hard plastic carry case containing the First Aid accessories portable type,
compartmentalized storage slots with locking arrangement and containing the
required first aids as below:
The expiry of these items shall be at least 18/12 months from the date of supply.
1. First aid for cuts, buns, sprains (instant relief sprays) – 1 each.
2. Antiseptic lotion, liquids (Dettol / Savlon tincture iodine) - 1 bottle
3. Pain relieving medicines, anti vomiting medicines etc. -2 strips of 10 each.
4. 500 mg Paracetamol I.P - 100 tablets.
5. Anti snake serum bottle - 2 Nos.
6. Band-Aids - 20 pcs.
7. 25 gms of Soda Bi-Carb. I.P. - 1 pkt.
8. Wound dressing small (for fingers) - 12 pcs.
9. Wound dressing medium (for hands and feet) - 6 pcs.
10. Wound dressing large (for body) - 6 pcs.
11. Burn dressing large (for body) - 6 pcs.
12. Absorbent cotton wool 13 gms each - 6pcs.
13. Dressing instruments (scissors / blade etc.) - 1. set.
14. Eye pad with bandage in separate pkt. - 08 pcs.
15. Tourniquet cotton with belt & buckles. 1 No.
16. Polythene wash bottle 500 c.c. - I. No.
17. Book of instruction on first aid to injured- I. No.
5.5.4 Rubber Hand Gloves:
Hand gloves suitable for handling electrical jobs up to 1100 volts type -2 and
conforming to IS-4770 –1991 RA-2001 shall be supplied.
The gloves shall be made from best quality natural rubber or synthetic rubber or
from a mixture there of. The gloves shall have a smooth finish and the edges
shall be finished with a roll or a reinforcing strip of rubber, unless specified
otherwise. The size & thickness of the glove as specified in IS. The gloves shall
be colour coded as Blue for Type 2 application of the rated potential. The gloves
shall be marked indelibly at the back with the following information:
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
a) Size and type of glove;

b) Maximum working potential in volts, followed by the word ‘working’
c) Identification mark of manufacture and month and year of manufacture.
5.5.5 Portable Multi Gas Detector / Explosimeter cum Oxygen Meter.
The Portable Multi Gas detector supplied shall confirm to the following Data sheet:
General : 4 Multi-Gas detector with advanced microprocessor based

operation
Power : Rechargeable Nicad / Lithium Polymer standard charge time : 3
hours. Rechargeable choices 110/240v AC line 12 V DC
Vehicle, 12/240 V charge cables shall be provided
Diffusion Mode : 12-16 hours, Continuous Active Sampling Mode : 8-9 hours
expected.
Operating : 5 to 95% RH non-condensing
Humidity
Operating : -20 0 C to +58 0 C
Temperature
Full function self : Automatic when the detector is turned ON.
test
Calibration : Methane
Battery : Continuous type.
PHYSICAL : Size - 4.2” X 2.4” X 1.4”.
Features Weight - Less than 160 gms. Including battery
Enclosure Case - Rugged, high impact resistant, non corrosive
composite material
Handling: Unit shall be easily attached to the pocket or belt.
Ingress : IP 66 / 67
Protection
Records & : On Demand:
Displays a) TWA (Time Weighed Average) Exposures
b) Peak Exposure Encountered (PEE)
Automatic : Fully Automatic Zero and span
Calibration
Auto Zero : Initiate at any time in the field without gas
Password : Field selectable access protection to calibration and alarm set
Security points.
Confidence : Field selectable operational beep and flashing LED indicator
Beep ( for every 10 seconds when enabled )
SENSORS : Combustible: Plug in catalytic (Toxic & Oxygen ) type &
Oxygen: Plug-in electrochemical cell
Calibration / : Automatic to give valid calibration with respect to ambience air
and Diagnostics & gas levels
Enclosure : Ex e rating
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
Operating Measuring Response Detectable Operating

Specification Range Second accuracy Temperature
Resolution Range
Combustibles 0-100 %LEL <_5 1% LEL -40 to +90 oC
Oxygen 0-30 % by Vol. <_2 0.1% by Vol -20 to+50 oC
0.500 ppm
Carbon
0-1000 <_7 1 ppm -20 to +50 oC
Monoxide
expandable
Hydrogen
0-100 ppm <_5 1 ppm -40 to +50 oC
Sulfide
DISPLAYS : Extra large gas specific alpha-numeric: LCD around 0.40 inch
high.
Alarm Set : Displayed each time the unit is turned ON.
points
Display : Push Button timed ON. Automatic ON in Alarm Condition.
Backlight
ALARMS : Low and High Gas Alarm Set points, Over-Range Multiple Gas
Exposure, Sensor Removed, Calibration Air, Low Battery, Low
flow.
Audible : 90 db @ 1ft. Variable pulsed beeper.
Visuals : a) Two (2) flashing “Sun bright” LEDs
b) Gas specific LCD flashes in alarm advising which hazard
present.
c) ICON Alarm readout advises alarm level present LOW,
HIGH and /or Multiple Gas / Alarms
d) Fan ICON indicator.
Alarm Levels : Two set points per sensor (User Adjustable)
TOXICS - TWA (Low) and Instantaneous High
OXYGEN - Deficiency & Enrichment
COMBUSTIBLES - Low & High
SAMPLING : Integral Motorized sampling Turbine type pump.
PUMP
Pump flow : 300 to 350 ml/min with 10 foot hose and filters (dependent on
Rate pump)
Watertrap (Built- : Hydrophobic Teflon field replaceable filter
in)
APPROVALS : Certified Intrinsically safe to comply to U.S.& Canadian
Standards.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
Accessories : The following accessories shall be supplied along with the

explosimeter:
a) A manual aspirator pump with sampling hose / probe
b) A motorized pump with sampling hose or probe.
c) A Confined space entry kits in a hard sided carrying case.
d) Automatic test & calibration and calibration station, that

shall have:
i. Bump test & calibration instruments in the field without

requiring the use of a desk top PC or Laptop be fully
portable and available in a variety of portable kit options.
ii. Provide simultaneous management of up to 10
instruments docking models
iii. Include battery and 110 / 240 V AC line power options.
iv. Include software for downloading evaluating archiving
and monitoring results.
Authorization : Indian vendors, representing their foreign manufacturer shall

submit valid Authorization certificates from the original
manufacturer to market their product in India.
5.5.6 Fire Proximity Suit:
The Fire Proximity Suit used for firefighting purposes envisaged in close proximity
with the burning oil fire. The suit shall be supplied as per the following
specification:
a) Imported fire proximity suit having approval from any of these agencies:
- U L of USA, U.S. Coast Guard Spec, U.S. Military, NFPA spec,
- Standards / specifications and the copy of the same shall be submitted

along with the offer.
b) The fire suit shall be stitched with imported stainless steel thread and
fabricated from imported impermeable aluminized glass fiber fabric, which
shall neither burn nor melt during fire fighting operation and along with
imported thermal insulation felt lining to sustain very high temperature.
c) Fabric shall not react chemically with water, and shall not absorb oil, grease,
petrol etc.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
d) The suit shall be flexible, with minimum discomfort fireman shall be able to
climb a ladder or to carry running a pressurized hosepipe when he puts on
the suit.
e) The fire suit shall consist of detachable chest length drape buttoned head
gear with built in industrial helmet and heat reflective dual layer visor,
aluminized gloves.
f) The suit shall include hood, coat, pants, boots, mitts/gloves. Metal zip
fasteners shall be provided for easy donning and removal of the suit.
g) The size of suit shall be of adjustable such that any adult fireman of height
approximately 5’6” to 6’2” can use. The suit must have the provision for
keeping the breathing apparatus at the back. The time required for donning
the suit shall not be more than 1.5 minutes.
h) High-aluminized boots shall be of standard size with adjustable strap, with

proper insulation and leather lining with non-skid type sole.
i) The suit shall protect & sustain against proximity ambient heat up to 2600 C
and the radiant heat up to 10000 C .
j) The self life of the suit shall be around 10-12years.
k) Authorized Indian vendors representing their foreign manufacturer shall have

to submit valid authorization certificates from original manufacturer, at the
time of submission of offer.
5.5.7 Electrical Siren
The Electrical Siren used for firefighting & general purposes shall be supplied
complying to IS: 1941-1976-RA2002 (Part 1)
a) Siren shall consist of 3 phase electric motor, siren head.
b) Starter for on/off operations.
c) Shall match to the Power rating 3 phase, not > 3.75kw, 50Hz, 415 volts.
d) Acoustic power out put shall comply with IS.
e) The Siren shall have a minimum range of 3.0 Kms.
f) Shall be suitable for the power line specification available in the state.
g) Siren shall be horizontal mounting type complete with base fittings.
h) The electric motor shall be enclosed totally, with sealed greased ball
bearing system and shall conform to IS: 325.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
i) The operation controls shall be available both at local point & central
locations.
j) The siren shall be clearly and permanently marked with the following
information:
i. Name of manufacturer or trademark if any,

ii. Type of siren as mentioned under
iii. Year of manufacture
iv. Speed of motor
v. Motor rating in kW.
5.5.8 Hand Operated Siren
The Hand Operated Siren used for firefighting & general purposes shall comply
to IS:6026-1985-RA1995.
a) The shape, components, material, design and construction shall comply

with IS:6026-1985-RA1995.
b) It shall have Siren body inbuilt disc and handle, guard & portable stand.
c) The Siren shall have a minimum. range of 1.6 Kms.
d) Workmanship
e) The performance test & QAP requirements are as per IS
f) The markings shall have the manufacturers name, trademark, date of

manufacture, etc as per IS
5.5.9 Red and Green Flag
Red and green bright colored flags suitable for the fire drill. Handle shall be made
of hard aluminum tube of size not less than 20 mm dia. The edges shall smooth
finish and have rubber caps. The flag shall have minimum dimensions of 0.6m x
0.4m. The cloth shall be of thick poly mixed cotton & color shall be bright and long
lasting. The flag shall be firmly secured to the handle by the shorter side.
5.5.10 Trolley ( General Purpose):
In order to carry the following fire & safety equipment to the place of emergency,
a trolley shall be provided to carry the following items:
i. Stretcher with Blanket

ii. Fire Proximity Suit
iii. Breathing Apparatus
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
iv. Water Gel Blanket

v. Resuscitator
vi. First Aid Box
vii. Explosimeter(Gas Detector)
viii. Portable Public address (PA) System
ix. Special Purpose Nozzles.
x. Spare Fire Hoses.
The trolley shall be fabricated by using MS channels & angles. The body frame
shall be minimum size of 6.0’x 3.0’ (feet x feet) Supplier can also indicate different
suitable size for the trolley. The compartments shall be fabricated type by using
MS sheets and MS tubes or angles. The compartments shall be sufficient enough
to carry all the above items at one go at any point of time. The inflated tyre & tube
wheels assembly unit shall be fitted to the trolley to pull & push manually or by
towing vehicle. For this purpose the handle and hook arrangement shall be made.
The painting shall be as per painting spec. and shade shall be fire red color.
6.0 VOID
7.0 DESIGN CRITERIA
7.1 Codes and Standards:
STANDARDS
7.1.1 All materials, equipments, piping, valves, fittings etc. dimensional standards, tolerance,
prices of manufacture and testing procedure shall be in accordance with the latest
revision of relevant Indian, British, American standards wherever applicable.
7.1.2 The material used and equipment supplied shall be new and the best of their kind and
shall comply with the latest revisions of all relevant standards. The tenderer shall
indicate in his tender the relevant standards to which the equipment, piping, fittings, etc.
offered by him shall comply with. The latest revisions of applicable standards indicated
in the technical specification shall be used for the design, manufacture, inspecting and
testing of the items covered in this specification. The following codes and standards
shall be considered for design: -
 OISD-113: Classification of areas for electrical installations at hydrocarbon

processing and handling facilities.
 OISD-226
 OISD – 179 & OISD - 214
 National Fire Protection Association, USA (NFPA) codes
 Standard for installation of centrifugal pumps (NFPA-20)

FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
 Standard for water spray systems (NFPA- 15)
 Standard for sprinkler systems (INFPA-13)
 API-25 10 A: Fire protection considerations for design and operation of LPG storage
facilities.
 Auto start system with bypass arrangement for jockey pumps in case of pressure
drop in the fire hydrant line.
 Foam and Dry Chemical Power extinguishers of capacity as per SOR shall also be
provided and located along with other fire fitting facilities.
 Standard for Horizontal Centrifugal Pumps for clear, cold, fresh water IS: 1520-1980
 Technical requirement for roto-dynamic special purpose pumps IS: 5120-1971
 Horizontal Centrifugal self priming pumps IS:8418-1977
 Code of acceptance tests for centrifugal, mixed flow and axial flow pumps IS: 9137-
1978, BS-5316-latest edition, ISO-2548-1973
 Technical specification for centrifugal pumps ISO:9908-1993
 End suction centrifugal pumps ISO: 2858-1995
 Single faced sluice gates IS:3042-1965
 Single faced cast iron thimble mounted sluice gates IS:13349-1992
 Sluice valves for water works purpose (50-300mm size) IS: 780-1984
 Copper alloy gate, globe and check valves for general purpose. IS:778-1984
 Specification for cast iron check valves BS 5153-1991
 Foot valves for water works purposes IS:4038-1986
 Landing valves IS:5290-1993
 Valve inspection & test IS:6157-1981
 Specification for inspection and test of steel valves BS:6755-1986
 Mild steel tubes, tubular and other wrought iron fittings IS:1239, part-1-1990 & Part-2-
1992
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
 Seamless or electrically welded steel pipes for water, gas and sewage IS:3589-1991
 Steel pipe flanges for water, oil, steam etc. IS:6392-1971
 Butt welded fittings ANSI B16.9
 Circular flanges for pipes, valves and fittings BS1560-latest editions
 Code for pressure piping ANSI B31.1
 Steel pipe flanges ANSI B 16.5
 Code of practice for laying of electrically welded steel pipes for water supply
IS:5822-1994
 Excavation work-code of safety IS: 3764-1992
 Criteria for design of anchor blocks for penstock with expansion joints IS:5330-
1984
 Covered electrode for manual metal arc welding of carbon and carbon
manganese steel IS:814-1991
 Approved tests for welding procedure IS: 7307 (Part-I)-1974
 Approved tests for welders working to approved welding procedures

IS:7310(Part-I)-1974
 Specification for arc welding of carbon and carbon manganese steels BS:5135-
1984
 Code of practice for coating & wrapping IS:10221
 Code of practice for radiographic testing IS:2595-1978
 Recommended practice for radiographic inspection of fusion welded butt joints in

steel pipes IS:4853-1982
 Recommended practice for radiographic inspection of fusion welded butt joints in

steel pipes IS:1182-1983
 Safety code for industrial radiographic practice IS:2598-1966
 Ready mixed paint, stoving, red-oxide-zinc chrome priming IS:2074-1992
 Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in building IS:1477-1971
 Colors for ready mixed paints and enamels IS:5-1994

FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
 Steel for general structural purposes IS:2062-1992
 Fire safety of industrial building: electrical generating & distributing stations IS

3034:1993
8.0 STATUTORY REGULATIONS, LICENCES & PERMITS
8.1 The contractor shall adhere to all applicable statutory requirements including TAC,
OISD, Inspectorate of Factories, Indian Electricity Rules and other statutes of Govt. of
India and state government. The contractor shall himself ascertain all applicable
requisite regulations.
8.2 The contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining necessary clearances from
various statutory bodies including those of Govt. of India / State Govt. and as applicable
during the course of manufacture/ fabrication, testing, transportation and delivery of
plant and equipment.
8.3 Contractor shall keep constant liaison with the local Fire Authority, Electrical Authority
and all other Statutory Authorities whose approval and permissions/ sanctions before
execution of the work are required to be obtained.
8.4 It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the approvals and permissions,
sanctions, No Objection certificates from relevant Fire Authorities during construction by
him to enable owner to take up the operation of plant. Contractor shall comply with all
requirements of the appropriate authorities, submit documents, test reports and conduct
such tests as may be required by the concerned authority to its full satisfaction.
9.0 HANDING OVER THE WORK ON COMPLETION
The contractor shall be responsible for handing over the work complete in all respects
and in proper finished condition, on completion of the work. If there is any damage or
disfiguration/ stains on the finished surfaces including on wall, floors, ceiling, columns,
beams etc. due to contractors use, damage or any other reason during the period of
construction, the same shall be rectified suitable by the contractor without any extra
payment.
10.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES / BILL OF MATERIALS
The quantities of different material, pipes/ fittings, valves, flanges, erection, accessories
etc. mentioned in the specification and SOR are approx. quantities and any change in
requirements will be as per the finally approved drawings. Any item, instrument which is
not specifically mentioned in the SOR, but required for the completeness of the system,
will have to be supplied and erected by the contractor and the financial implication shall
be built in the testing and commissioning item.
10.1 Procurement
10.1.1 CONTRACTOR shall procure and supply all the materials other than OWNER
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
supplied materials, required for permanent installation of terminals in sequence

and at appropriate time. All equipment, materials, components etc. shall be
suitable for the intended service. Approved vendor list has been indicated in the
bid package for various items. For items, which are not covered in the vendor
list, CONTRACTOR shall obtain Owner’s prior approval for the vendor.
Equipment requiring specialized maintenance or operation shall be avoided as
far as possible. Equipment offered shall be field proven.
10.1.2 CONTRACTOR shall procure all materials, components, equipment,

consumable etc. required for successful completion of the pipeline system.
CONTRACTOR shall also procure and supply spares required for pre-
commissioning and commissioning/ start up as recommended for all items
supplied by him as per specifications provided in the bid package. Where no
specification is available in the contract, the same shall be prepared by the
CONTRACTOR based on the piping material specification and shall be subject
to Owner’s approval.
10.1.3 Material take-off with complete description of size, rating, material, thickness
and specifications.
10.1.4 Only single offer shall be provided by the bidder fully complying with the
specifications/ drawings/ requirements for Owner’s review and approval.
CONTRACTOR shall provide for inspection of the items at vendor's works by
the OWNER/ Owner’s REPRESENTATIVE or by a reputed inspection agency
and shall submit inspection reports for Owner’s clearance.
10.1.5 Stores management for contractor supply items as well as free issue materials
including receipt, warehousing, preserving the material in good condition, issue
of material to construction site, reconciling/ handing over surplus material to
OWNER for OWNER supplied items at Owner’s store.
10.1.6 Carryout proper documentation of inspection and quality assurance

programmes for all equipment and bulk materials duly approved by OWNER.
CONTRACTOR shall maintain an accurate and traceable listing of procurement
records for the location, quality and character of all permanent materials in the
Project.
10.1.7 CONTRACTOR shall immediately report to the OWNER of all changes, which
will affect material quality, and recommend any necessary corrective actions to
be taken.
10.1.8 Submit periodic manufacturing progress reports highlighting hold ups and
slippages, if any, to OWNER and take remedial measures.
10.1.9 Interact with authorities such as Sales Tax, Octroi, Excise, Customs etc. as
necessary and arrange for transportation of the materials under his scope of
supply to site.
10.1.10 All purchase requisitions including purchase orders shall be approved by

FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
OWNER/ Owner’s REPRESENTATIVE.
10.1.11 Compliance with vendor's and supplier's instructions and recommendations for
transportation, handling, installation & commissioning.
10.2 Construction
10.2.1 General
10.2.1.1 All construction works shall be carried out as per Approved drawings,
procedures, specification and applicable codes and standards. Any changes at
site shall also need prior approval from the OWNER and revision of drawings.
Based on system to be proposed by bidder, the contractor shall submit detailed
engineering execution drawings with all calculations for approval of PMC.
.
10.2.1.2 Providing schedules, progress reporting, organization chart at construction site,
quality assurance plan and developing quality control procedures, as per
requirements indicated elsewhere in the bid package.
10.2.1.3 Coordination and supervising the work of sub-contractors.
10.2.1.4 Transportation of appropriate materials and taking delivery of Company supply

materials, store, worksite, intermediate storage points, maintaining and
operating an adequate material control procedure at worksite.
10.2.1.5 Fabrication of all piping, structural components as per approved drawings.
10.2.1.6 All Civil / Structural Works, Electrical, Instrumentation Works, laying and
commissioning works shall be performed in accordance with relevant
specifications and requirements enclosed elsewhere in the bid package.
10.2.1.7 CONTRACTOR shall provide complete details of manpower, equipment etc. to

be deployed. Mobilising and providing all equipments, manpower (skilled and
unskilled), consumable and other resources etc. for each spread as required for
the execution of the complete job defined herein and thereafter demobilising the
same upon completion of work.
10.2.1.8 Provide, maintain and operate all temporary facilities required for the
construction related works and remove after completion of work.
10.2.1.9 Hook up/ tie-in of piping system with terminal facilities.
10.2.1.10 All works related to testing, dewatering, swabbing, drying pre-commissioning

and commissioning of the work tendered.
10.2.1.11 Idle time preservation of pipeline, if required.
10.2.1.12 All incidental and associated works and any other works not specifically listed
therein but are required to be carried out to complete entire work related to
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
pipelines and terminals.
10.2.1.13 Loading, unloading, handling, stacking, storing and shifting to workshop / work
site of all materials that may be used for the construction of ITEMS either
supplied by OWNER at their designated stack yard/ dump site / store and / or by
CONTRACTOR as the case may be.
10.2.3 Laying Works
10.2.3.1 Void
10.2.3.2 VOID
10.2.3.3 Painting
• Painting (including supply of all materials) of all equipment, piping,

structural steel elements for pipe supports, and all structural
miscellaneous items as required and as directed by Company. Paint
shall be suitable for highly corrosive environment as per specification.
Painting shall include primer and finish coats as per specifications. Prior
to painting surface shall be sand blasted as per instruction of Engineer-
in-charge.
•
10.2.3.3 Other Works
• Obtaining all necessary approvals and work permits, as applicable, for

performing the work.
• Carrying out all additional surveys, test and collection of data not
furnished by company but required for construction of facilities.
• Any other work not specifically listed herein but required for completion
of the system and making it ready for the operation.
11.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
11.1 Material to be supplied by Company as Free Issue
Nil
11.2 VOID
11.3 VOID
11.3.1 VOID
11.3.2 VOID
11.3.3 VOID
11.3.4 Openings of equipment, machinery etc. shall be kept blocked/ covered with
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
blinds to prevent entry of foreign matter.
11.3.5 All valves, instruments, control valves, actuated valves, pressure gauges,
thermometers etc. supplied alongwith equipment and machinery shall be stored
separately, inside the covered godown on racks.
11.3.6 As far as possible materials shall be transported to the erection site, just prior to
their actual erection and shall not be left laying around indefinitely. Instructions
for the Engineer-in-charge shall be followed strictly in this regard.
11.4 Material to be supplied by Contractor
The procurement and supply, in sequence and at the appropriate time, of all
materials and consumables required for completion of the work as defined in
this Bid document except the materials shall be entirely the CONTRACTOR'S
responsibility and item rates quoted for the execution of the CONTRACT shall
be inclusive of supply of all these materials. The material to be supplied by the
Contractor shall be as per specification and preferred make as indicated in
Appendix-I or duly approved / recommended for use by IGGL/ MECON.
11.5 General
11.5.1 All safety tools/tackles, devices / apparatus / equipment etc. including ladders
and scaffoldings etc. complete as required.
11.5.2 Any other material not specifically listed herein, but required for the execution
of
the work.
11.5.3 List of materials required to be supplied and quantities indicated in SOR is

tentative. These quantities can vary during execution to any extent and the
same unit rate shall be applicable for payment. Quantities covered in SOR are
for as erected quantities.
Bidder will procure additional materials as required to cover cutting, scraps,

wastages and damages during erection, testing and commissioning. For these
extra quantities no additional payment will be made.
12.0 DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATION, STANDARDS AND DRAWINGS
12.1 Owner shall approve design & engineering drawings and construction drawings
including general arrangement drawings for piping, electrical, mechanical &
instrumentation systems and other related/ required systems, at appropriate
times and as requisitioned by contractor in his time schedule based upon
submission of those drawings by the contractor..
12.2 Contractor shall prepare Basic engineering Drawings, Detailed Drawings,

isometric drawings & bill of materials and submit the same for Owner/
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
Consultant’s approval/ record.
12.3 No construction small or big shall be carried out without proper construction
drawings duly approved by Owner's Engineers at Delhi or site office or Owner's
representative duly authorized to do so.
12.4 After Completion of construction & commissioning, Contractor shall incorporate

all the correction in drawings, prepare and issue the drawings "as-built
drawings" as listed below to Owner as final submission of drawings. P&ID,
layout drawing, piping GAD, Isometric, all electrical & instrumentation drawing,
all civil drawings. For final submission only 4 sets of documents plus the original
transparencies shall be handed over by Contractor. Any construction done by
Contractor without duly approved drawings shall be wholly at his risk and cost.
Contractor shall also submit soft copy of consumption of materials in excel
along with hard copy. Soft copy of all as-built drawings shall be also
submitted in AutoCAD.
12.5 Drawing and Documents
12.5.1 The drawings accompanying the Bid document are indicative of scope of work and
issued for tendering / bidding purpose only. These drawings indicate the general
scheme as well as the layout to enable the contractor to make an offer in line with
the requirements of the owner. Final construction shall be done as per Approved
Drawings.
12.5.2 Basic/Detailed drawings shall be made by the contractor and shall be submitted
for Approval.
13.1 Recruitment of Personnel by Contractor
The Contractor shall not recruit personnel of any category from among those
who are already employed by the other agencies working at the sites but shall
make maximum use of local labor available.
13.2 Land for Residential Accommodation
Owner shall not provide any land for residential accommodation of contractors
staff and labor.
14.0 CONSTRUCTION
OWNER reserves the right to inspect all phases of CONTRACTOR's operations to

ensure conformity to the SPECIFICATIONS. Owner will have Engineers, Inspectors
or other duly authorized representatives, made known to the CONTRCTOR present
during progress of the WORK and such representatives shall have free access to
the WORK at all times. The presence or absence of a OWNER's representative
does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for quality control in all
phases of the WORK. In the event that any of the WORK being done by the
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
CONTRACTOR or any SUB-CONTRACTOR is found by OWNER's representatives

to be unsatisfactory or not in accordance with the DRAWINGS, procedures and
SPECIFICATIONS, the CONTRACTOR shall, upon verbal notice of such, revise
the work in a manner to conform to the relevant DRAWINGS, procedures and
SPECIFICATIONS.
14.1 Rules & Regulations
CONTRACTOR shall observe in addition to Codes specified in respective

specification, all National and Local Laws, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations
and requirements pertaining to the WORK and shall be responsible for extra
costs arising from violations of the same.
14.2 Procedures
Various procedures and method statements to be adopted by CONTRACTOR

during the construction as required in the respective specifications shall be
submitted to OWNER in due time for APPROVAL. No such construction activity
shall commence unless approved by OWNER in writing.
14.3 Field Inspection
CONTRACTOR shall have at all times during the performance of the WORK, a
Competent Superintendent on the premises. Any instruction given to such
superintendent shall be construed as having been given to the CONTRACTOR.
14.4 Erection and Installation
The CONTRACTOR shall carry out required supervision and

inspection as per quality Assurance plan and furnish all assistance
required by the OWNER in carrying out inspection work during this phase.
The OWNER will have engineers, inspectors or other authorized
representatives present who are to have free access to the WORK at all
times. If an OWNER’s representative notifies the CONTRACTOR's authorized
representative not lower than a Foreman of any deficiency, or recommends
action regarding compliance with the SPECIFICATIONS, the
CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to carry out such instructions to
complete the WORK conforming to the SPECIFICATIONS and approved
DRAWINGS in the fullest degree consistent with best industry practice.
14.5 Construction Aids, Equipment, Tools & Tackles
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for making available for executing

the work, all requisite Construction Equipments, Special Aids, Cranes, Tools,
Tackles and testing equipments and appliances. Such construction equipments
etc. shall be subject to examination by owner and approval for the same being in
first class operating condition. Any discrepancies pointed out by OWNER shall
be immediately got rectified, repaired or the equipment replaced altogether, by
CONTRACTOR. OWNER shall not in any way be responsible for providing any
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
such equipment, machinery, tools and tackles.
The OWNER reserves the right to rearrange such deployment depending upon
the progress and priority of work in various sections.
15.0 VOID
16.0 ORDER OF WORKS/PERMISSIONS/RIGHT OF ENTRY/CARE OF EXISTING

SERVICES
16.1 The order in which the WORK shall be carried out shall be subject to the
approval of the Engineer-in-charge and shall be so as to suit the detailed
method of construction adopted by the CONTRACTOR, as well as the agreed
joint programme. The WORK shall be carried out in a manner so as to enable
the other contractors, if any, to work concurrently.
OWNER reserves right to fix up priorities which will be conveyed by

Engineer-in-Charge and the CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute work
accordingly.
16.2 Existing Service
16.2.1 Drains, pipes, cables, overhead wires and similar services encountered in
course of the works shall be guarded from injury by the CONTRACTOR at his
own cost, so that they may continue in full and uninterrupted use to the
satisfaction of the Owners thereof, or otherwise occupy any part of the SITE in a
manner likely to hinder the operation of such services.
16.2.2 Should any damage be done by the CONTRACTOR to any mains, pipes, cables
or lines (whether above or below ground etc.), whether or not shown on the
drawings the CONTRACTOR must make good or bear the cost of making good
the same without delay to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

All inspections and tests shall be made as required by the specifications forming
part of this contract. Contractor shall advise Owner/ Consultant in writing at
least 10 days in advance of the date of final inspection/tests. Manufactures
inspection or testing certificates for equipment and materials supplied, may be
considered for acceptance at the discretion of Owner/ Consultant. All costs
towards testing etc. shall be borne by the contractor within their quoted rates.
All inspection of various items shall be carried out based on Quality Assurance
Plan, which will be submitted by the Contractor and duly approved by Owner/
Consultant.
18.0 ESCALATION
The Unit Rates quoted shall be kept firm till completion of work and no price
Escalation shall be paid.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
i) Computerized R.A. Bill/ Manual Bill, with IT No./ ST No./ Labor

License No. printed thereon.
ii) ESI/ EPF clearance certificates for the last month alongwith R.A. Bills.
iii) Insurance Policy as per relevant clauses of Contract Agreement.
iv) Attendance Register and Salary Records.
v) Photocopy of the measurement book to be attached with R.A. Bills.
vi) Any other document required for the purpose of processing the bills.
vii) Registration Certificate with Sales tax authorities of state concerned.
21.0 INSPECTION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
20.1 General
Inspection & testing of plant & equipment shall be carried out by Purchaser /
Consultant at the works of successful Bidder (Contractor/Sub-contractor)
during manufacturing and on final product to ensure conformity of the same
with the acceptable criteria of technical specifications, approved drawings,
authenticated manufacturing drawings and reference National / International
standards.
20.2 Quality System Requirements
Contractor must follow defined quality program in all manufacturing and quality
control activities of the product. Contractor must define and implement the tasks
and controls that will provide needed assurance in case manufacturing of product is
sub-contracted either partly or fully and/or for the procured components of the
product. All bought-out equipment or component shall be procured from approved
list of vendors issued by the project authority.
Purchaser/Consultant reserves the right to verify the quality program and entire
product characteristics to assure the intended and specified quality of the product.
20.3 Quality Assurance Plan (QAP)
20.3.1 Contractor shall furnish Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) for respective equipment
after completion of detailed engineering and finalization of billing schedule /
equipment identification number for Purchaser / Consultant's approval at least two
months prior to start of manufacturing.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
20.3.2 Contractor shall indicate procurement source and furnish to Purchaser/Consultant

during discussions on QAP, copies of P.O., Sub-P.O. T.S., approved GA
drawings/data sheets & detailed manufacturing drawings, as backup reference
materials for scrutiny & finalization of QAP.
2.3.3 Detailed QAP shall be prepared & furnished in formats in consultation with his Sub-
contractors / Manufacturers to avoid any complication later.
20.3.4 Inspection and test requirements shall be decided with due consideration of factors
like safety, duty cycle, operating conditions, equipment life, environmental
conditions, place of installation and statutory regulations, as applicable, for a
particular equipment. Any additional, special tests & routine tests if found necessary
to establish the intended quality, shall be incorporated in the QAP.
20.3.5 QAP shall clearly indicate the following in the appropriate columns:
a) Range of inspection & tests to be done by Manufacturers and cross
checked by Contractor during manufacture of equipment from raw
materials to finishing stage.
b) Suggestive check/ hold points for Purchaser / Consultant Inspection
and witnessing of tests during the manufacturing and final product
inspection.
c) Details of test certificates, internal inspection reports and calibration
certificates to be furnished by Contractor / Manufacturers to Purchaser
/ Consultant.
d) Inspection documents to be furnished by Contractor/ Manufacturers to
Purchaser/Consultant for reference during inspection.
20.3.6 Sampling method for lot inspection of similar bulk items, if any, shall be indicated
with linkage to applicable standard.
20.3.7 While submitting the QAP, Contractor shall indicate the acceptance criteria
regarding check parameters for all equipments. Acceptance criteria shall have
reference of documents viz. P.O., Sub-P.O. T.S., approved drawings and
manufacturing drawings.
20.4 Indicative Surveillance by Purchaser / Consultant
20.4.1 Surveillance level by Purchaser/Consultant shall vary from equipment to equipment
as per product characteristics.
However, indicative extents of inspection for a few classified items / products are
furnished below for guidance of Contractors in developing QAP.
Extent of Inspection (as applicable from equipment

Categories of to equipment)
Equipment
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
i) Forged, cast, Material test certificates to be submitted by the

lined products Contractor at the time of giving inspection call for the
and piping main equipment in the final stage. Following
checks/tests will be carried out in final stage:
- Visual inspection
- Alignment and fitment checking
- Dimensional checking
- Witnessing of NDT as per design
requirements.
ii) Manufactured items Material and manufacturer's test certificates to be
Mechanical, submitted by the Contractor at the time of giving
fabricated and inspection call for the main equipment in the final
welded stage.
Scrutiny of welding procedure and welder's

qualification record shall be carried out if required as
per governing code.
Following checks/tests will be carried out in the final

stage:
- Visual inspection
- Alignment and fitment checking
- Dimensional checking
- Weld inspection - visual and NDT as per design
requirements. Radiographs are to be shown
and reports to be submitted to
Purchaser/Consultant for review during
inspection, if applicable.
- Witnessing of other tests like pneumatic,
hydraulic, no-load running, functional,
balancing, performance, vibration, noise level,
etc. depending upon criticality of the part
item/equipment.
iv) Bought-out items Following standard bought-out items shall be accepted
on the basis of manufacturer's test certificates:
Mechanical
- Flowmeters
- Insulation materials
- Bolts, nuts & washers (Grade 4.6).
20.5 Calibration of Measuring Equipment
20.5.1 All the measuring equipment used for inspection & testing shall be calibrated
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
and appropriate accuracy class of measuring equipment shall be used.
20.5.2 Calibration Certificate of All Measuring Equipment
20.6 Test Certificates and Documents
20.6.1 For each of the items being manufactured, following test certificates and
documents duly endorsed by the manufacturer / contractor shall be submitted
to Inspection Agency.
i) Raw materials identification & physical and chemical test certificates

for all materials used in manufacture of the equipment (except IS
2062-1992 Gr.A & IS 210-1993, FG-150).
ii) WPS, PQR & WPQ Documents as per applicable code.
iii) Details of stage-wise inspection & rectification records for fabricated

items, castings, forging and machined articles.
iv) Control dimension chart with records of alignment, squareness etc.
v) Manufacturer's material test certificates and performance / relevant

test certificates for all bought - out items.
vi) Details of heat-treatment and stress relieving charts as per

specification.
vii) Non-Destructive Test reports as per respective code.
viii) Static/dynamic balancing certificate for rotating

components/machines.
ix) Hardness test certificate.
x) Pressure Test Certificates.
xi) Performance Test Certificates for all characteristics.
xii) Geometric accuracy and repeatability test reports of machine tools.
xiii) Routine / type / calibration / acceptance / special test certificates for

electrical items.
xiv) Diagnostic features of NC/CNC system and test certificates for

electrical items.
xv) Surface preparation and painting certificates.
xvi) Certificates from competent authority for the items coming under
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
statutory regulations.
20.6.2 Where physical and chemical test certificates of material are not available, the
Contractor/Sub-contractor shall arrange to have specimens and test samples
of the materials, tested in his own laboratory at his cost and submit the copies
of test results to Inspection Agency for scrutiny and approval. Number of test
samples against each heat/cast/lot or batch of materials shall be as per
relevant Indian or International Standards.
20.6.3 Where facilities for testing do not exist in the Contractor/Sub-contractor's

laboratories or in case of any dispute, samples and test pieces shall be drawn
by the Contractor/Sub-contractor in presence of Inspection Agency and
sealed sample shall be sent to any approved laboratory for necessary tests at
Contractor/Sub-contractor's cost.
20.6.4 The Inspection Agency shall have the right to be present and witness all tests
being carried out by the Contractor/Sub-contractor at their own laboratory or
approved laboratories. Also, the Inspection Agency shall reserve the right to
call for confirmatory test on samples, at his discretion.
20.7 Manufacturing and Inspection Schedule
20.7.1 All contractors shall submit the schedule for manufacturing and inspection
indicating equipment/ components/ sub-assembly/ assembly, date of approval
of drawings/data sheets, address of manufacturer with contact person and
scheduled date of inspection. Such reports shall be submitted to
Purchaser/Consultant's respective Inspecting Offices with a copy to
Inspection Co-ordinating Office once in a month. These monthly reports shall
state the planning for next three months. Submission of first report must
commence one month prior to commencement of manufacturing activities of
the product.
20.8 Internal Inspection by Contractor / Manufacturer
20.8.1 Inspection and tests shall be carried out by Contractor/ Manufacturer in
accordance with approved drawings, T.S., P.O., and approved QAP.
Contractor/ Manufacturer shall maintain record of each inspection and test
carried out and signed documents shall be submitted to Purchaser/Consultant
for verification.
20.8.2 Contractor shall carry out their internal inspection & obtain clearance from
statutory bodies e.g. IBR, CCE, TAC, Weights & Measures, Safety, IE rules
etc. Prior to offering any equipment for Purchaser/Consultant's inspection in
accordance with approved QAP wherever required.
20.8.3 Contractor/manufacturer shall ensure use of appropriate calibrated measuring

equipment during their internal inspection, as well as, make available the
same during Consultant's/ Purchaser's inspection and tests.
20.8.4 Contractor / Manufacturers shall identify all the inspected equipment/

FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
component/ raw materials & shall maintain the record of status of inspection
viz. inspected & found acceptable, require rectification/ rework, rejected etc.
20.8.5 The Contractor shall establish and maintain procedures to ensure that non-
conforming product are prevented from inadvertent use or installation. The
description of non-conformity that has been accepted subsequently by
Designer /Purchaser by concession and/or of repairs shall be recorded.
Repaired and reworked product shall be offered for re-inspection to

Consultant/Purchaser along with records of corrective action taken.
20.8.6 Contractor / Manufacturer shall not dispatch any equipment before inspection
and issue of Inspection Certificate & dispatch clearance from Purchaser /
Consultant.
20.9 Method of Undertaking Inspection & Testing by Purchaser/ Consultant:
20.9.1 Method of Issuing Inspection Call to Purchaser / Consultant:
(i) Inspection call shall be given only on readiness of the equipment/

assembly/ sub-assembly and approval of all relevant drawings and QAP. In
case, equipment/ assembly/ sub-assembly offered for inspection are found not
ready, all the cost of visit of Purchaser / Consultant's engineer shall have to be
borne by the Contractor. Also, if the equipment/assembly/sub-assembly after
inspection found not acceptable, require rework and involve Consultant's
re-inspection, all the cost of such re-inspections shall also be borne by the
Contractor.
(ii) Inspection call shall be floated enclosing all documents like test
Certificates, Internal Inspection Reports, P.O., Sub-P.O., T.S., Approved
QAP, approved GA drawings/ data sheets and manufacturing drawings with a
copy of call letter. Inspection calls without above documents shall be ignored.
(iii) The supplier shall offer substantial quantities for economical

inspection consistent with the size of order.
20.10 Obligations of Contractor
20.10.1 The Contractor shall provide all facilities and ensure full and free access of
the Inspection Engineer of Purchaser/Consultant to the Contractor's or their
Sub-Contractor's premises at any time during contract period, to facilitate him
to carry out inspection & testing during or after manufacture of the product.
20.10.2 The Contractor shall delegate a Representative / Co-ordinator to deal with

Purchaser/Consultant on all inspection matters. Also, Contractor's
Representative shall be present during all inspection at Sub-Contractor's
works.
20.10.3 The Contractor shall comply with instructions of the Inspection Engineer fully
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
and with promptitude.
20.10.4 The Contractor / Sub-Contractor shall provide all instruments, tools,

necessary testing & other inspection facilities to Inspection Engineer free of
cost for carrying out inspection.
20.10.5 The cost of testing welds by ultrasonic, radiographic and dye penetration tests
etc. in the fabrication workshop shall be borne by the Contractor.
20.10.6 The Contractor shall ensure that the equipment/assembly/ component of the
plant and equipment required to be inspected, are not dismantled or
dispatched before inspection.
20.10.7 The Contractor shall not offer equipment for inspection in painted condition
unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Purchaser/Consultant.
20.10.8 The Contractor shall ensure that the equipment and materials once rejected
by the Inspection Engineer are not re-used in the manufacture of the plant
and equipment. Where parts rejected by the Inspection Engineer have been
rectified as per agreed procedures laid down in advance, such parts shall be
segregated for separate inspection and approval, before being used in the
work.
20.10.9 Performance test of any particular equipment which cannot be conducted /

demonstrated either partially / wholly at the manufacturer’s works, shall be
conducted after erection at site in presence of Purchaser / Consultant. In
such cases, prior approval of the Purchaser shall be obtained.
20.11.0 Stamping and Issue of Inspection documents
20.11.1 Inspection Memo
For stage inspection & for rejected items/items which do not conform to
Technical Specification in one or more quality characteristics requiring
rectification /rework, Inspection Memo shall be issued in standard form
indicating therein the details of observation & remarks. All the
non-conformities with respect to specification of the product shall be indicated
in the Inspection Memo for further control by Manufacturer.
20.11.2 Inspection Certificate
On satisfactory completion of final inspection & testing, all accepted plant &
equipment shall be stamped suitably and Inspection Certificate in standard form
shall be issued by the Inspection Engineer for the accepted items.
20.11.3 Inspection Waiver Certificate
For the waiver category of items pre-identified in the approved QAP, after
scrutiny of Contractor's Internal Inspection Report, Test Certificates and other
Documents as identified in QAP Consultant shall issue Inspection Waiver
Certificate after taking due consent of Purchaser.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
20.12 General Clauses
20.12.1 Inspection & tests carried out by Purchaser / Consultant shall not absolve the
responsibility of the Contractor/Manufacturer to provide acceptable product
nor shall it preclude subsequent rejection.
Purchaser/ Consultant reserve the right to inspect any product at any stage of
manufacturing without prior notice to Contractor/Manufacturer beyond
pre-identified stages & hold points of approved QAP.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
LIST OF SUPPLIERS OF MAJOR

BOUGHT-OUT ITEMS
(Appendix-I to Particular Job Specification of Work)
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
Appendix-I
To Particular Job Specification of Work
LIST OF PROBABLE SUPPLIERS OF MAJOR BOUGHT-OUT ITEMS
A) Mainline & Mechanical
i) Pipes (1239/3589)
1. TISCO, Calcutta
2. Jindal Pipes, New Delhi
3. Ajanta Tubes, New Delhi
4. Gujrat Steel Tubes
5. Khandelwal
6. SAIL
7. RINL
ii) Flanges
1. M/s Aditya Forge Ltd., Vadodara

2. M/s Amforge Industries Ltd., Mumbai
3. M/s CD Engineering Co., Ghaziabad
4. M/s Echjay Forgings Pvt. Ltd. (Bombay), Mumbai
5. M/s Echjay Industries Ltd., Rajkot
6. M/s Forge & Forge Pvt. Ltd., Rajkot
7. M/s Golden Iron & Steel Works, New Delhi
8. M/s JK Forgings, New Delhi
9. M/s Metal Forgings Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
10. M/s Perfect Marketings Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
13. Chaudhry Hammer Works Ltd, India
14. JAV Forgings (P) Ltd, India
15. Kunj Forgings Pvt Ltd, India
16. MS Fittings
18. R.P. Engineering Pvt Ltd, India
19. Sanghvi Forgings & Engineering Ltd
20. Shri Ganesh Forgings Ltd., India
21. Uma Shankar Khandelwal & Co., India
iii) Fittings
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
1. M/s Commercial Supplying Agency, Mumbai

2. M/s Dee Development Engineers Ltd.
3. M/s Eby Industries, Mumbai
4. M/s Flash Forge Pvt. Ltd., Vishakhapatnam
5. M/s Gujarat Infra Pipes Pvt. Ltd., Vadodara
6. M/s M.S. Fittings Mfg. Co. Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata
7. M/s Stewarts & Lloyds of India Ltd., Kolkata
8. M/s Teekay Tubes Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
9. M/s Pipe Fit,Baroda
12. M/s Sawan Engineers, Baroda
13. Eby Fasteners, India
14. Leader Valves Ltd, India
16. Exten Engg Pvt Ltd
17. Sivananda Pipe & Fittings Ltd
18. Tube Products Incorporated
iv) Gaskets
1. IGP Engineers (P) Ltd., Madras

2. Madras Industrial Products, Madras
3. Dikson & Company, Bombay
4. Banco Products (P) Ltd., Vadodara
5. Goodrich Gaskets Pvt Ltd
6. Starflex Sealing India Pvt Ltd, India
7. Teekay Meta Flex Pvt Ltd
8. UNIKLINGER Ltd
v) Fasteners
1. Nireka Engg. Co. (P) Ltd., Calcutta

2. Precision Taps & Dies, Bombay
3. AEP Company, Vithal Udyoug Nagar
4. Fix Fit Fasteners, Calcutta
5. Precision Engg. Industries, Baroda
6. Echjay Forgings Pvt. Ltd., Bombay
7. Capital Industries, Bombay
8. Boltmaster India Pvt Ltd, India
9. Deepak Fasteners Limited, India
10. Fasteners & Allied Products Pvt Ltd, India
11. Hardwin Fasteners Pvt Ltd, India
12. J.J. Industries, India
13. Multi Fasteners Pvt Ltd, India
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
14. Nexo Industries, India

15. Pacific Forging & Fasteners Pvt Ltd, India
16. Pioneer Nuts & Bolts Pvt Ltd, India
17. Precision Auto Engineers, India
18. President Engineering Works, India
19. Sandeep Engineering Works, India
20. Syndicate Engineering Industries, India
vi) Welding Electrodes
1. D&H /ADOR/ESSAB
vii) Fire Fighting Equipments
a) Fire Extinguishers
1. Avon Services (Production & Agencies) Pvt. Ltd., Bombay

2. Kooverji Devshi & Co., Bombay
3. Zenith Fire Services, Bombay
4. Safex Fire Services, Bombay
5. Reliable (Fire Protection) India Ltd., Bombay
6. Brij Basi Hi
7. tech Udyog
8. Bharat Engg Works, India
9. Gunnebo India Ltd
10. Nitin Fire Protection Industries Ltd, India
11. Supremex Equipments, India
12. Vimal Fire Controls Pvt Ltd., India
b) Fire Hydrants, Monitors, Deluge Valve, Nozzles
1. Zenith
2. Minimax
3. Newage
4. HD Fire
5. Vijay Fire
6. Asco Strumech Pvt Ltd, India
7. Brij Basi Hi
8. tech Udyog
10. Nitin Fire Protection Pvt Ltd
11. Shah Bhogilal Jethamal & Brothers
12. Venus Pumps & Engineering Works
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
c) RRL Hose
1. Jayshree
2. Newage
d) Hoses
1. Ashit Sales Corporation, Bombay

2. Royal India Corporation, Bombay
3. Gayatri Industrial Corporation
4. Simplex Rubber Products Ltd., Ahmedabad
5. Zaverchand Marketing Pvt. Ltd., Baroda
6. Presidency Rubber Mill, Calcutta
7. The Cosmopolite, Calcutta
8. Simplex Rubber Products, Thane
e) Hose Delivery
1. Chhatarya Rubber & Chemical Industries,

2. Nitin Fire Protection Industries Ltd, India
f) Fire Hose Accessories
1. Asco Strumech Pvt Ltd

2. Brij Basi Hi-tech Udyog
4. Shah Bhogilal Jethamal & Brothers
5. Vimal Fire Controls Pvt Ltd., India
g) Fire Water Pumps (Main & Jockey)
1. Mather & Platt, Pune

2. Kirloskar Brothers Limited, Pune
3. Flowmore Limited, Gurgaon
4. KSB Pumps Limited, Pune
5 Beacon Weir Limited, Chennai
h) Diesel Engines
1. Cummins India
2. Greaves Cotton Limited
3. Kirloskar Oil Engines Limited
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
Cable – Fire Alarm & Communication Cables

1. Cords Cable Industries Ltd.
2. CMI
3. Delton cables Ltd.
4. ELKAY Telelinks
5. KEI Industries Ltd.
6. Reliance Engineers Ltd.
NOTE: - Item/Vendor, which are not listed above, shall be subject to prior
approval from Client/Consultant.
1) For procuring bought out items from vendors other than those listed
above, the same may be acceptable subject to the following: -
a) The vendor/ supplier of bought out item(s) is a manufacturer/ supplier

of said item(s) for intended services and the sizes being offered is in
their regular manufacturing/ supply range.
b) The vendor / supplier should not be in the Holiday list of IGGL /

MECON / other PSU.
c) Should have supplied at least one single random length (i.e. 5.5 meters
to 6.5 meters) for item assorted pipes / tubes and minimum 01 (One)
number for other item(s) (other than assorted pipes / tubes) of same or
higher in terms of size and rating as required for intended services.
The bidder should enclose documentary evidences i.e. PO copies, Inspection

Certificate etc. for the above, along with their bids.
2) For any other item(s) for which the vendor list is not provided, bidders can
supply those item(s) from vendors/ suppliers who have earlier supplied same
item(s) for the intended services in earlier projects and the item(s) offered is in
their regular manufacturing/ supply range.
The bidder is not required to enclose documentary evidences (PO copies,

Inspection Certificate etc.) along with their offer, however in case of
successful bidder, these documents shall required to be submitted by them
within 30 days from date of Placement of Order for approval to IGGL /
MECON.
3) The details of vendors indicated in this list are based on the information
available with MECON; Contractor shall verify capabilities of each vendor for
producing the required quantity with. PMC does not guarantee any
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
responsibility on the performance of the vendor. It is the contractor’s

responsibility to verify the correct status of vendor and quality control of each
party and also to expedite the material in time.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
APPENDIX-II
QAP FOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS

CONTRACTOR
ORDER No. & DATE

QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PROJECT
FOR
SUB-CONTRACTOR STRUCTURAL & MECHANICAL PACKAGE No.
EQUIPMENT
ORDER No. & DATE
Annexure-1 PACKAGE NAME
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING UP: CODES FOR EXTENT OF INSPECTION, TESTS, TEST CERTIFICATES & DOCUMENTS :
1. QAP shall be submitted for each of the equipment separately with break-up of assembly / sub-
assembly & part / component or for group of equipment having the same specification. Code Description Code Description Code Description DOCUMENTS
2. Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and submission of test certificates &
documents. Additional codes & description for extent of inspection & tests may be added as 1. Visual (Welding etc. ) 15. Leakage Test 30. Proving Test D1. Approved GA drawings
applicable for the plant & equipment. 2. Dimensional 16. Balancing test 31. Surface preparation & Painting D2. Information and other
3. Fitment & Alignment 17. Vibration Test 32. Manufacturer’s Test Certificates reference drg. / stamped
3. Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be indicated wherever equipment 4. Physical Test (sample) 18. Amplitude Test for bought out items drgs. Released for mfg.
having same specifications belonging to different facilities are grouped together. 5. Chemical Test (sample) 19. Sponge Test 33. IBR / Other Statutory agencies D3. Relevant catalogues
6. Ultrasonic Test 20. Dust / Water Ingress Test Compliance certificate D4. Bill of matl. / Item No. /
4. Weight in tonnes (T) must be indicated under column 5 for each item. Estimated weights may be
indicated wherever actual weights are not available. 7. Magnetic Particle Test (MPI) 21. Friction Factor Test 34. Internal Inspection Report by Identification
8. Radiography Test 22. Adhesion Test Contractor D5. Match mark details
9. Dye Penetration Test 23. Performance Test / 35. Hardness Test D6. Line / Layout diagram
10. Metallographic Exam Characteristic curve 36. Spark Test for Lining D7. Approved Erection
11. Welder’s Qualification & weld 24. No Load / Free running Test 37. Calibration procedures
ABBREVIATIONS USED : procedure Test 25. Load / overload Test 38. Safety Device Test D8. Unpriced sub P. O. with
12. Approval of Test and Repair 26. Measurement of speeds 39. Ease of Maintenance specification and
CONTR : CONTRACTOR procedure 27. Acoustical Test amendments, if any.
MFR : MANUFACTURER 13. Heat Treatment 28. Geometrical Accuracy D9. Calibration Certificates of
14. Pressure Test 29. Repeatability & Positioning all measuring Instruments
Accuracy and gauges
EQUI P MENT DETA ILS I N S P E C T I O N AND T E S T S

Acceptance Criteria
Test Certificates & REMARKS/
Description (with Expected Raw Material and inprocess Standards/IS/ BS/
Quantity Final Inspection / Test by documents to be SAMPLING
Sl. equipment heading, Identification Manufacturer’s Schedule stage inspection ASME/ Norms and
submitted to Mecon PLAN
No. place of use & brief No. Name & address of Final Documents
No./M T MFR CONTR. MECON MFR CONTR. MECON
specifications) Inspection
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
(QAP No. TO BE ALLOTED BY MECON)

No. Rev No.
For CONTRACTOR / SUB-CONTRACTOR
For MECON (Stamp & Signature) (Stamp & Signature) SHEET OF
Tenderer’s signature with Seal Page 1 of 2

Date: @ 2014 MECON Limited. All rights reserved
ONTINUATION SHEET FORM No. 11.20(DQM) F-09 REV.
0
EQUIPMENT DETAILS INSPECTION AND TESTS

Acceptance Criteria
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

No Rev No.
For CONTRACTOR / SUB-CONTRACTOR .
Tenderer’s signature with Seal Page 2 of 2

Date: @ 2014 MECON Limited. All rights reserved
CONTRACTOR
PROJECT
ORDER No. & DATE QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
FOR
SUB-CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PACKAGE No.
Annexure-2
ORDER No. & DATE PACKAGE NAME
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING UP: CODES FOR EXTENT OF INSPECTION, TESTS, TEST CERTIFICATES & DOCUMENTS :
1. QAP shall be submitted for each of the equipment separately with break-up of assembly / sub-
assembly & part / component or for group of equipment having the same specification. Code Description Code Description Code Description DOCUMENTS
2. Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and submission of test
certificates & documents. Additional codes & description for extent of inspection & tests may be 1. Visual 12. Routine test as per relevant 23. Short time rating D1. Approved GA drawings
added as applicable for the plant & equipment. 2. Dimensional IS / other standard 24. Operational & D2. Approved single line /
3. Fitment & Alignment 13. Type tests as per relevant IS / functional check schematic diagram
3. Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be indicated wherever 4. Physical Test (sample) other standard 25. Over speed Test D3. Catalogues / Approved
equipment having same specifications belonging to different facilities are grouped together. 5. Chemical Test (sample) 14. Impulse Test 26. Flame proof Test data sheet
6. Ultrasonic Test 15. Partial Discharge Test 27. Clearance & creepage D4. Approved bill of materials
4. Weight in tonnes (T) must be indicated under column 5 for each item. Estimated weights may be
indicated wherever actual weights are not available. 7. Magnetic Particle Test (MPI) 16. Heat run test / temp. Rise Test distance D5. Unpriced P.O. copy
8. Radiography Test 17. Enclosure protection Test 28. Internal Inspection D6. Calibration Certificates of
9. Dye Penetration Test 18. Calibration report all measuring instruments
10. Measurement of IR value : 19. Noise & Vibration 29. Acceptance Test and gauges
ABBREVIATIONS USED :
a) Before HV Test 20. Test certificates for bought out
b) After HV Test components
CONTR : CONTRACTOR 11. High Voltage test / 21. Tank pressure Test
MFR : MANUFACTURER Dielectric test 22. Paint shade verification
EQUI PMENT DETA ILS I N S P E C T I O N AND T E S T S

Acceptance Criteria
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

No.
For CONTRACTOR / SUB-CONTRACTOR REV.
Tenderer’s signature with Seal

Date: Page 1 of 2
@ 2014 MECON Limited. All rights reserved
CONTINUATION SHEET
EQUIPMENT DETAILS INSPECTION AND TESTS
Acceptance Criteria
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
No.
For CONTRACTOR / SUB-CONTRACTOR REV.
Tenderer’s signature with Seal

Date: Page 2 of 2
@ 2014 MECON Limited. All rights reserved
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
APPENDIX-III
DATA SHEETS FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS

DATA SHEET FOR FOR SCHEDULE 80 SEAMLESS PIPE FOR 80 mmø
SR.
DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
NO.
1.00 MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION
1.01 ITEM DESCRIPTION PIPES
1.02 TYPE SCHEDULE 80
2.00 MANUFACTURING DETAILS
2.01 MAKE
2.02 BODY MATERIAL ASTM A106 GR. B
2.03 MAIN DIMENSION O.D. (mm) : 88.90
2.04 HYDROSTATIC TEST 2500 PSI
3.00 MATERIAL
3.01 PROCESS OF MANUFACTURE ELECTRIC ARC FURNACE
3.02 FULLY KILLED / RIMMED / SEMI-KILLED FULLY KILLED
CHECKED BY APPROVED BY REV. 0

DATA SHEET FOR FOR SCHEDULE 80 SEAMLESS PIPE FOR 40 mmø
SR.
NO.
1.01 ITEM DESCRIPTION PIPES
1.02 TYPE SCHEDULE 80
2.01 MAKE
2.02 BODY MATERIAL ASTM A106 GR. B (2002)

O.D. (mm) : 48.30
2.03 MAIN DIMENSION
THICK (mm) : 5.08
2.04 HYDROSTATIC TEST 2500 PSI
3.00 MATERIAL
3.01 PROCESS OF MANUFACTURE ELECTRIC ARC FURNACE
3.02 FULLY KILLED / RIMMED / SEMI-KILLED FULLY KILLED

DATA SHEET FOR OPTICAL SMOKE DETECTOR
SR.
NO.
1.01 NAME OF EQUIPMENT PHOTO ELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR
1.02 TYPE INTELLIGENT ADDRESSABLE
2.01 MAKE
2.02 DETECTOR MODEL
2.03 MANUFACTURING STD. IS/BS/OTHER EN 54 PART 7 (2000)
2.04 BASE MODEL
3.00 PRINCIPLE
3.01 DETECTION PRINCIPLE LIGHT SCATTERING
4.00 OPERATING
4.01 MAXIMUM STAND BY CURRENT (TYPICAL) 120 A
4.02 MAIXIMUM PERMISSIBLE ALARM CURRENT(LED ON) 50 ma OR 24 VDC (LIMITED BY PANEL)
4.03 OPERATING VOLTAGE 8 to 30 VDC (Nominal 12/24 VDC)
5.00 MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
5.01 BODY BAYBLEND FR110
6.00 OTHER FEATURES
6.01 TYPE OF MOUNTING SURFACE
6.02 DIMENSIONS
6.03 COLOUR PANTONE, WARM GREY 1C
6.04 WEIGHT
6.05 APPLICATION INDOOR
6.06 INDICATION ALARM : RED LED
6.07 HUMIDITY RANGE 5% TO 95% RH (Non condensing)
6.08 TEMPERATURE RANGE -30°C TO + 80°C
6.09 BI-COLOR LED GREEN : NORMAL , RED : ALARM

DATA SHEET FOR MULTI CRITERIA PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE THERMAL DETECTOR
SR.
NO.
MULTI CRITERIA PHOTOELECTRIC
1.01 NAME OF EQUIPMENT
SMOKE OR THERMAL DETECTOR
1.02 TYPE INTELLIGENT ADDRESSABLE
2.01 MAKE
2.02 DETECTOR MODEL
2.03 BASE MODEL
2.04 MANUFACTURING STANDARD EN54 5:2000
3.00 PRINCIPLE
3.01 DETECTION PRINCIPLE LIGHT SCATTENING & TERMISTOR
4.00 OPERATING
4.01 STAND BY CURRENT 65A @ 24VDC(LED NO BLINK)
4.02 ALARM CURRENT MAX 80mA @ 24VDC (Limited by panel)
4.03 OPERATING VOLTAGE 8 TO 30 VDC (Nominal 12/24 VDC)
5.00 OTHER FEATURES
5.02 DIMENSIONS VTA
5.04 INDICATION ALARM CONDITION RED LED
5.05 HEALTHY CONDITION GREEN LED
5.06 HUMIDITY RANGE 5 % TO 95% (NON CONDENSING)
5.07 TEMPERATURE RANGE -30°C TO + 70°C
5.08 WEIGHT
5.09 MAX. WIRE GUAGE FOR TERMINALS 0.75mm2 TO 2.5mm2
6.01 BODY BAYBLEND FR110
6.02 COLOR PANTONE WARM GREY 1C

DATA SHEET FOR MANUAL CALL POINT
SR.
NO.
1.01 NAME OF EQUIPMENT MANUAL CALL POINT
1.02 TYPE CONVENTIONAL
2.01 MAKE
2.02 MODEL
2.03 MANUFACTURING STANDARD EN54 PART-11
3.00 PRINCIPLE
3.01 MANUAL CALL POINT PRINCIPLE PRESS-TYPE RE-SETTABLE
4.00 OPERATING
4.01 OPERATING VOLTAGE 30VDC MAX
4.02 CURRENT CONSUMTION 2 Amps
5.00 OTHER FEATURES
5.02 WEIGHT 110G FLUSH , 160G SURFACE
5.03 DIMENSION HEIGHT : 93 MM, BREATH : 89 MM
5.04 OPERATING TEMPRATURE -10Û&72Û&
5.05 HUMIDITY 0-95% NON CONDENSING
5.06 COLOR RED
6.00 APPROVALS / ACCEPTANCES TEST CERTIFICATE
APPROVED REV. 0
CHECKED BY
BY
DATA SHEET FOR MANUAL ABORT
SR.
NO.
1.01 NAME OF EQUIPMENT MANUAL ABORT
1.02 TYPE CONVENTIONAL / DEAD MAN TYPE
2.01 MAKE
2.02 MODEL
2.03 MANUFACTURING STANDARD EN54 PART-11
3.00 PRINCIPLE
3.01 MANUAL CALL POINT PRINCIPLE PRESS-TYPE RE-SETTABLE
4.00 OPERATING
4.01 OPERATING VOLTAGE 30VDC MAX
5.00 OTHER FEATURES
5.02 WEIGHT 110G FLUSH , 160G SURFACE
5.03 OPERATING TEMPRATURE -10Û72Û&
5.04 HUMIDITY 0-95% NON CONDENSING
5.05 COLOR YELLOW
APPROVED REV. 0
CHECKED BY
BY
DATA SHEET FOR HOOTER WITH FLASHER
SR.
NO.
1.01 NAME OF EQUIPMENT HOOTER WITH FLASHER
2.01 MAKE
2.02 MODEL
3.00 OTHER FEATURES
3.01 DIMENSIONS
3.02 OPERATING VOLTAGE 16 TO 33 VDC
3.03 INPUT TERMINAL WIRE GUAGE 12 AWG TO 18AWG
3.04 CABLE ENTRY 20MM DIA
3.05 STROBE FLASH RATE 1 FLASH PER SEC
3.06 COLOUR RED
3.07 TYPE OF MOUNTING WALL MOUNT
3.08 STANDARD OPERATING TEMPRATURE 0Û&72Û&
3.09 HUMIDITY RANGE 10% TO 93 NON CONDENSING
3.10 LOCATION IN DOOR
3.11 AUDIABLE RANGE 88+ dba AT 16 volts
APPROVED REV. 0
CHECKED BY
BY
DATA SHEET FOR
FIRE ALARM AND GAS RELEASE PANEL
SR.
NO.
FIRE ALARM AND GAS RELEASE
1.01 NAME OF EQUIPMENT
PANEL
1.02 TYPE ADDRESSABLE
2.01 MAKE
2.02 MODEL
2.03 MANUFACTURING STANDARD
2.04 MIMIC DIAGRAM A3 SIZE
2.05 ONLINE WEIGHING SYSTEM YES
3.00 OPERATING
3.01 OPERATING VOLTAGE AC : 230V
CURRENT IN NORMAL CONDITION 350MA
3.02
CURRENT IN ALARM CONDITION 900MA (WITHOUT LOAD)
3.03 SYSTEM VOLTAGE 24 VDC
5.00 OTHER FEATURES
5.01 TYPE OF MOUNTING WALL
5.02 DIMENSIONS
5.03 COLOR S. GRAY
5.04 PROTECTION AS PER IP52
5.05 CABLE ENTRY BOTTOM
5.07 HUMIDITY RANGE 85% NON CONDENSING
5.08 TEMPERATURE RANGE MAX 50Û&
6.01 BODY MILD STEEL
6.02 DOOR THICKNESS 3mm
6.03 GLAND PLATE THICKNESS 3mm
6.04 BODY THICKNESS 2mm
SEMI GRAY, SEMI GLOSS, MATT,
6.05 COLOR
POWDER COATTED PRIOR TO BAKING

DATASHEET FOR 2 x 1.5 MM2 CU. ARMOURED FRLS CABLE
SR.
NO.
1.00 MANUFACTURER
2.00 TYPE OF CABLE SIGNAL
3.00 CONDUCTOR TYPE STRANDED PLANE COPPER
4.00 CONDUCTOR STANDS / DIA mm 8130/84

5.00 INSULATION MATERIAL HR PVC TYPE C
6.00 INSULATION THICKNESS MM 0.6
7.00 INSULATION CORE COLOURS BLUE - BLACK - BROWN
8.00 INNER JACKETED MATERIAL PVC FRLS
9.00 INNER JACKETED MATERIAL THICKNESS MM 0.3
10.00 INNER JACKETED MATERIAL COLOUR BLACK
MAXIMUM DC RESISTANCE OF CONDUCTOR
11.00 12.1
OHM / KM
12.00 OUTER JACKETED MATERIAL PVC FRLS
OUTER JACKETED MATERIAL THICKNESS
13.00 1.24 (MIN)
MM
14.00 OUTER JACKETED MATERIAL COLOUR RED
15.00 ARMOUR TYPE G.I. STELL / WIRE
16.00 ARMOUR DIV / THICKNESS MM 0.9
17.00 INSULATION RESISTANCE MOHM / KM 10
18.00 OVER ALL DIAMETER ± 2 MM 12
19.00 APPROXIMATE WEIGHT OF CABLE KG/KM 275
20.00 MUTUAL CAPACITANCE NF/KM <250
21.00 INSULATION RESISTANCE MOHM/KM 10
22.00 SCREEN ALUMINIUM MYLAR TAPE
APPROVED REV. 0
CHECKED BY
BY
DATA SHEET FOR SAFETY TORCH
SR. NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

1.01 Certification ISI, PECO (CCOE) ,BIS , CIMFR
1.02 Battery Type Rechargeable, Lithium Ion
Body Material Aluminum/Fibre (Flameproof)
2.01 Lighting Type LED
2.02 IP Rating IP66
Charger 230V AC
2.00 ACCESSORIES:
Heavy Duty Fabric Pouch With Belt Loop
REV. 0 CHECKED BY APPROVED BY

DATA SHEET FOR COTTON HAND GLOVES
1.00 Technical Specification

1.01 Material Cotton
1.02 Color White
1.03 Size S, M, L, XL
2.00 Test Certificate Material Quality
GAIL Logo
3.00 Marking
Supplier indentify

DATA SHEET FOR EAR PLUG
1.00 STANDARD AS/NZS 1270 Class 3

Plug — polyurethane foam
2.01 Material
Cord – polyester
2.02 Noise Level SLC80 Rating 21dB
2.03 Cup Material Soft Vinyl Foam
Material Quality
3.00 Test Certificate
Noise Attenuation
IGGLLogo
GAIL LOGO
4.00 Marking Supplier indentify

Date & Year of Manufacturing

DATA SHEET FOR EAR MUFF

IS 9167-1979 Reaffirmed 2002 and IS 6229-1980 reaffirmed
1.00 STANDARD
1995
2.01 Material Polypropylene / PVC Material containing polyurethane foam
2.02 Noise Level 20 to 25 dB
2.03 Cup Material Soft Vinyl Foam
Material Quality
3.00 Test Certificate
Noise Attenuation
GAIL
IGGLLogo
LOGO
4.00 Marking Supplier indentify
Date & Year of Manufacturing

OWNER: IGGL
CONSULTANT: MECON LIMITED
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR:
DOC. TITLE: TECHNICAL DATA SHEET OF HYDRANT SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
C. PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS – 2.0Kg Clean Agent
1 Name of Supplier :
2 Type of Extinguisher : Portable Low Pressure
3 Capacity : 2.0 Kg.
4 Test Pressure for Extinguisher body : 35 Bar
5 Burst Pressure for Extinguisher body: 55 Bar
6 Whether handle provided : Yes
7 Chemical charge : a) HFC227ea Clean Agent Gas
b) Dry Nitrogen Gas
8 Volume Expansion space provided : Yes -15 kgf/cm²
9 Safety pin provided : Yes
10 Pressure Gauge : 0 to 28kg Rating
11 Material of Construction
a) Cylinder : M.S. Sheet As Per IS:513 Gr.D, 1.5mm Thick
b) Neck Ring : M.S. Seamless IS 1239 Part 1/ IS 2062
c) Squeeze Grip Valve : Brass Forge to Gr. FLB of lS: 6912
d) Control Nozzle : ABS Plastic as per Annex. B of IS 15683
e) Syphon tube : PVC
12 Dimensions
a) Max. Dia of Extinguisher : 108+ 5mm
b) Overall height of Extinguisher : 300+10mm
13 List of Accessories Provided : Wall mounting Brackets and Screws.
14 Necessity and condition of filling : As per IS 2190
15 Codes and Standards followed : IS 15683
16 Max. Effective range when tested
in still air : More than 2 mtr.
17 Duration of discharge - Min period
for which throw of Jet will be
maintained & % of discharge : 8 Seconds & 95% discharged
18 Anti Corrosive Treatment : Phospheting & Powder coating - Inside & Outside
19 Fire Rating : 1A - 8B
Temp Range : -200 to +550
20 Empty Weight : 1.5kg. approx.
21 Weight of One Extinguisher (Filled) : 3.5 Kg. approx.
22 Colour : Red as per Shade No. 536/538 of IS 5

23 First charge of chemical supplied : Yes
24 Whether Approved By BIS : Yes
25 Marking : ISI Marked as per cl. No. 10.2 of IS: 15683
26 Approval : BIS Certificate
OWNER: IGGL
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR:
DOC. TITLE: TECHNICAL DATA SHEET OF HYDRANT SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
A. PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS –CO2-4.5Kg
2 Type of Extinguisher : High Pressure
3 Capacity - Portable : 4.5 Kg.
4 Fire Rating : 21B
5 Test Pressure for cylinder : 250 kgf/cm²
6 Brust Pressure of Hose : 140 kgf/cm² (without control discharge)
7 Gas Storage Pressure : 68 ± 5 kgf/cm²
8 Whether safety release provided : Yes. Safety device inbuilt in discharge valve
conforming to IS 5903
10 Chemical charge : Liquefied Co2 gas as per IS 15222
11 Pressure rating of Control Valve : As per IS 3224
12 Volume Expansion Space Provided : Yes
a) Cylinder : Seamless Manganese Steel - as per IS7285
b) Control Valve : Brass as per IS 3224 Sq./ Wheel Grip type
c) Siphon Tube : Aluminium – as per IS 738
d) Discharge Horn : Polythene/ Fiber Glass (Non Electric Conductor)
e) Carrying Handle : M.S.
14 Dimensions
a) Max. dia of extinguisher : 139.0 ± 2 mm
b) Thickness of cylinder shell : 4.0 mm
c) Overall height of the
extinguisher (up to cylinder neck) : 585 ± 10 mm
d) Length of Hose : 1 Mtr
e) Bore of Hose : Not less than 10 mm
f) Filler Opening : 25.4 mm
15 Empty Weight : 11.2 kg. approx.
16 Weight of One Extinguisher (Filled) : 15.7 kg. approx.
17 List of Accessories Provided : Hose with Horn, Handle, Wall mounting Brackets
and Screws.
20 Whether approved by BIS : Yes
21 Filling Ratio : Less than 0.667
22 Max. effective range when
Tested in still air : More than 2 Mtr. & 95% discharged.
23 Effective discharge time : 8 Seconds (Minimum)
24 Anti Corrosive Treatment : Phospheting & Powder coating inside & outside
25 Colour : Red as per Shade No. 536/538 of IS 5
26 Marking : ISI Marked
27 Approval : CCOE Nagpur & BIS Certificate
OWNER: IGGL
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR:
DOC. TITLE: TECHNICAL DATA SHEET OF PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS
B. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS –9.0Kg DCP PRESSURE TYPE
2 Type of Extinguisher : Portable Low Pressure
3 Capacity - Portable : 9.0 Kg.
4 Fire Rating : 4A – 34B
0 0
5 Temp Range : -20 Cto +55 C
6 Test Pressure for Extinguisher body : 35 Bar
7 Brust Pressure for Extinguisher body: 55 Bar
9 Chemical charge : a) Potassium Bi Carbonate Base dry chemical powder
b) Dry Nitrogen Gas
10 Volume Expansion space provided : Yes
11 Safety pin provided : Yes
a) Cylinder Body : M.S. Sheet –IS 513 Grade D 1.5mm Thick
b) Neck Ring : M.S. Seamless-IS 1239 Part 1/IS 2062
b) Discharge Valve body : Brass Forge to Gr. FLB of IS 6912
c) Siphon Tube : PVC / Aluminium
c) Discharge Hose : PVC Braided Hose
d) Discharge Nozzle : Plastic
12 Dimensions
a) Max. dia of extinguisher : 175 ± 10 mm
b) Overall height of the extinguisher : 530± 25 mm
c) Length of Hose (approx) : 655 ± 25 mm
d) Bore of Hose : Not less than 10 mm
e) Dia of Nozzle : 4mm
13 Pressure Gauge : 0 to 28 Kg Rating
14 Empty weight : 4.2 Kg. approx..
15 Weight of One Extinguisher (Filled) : 13.2 Kg. approx.
16 First Charge of Chemical supplied : Yes
17 List of Accessories Provided : Wall mounting Brackets and Screws.
20 Whether approved by BIS : Yes
21 Max. Effective range when tested
in still air : More than 6 mtrs.
22 Minimum period for which throw as
Jet will be maintained : 8 Seconds & 90% Discharge
23 Colour : Fire Red as per Shade No. 536/538 of IS 5
24 Marking : All fire extinguishers will be marked as per Cl. No. 10.2 of
IS 15683
25 Approval : BIS Certificate
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
APPENDIX-IV
INSPECTION CATEGORIZATION PLAN FOR FIRE FIGHTING ITEMS
SI. Item Description Unit Inspection Inspection Inspection

TPIA Contractor PMC
5.0 Fire Fighting
5.1 CO2 Extinguisher Nos. C N/A C
5.2 DCP Extinguisher Nos. C N/A C
5.3 Clean agent type fire extinguisher Nos. C N/A C
5.4 Fire Suppression Clean agent system LS B N/A C
5.5 Fire Detection and Alarm System LS B N/A C
5.6 Linear heat sensing cable Mtrs. C N/A C
5.7 FRLS cables Mtrs. C N/A C
5.8 Assorted Pipes Mtrs. B N/A C
5.9 Flanges Nos. B N/A C
5.10 Fittings Nos. B N/A C
5.11 Valves Nos. A N/A B
5.12 Strainer Nos. B N/A B
5.13 Studs Lot C N/A C
5.14 Gaskets Nos. C N/A C
5.15 Water Monitor Nos. B N/A C
5.16 Water Cum Foam Monitor Nos. B N/A C
5.17 High Volume Long Range Monitor Nos. A N/A B
5.18 Double Headed Hydrant Valve Nos. B N/A C
5.19 Hose Pipe Nos. B N/A C
5.20 Instantaneous Male & Female Coupling Nos. C N/A C

FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
5.21 Hose Reel Nos. B N/A C
5.22 Hose Cabinet Nos. C N/A C
5.23 Branch Pipe With Nozzle Nos. C N/A C
5.24 Deluge Valve and Accessories Nos. B N/A B
5.25 Spray Nozzle Nos. B N/A C
5.26 QBD Nozzle Nos. B N/A C
5.27 Orifice Plate Nos. C N/A C
5.28 Chain Pulley Block Nos. B N/A C
5.29 Wrapping Coating Material RM C N/A C
5.30 Pressure Safety Valve Nos. B N/A C
5.31 Fixed and Portable MEFG/HEFG Nos. B N/A C
5.32 ILBP Nos. B N/A C
5.33 AAAF Foam Solution Nos. C N/A C
5.34 Foam Tank Nos. B N/A C
5.35 Foam Pump Nos. A N/A B

Foam maker/Chamber with Vapour Seal
5.36 Nos. B N/A C
Chamber
5.37 Revolving Head/Branch Pipe Nos. B N/A C
5.38 Foam Deflector Nos. B N/A C
Fire Water Pumps Electric Driven & Diesel

5.39 Nos. A N/A B
Driven
5.40 Rim Seal Protection for Oil Storage Tank Nos. B N/A B
5.41 Mechanical Seal for Oil Storgae Tank Nos. B N/A B
A - Stage-wise Inspection + Final Inspection + Document Review as per approved MTC / QAP
B - Final Inspection + Document Review as per approved MTC / QAP
C - Document Review as per approved MTC / QAP
TPI - Third Party Inspection Agency

QAP shall be prepared by vendor / laying contractor and shall be submitted for approval
All materials to be procured from MECON approved vendor inline with tender
conditions.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
APPENDIX - V
THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY
Contractor shall appoint anyone of the following TPIA for inspection purpose, wherever
required as per tender document. Contractor has to propose minimum 4 nos. of below listed
agencies to be approved by IGGL / MECON:
a) Lloyd Register of Industrial Services

b) Technische Ulierwachungs Verein (TUV)
c) Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
d) AB-Vincotte
e) Bureau Veritas
f) SGS
g) American Bureau Services
h) Velosi Certification Services
i) Certification Engineers International Limited(CEIL)
Apart from inspection by TPIA, inspection may also be performed by MECON / IGGL’s
personnel.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
APPENDIX-VI
Following Datasheet/Drawing/Documents need to be submitted by the Vendor for our review

and approval for Fire Protection system. However, if any drawings/documents are not listed
below and required to review the complete documents than it will be communicated to
Vendor during Detail Engineering.
1. Datasheet of various items of Fire Alarm & Detection System

2. Datasheet of various items of Clean Agent Gas Suppression System
3. Datasheet of various safety Equipments
4. Fire Alarm & Detection Layout
5. Design Gas Calculation
6. Design Philosophy
7. Software Gas Flow Calculation
8. Manifold Drawing (Directional Valve & Cylinder Manifold)
9. Cylinder Mounting Rack
10. P & ID of Clean Agent Inert Gas System
11. Schematic Diagram of Clean Agent Inert Gas system
12. Piping & Isometric Drawing
13. Electrical Cabling Drawing
14. Cable Tray Layout
15. Nozzle Coverage Area Drawing
16. Write up of fire Alarm Detection and Clean Agent Gas suppression System
17. Painting Procedure
18. Testing & Commissioning Procedure
19. WPS
20. Inspection Test Plan etc.
FOR
SECTION‐12 OF
APPENDIX-VII
DRAWINGS

$11(;85(±9,,723$57,&8/$5-2%
63(&,),&$7,21
(/(&75,&$/:25.6

Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km
TITLE TABLE OF CONTENT DOCUMENT NO. Page 1 of 1

(ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)
REVISION 0
TABLE OF CONTENT
Sl No. Description Document No./ Drawing Rev. No.

No.
VOL-I : DESIGN BASIS, SCOPE OF WORK, QAP, PJS & STANDARDD DATASHEETS
OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1 Design Basis for Electrical system MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/001 Rev. 0
(Section-12)
2 Scope of Work for Electrical system MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/002 Rev. 0

(Section-1)
3 Electrical Check List - Rev. 0

(Section-12)
4 List of Tool Kits and instruments- - Rev. 0

Annexure A(Section-12)
5 List of Suppliers of Major bought out - Rev. 0
items(Section-12)
6 Inspection Categorization plan for - -
electrical items (Section-12)
7 Quality Assurance Plan for Electrical MEC/05/E9/23UU/QAP/01 Rev. 0
system (Section-12)
8 PJS- 11 KV HT Works (Section-12) MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/004 Rev. 0
9 Standard Datasheets of Electrical - -
System
VOL-II : STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
10 Standard Specifications of Electrical - -
System
VOL-III : TENDER DRAWINGS & STANDARD DRAWINGS OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
11 Tender Drawings of Electrical System MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/1081(A to F) 0
12 Standard Drawings of Electrical System - -
DESIGN BASIS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

MECON LIMITED DELHI
MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/001 0 13.04.2022

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MECON AND ISSUED FOR THE SPECIFIC PROJECT MENTIONED HEREIN. THIS IS NOT TO BE
COPIED OR USED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECTS UNLESS EXPLICITLY PERMITTED BY MECON.
NORTH-EAST
DELHI Section-12 (12” NB x 85.836 Km (approx.) Agartala-
Basic Engineering Design Basis-Electrical MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/001, R-0 Page 1 of 13

System
Contents
Sl. No. Description
1.0 INTRODUCTION
2.0 CODES AND STANDARD
3.0 OPERATING REQUIRMENT
4.0 LIGHTING SYSTEM
5.0 SITE CONDITIONS
6.0 AREA CLASIFFICATION & EQUIPMENT SELECTION
7.0 ENCLOSERE PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
8.0 EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
9.0 CABLES
10.0 UPS AND SOLAR SYSTEM
11.0 AC SYSTEM
12.0 415V SWITCH BOARD
13.0 POWER SUPPLY DETAILS
0 13.04.2022 Aashis Moyal, Sr Manager Mukesh Jaiswara, Sr Manager A Bhowmic, Sr GM

THIS DOCUMENT IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MECON AND ISSUED FOR THE SPECIFIC PROJECT
MENTIONED HEREIN. THIS IS NOT TO BE COPIED OR USED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECTS UNLESS
EXPLICITLY PERMITTED BY MECON.
NORTH-EAST

System
1.0 INTRODUCTION
M/s Indradhanush Gas Grid Limited (IGGL) is in the process of implementing the North East
Gas Grid (NEGG) with a vision to connect al the eight (8) north eastern state capitals and
major consumption centers in the region.
The estimated length of proposed pipeline system is 1656 km (24” / 18” / 12” dia) having
mainline, spur line, and feeder lines from ONGC gas producing wells / centers. A compressor
station on the north bank of Brahmaputra River (North Guwahati) is also envisaged in the
project having 3+1 reciprocating compressors.
With this proposed pipeline project the NEGG will be formed and will be connected to
National gas grid at Guwahati through Barauni-Guwahati pipeline (already under execution by
GAIL)
M/s IGGL has awarded M/s MECON Limited Project Management Consultancy (PMC)
services for North-East Gas Grid pipeline Project. The following pipelines are to be executed
1. Section-12 (12” NB x 85.836 Km (approx.) Agartala- Tulamura Feeder Line including RT

cum Tap-Off cum Future DT cum Injection Point at Agartala (Ch. 0.00 Km), SV-01 , SV-02,
SV-03, SV-04 and DT at Tulamura (Ch. 85.836 Km).
This document presents design criteria for Electrical system for 3LPE Coated pipeline against
corrosion. It indicates minimum requirements for detailed design of Electrical system and
equipments.
1.1 The following electrical equipments / systems are envisaged for:
1.1.1 DISPATCH STATION & IP STATIONS:
I) Pole mounted HT substation (11/0.433 KV, LA, DO fuse, Metering etc) for receiving Grid
power from State Electricity Board.
II) 160/100/63KVA, 11/0.433 kV ONAN distribution transformer with HT cable termination box
on primary side & LT cable termination box on secondary side.
III) 415V Switch Board/PDB for receiving normal power at Despatch & IP stations with Energy
Saving device, phase selection logic, timer for AC etc.
IV) Parallel Redundant UPS system (20/10/5 kVA) with static by - pass with Ni-Cd type battery
bank (for 12 hours back up for Dispatch at compressor station and IP stations) for
Instrumentation, SCADA and PCP loads at Despatch & IP terminals with ACDB for CPTRU,
AMF panel, emergency lighting etc.
V) On- Grid Solar Power system (ON Grid solar system with Net metering of 10/20 KWp rating)
has been considered.
VI) HT Power cables, HT Termination kit.

NORTH-EAST

System
VII) Split AC system with stabilizer with 12 hrs timer.
VIII) LT Power and Control cables.
IX) AC-DC Converter with UPS system 230V AC to -48V and 24 V DC.
X) Indoor & Outdoor lighting (For Classified and Non-Classified area & Buildings).
XI) Emergency and Critical lighting.
XII) Earthing and Lightning protection system
XIII) Local Control Stations (Classified and Non-Classified type)
XIV) Lighting Distribution board (LDB).
XV) Automatic Voltage Regulator outdoor type.
XVI) Structural steel, cable tray, erection accessories etc as required.
XVII) All panels like Solar Charger, UPS, Switch board, AMF panel, MFM meter of PDB shall be
equipped for mod-bus communication for remote monitoring.
1.1.2 SV STATIONS:
II) 63KVA, 11/0.433 kV ONAN distribution transformer with HT cable termination box on primary
side & LT cable termination box on secondary side.
III) 415V Switch Board/PDB for receiving normal power at SV stations with Energy Saving
device, phase selection logic, timer for AC etc.
IV) Hybrid Solar power system shall be considered with Ni-Cd type battery bank with 3 days
autonomy (for 72 Hours back-up) for critical load (PCP, Instrumentation, SCADA and telecom
and solar based stand alone Type Street lighting system for outdoor emergency lights at SV
and tap-off.
V) HT Power cables, HT Termination kit.
VI) Split AC system, stabilizer with 12 hrs timer.
VII) LT Power and Control cables.
VIII) Indoor & Outdoor lighting (Classified and Non-Classified type).
IX) DC- DC converter (85-135V DC to 24V DC & (+)48V-0V-(-)48V DC) required for supplying
various critical load like critical lighting, Telecom, SCADA, Instrumentation etc.
NORTH-EAST

System
X) Emergency and Critical lighting.
XI) Earthing and Lightning protection system
XII) Local Control Stations (Classified and Non-Classified type)
XIII) Lighting Distribution board (LDB).
XIV) Automatic Voltage Regulator Outdoor type.
XV) Structural steel, cable tray, erection accessories etc as required.
XVIII) All panels like Solar Charger, UPS, Switch board, AMF panel shall be equipped for mod-bus
communication for remote monitoring.
1.1.3 RECEIPT STATION:
II) 160/100KVA, 11/0.433 kV ONAN distribution transformer with HT cable termination box on
primary side & LT cable termination box on secondary side.
III) 415V Switch Board/PDB for receiving normal power at Receipt stations with Energy Saving
device, phase selection logic, timer for AC etc.
IV) Parallel Redundant UPS system (20/10/5 kVA) with static by - pass with Ni-Cd type battery
bank (for 12 Hours back-up at Numaligarh & Other Receipt stations) for Instrumentation,
SCADA and PCP loads at Receipt terminals with ACDB for CPTRU, AMF panel, emergency
lighting etc.
V) On- Grid Solar Power system (ON Grid solar system with Net metering of 10/20 KWp rating)
has been considered.
VI) HT Power cables, HT Termination kit.
VII) Split AC system, stabilizer with 12 hrs timer.
VIII) LT Power and Control cables.
IX) AC-DC Converter with UPS system 230V AC to -48V and 24 V DC.
X) Indoor & Outdoor lighting (Classified and Non-Classified type).
XI) Emergency and Critical lighting.
XII) Earthing and Lightning protection system
XIII) Local Control Stations (Classified and Non-Classified type)

NORTH-EAST

System
XIV) Lighting Distribution board (LDB).
XV) Automatic Voltage Regulator Outdoor type.
XVI) Structural steel, cable tray, erection accessories etc as required.
XVII) All panels like Solar Charger, UPS, Switch board, AMF panel shall be equipped for mod-bus
communication for remote monitoring.
2.0 CODES AND STANDARDS
Electrical equipment and system design, manufacture, testing, installation and

commissioning will comply with all the latest applicable standards, regulations and codes as
mentioned below:
BIS - Bureau of Indian Standards
CMIFR - Central Mining Institute & Fuel Research
DGMS - Director General Mines Safety
OISD - Oil Industrial Safety Directives
IEEE - Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineer
IER - The Indian Electricity Rules
ANSI - American National Standards Institute
BEE - Bureau of Energy Efficiency, India
IEC - International Electro technical Commission
Note- M.B. Lal Committee recommendation to be followed in all electrical design &
installations.
2.1 In case of imported equipments standards of the country of origin shall be applicable if these
standards are equivalent or stringent than the applicable Indian standards.
2.2 The equipment shall also confirm to the provisions of Indian Electricity rules and other
statutory regulations currently in force in the country.
2.3 In case of any contradiction between various referred standards/ specifications/ data sheet
and statutory regulations the following order of priority shall govern.
 Statutory regulations.
 Data sheets.
 Scope of Work/ Job specification.
 Design Basis.
NORTH-EAST

System
 Standard Specification.
 Codes and standards.
3.0 OPERATING REQUIRMENT
A.C. Power Supply
a) Voltage - 415 V +10 %, -15%
b) Frequency - 50 Hz +/- 5 %
c) Phases and Wire - 3 Ph & N (4W)

1 Ph & N (2W)
d) Fault level - 30 KA for 1 Sec. For 3 Ph ckt.

10 KA for 1 Sec. For 1 Ph ckt.
e) Neutral Earthing - Solidly Earth
Critical Power (UPS/Solar) Supply Parameters:
Sr Description/Terminal DT/IP/RT Station SV station

No.
1 INSTRUMENTATION 230 V AC UPS, 230 V AC NON- UPS
24 V DC 24 V DC
2 TELECOM SYSTEM 230 V AC UPS, 230 V AC NON- UPS
(-)48 V DC (-) 48 V DC
3 SCADA 230 V AC UPS, 230 V AC NON- UPS
24 V DC 24V DC
4 CP SYSTEM 230 V AC NON- UPS 48 V DC
5 FA & CO2 Flooding

24 V DC 24 V DC
system
6 MOV/Actuator 230 V AC UPS 230 V AC NON UPS
7 Critical Lighting 230V AC by Inverter 230 V AC by Inverter
8 FEP/CCTV/EPABX 230 V AC UPS N/A
4.0 LIGHTING SYSTEM
4.1 Lux level in the plant area for calculation of lighting fixture is as follow:
Area Required Lux Level (As per Lighting Technology

M.B. Lal Committee)
Primary Roads 10-20 LED street lights (Except
Hazardous Area)
Secondary Roads 5-10 LED street lights (Except

Hazardous Area)
NORTH-EAST

System
Pump Houses (Product Pump 100-150 LED lights With flame proof
Houses), T/W Pumps, Sheds fittings
Main Operation Platform & 60-80 LED lights With flame proof
access stairs (within tank farm) fittings
Ordinary Platforms 20-50 LED Pole Mounted fittings
Parkinng Area 20-50 LED Pole Mounted fittings
Process Ares 60-100 LED With flame proof fittings
Switchgear Bldg/ MCC Room/ 150-200 9W, 12W, 18W, 36W LED
DG Room/Shed Lights (Recessed/Surface
fixtures)
Transformer Bay/ Switchyard 100-200 LED Pole Mounted fittings
Battery room 150-200 1x40W FTL/LED Flame Proof

lighting fixture Recessed/
Surface mounting and flame
Proof type Exhaust fan. (All
switching outside the battery
room)
Control Room bldg/ Laboratory 400-500 9W, 12W, 18W, 36W LED
Lights (Recessed/Surface
fixtures)
Charger/UPS room 150-200 9W, 12W, 18W, 36W LED
fixtures)
Warehouse 100-150 9W, 12W, 18W, 36W LED
fixtures)
Office room 300-400 9W, 12W, 18W, 36W LED
fixtures)
Watch room/ Watchman Booth 100-150 9W, 12W, 18W, 36W LED
fixtures)
Stairs 50-70 9W, 12W, 18W, 36W LED
fixtures)
Corridors 70-100 9W, 12W, 18W, 36W LED
fixtures)
Fire House/ Garage 100-150 9W, 12W, 18W, 36W LED
fixtures)
NORTH-EAST

System
Factor of Safety- HPMV -20 %

LED/Induction -10%
All electrical fixtures for Hazardous area shall be classified type (Flame proof) as per the
Area Classification given in this document and have approval of respective statutory agency
as per the Petroleum Act, 2002.
Security Gate Lighting - Integral LED Post Top Lantern
4.2 Emergency lighting system for indoor & outdoor lighting by separate Inverter system.
5.0 SITE CONDITIONS
a) Max / Min Temperature : 50 / 2 ˚C (max/min)
b) Relative Humidity : 95 %
c) Altitude above sea level : Less than 1000 M above mean sea level
d) Atmospheric condition : To withstand site condition
(Dry, dust storms during summer, Humid & Heavy
Rainfall during Monsoon)
e) Hazardous area
Classification : Zone-I & II, Gas group IIA & IIB, Temp. Class T3
f) Control Room/Electrical : Safe Area

/D.G Area/Transformers Yard etc
6.0 AREA CLASIFFICATION AND EQUIPMENT SELECTION
Classification of hazardous area will be in accordance with BIS and IS: 5572.
Following selection will be considered for proper selection of electrical equipment for use in
hazardous area:
a) Area Classification : Zone-I & II
b) Gas Group : IIA and IIB
c) Temperature Classification: T3
All electrical equipment installed in hazardous area will be selected as per IS: 5571.
All electrical equipment for hazardous area will have CMIFR certification
7.0 ENCLOSURE PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
7.1 Enclosure Protection:-
The electrical equipment installed outdoor will have the following enclosure Protection
NORTH-EAST

System
- IP 65
The equipment installed indoors will have the following enclosure:
UPS - IP 31
PDB – IP 54
The above enclosure protection will be in accordance with Indian standard.
7.2 Enclosure Protection in hazardous areas:-
The type of enclosure in the plant / process area shall be Flame proof (Ex-d)
8.0 EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
8.1 No. of earth pit will be provided as per IS: 3043.
8.2 All equipment earthing to be carried out as per IS: 3043, minimum size of GI/Copper earth
conductor to be used will be as given below.
Equipments Earthing Conductor size
Utility building PDB, MLDB, 50 x 6 mm GI/16 sq. mm GI rope

Switch Socket DB, UPSDB, Lighting DB etc.
FLP – WP lights/control station 6 sq mm solid GI Wire
Product pipe line 16 sq mm flexible copper wires

Mechanical equipment / Vessels, 50 x 6 mm GI Flat
Tanks, Pipe/cable racks, structure, fencing
RTU, Telecom, UPS 25 x 3 mm copper Strip
Field Instruments 2.5 sq mm Cu Wire PVC
Jumper for flanges 25 x 3 mm Copper Strip
8.3 Earthing Electrode will be GI pipe for electrical system & Copper plate for instrument/ SCADA
& Telecom system.
8.4 Minimum 10 Nos. GI Pipe electrodes for each station will be provided as per IS- 3043 and as
per site requirement. (6 Nos. for equipment , 2 Nos transformer body earthing, 2 Nos.
Transformer neutral earthing).
8.5 Minimum 2 Nos. Copper Plate Electrodes will be provided for RTU / Control Panel at each
station.
8.6 Minimum 2 Nos. Copper Plate Electrodes will be provided for Telecommunication System at
each station.
8.7 Minimum 2 Nos. Copper Plate Electrodes will be provided for UPS system at each station.
8.8 Lightning protection system shall be provided as per IEC 62305 and with class II lighting
protection system (LPS) and LPL –II.
8.9 Advanced maintenance free earthing with carbon backfill for process area and non-
maintenance free for other than process area.
NORTH-EAST

System
9.0 CABLES
Power & Control cables will have the following specification:
9.1 HT Power Cable (11 KV- UE)
 XLPE insulation
 Inner sheath will be ST2
 Inner and outer sheath will be extruded.
 Steel strip / wire armoured.
 Outer sheath of cable will be FRLS PVC, ST2 type.

 Voltage grade – 11000 V (UE)
 Applicable standard: IS-7098 Part I & II.
9.2 LT Power Cable (1.1 KV)
 XLPE insulation
 Inner and outer sheath will be extruded.
 Steel strip / wire armoured.
 Voltage grade – 1100 V
 Applicable standard: IS-7098 Part I & II.
9.3 Control Cable (1.1kV grade)
 Stranded Annealed Copper Conductor 2.5 sq mm
 XLPE insulation.
 Steel strip/wire armored
 Voltage grade – 1100 V
 Applicable Standard: IS-7098 Part I.

NORTH-EAST

System
9.4 Lighting Cable / Wire in conduit

2
 1.5 mm stranded Copper PVC insulated wire in concealed PVC conduit will be used
in lighting fixtures.
2
 3 core 2.5 mm stranded copper cable (YWY) will be used for flameproof fixtures.
2
 3 core 2.5 mm stranded copper cable (YWY) will be used from outdoor lighting DB to
junction box on the lighting poles.
2
 3 core 2.5 mm stranded copper cable (YWY) will be used from junction box on the
lighting poles to lighting fixture.
 4 core 2.5 mm2 stranded copper cable (YWY) will be used for lighting in shed area.
 4mm2 stranded Copper PVC insulated wire in concealed PVC conduit for 5/15 amp
switch socket, 20A Industrial switch socket.
CABLING SYSTEM
Cable laying philosophy
A. Paved area: Cable tray/RCC trench

B. Unpaved area: Directly buried with sand cushioning, brick covered and warning
tape and cable marker.
C. Type of cable trays: Galvanized prefabricated
10.0 SOLAR SYSTEM
Rating - Hybrid Solar system (800W continuous load)
Battery Bank - Ni-Cd (2x50%)
Redundancy - Parallel redundant
Back – up Time of Ni-Cd Battery - 72 Hrs for Solar PV system
Solar Photo Voltaic System - Photovoltaic System (System capacity Min

10kWp)
11.0 SPLIT A.C. SYSTEM
11.1 All A.C. will be supplied power 230V, 50 Hz, 1 Ph & N and Control room temperature will be
maintained 25˚ C±2˚C with 12 hrs timer.
12.0 415V SWITCH BOARD
Switch board shall be equipped with energy saving device, APFCR and Meters with mod bus
communication.
NORTH-EAST

System
13.0 POWER SUPPLY DETAILS
For SV stations of pipeline, a hybrid solar power system with battery back-up of 72 hours (3
days) considered for power supply to Critical loads (i.e. PCP system, Instrument, SCADA,
Telecom).
A servo stabilizer (Automatic Voltage regulator) is also considered to improve the voltage
level of rural feeder of SEB.
For R/T, D/T & IP stations UPS system (20/10/5 KVA) with 12 hr battery backup has been
considered for power supply to Critical loads (i.e. PCP system, Instrument, SCADA,
Telecom).
TRANSFORMER AND ITS MOUNTING ON DOUBLE POLE STRUCTURE WITHIN

DT/RT/IP / SV TERMINAL
Power connectivity from nearest available power source through Overhead Conductor/Cables
(O/H or U/G) alongwith all requisite materials upto Double Pole structure of IGGL terminal
shall be executed by SEB on depositary basis or by the Contractor (If SEB permits to execute
this work by the Contractor). All the payments towards works executed on depositary basis
shall be paid by the Owner.
Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning works of Distribution Transformer & Double
Pole structure at IGGL terminal shall be executed by SEB on depositary basis or by the
Contractor (If SEB permits to execute this work by the Contractor). All the payments towards
works executed on depositary basis shall be paid by the Owner.
Contractor shall carry out all the required liasioning with concerned authorities for the above
mentioned works including all works related to statutory approvals of the complete
installation, from competent authority like CEA, DGMS, State electricity Authority/Board etc.
Authority, if required along with copies of required certificates complete in all respects, shall
be done by the contractor well ahead of time so that the actual commissioning of are not
delayed for want of approval from authority. The actual inspection of work by the Govt.
inspector shall be arranged by the Contractor and necessary coordination and liaison work in
this respect shall be the responsibility of the contractor. However any fee paid to the Govt.
Authority in this regard shall be reimbursed by the Owner on submission of bills with
documentary evidence.
The Inspection and acceptance of the work as above shall not absolve the Contractor from
any of responsibilities under this contract.
15.1 The following documents shall be submitted along with the offer:
a) Filled up data sheet/Checklist.
b) HSE Policy
NORTH-EAST

System
c) Bar Charts & Project completion schedule

d) QAP
e) List of two years operation and maintenance spare.
f) Approx. dimensions of the system
15.2 The following drawings (in three sets) & documents shall be submitted for approval within 3
a) Soil survey report with marked location vulnerable area.

b) Various Installation & Commissioning Procedures- Earthing, Lighting, PDB
Panels, LDB Panels, Outdoor & Indoor lighting, UPS, Solar PV System, Battery
Bank, Cable laying & termination etc.
d) Various Data Sheets & Design for Approval- Lighting, PDB Panels, LDB Panels,
Outdoor & Indoor lighting, UPS, Solar PV System, Battery Bank, Cable’s, wiring,
earthing & lightning etc along with basis of system design and design
calculations, equipment selection criteria and sizing calculations, formulae used
e) Equipment layout, Cable layout & schedule.
f) Colour code identification for the various cables/ wires used in the system.
g) G.A. of various electrical equipments.
h) Schematic diagrams of various equipments.
i) Wiring diagram for reference.
j) Tentative Bill of Material
15.3 After the job completion, contractor shall prepare AS-BUILT drawings/data sheets and
documents, submit catalogues/manuals (O&M) of major brought out items. Final certified as
built drawings, documents and manuals etc shall be submitted by the contractor to owner in
bound volume with one set in soft copy (CD) plus five sets of prints to owner & one set to
MECON..
Other drawings and documents shall be submitted by contractor/MECON along with AS-BUILT

b) Detailed commissioning report of each station.
c) As-built Earthing & lightning layout with commissioning report.
d) As-built lighting layout with lux level at each point.
e) Installation, Testing & commissioning documents.
f) Displaying of Hazardous area classification, Earthing layout drawings at
SV/IP/DT & RT
-X-X-X-
ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORKS
TERMINAL WORKS

MECON LIMITED DELHI
MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/002 0 13.04.2022

SCOPE OF WORK (ELECTRICAL) MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/002, R-0 Page 1 of 10
Contents
Sl. No. Description
1.0 GENERAL
2.0 SCOPE
3.0 OTHER MISCELLENEOUS WORKS
5.0 JOB SPECIFICATIONS
6.0 TRANSFORMER AND ITS MOUNTING ON DOUBLE POLE STRUCTURE WITHIN DT/RT/IP
/SV TERMINAL
7.0 STATUATORY APPROVAL OF WORKS
8.0 MAKE OF EQUIPMENTS AND MATERIALS
9.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
10.0 DRAWINGS, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION STANDARDS
11.0 TECHNICAL CRITERIA FOR ACCEPTANCE ( ELECTRICAL) OF ELECTRICAL

CONTRACTOR
Aashis Moyal, M.K.Jaiswara, A Bhowmic, Sr GM

0 13.04.2022 Sr Manager Sr Manager
THIS DOCUMENT IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MECON AND ISSUED FOR THE SPECIFIC
PROJECT MENTIONED HEREIN. THIS IS NOT TO BE COPIED OR USED FOR ANY OTHER
PROJECTS UNLESS EXPLICITLY PERMITTED BY MECON.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Introduction
M/s Indradhanush Gas Grid Limited (IGGL), a Joint Venture of IOCL, ONGC, IGGL, OIL and
NRL, is in the process of implementing the North East Gas Grid (NEGG) with a vision to connect
all the eight (08) north eastern state capitals and major consumption centers in the region. The
NEGG will be connected to National gas grid at Guwahati through Barauni-Guwahati pipeline
(already under execution by M/s IGGL).
The intent of this specification is to define the requirements for the supply of equipment and
materials (as required), erection, testing and commissioning of the electrical power distribution
system.
M/s IGGL has awarded M/s MECON Limited Project Management Consultancy (PMC) services
for North-East Gas Grid pipeline Project. The following pipeline are to be executed under this
package –
The work shall be carried out in the best workmanship – like manner, in conformity with these
specifications, approved drawings and the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge from time to
time.
In case of any conflict between the codes and standards listed, the same shall be brought to the
notice of Owner/Consultant for final decision, which shall be binding.
1.2 Standards
The work shall be performed in conformity with, standard specifications and installation
standards enclosed and code of practices of the Bureau of India Standards. In case of any
conflict, the stipulations under this specification shall govern.
The Indian Electricity Act, and the rules framed there under
The fire Insurance Regulations
The regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the state government / Central
The regulations laid down by the Factory Inspector.
The regulations laid down by the Chief Inspector of Explosives.
Any other regulations laid down by the Central, State or Local Authorities from time to time
during the pendency of this contract.
M.B.Lal Committee recommendations for electrical design & installation.
1.3 Guarantee
The Bidder shall guarantee the installation against any defects of workmanship and materials
equipments or fittings supplied by the Bidder that may be undiscovered at the time of issue of
the completion certificate, or may arise or come to light thereafter, shall be rectified or replaced
by the Bidder at his own expense as deemed necessary and as per the instruction of the
Engineer-in-charge within the time limit specified by the Engineer-in-charge.
The above guarantee shall be applicable for the quality of work executed as well as for the
equipment / cable / fittings/ other material supplied by the Bidder.
1.4 Site Conditions
following site conditions.
Max. / Min temperature : 500C/20C

(Humid, Heavy rainfall during monsoon & low temp during
winter)
1.5 Power Supply Parameters :

i) For DT, DT Cum SV & IP STATIONS station:
NORMAL POWER 415V AC, 3 Phase & Neutral

LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION (Normal) 230 V AC, 1 Phase
INSTRUMENTATION 230 V AC, 1 Phase
(UPS) 24 V DC
TELECOM SYSTEM (UPS) -48 V DC
SCADA (UPS) 24 V DC
CP SYSTEM (UPS) 24/48 V DC
FIRE DETECTION & ALARM 240 V AC, 1 Phase
SYSTEM (UPS)
ii) For ALL SOLAR POWERED SV STATIONS
NORMAL POWER 415V AC, 3 Phase & Neutral

LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION (Normal) 230 V AC, 1 Phase
INSTRUMENTATION 24 V DC
TELECOM SYSTEM -48 V DC
SCADA 24 V DC
CP SYSTEM +48 V DC
FA & CO2 Flooding system 240 V AC, 1 Phase
2.0 SCOPE
The Bidder’s scope of work includes following:
2.1.1 Submission of electrical equipments design calculations (Lighting, Earthing & Lightning, PDB,
LDB etc), Complete SLD with control scheme, HVAC Calculations, detail engineering, various
drawings/layouts for review and approval, preparation of cable schedules, BOM, preparation of
site engineering drawings and details for installation works wherever applicable or required by
the Engineer-in-charge, and submits to the Engineer-in-charge for review. However all such
engineering, calculations and issuance of drawing shall be carried out by MECON.
2.1.2 Correction, updating and submission of all Owner’s drawings for as-built status.
2.1.3 Obtaining clearance for energizing the complete electrical facilities covered under this tender and
approval of installation and drawings from the Chief Electrical Inspector of the State
Government/Central Electricity Authority and other statutory authority as required. This includes
equipments installed or commissioned by others within the battery limit. This is for the purpose of
obtaining a comprehensive approval in one go.
2.2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
Following electrical equipment and material are in the Bidder’s scope of supply in this tender.
2.2.1 415V, 30 KA Single Front Indoor LT Panel to receive and distribute power for all stations, LDBs
etc as per SLD no. MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/1081 (Part-A,B,C &D) (A to F).
2.2.2 MV power and control cable (XLPE – insulated armoured Al/Cu conductor 1/2/3/3.5/4 core
cables).
2.2.3 GI pipes, GI Cable-trays and accessories, cable markers, identifier tags, GI saddles and all other
associated accessories for cable-laying.
2.2.4 FLP (CMIFR tested, PESO approved) type double-compression nickel-plated brass cable glands,
tinned- copper lugs, clamping material etc. for cable termination.
2.2.5 Lighting system, including lighting fixtures, lighting and power panels, switches, sockets, PVC
conduit to be laid in the concrete slab / other civil construction etc. in safe and hazardous area.
Piano reed type sockets complete with MDF Board & 10 pair cable etc. for indoor Telephones.
2.2.6 Earthing and lightning protection system, including earthing pits, earth electrodes, earthing strips,
grounding conductor of various sizes, Cu strip for flange jumper and Cu earth plates etc.
2.2.7 Safety equipment in the stations/terminals, like shock treatment charts, caution boards, first aid
equipment, rubber mats, portable fire extinguishers, sand bucket etc.
2.2.8 1.8T, 5 star Split Air Conditioners with stabilizer.
2.2.9 Electric illuminated station detail board along with mounting structure.
2.2.10 63 Amp Flameproof type welding receptacles etc.
2.2.11 5/10 KVA UPS system, Rectifier, Battery Bank, ACDB / DCDB & interconnecting cables are not
in scope of this contract. Same shall be supplied, installed, tested & commissioned by other
contractor through separate tender.
However, Contractor scope of work includes incoming cables for UPS & all outgoing cables&
cabling work from various ACDB & DCDBs.
2.2.12 Hybrid Solar system, grid Charger & associated Solar Array/Panels, Anodised Al/Hot dip
galvanized MS mounting structure, Junction boxes, Charge controller, DCDB, Battery bank, DC-
DC converter, interconnecting cables among - arrays, charge controller, DC-DC Converter,
DCDB, Battery bank, 3Ph charger etc are not in scope of this contract. Same shall be supplied,
installed, tested & commissioned by other contractor through separate tender.
However, Contractor scope of work includes all outgoing cables& cabling work from various DBs.
2.2.13 Inverter for emergency critical lighting.
2.2.14 Outdoor type pole mounted 11/0.433 kV Transformer substation.
2.2.15 11/0.433 kV, 250/160/100/63 KVA copper wound Distribution Transformer.
2.2.16 Distribution Transformer with Double Pole, Gang switch, over head Conductor of suitable rating
and all necessary accessories for completion of work including tapping from existing HT line etc.
complete as per specification, SOR and requirement of approval from respective
electricity/statutory authority. All electrical work i.e. charging of transformer, pole mounted
substation, tapping from battery limit of electricity board shall be carried out in supervision of
respective authority including necessary approval, if required.
2.2.17 Double pole structure with AB Switch, Lightning arrestors, horn gap fuse, copper wire jumpers
upto transformer HT terminals.
2.2.18 ACSR conductor, 11m MS joint/pole, Pin insulator and GI hardware etc. as required from
respective state electricity board battery limit upto double pole structure inside IGGL Terminal.
2.2.19 Cables between transformer LT terminals of transformer & load break fuse switch unit, cable
supports, double compression cable glands, lugs etc. as required.
2.2.20 Supply of 400A/250 A TPN, AC-23 duty MCCB in outdoor type dust & weather proof steel
enclosure.
2.2.21 Supply of High Mast Lighting system on 20m high pole consisting for 8 nos. of lighting fixtures
(200W LED Lamp).
2.2.22 Supply of 120 & 80KVA AVR(Automatic Voltage Regulator), TPN ,continuous duty with I/O
MCCB in indoor type dust proof, Floor mounted, steel enclosure, Input voltage range shall be
from 320 Volt to 480 Volt and Output shall be 433 Volt +3% etc complete in all respect.
2.2.23 Fabrication and supply of MS frames, supports, canopies and brackets for miscellaneous
electrical equipments, including welding, supply of bolts, nuts etc for mounting and other
necessary supplies, all inclusive of painting as specified.
2.2.24 Cable gland plate of suitable size & of min 3mm thickness shall be provided for cable
termination, wherever required, for all the electrical panels (PDB/LDB/OLDB/UPS etc)
2.2.25 CO-ORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS
Contractor shall be entirely responsible for Co-ordination with other contractors of

UPS/Solar/Battery & it should be ensured that the terminal work should be timely executed.
If the contractor fails to timely execution of the terminal work, necessary penalty clause shall be
applied as per the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.2.26 All works relating to statutory approvals of the complete installation, from competent authority like
CEA, DGMS, State electricity authority/Board etc, shall be in the scope of contractor
Note: SLDs MEC/23UU/05/E9/E/1081 (Part- A,B,C & D) A to F attached with tender documents are for
tender purpose only. Detailed SLD shall be furnished by the Bidder as per the requirements of the
system. Any change, Modifications, Addition/deletion occurs later due to system requirements shall
deem to be inclusive in the price quoted by the Bidder, No extra cost shall be paid for the same.
2.3 SCOPE OF INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING
2.3.1 Laying & termination of all MV/HV power and control cables laid in concrete-lined trenches,
buried cable trenches, pipes, road crossings, pipe-racks etc.
2.3.2 Installation testing & commissioning of 415 V switch boards/PDBs/MLDBs/LDBs.
2.3.3 Installation, testing & commissioning of Outdoor type pole mounted 11/0.433 kV Transformer
substation.
2.3.4 Installation, testing & commissioning of Distribution Transformer with Double Pole, Gang switch,
over head Conductor of suitable rating and all necessary accessories for completion of work
including tapping from existing HT line etc. complete as per specification & SOR.
2.3.5 Installation, testing & commissioning of 11/0.433 kV, 160/100/63 KVA copper wound Distribution
Transformer.
2.3.6 Installation, testing & commissioning of Double pole structure with AB Switch, Lightning
arrestors, horn gap fuse, copper wire jumpers upto transformer HT terminals.
2.3.7 Installation, testing & commissioning of ACSR conductor, 7m MS joint/pole, Pin insulator and GI
hardware etc. as required from respective state electricity board battery limit upto double pole
structure inside IGGL Terminal.
2.3.8 Installation, testing & commissioning of Cables between transformer, LT terminals of transformer
& load break fuse switch unit, cable supports, double compression cable glands, lugs etc as
required.
2.3.9 Installation, testing & commissioning of 400A/250 A TPN, AC-23 duty MCCB in outdoor type dust
& weather proof steel enclosure.
2.3.10 Installation, testing & commissioning of High Mast Lighting system on 20m high pole consisting
for 8 nos. of lighting fixtures (200W LED Lamp)
2.3.11 Installation, testing & commissioning of 120 & 80KVA AVR(Automatic Voltage Regulator), TPN
,continuous duty with I/O MCCB in indoor type dust proof steel enclosure etc complete in all
respect.
2.3.12 Installation, testing and commissioning of lighting system in buildings.
2.3.13 Installation, testing and commissioning of outdoor street lighting system & lighting system for
process area.
2.3.14 Installation, testing & commissioning of earthing system & complete lightning protection system.
2.3.15 Installation, testing and commissioning of the Bidder supplied materials.
2.3.16 Installation testing & commissioning of Oil filled transformer and pole mounted HT substation.
2.3.17 Installation testing & commissioning of Inverter for emergency power

2.3.18 Installation testing & commissioning of Electric illuminated station detail board
2.3.19 All works relating to statutory approvals of the complete installation, from competent authority
like CEA, DGMS, State electricity authority/Board etc, shall be in the scope of Bidder
3.0 OTHER MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
3.1 Preparation of buried cable trenches, including, back filling, compacting providing of brick
protection by second-class bricks, spreading of fine river sand, including all supplies.
3.2 The job includes repairing of all civil works damaged during installation of electrical facilities.
3.3 The scope of work under this contract shall be inclusive of breaking of walls, floors and chipping
of concrete foundations necessary for the installation of equipment, materials, and making good
of the same.
3.4 Minor modifications wherever required to be done in the owner free supplied equipments /
devices to enable cable entry, termination, etc.
3.5 Sealing of opening made in the walls / floors for cables trays, cables, bus ducts, etc using
acceptable practice and standards.
3.6 Supply and installation of all other accessories not specifically mentioned herein, but never the
less necessary for completion of the job.

Hydrocarbon handling areas have been generally classified as zone 1 & 2, gas group IIA/IIB as
per IS: 5572, API RP-500, OISD - 113 and IP Rules. All equipments to be installed in these
areas shall be suitable for the area classification with temperature class T3 (2000C), CMIFR
testing and approved by CCOE, PESO, DGFAS and having BIS license.
Various electrical works covered under this contract like equipment erection, cabling, lighting and
grounding works, etc. shall be performed in accordance with specifications attached with this
tender. (Certain clauses of specifications, which are applicable to equipments or system not
covered under this contract, shall not be applicable).
Erection and commissioning of certain special equipments shall be performed in accordance

with supplier’s instructions and directions of the Engineer-in-charges under supervision by
equipment supplier/s.
The equipments/materials to be supplied by the Bidder shall conform to the requirements of the
applicable specifications enclosed in the tender document.
6.0 TRANSFORMER AND ITS MOUNTING ON DOUBLE POLE STRUCTURE WITHIN DT/RT/IP /
SV TERMINAL
6.1 Power connectivity from nearest available power source through Overhead Conductor/Cables
(O/H or U/G) alongwith all requisite materials upto Double Pole structure of IGGL terminal shall
be executed by SEB on depositary basis or by the Bidder (If SEB permits to execute this work by
the Bidder). All the payments towards works executed on depositary basis shall be paid by the
Owner.
6.2 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning works of Distribution Transformer & Double Pole
structure at IGGL terminal shall be executed by SEB on depositary basis or by the Bidder (If SEB
permits to execute this work by the Bidder). All the payments towards works executed on
depositary basis shall be paid by the Owner.
6.3 Bidder shall carry out all the required liasioning with concerned authorities for the above
mentioned works (Sr. no. 6.1 & 6.2) including all works related to statutory approvals of the
complete installation, from competent authority like CEA, DGMS, State electricity Authority/Board
etc. Power connection shall be in the name of Owner.
All works relating to statutory approvals of the complete installation, from competent authority
like CEA, DGMS, State electricity Authority/Board etc, shall be in the scope of Bidder.
The application on behalf of the owner for submission to Electrical Inspector / DGMS etc. along
with copies of required certificates and drawings, complete in all respects, shall be prepared by
the Bidder and submitted to the Engineer-in-charge for onward transmission well ahead of time
so that the actual commissioning of equipment are not delayed for want of inspection by the
Electrical Inspector / DGMS. The actual Liaison work shall be arranged by the Bidder and
necessary coordination and liaisons work in this respect shall be responsibility of the Bidder.
However, the Owner on submission of bills along with documentary evidence shall reimburse
any fee paid to the statutory Authority in this regards.
All equipments / materials supplied by the Bidder shall be as per the list of approved makes
enclosed with this document subject to submission of Certification and approvals.
9.0 INSPECTION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING
9.1 All the equipment supplied and installed by the Bidder shall be tested and commissioned as
required and no separate payments shall be made for the same. Any damage or defect noticed
shall be brought to the notice of the engineer- in-charge and will be rectified without any delay
and no payments shall be made for rectification.
forthwith and the Bidder shall carry out the rectification at his own cost.
9.3 The Bidder shall carry out all the tests as enumerated in the technical specifications and as per
applicable codes and standards.
9.4 Before the electrical system is made live, the electrical Bidder shall carry out suitable tests to
establish to the satisfaction of engineer-in-charge that the installation of equipments, wiring and
connections have been correctly done and are in good working condition and that it will operate
as intended.
9.5 All the tests shall be conducted in the presence of Owner/ Engineer-in/charge or his authorized
representative unless he waives this requirement in writing. The Bidder shall arrange all testing
equipment necessary to carry out the test. The tests shall be recorded on approved Performa
and certified records of the tests shall be submitted to Owner/ Engineer-in-charge.
plant start-up trials would be commenced. During the start-up trials Bidder shall provide skilled /
unskilled personnel and supervision round the clock at his cost. The number and category of
workmen and duration up to which required, will be decided by the Engineer-in-charge. Any
defects noticed during the start-up trial relating to the equipment supplied and work carried out
by the Bidder, will be rectified by the Bidder at his own cost.
9.7 Engineer-in- charge shall have the right to get these defects rectified at the risk and cost of the
Bidder if he fails to attend to these defects immediately as desired.
9.8 After the operating conditions are fully achieved in the plant and the other requirements as
stated in the General Conditions of Contract are fulfilled, the Bidder would be eligible for applying
for a completion certificate.
10.1 The equipments / materials to be supplied by the Bidder shall conform to the requirements of the
applicable specifications. Also the installation of various material / equipment shall conform to
the installation standards /norms.
10.2 The drawings accompanying the tender documents when read with specification shall depict the
electrical system of the Terminal. These are indicative of the nature of work and issued for
tendering purposes only. Purpose of these drawings is to enable the tendered to make an offer
in line with the requirements of the Owner. Construction shall be as per drawings / specifications
issued / approved by the Engineer-in-charge during the course of execution of work.
10.3 Conduit layout drawing in ceiling, wherever required, to be prepared by the Bidder and shall be
submitted for approval.
10.4 After the job completion, Bidder shall prepare AS-BUILT drawings and documents, submit
catalogues/manuals (O&M) of major brought out items like Inverter, HT Substation, Lighting
fixture etc. Final certified as built drawings, documents and manuals etc shall be submitted by
the Bidder to owner in bound volume with one set in soft copy (CD) plus five sets of prints.
11.0 TECHNICAL CRITERIA FOR ACCEPTANCE (ELECTRICAL) OF ELECTRICAL SUB-

CONTRACTOR
11.1 Copy of Electrical Contractor’s license – Grade A from Electrical Licensing Board for 11kV or
above enclosed.
11.2 Credential of Electrical Contractor which shows completion of HT Panel, 11KV, Transformer, DG
set, LT panels lighting, earthing etc
11.3 The Main/Electrical Contractor shall be the single point responsible vendor for all electrical
equipments like LT panel, Transformer, DG Set etc.
-x-x-x-
OIL & GAS SBU
NORTH-EAST
MECON LTD, DELHI
IGGL
TITLE Electrical Check List Document No. Page 1 of 1
REVISION 0
TO BE FILLED-UP BY TENDERER
Sl. Description Remarks

No.
1. No deviation from the Electrical Specification/

SOR
Unpriced schedule of rate (SOR) enclosed.

2.
3. List of similar electrical job undertaken during

last three years has been enclosed with the
offer.
4. List of electrical personnel employed, with their

qualification & experience, has been enclosed
with the offer.
5. Credential of electrical sub-contractor, enclosed

with the offer.
6. Photocopy of Electrical Contractor’s license –

grade A has been enclosed with the offer.
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km
MECON LTD, DELHI

IGGL
TITLE LIST OF TOOLS KITS AND ANNEXURE-A Page 1 of 1

INSTRUMENTS
REVISION 0
ANNEXURE-A
LIST OF TOOLS KITS AND INSTRUMENTS-LOT

(DETAILS OF LOT TO BE SUPPLIED BY BIDDER)
S. No. ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENTS Qty.
1 500 V Hand Driven Insulation Resistance tester 01 No.

(Make-Fluke, Megger, Motwane)
2 Earth Tester Kit, complete with electrodes and 01 No.
connector (Make-Fluke, Megger, Motwane)
3 Digital Tong Tester for A.C. & D.C. current 01 Nos.
measurement (Make-Rishabh, Fluke, Matwane)
4 Digital Multimeter (Make-Rishabh, Fluke, Motwane) 01Nos.
4 Hand Drill Machine (Make-Bosch) 01 No.
5 Fuse Puller 01Nos.
6 Manual Crimping Tool with accessories for cable size 01 No.

up to 240 mm ²
One no. of tool box to be provided at each control room building. Tool box should
contain at least the following tools.
A) Slides wrench -2 Nos. (12” & 8”)

B) Ring Spanner-1Set
C) DE Spanner-1Set
D) Pipe wrench-1Set (14”)
E) Screw Driver-1Set
F) Electrician screw driver-1 Set
G) Millimeter -1No
H) Allen Key - 1Set
I) Drilling machine (1000 Watt) with multipurpose toolkit-1Set
J) Industrial Electric Extension Board. (Make-Anchor or equivalent) -1 No.
Section-12 12" x 85.836 Km
IGGL MECON LIMITED
ELECTRICAL
LIST OF SUPPLIERS OF MAJOR BOUGHT-OUT ITEMS
Air Conditioner
1. O General
2. Daikin
3. Hitachi
Batteries (Lead Acid)

1. Amco Batteries Ltd.
2. Exide Industries Ltd.
3. HBLNIFE Power System Ltd.
4. Amara Raja Batteries Ltd.
Batteries (Nickel Cadmium)

1. Amco Batteries Ltd.
2. HBLNIFE Power Systems Ltd.
Batteries Charger/DC-DC Converter

1. Amara Raja Power System(P)Ltd.
2. BCH.
3. Chhabi Electricals Pvt. Ltd.
4. Caldyne Automatics Limited
5. Dubas
6. HBL Nife Power Systems Ltd.
7. Universal Industries Products
8. Universal Instrument Mfg Co Pvt Ltd
Cable – Fire Alarm & Communication Cables

2. CMI
3. Delton cables Ltd.
4. ELKAY Telelinks
6. Reliance Engineers Ltd.
Cable – HT(XLPE)
1. Universal Cable Ltd.
3. Industrial Cables
Page 1 of 10
Section-12 12" x 85.836 Km
IGGL MECON LIMITED
4. NICCO Corporation Ltd.

5. Uniflex
6. Polycab.
7. Torrent cables Ltd.
8. Gloster cables limited Secunderabad (upto 11kv)
9. Gemscab industries ltd Delhi (upto 11kv)
10. CMI LIMITED New Delhi- (upto 11kv)
11. Apar Industries Ltd (Unit: Uniflex Cables) MUMBAI-(upto 11kv)
Cable – LT Power and Control

2. Universal Cable Ltd.
4. Havells.
5. Delton
6. Elkay Telelinks
7. Evershine Electricals
8. Ecko
9. Ravin
10. Rallison.
11. Suyog
12. Netco
13. Uniflex
14. Paramount
15. Gloster
16. Associated cables Pvt Ltd.
17. CMI
18. Gemscab
19. Industrial cables
20. NICCO
21. Polycab
22. RR Kabel Ltd,Vadodara
23. Torrent
24. Ocean Cables Pvt Ltd
25. Chandresh Cables Ltd
26. RR Kabel Ltd,Vadodara
Cable – Gland
Page 2 of 10
Section-12 12" x 85.836 Km
IGGL MECON LIMITED
1. Baliga
2. Comet
3. Flexpro
4. Flameproof
5. FCG
6. Electro Werke
7. Dowels
8. CCI
Cable – Lugs
1. Dowels
2. Jainson
3. Ismal
Cable – Tray
1. Rukmani Electricals & Components Pvt Ltd Hooghly

2. Advance Power Product Kolkata
3. Ercon Composites
4. Yamuna Power & Infrastructure Ltd.
5. Aditya Steel Industries
6. Eros Metal Works (P) Ltd Nagpur
7. Pentax Ferro Incorporate Mumbai
8. Eros Metal Works ( P) Ltd Nagpur
9. Satyam composites pvt. Ltd, Vadodara (FRP Cable Tray)
10. Umip Composites Pvt Ltd Ahmedabad(FRP Cable Tray)
Cable Termination and Jointing Kit

1. CCI
2. Raychem
3. M-Seal
Ceiling/Exhaust/Pedestal Fans & Circulators

1. Bajaj Electricals Ltd.
2. Crompton Greaves Ltd.
3. Khaitan Electricals Ltd.
4. Havell’s
Page 3 of 10
Section-12 12" x 85.836 Km
IGGL MECON LIMITED
Contactors – AC Power & Control

1 Andrew Yule
2 ABB
3 BHEL
4 C&S
5 Havell’s
6 L&T
7 Schneider
8 Siemens Ltd.
9 Telemechanique
Control Transformer
1. AE
2. Indushree
3. Intra Vidyut
4. Kalpa Electrikals
5. Transpower Industries Ltd.
6. Siemens
DG Set
1. Sterling and Wilson.
2. GD ankalesaria.
3. Deev Genset.
4. Jackson
5. Sudheer Gensets.
6. Power Engineering(India) Pvt Ltd.
Earthing Materials
1. Rukmani Electrical & Components Pvt Ltd.

2. Indiana Grating Pvt Ltd.
3. Jef Techno Solutions Pvt Ltd
4. Brass copper & alloy (i) ltd Mumbai
5. Reliable sponge pvt.ltd Rourkela
Flame proof LDB’s/ JB,s/Control Station/ switches/ Flame Proof Feeder Pillar
1. FCG
2. Sudhir
Page 4 of 10
Section-12 12" x 85.836 Km
IGGL MECON LIMITED
3. Prompt Engineering Works

4. Flame Proof equipments pvt. Ltd.
5. Baliga Lighting Equipments Pvt. Ltd.
6. Flexpro Electricals Pvt. Ltd.
High Mast
1. Bajaj Electricals Limited

2. Crompton Greaves Limited.
3. Philips India Limited
4. Surya Roshani
High Voltage PCC/ MCC panels
1. BHEL
2. Control and Switchgear
3. Siemens
4. Tricolite Electrical Industries
5. Schneider
6. CGL
7. L&T
Indicating Lamps
1. Alstom Ltd.
2. BCH
3. L&T Ltd.
4. Siemens Ltd.
5. Vaishno Electricals
Indicating Meters
1. ABB
2. AMCO
3. AE
4. Alstom Ltd. (EE)
5. Conzerv/Schneider
6. Elecon Measurement Pvt. Ltd.
7. HPL Electric & Power Pvt. Ltd.
Page 5 of 10
Section-12 12" x 85.836 Km
IGGL MECON LIMITED
8. MECO Instruments Ltd.

9. Minilec
10. Rishabh Instruments Pvt. Ltd.
11. Trinity energy system
12. kaycee
13. Salzer
Lighting Fixtures
1. GE Lighting Pvt. Ltd.

4. Philips India Ltd.
Lighting Fixtures – Flameproof

2. Baliga Lighting Equipment Pvt. Ltd.
4. CEAG Flameproof Controlgear Pvt. Ltd.
5. Flexpro Electricals Pvt. Ltd.
6. Philips India Ltd.
7. Sudhir Switchgears Pvt. Ltd.
8. FCG.
Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCBs) and Lighting DB
1. ABB
2. Hagger
3. Havell’s India Ltd.
4. Indo Asian Fusegear Ltd.
5. Legrand
6. MDS Switchgear Ltd.
7. Schneider
8. Siemens Ltd.
9. HPL
Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCBs)
Page 6 of 10
Section-12 12" x 85.836 Km
IGGL MECON LIMITED
1. ABB
2. Andrew yule
3. Larsen & Toubro
4. Schneider
5. Siemens
6. Control and Switchgear
Protection Relays – Thermal
1. BCH
2. L&T Ltd.
3. Siemens Ltd.
4. Scheinder
5. Telemenchanique & Controls (India) Ltd.
Low Voltage Power Control Center (PCC)/ MCC/ PDB/ MLDB/ LDB
1. Pyrotech Electronics Pvt. Ltd.

2. Risha control Engineers Pvt. Ltd.
3. ABB
4. BCH
5. C&S
6. Elecmech Switchgear & Instrumentation
7. KMG ATOZ
8. L&T
9. Siemens
10. Tricolite Electrical Industries
11. Unilec Engineers ltd.
12. Vidyut Control India Pvt. Ltd.
13. Control and Schematic
14. Zenith Engineering
Push Buttons
1. BCH
2. Alstom Ltd.
3. L&T
4. Siemens Ltd.
5. Telemenchanique & Controls (India) Ltd.
Page 7 of 10
Section-12 12" x 85.836 Km
IGGL MECON LIMITED
6. Vaishno Electricals
Switches-Control
1. BCH
2. Easum Reyrolle Relays & Devices Ltd.
3. Alstom
4. Kaycee Industries Ltd.
5. L&T
6. Siemens Ltd.
Switches – 5/15A Piano/ Plate, Switch Socket
1. Anchor Electronics & Electricals Pvt. Ltd.

2. Kingal Electricals Pvt. Ltd.
3. North-West Switchgear Ltd.
Switch Socket Outlets (Industrial)
1. Alstom Ltd.
2. Best & Cromption Engineering Ltd.
3. BCH
5. Essen Engineering Company Pvt. Ltd.
Solar Modules
1. Tata BP Solar (I) Ltd.

2. REIL, Jaipur.
3. CEIL, Sahibabad.
4. HBL Power
Solar Street Lighting
1. Tata BP Solar (I) Ltd.

2. REIL, Jaipur.
3. CEIL, Sahibabad.
4. HBL, Hyderabad
Page 8 of 10
Section-12 12" x 85.836 Km
IGGL MECON LIMITED
Terminals Blocks
1. Connectwell
2. Controls & Switchgear Co. Ltd.
3. Elmex Controls Pvt. Ltd.
4. Essen Engineering Co. Pvt. Ltd.
Tranformers
1. ABB
2. Andrew Yule
3. Areva
4. BHEL
5. Bharat Bijlee
6. Crompton Greaves
7. EMCO Ltd.
8. Intra Vidyut
9. Indushree (Upto 200 KVA)
10. Indcoil
11. Kirloskar
12. Skippers Electricals
13. Transformers & Rectifiers (I) Ltd.
14. Voltamp
15. Telawne Power Equipments Private Limited Navi Mumbai
UPS System and Inverter
1. DB POWER/EMERSON/VERTIVE
2. APLAB
3. KELTRON
4. HI-REL
5. DUBAS
6. Toshiba Corporation
7. Fuzi Electric Co Ltd
GI-Octogonal Pole
Page 9 of 10
Section-12 12" x 85.836 Km
IGGL MECON LIMITED
1. Bajaj
2. Transrail
3. Wipro
Note:-
1) For any other item(s) for which the vendor list is not provided, bidders can supply those
item(s) from vendors/ suppliers who have earlier supplied same item(s) for the intended
services in earlier projects and the item(s) offered is in their regular manufacturing/ supply
range.
The bidder is not required to enclose documentary evidences (PO copies, Inspection Certificate
etc.) along with their offer, however in case of successful bidder, these documents shall
required to be submitted by them within 30 days from date of Placement of Order for approval
to IGGL / MECON.
2) The details of vendors indicated in this list are based on the information available with
MECON. Contractor shall verify capabilities of each vendor for producing the required quantity.
PMC does not guarantee any responsibility on the performance of the vendor. It is the
contractor’s responsibility to verify the correct status of vendor and quality control of each
parties and also to expedite the material in time.
-x-x-x-
Page 10 of 10
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km
MECON LIMITED
IGGL
ELECTRICAL
INSPECTION CATEGORIZATION PLAN FOR ELECTRICAL ITEMS
Inspection of various Electrical items shall be carried out as per following categorization
plan :
S.No. Item description Site Inspection at Inspection at
Acceptance Manufacturer’s Manufacturer’s
based on works by TPIA works by
Manufacturer (IWC by IGGL/MECON
Test Mecon based
Certificate on TPIA’s
review at Inspection
site(In line doc)
with
Approved
documents)
1 PDB-1/2, I-E LDB, X X ✓
PP LDB, OLDB
2 FLP Feeder Pillar X ✓ X
(Structure mounted)
for outdoor lighting
3 Inverter with ✓ X X
tubular battery
4 Earthing material ✓ X X
(Earth pit with GI
Electrode/Cu plate
Electrode,
GI/Copper Strips,GI
wire, GI Lightning
rod, Advance
Maintenance free
earthing system)
5 Power & Control X ✓ X
Cables (HT & LT)
6 Lighting fixtures ✓ X X
(FLP & Non-FLP
type)
7 Street Light Pole ✓ X X
(6Mtr height)
Page 1 of 2
Section-12- 12" x 85.836 Km
MECON LIMITED
IGGL
8 High Mast & FLP X ✓ X

Feeder pillar panel
for High Mast
9 Distribution X ✓ X
Tranformers
(11/0.433kV)
10 MCCB Enclosure – X ✓ X
WP Outdoor type
11 ACSR weasel ✓ X X
conductor
12 Ceiling/Wall ✓ X X
mounted Fans,
Exhaust Fans,Air
conditioners,
13 Welding socket ✓ X X
14 Cable Tray ✓ X X
15 First Aid box ✓ X X
16 Carbon-di- ✓ X X
oxide(CO2) type fire
extinguisher
17 Insulating Mast ✓ X X
18 Telephone/LAN ✓ X X
socket, LAN Swithes
19 Telephone/LAN/UTP ✓ X X
cable
20 AVR X X ✓
IWC- Inspection waiver certificate.
Page 2 of 2
CONTRACTOR CLIENT: M/s IGGL
FOR PROJECT: (Section-12)
ORDER NO. & DATE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PACKAGE NO. 23UU (Ph-II)
SUB-CONTRACTOR PACKAGE NAME Electrical System
ORDER NO. & DATE
having same specification. 1. Visual 12. Routine test as per relevant IS 23. Short time rating D1. Approved GA drawings
2. Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and 2. Dimensional other standard 24. Operational & functional D2. Approved single line/
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description 3. Fitment & Alignment 13. Type test as per relevant IS/ check schematic diagram
for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for the plant and 4. Physical Test (Sample) other standard 25. Over Speed Test D3. Approved
equipment 5. Chemical Test (Sample) 14. Impulse Test 26. Flame Proof Test data sheet
3. Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be 6. Ultrasonic Test 15. Partial Discharge Test 27. Clearance and creepage D4. Approved bill of materials
indicated wherever equipment having same specifications belonging to 7. Magnetic Particle Test (MPT) 16. Heat run risc test\tempr. Distance D5. Unpriced P.O. copy
different facilities are grouped together. 8. Radiography Test 17. Enclosure Protection Test 28. Acceptance Test D6. Calibration Certificate
4. Weight in tonnes (T) must be indicated under column 5 for each item. 9. Dye Penetration Test 18. Calibration 29.Harmonics measurement . of all measuring
Estimated weights may be indicated wherever actual weights are not 10. Measurement of IR Value 19. Noise & Vibration instruments and gauges
available. a) Before HV Test 20. Test certificates for bought out
ABBREVIATIONS USED : b) After HV Test components
11. High Voltage test/Dielectric 21. Tank Pressure Test
CONTR : CONTRACTOR test 22. Paint shade verification
MFR : MANUFACTURER
EQUIPMENT DETAILS INSPECTION AND TESTS Test Certificates Acceptance REMARKS /
Sl. Description (With equipment Indentificatuin Quantity Manufacturer’s Expected schedule of Raw Material and inprocess stage Final Inspection/Test by & documents to Criteria SAMPLING
No. heading, place of use, and No. Name and Address Final Inspection inspection be submitted to Standards /IS/ PLAN
Breif Specifications) No/M T MFR CONTR MECON MFR CONTR/ MECON/ MECON BS/ASME/
TPI Owner Norms and
Documents
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1. Power & Lighting Set 1,2,3,4, - - 1,2,3,12, 1,2,3,12, 1,2,3,12, D1, D2, D3, D4, I.S,,Data Sheet, 13* for
Distribution Board/MCCB 24, 27 22, 24,27 22, 24,27 22, 24,27 D5, D6, 20, Specification, similar
Enclosure 12,13*,16 Approved rating
Drawings
2 LT Power and Control Mt. - - - 1,10,11, 1,2,10,11, IW 12,13,28 I.S., Data Sheet, 13* for
Cable 12,13, 28 12, 28 D3, D5, D6, Specifications & similar rating,
Inspection to be
Test Certificate done by TPI
3 Distribution Transformer No. 1,2,3,4, - - 1,2,10,11, 1,2,10,11, IW 12,13,20 I.S., Data Sheet, 13* for
upto 250 KVA. 21,27 12 12,22,27 D3, D5, D6 Specifications & similar rating,
Inspection to be
4. AVR (AUTOMATIC Set 1,2,3,4, - - 1,2,10,11, 1,2,10,11, 1,2,10,11, 12,13,20 I.S., Data Sheet, 13* for
VOLTAGE REGULATOR) 21,27 12 12,22,27 12,22,27 D3, D5, D6 Specifications & similar rating,
Inspection to be
Q.A.P. NO. MEC/05/E9/23UU/QAP/01
For Manufacturer For CONTR For MECON

SHEET 1 OF 1 R-0
(Stamp & Signature) (Stamp & Signature) (Stamp & Signature)
*Refer inspection categorization plan for IWC/IC Category inspections.
IWC- Inspection waiver
Page 1 of 1
FOR
11kV HT WORKS

TERMINAL WORKS
MECON LIMITED
DELHI 110 092
MEC/23U2/05/E9/E/004 0 13.04.2022

OIL & GAS SBU
Section-4 12”NBx56.310 Km,Section-6 18”NBx195.7 Km

Section-7 12” x 126.712 Km, Section-8 12” x 128.311 Km
Section-13 12” x 6.283 Km, Section-14 8” x 22.135 Km MECON LTD, DELHI
IGGL
TITLE 11kV HT WORKS DOCUMENT NO. Page 1 of 15

CONTENT
SL. NO. DESCRIPTION
1 GENERAL.
2 SCOPE
3 11KV GANG OPERATED AIR BREAK SWITCH
4 DROP OUT FUSES
5 LIGHTNING ARRESTORS
6 AREA CLASSIFICATION
7 JOB SPECIFICATION
8 STATUTORY APPROVAL OF WORKS
9 MAKES OF EQUIPMENTS AND MATERIALS
10 QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION & TESTING
11 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
12 DRAWINGS, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND

INSTALLATION STANDARDS
Aashis Moyal, M.K.Jaiswara, A Bhowmic,

0 13.04.2022 Manager Manager Sr GM
THIS DOCUMENT IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MECON AND ISSUED FOR THE SPECIFIC PROJECT MENTIONED HEREIN. THIS IS NOT TO BE COPIED
OR USED FOR ANY OTHER PROJECTS UNLESS EXPLICITLY PERMITTED BY MECON.
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Introduction
The intent of this specification is to define the requirements for the supply of equipment and
materials (as required), erection, earthing, testing and commissioning of the double pole
mounted 11/0.433kv substation with transformer.
The work shall be carried out in the best workmanship – like manner, in conformity with these
specifications, approved drawings and the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge from time to
time.
The contract shall include clearing of temporary construction, waste materials and loose earth,
which might get collected in and nearby the work site consequent of the execution of work under
this contract.
1.2 Standards
The work shall be performed in conformity with, standard specifications and installation
standards enclosed and code of practices of the Bureau of India Standards. In case of any
conflict, the stipulations under this specification shall govern.
The Indian Electricity Act and the rules framed there under
The fire Insurance Regulations
The regulations lay down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the state government / Central
The regulations lay down by the Factory Inspector.
The regulations lay down by the Chief Inspector of Explosives.
IS-9920 Part-I to V
IS-2544/1973- Porcelain post insulators
IS-2633- Galvanization of ferrous parts
IS-9921 Part I to IV
IS-5340 Part-III
M.B.Lal committee recommendations for electrical installations.
PNGRB guidelines (as applicable)
OISD standard (as applicable)
Any other regulations lay down by the Central, State or Local Authorities from time to time
during the pendency of this contract.
1.3 Guarantee
The contractor shall guarantee the installation against any defects of workmanship and
materials (supplied by the contractor) for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the
completion certificate. Any damage or defects connected with the erection of materials,
equipments or fittings supplied by the contractor that may be undiscovered at the time of issue
of the completion certificate, or may arise or come to light thereafter, shall be rectified or
replaced by the contractor at his own expense as deemed necessary and as per the instruction
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

of the Engineer-in-charge within the time limit specified by the Engineer-in-charge.
The above guarantee shall be applicable for the quality of work executed as well as for the
equipment / cable / fittings/ other material supplied by the contractor.
1.4 Site Conditions
following site conditions.
Max. / Min temperature : 50˚C/ 2˚C

Altitude : Less than1000 M above mean sea level.
Atmosphere : To withstand site conditions
(Dry during summer, Humid & Heavy Rainfall during
Monsoon)
1.5 Power Supply Parameters :
11kV Power supply is considered available at IP terminal, SV terminal & Receiving terminals.
NORMAL POWER 11kV, 3Ph

VARIATION As per SEB
FREQUENCY 50 Hz ± 5%
FAULT LEVEL HT SIDE OF
26.3 kA for 3 sec or As per SEB(Whichever is higher)
TRANSFORMER
FAULT LEVEL LT SIDE OF 10kA for 1 sec for Single Phase
TRANSFORMER 30kA for 1 sec for Three Phase
2.0 SCOPE
2.1.1 Submission of electrical equipments selection criteria & respective design calculations,
inspection & test plan, installation & commissioning procedures, drawings for Review/Approval,
preparation of site engineering drawings and details for installation works wherever applicable
or required by the Engineer-in-charge & final commissioning reports, submit to the Engineer-in-
charge for Review/Approval.
2.1.2 Selection & design of all HT electrical equipment shall be as per relevant Indian & International
standards & contractor shall submit installation & commissioning drawings for 2-Pole structure &
associated equipments approval.
2.1.3 Correction, updating and submission of all Owner’s/Tender’s drawings for as-built status.
2.1.4 Obtaining clearance for energizing the complete electrical facilities covered under this tender
and approval of installation and drawings from the Chief Electrical Inspector of the State
Government/Central Electricity Authority and other statutory authority as required. This includes
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

equipments installed or commissioned by others within the battery limit. This is for the purpose
of obtaining a comprehensive approval from competent authority.
3.0 11kV GANG OPERATED AIR BREAK SWITCH
This section covers Design, manufacturing, testing at manufacturer works and supply of 11 KV,
200 Amps, 50HZ triple pole gang operated, outdoor type, single throw, single break tilting type
manually operated AB Switches suitable for vertical mounting. The A. B. Switches offered shall
be complete with all components necessary for its effective and trouble-free operation along
with associated equipment etc. such components shall be deemed to be within the scope of
supplier’s supply, irrespective of whether those are specifically brought out in the specification
and/or in order or not. Also similar parts particularly removable ones shall be interchangeable.
3.1 Description of the materials
The 11KV A.B. Switch (3 Pin Type) sets shall confirm to the following parameters
a. Number of poles 3
b. Number of Post insulator per pole 3 nos. 12KV post insulator.
c. Nominal system voltage 11KV
d. Highest system voltage 12KV
e. Rated frequency 50Hz
f. System earthing effectively Unearthed.
g. Rated nominal current 200 amps
h. Altitude of installation Not exceeding1000M
The post insulators used in the A.B. Switches shall have the following ratings:-
a) One minute power frequency withstand voltage between
I) Earth & poles 28 KV (rms)

II) Across terminal of open switch 32 KV (rms)
Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage between
b) Poles & Earth 75 KV (Peak)

c) Across terminal of open switch 85 KV (Peak)
Short time current 26.2 KA for 1 second
3.2 General
The 11 KV A.B. Switch Set shall be the gang operated rotating single air break type having 3
post insulators per phase. The operating mechanism shall be suitable for manual operation from
the ground level and shall be so designed that all the three phases shall open or close
simultaneously. The Switches shall be robust in construction, easy in operation and shall be
protected against over travel or staining that might adversely affect any of its parts. The required
base M.S. Channel (hot dip galvanized) phase coupling rod, operation rod with intermediate
guide braided with flexible electrolytic copper, tail piece of required current carrying capacity and
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

operation mechanism with ‘ON’ & ‘OFF’ positions shall be provided. The operation rod shall be
medium gage of 32mm diameter nominal bore G.I. pipe single length 6 meters. The phase
coupling rod for gang operation shall be of medium gauge 25mm dia nominal bore G.I. pipe.
The Rating post insulators shall be provide with suitable bearing mounted on a base channel
with 8mm dia thrust collar and 6mm split pin made out of stainless steel. The operating down
rod shall be coupled to the spindle (minimum dia – 32mm) for gang operation through another
suitable bearing by two numbers 10mm dia stainless steel bolts with double nuts. All the
bearings shall be provided with grease nipple. All metal (ferrous) parts shall be galvanized an
polished. The pipe shall be galvanized in accordance with IS-4736/1968.The post insulators
should be fixed with the base channel using Galvanized Nuts and Bolts.
3.3 Mounting
The A.B. Switches shall be suitable for Vertical mounting in double pole sub-station structures.
3.4 Switching Blades
It shall be made out of electrolytic copper with silver plated. Contractor shall submit its size for
approval. The Switch shall have such a spring mechanism so as to ensure that the speed of the
opening of contact is independent of speed of manual operation.
3.5 Fixed Contracts
The Fixed Jaw type female contacts shall be made of electrolytic copper (minimum 99% copper
composition) duly silver coated controlled by stainless steel high pressure spring housed in
robust G.I. Cover. It is essential that provision shall be made in fixed female contracts to take
the shock arising from the closing of move contract blade without the same being transmitted to
the post insulator.
The male and female contacts assemblies shall be of sturdy construction and design to ensure
I) Electro dynamic withstand ability during short circuits.

II) Thermal withstand-ability during short circuits.
III) Constant contact pressure even when the live parts of the insulator stacks are subject to
tensile stresses due to linear expansion of connected bus bar of flexible conductors
either because of temperature variation or strong winds.
IV) Self-wiping action during closing and opening.
V) Self-alignment assuring closing of the switch without calling for any adjustment.
3.6 Arcing Horn
A set of adjustable arcing horns made from 2 SWG G. I. Wire shall be mounted on each
insulator stack of G.O. Switch. The supplier shall supply a graph showing impulse and power
frequency spark over voltage for various gap settings of arcing horns.
3.7 Terminal Connectors
Terminal connectors shall be robust in design. The fixed connector & movable connector shall
be shall be of copper casting with uniform machine finishing duly silver plated made out of
minimum 95% copper composition with 2 nos. 12mm dia holes provided with suitable brass
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

bolts and double nuts, flat washers & 2 nos. bimetallic solder less sockets suitable upto 80 mm2
conductor.
Contractor shall submit size of fixed connector & movable connector for Approval.
3.8 Spacing
The minimum clearance between phases to the switch shall be 760mm. The operation down rod
shall be at a transverse distance of 300mm from the outer limb of the switch. The centre
spacing between two post insulator of the same phase shall be 380mm. In the open position of
the A.B. switches the moving blade shall rotate through 90o. This shall be exhibited in the
drawing.
3.9 Name Plates
The switches shall be provided with a nameplate, which contains the information in accordance
with IS-9921 (part I to V). The name plates will be weather & rust proof.
3.10 Completeness of Equipment
All fittings, accessories or apparatus which may not have been specially mentioned in this
specification but which are otherwise necessary for satisfactory working of G.O. switches shall
be deemed to have been included in the scope of supply.
3.11 Packing & Transportation
The supplier shall be responsible for suitable packing of all the material and marking on the
consignment to ensure correct dispatch to the destination. All G.O. Switches shall be packed
suitably capable of withstanding rough handling for transportation to the various consignees so
as to avoid any shortage and damage occurring during transit. Separators shall be fixed
between the post insulators and other breakable parts of GO Switch and also between
individual GO Switches so as to prevent relative movement to avoid damage. All the labels used
on each packing shall be of tin securely bounded with wire and shall have the descriptive
marking stamped thereon. All GO Switches damaged during transportation shall be to the
suppliers account.
3.12 TEST & TEST CERTIFICATE
Type Test
Certificate for the following type tests conducted on a prototype set of A.B. Switch in a NABL
approved test house/CPRI shall have to be submitted along with offer.
Dielectric Test (impulse and one minute were power frequency withstand voltage test.)
• Temperature rise test (for contracts and terminals)

• Shorts Time current and peak withstand current test.
• Mainly active load breaking capacity test.
• Transformer off-load breaking capacity test.
• Line charging breaking capacity test.
• Cable charging breaking test.
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

• Operation and mechanical endurance test.
• Mechanical strength test for post insulator, as per IS-2444/1937 shall be furnished.
• Test for galvanization of metal (ferrous) parts.
Routine /Acceptance Test
The following routine tests shall have to be conducted on each set by Owner/Third Party agency
of the materials at the works of the manufacturer as per relevant IS/IEC. The supplier shall give
fifteen days advance intimation to the Purchaser to enable him to depute his representative for
witnessing the tests.
1. Power frequency voltage dry test.

2. Measurement of resistance of main circuit.
3. Tests to prove satisfactory operation.
4. Dimension Check
5. Galvanization test.
6. Operational test.
4.0 DROP OUT FUSES
The D.O. Fuses are intended for use on Distribution transformers for protection/isolation of the
same during overload or fault conditions of lines. The drop out fuse shall conform to IS: 9385
(Part-I to III) as amended from time to time.
The drop-out fuses shall be expulsion type. The equipment offered by the tenderer shall be
suitable for 11KV, 3 Ph 50 Hz solidly grounded earthed neutral systems. It shall be designed for
a normal current rating of 200 Amps.
The drops out fuses are required with Post Insulators. These shall be suitable for mounting on
the structure. The bracket/channel hardware’s for D.O. Fuses shall be provided with adequate
sizes of nuts, bolts and washer for mounting on the structures of the purchaser.
4.1 POST INSULATORS
Each 11 KV D.O. Fuse shall have two nos. 11 KV Post Insulators. The insulators shall conform
to IS: 2544 of 1973 with latest amendments. The porcelain used for manufacture of D.O. Fuse
shall be homogeneous, free from flaws or imperfections that might effect the mechanical or
dielectric strength adversely. They shall be thoroughly vitrified tough and impervious to
moisture. The glazing of the porcelain shall be of uniform brown colour free from blisters, burns
and other similar defects. Insulators of the same rating and type shall be interchangeable.
The porcelains and metal parts shall be assembled in such a manner that any thermal
expansion differential between the metal and porcelain parts through range of temperature
variation shall not loosen parts or create undue internal stresses which may affect the electrical
or mechanical strength and rigidity. Each cap and base pin shall be made of high grade cast
steel or malleable steel casting and they shall be machine faced and smoothly galvanized. The
cap and base shall be properly cemented with insulators to give perfect grip. Excess use of
cement shall be avoided.
Each 11KV Post Insulators should have technical particulars as detailed below:-
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

11KV
(i) Nominal system voltage KV (rms) 11
(ii) Highest system voltage KV (rms) 12
(iii) Dry Power Frequency one KV (rms) minute 35
Withstand voltage
(iv) Power Frequency puncture KV (rms) Voltage 1.3 times the actual dry
Flashover voltage
(v) Impulse withstand voltage KV (rms) 75
(vi) Visible discharge voltage KV (rms) 9
(vii) Creepage distance in mm (minimum) 320
(viii) Cantilever strength (KN) 6.60
As stated above unless otherwise modified in this specification the drop out fuse shall conform
to IS: 9385 (Part-I to III) and as amended from time to time.
The rated lightning impulse withstand voltage for positive and negative polarities shall be as
given below:-
11KV
a) To earth and between pole 75 KV Peak

b) Across the isolating distance of fuse base 85 KV Peak
Rated one minute power frequency withstand voltage (dry and wet) values for the fuse base-
11KV
a) To earth and between pole 28 KV Peak

b) Across the isolating distance of fuse base 32 KV Peak
4.2 RATED BREAKING CAPACITY
The rated breaking capacity shall be 8KA (symmetrical). Bidder shall submit type test
reports/certificates of DO fuses along with offer.
4.3 MAIN CONTACTS
The main contacts of the D.O. Fuse shall be suitable for heavy duty, properly aligned, made
from Brass material. These shall have good finish and smooth surface and shall be silver plated.
All the sharp edges shall be rounded off. These contacts shall be so designed to withstand
highest short circuit breaking current that may be encountered during service. In nut-shell the
contact assembly shall ensure:-
i. Electrodynamic withstand ability during short circuit without any risk of repulsion of contact.
ii. Thermal withstand ability during short circuits.
iii. Constant contact pressure even when the lower parts of the insulator stacks are subjected
to tensile stresses due to linear expansion of connected bus bar or flexible conductors either
because of temperature variation or strong winds.
iv. Proper alignment to ensure smooth operation of D.O. Fuse without adjustment.
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

4.4 CONNECTORS
The connectors shall be made from Brass suitable for ACSR/AAAC Squirrel/Weasel & Rabbit,
Raccoon & Dog. The connectors should be bolted type having 4 bolts & groove to hold the
conductor. All brass parts should be silver plated for corrosion resistance and efficient current
flow. All ferrous parts should be hot dip galvanized as per the latest version of IS: 2633. Nuts
and bolts shall conform to IS: 1364 and should be hot dip galvanized. Spring washer should be
electro galvanized.
4.5 FLY NUTS
These shall be provided at both the ends of Epoxy Resin Fiber Glass (ERFG) tube for tightening
the fuse element. The nut shall be provided with one flat washer of 1 mm thickness. The
arrangement shall be made to ensure that the fuse wire runs centrally inside the ERFG tube
after tightening. The fly nuts should have at least 4 threads with adequate wall thickness.
4.6 SPRING STRIPS
The spring strips shall be of phosphor bronze multi line brush type having a high pressure
contacts and should retain its tension under minimum continuous service current of 200 Amps
at 90◌ْ C.
specification but which are otherwise necessary for satisfactory working of DO fuses shall be
deemed to have been included in the scope of supply.
4.8 D.O. BARRELS (CARRIER TUBES):-
The carrier tube made of Epoxy Resin Fibre Glass (ERFG) and conforming to the following
specification shall be used for 11KV D.O Sets:-
GENERAL:-
This specification governs the requirement for an electrical grade tube with good mechanical
and high heat resistance properties, made from fine woven glass fibre cloth, impregnated with
epoxy resin. Tube shall be well consolidated of circular cross section and uniform wall thickness
with ends trimmed smoothly at right angles to the axis of the tube. The external surfaces shall
be brown in colour and shall be uniformly finished with polyuret and varnish or epoxy resin. The
tube has a temperature index of at least 155˚C.
APPLICATION- Used as fuse carrier in 11KV Drop out Fuses.
COMPLIANCE WITH- Indian Standard Specification no.10192

OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

5.0 LIGHTNING ARRESTOR
The section covers the design, manufacture, shop testing before dispatch, supply, delivery,
erection, testing & commissioning of 9 KV, static class heavy rating, gapless, metal (zinc) oxide
lighting arrestors complete along with clamps, complete fitting and accessories for installation
on outdoor type 11 kV Double pole structure.
System parameters
(i) Nominal system voltage 11Kv

(ii) Highest system voltage 12Kv
(iii) System earthing Effectively earthed system
(iv) Frequency (Hz) 50
(v) Lightning Impulse withstand Voltage (kVP) 75
(vi) Power frequency withstand Voltage (kv rms) 28
(vii) Arrestors duty
-Connection to system Phase to earth

-Type of equipment to be protected 11 KV transformers & Switchgear
5.1 Lighting Arrestors
(i) Type Gapless Metal oxide – outdoor

(ii) Arrestor rating (KV rms) 9
(iii) Continuous Operating voltage (kV rms) 7.65
(iv) Nominal discharge Current: 5 Rating (KA)
(v) Long Duration discharge class Distribution Class
(vi) Degree of protection IP 55
(vii) Maximum residual voltage at 5 KA (KV peak) 32
(viii) Maximum switching lighting residual 24 Voltage (kVp) at 1Ka
(ix) Partial discharge at 1.05 COV not greater than (PC) 50
(x) High current impulse withstand voltage 100 at 65 kA (kVp)
5.2 Insulator Housing
(i) Power frequency withstand test voltage (Wet) (kV rms) 28

(ii) Lighting impulse withstand / tests voltage (kVP) 75
(iii) Creep age distance not less than 320
(iv) Pressure relief class B
5.3 General Requirement
The equipment along with all accessories shall be capable of performing intended duties under
specified conditions. The Contractor shall guarantee the reliability and performance of the
individual equipment as well as of the complete system as specified in the bid documents.
The lighting arrestor shall be provided with line and earth terminals of suitable size & lightning
counter. The line side terminal shall be suitable for AAA conductor or ACSR weasel / rabbit
conductor.
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

i) The metal oxide gap less Lighting Arrestor without any series or shunt gap shall be suitable for
protection for 11KV side of Distribution Transformers, associated equipment from voltage
lightings resulting from natural disturbance like lightning as well as system disturbances.
ii) The lighting arrestor shall draw negligible current as operating voltage and at the same time
offer least resistance during the flow or lighting current.
iii) The lighting arrestor shall consist of non-linear resistor elements placed in series and housed in
electrical grade porcelain housing / silicon polymeric of specified creep age distance.
iv) The assembly shall be hermetically sealed with suitable rubber gaskets with effective sealing
system arrangement to prevent ingress of moisture.
v) The lighting arrestor shall be provided with line and earth terminal of suitable size. The ground
side terminal of lighting arrestor shall be connected with 25x6 mm galvanized strip.
vi) The lighting arrestor shall not operate under power frequency and temporary over voltage
conditions but under lighting conditions, the lighting arrestor shall change over to the conducting
mode.
vii) Lighting arrestors shall have a suitable pressure relief system to avoid damage to the porcelain /
silicon polymeric housing and providing path for flow of rated fault currents in the event of
arrestor failure.
viii) The reference current of the arrestor shall be high enough to eliminate the influence of grading
and stray capacitance on the measured reference voltage.
ix) The Lighting Arrestor shall be thermally stable and the supplier shall furnish a copy of thermal
stability test along with the bid.
5.4 Arrestor Mounting
The arrestors shall be suitable for mounting on 4 pole/2 pole structure used for plinth mounted
transformer and for incoming and outgoing lines.
5.5 Fittings & Accessories
x) The lighting arrestor shall be complete with insulating bases, fasteners for stacking units along
with clamp & terminal connectors and inbuilt disconnector.
xi) The terminals shall be non-magnetic, corrosion proof, robust and of adequate size and shall be
so located that incoming and outgoing connections are made with minimum possible bends.
The top metal cap and base of lighting arrestor shall be galvanized. The line terminal shall have
a built in clamping device, which can be adjusted for both horizontal and vertical take off.
5.6 Drawings, Documents and Design Calculations
Bidder to submit followings along with the bid:

OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

i) Sectional drawings
ii) Mounting arrangement
specification but which are otherwise necessary for satisfactory working of Lightning Arrestor
shall be deemed to have been included in the scope of supply.
5.8 Name Plate
The nameplate attached to the arrestor shall carry the following information:
- Rated Voltage
- Continuous Operation Voltage
- Normal discharge current
- Pressure relief rated current Manufacturer Trade Mark
- Year of Manufacture
- Name of Scheme
DANGER CAUTION BOARDS: The danger of caution boards shall have to be displayed on
pole and transformer
5.9 Tests
Test on Lighting Arrestors
The lighting Arrestors offered shall be type tested from NABL accredited laboratory. Copies of
test certificates shall be furnished by the bidder for scrutiny. Routine and Acceptance tests shall
be carried out in accordance with IS: 3070 (Part-3)-1993. The purchaser representative will
witness the acceptance test at the works of manufacturer. The suitability of the Lighting
Arrestors shall also be established from the following:
- Residual voltage test

- Reference voltage test
- P.D. test
- Sealing test
- Thermal stability
Metal oxide block shall be tested for guaranteed specific energy capability in addition to routine /
acceptance test as per IEC / IS.
i) The maximum residual voltages corresponding to nominal discharge current of 5 kA for steep
current, impulse residual voltage test, lightning impulse protection level and switching impulse
level shall generally conform to relevant IS.
ii) The suppliers shall furnish the copies of the type tests and the characteristics curves between
the residual voltage and nominal discharge current of the offered lighting arrestor and power
frequency voltage v/s time characteristic of the lighting arrestor subsequent to impulse energy
consumption as per clause 6.6 of IS ; 3070 (Para-3) offered along with the bid.
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

iii) The lighting arrestor housing shall also be type tested and shall be subjected to routine and
acceptance tests in accordance with IS: 2071.
Hydrocarbon handling areas have been generally classified as zone 1&2, gas group IIA/IIB as
per IS: 5572, API RP-500, OISD - 113 and IP Rules. All equipments to be installed in these
areas shall be suitable for the area classification with temperature class T3 (2000C), CMRI
testing and approved by CCOE, DGFAS and having BIS license.
Various electrical works covered under this contract like equipment erection, cabling and
grounding works, etc. shall be performed in accordance with specifications attached with this
tender. (Certain clauses of specifications, which are applicable to equipments or system not
covered under this contract, shall not be applicable).
Erection and commissioning of certain special HT equipments shall be performed in accordance

with supplier’s instructions and directions of the Engineer-in-charges under supervision by
equipment supplier/s.
The equipments/materials to be supplied by the contractor shall conform to the requirements of

the applicable specifications enclosed in the tender document.
All works relating to statutory approvals of the complete installation, from competent authority
like CEA, DGMS, State Electricity Authority/Board etc, shall be in the scope of contractor.
The application on behalf of the owner for submission to Electrical Inspector / DGMS etc. along
with copies of required certificates and drawings, complete in all respects, shall be prepared by
the contractor and submitted to the Engineer-in-charge for onward transmission well ahead of
time so that the actual commissioning of equipment are not delayed for want of inspection by
the Electrical Inspector / DGMS. The actual Liaison work shall be arranged by the Contractor
and necessary coordination and liaisons work in this respect shall be responsibility of the
contractors. However, the Owner on submission of bills along with documentary evidence shall
reimburse any fee paid to the statutory Authority in this regards.
All equipments / materials supplied by the contractor shall be as per the list of approved makes
enclosed with this document subject to submission of Certification and approvals.
10.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSPECTION AND TESTING
10.1 The equipment shall be inspected by the Owner and/or their inspection agency at the
manufacturer’s works prior to despatch. The equipment will be inspected as per the tests pre-
identified in the approved QAP to ensure conformity of the same with relevant approved
drawings, data sheets, specifications, National/International standards.
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

10.2 Performance tests of any equipments which cannot be conducted/demonstrated either partially
of wholly at the manufacturer’s work, shall be conducted after erection at site in the presence of
Owner & their inspection agency. In all the cases, prior approval of the approval shall be
obtained.
Owner/Inspection agency. The issue of Inspection Certificate/Waiver Certificate for any
equipment or component there of does absolve the contractor from his contractual obligations
towards subsequent satisfactory performance of the equipment at site. Should any equipment
be found defective, In whole or part thereof after receipt at site or during erection/commissioning
and testing shall be Rectified/Changed by contractor free of cost.
10.4 Contractor shall submit test plan for the equipment with four-week advance notice.
11.0 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
11.1 The successful tenderer shall submit detailed site testing & commission procedure with time
schedules for Review/Approval to Owner/MECON.
11.2 The successful tenderer shall provide adequate supervisory/ skilled personnel and all tools and
tackles, testing equipment and instruments required for complete checking of installations and
testing and commissioning of all equipment and accessories.
11.3 All the tests shall be conducted in the presence of Owner/ Engineer-in/charge or his authorized
representative unless he waives this requirement in writing.
11.4 The testing and commissioning of all equipment under the scope of the tenderer shall be carried
out in accordance with the latest edition of relevant Indian Standards and IE Rules.
11.5 Test reports shall be submitted in required number of copies duly signed by the TENDERER to
MECON and OWNER.
11.6 All equipment after testing shall be energized only after certification by the qualified testing
engineer that the equipment is ready for energisation and with \ the concurrence of OWNER /
MECON.
plant start-up trials would be commenced. During the start-up trials contractor shall provide
skilled / unskilled personnel and supervision round the clock at his cost. The number and
category of workmen and duration up to which required, will be decided by the Engineer-in-
charge. Any defects noticed during the start-up trial relating to the equipment supplied and work
carried out by the Contractor, will be rectified by the contractor at his own cost.
11.8 On successful completion of erection of each item /equipment, a final inspection will be carried
out at site by Owner / MECON, for correctness and completeness of erection.
forthwith and the contractor shall carry out the rectification at his own cost.
OIL & GAS SBU

IGGL

11.10 After the operating conditions are fully achieved in the plant and the other requirements as
stated in the General Conditions of Contract are fulfilled, the contractor would be eligible for
applying for a completion certificate.
12.1 Following minimum information shall be furnished with bid:
a) Type test reports of GO-AB, DO Fuse, Lightning arrestors, Insulators etc.
12.2 Following Drawings & Documents shall be submitted after award of contract for approval:
a) Filled-Up Data sheet

b) GA of Double pole structure with equipment mounting arrangement with dimensions.
c) Earthing schedule of DP structure.
12.3 The equipments / materials to be supplied by the contractor shall conform to the requirements of
the applicable specifications. Also the installation of various material / equipment shall conform
to the installation standards /norms.
12.4 The drawings accompanying the tender documents when read with specification shall depict the
electrical system of the Terminal. These are indicative of the nature of work and issued for
tendering purposes only. Purpose of these drawings is to enable the tendered to make an offer
in line with the requirements of the Owner. Construction shall be as per drawings / specifications
issued / approved by the Engineer-in-charge during the course of execution of work.
12.5 After the job completion, contractor shall prepare AS-BUILT drawings and documents, submit
catalogues/manuals (O&M) of major brought out items like HT Substation, Transformers, LA,
AB switch etc. Final certified As-Built drawings, documents and manuals etc shall be submitted
by the contractor to owner in bound volume with one set in soft copy (CD) plus five sets of
prints.
Training
Contractor shall train the work force of Owner with his technical and supervisory personnel for
safe, efficient operation and maintenance of the equipment and system installed by the
contractor. The Number of personnel to be trained and the duration and structure of the training
shall be mutually discussed and finalized.
-x-x-x-
STANDARD DATA SHEETS
(ELECTRICAL SYSTEM)
OIL & GAS SBU NORTH EAST GAS GRID PIPELINE
PROJECT
Section-I 24''NB X 386.264 KMS
Section-II 8” 27 KMS.
TITLE LIST OF ELECTRICAL DOCUMENT NO. Page 1 of 1

DATA SHEETS
REVISION 0
LIST OF DATA SHEETS/ANNEXURES (ELECTRICAL)
Sl. Description of Data Sheets Data Sheet No.

No.
1 LV SMALL POWER DISTRIBUTION MEC/DS/05/E9/076A
BOARD
2 HIGH MAST MEC/DS/05/E9/077A
3 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER MEC/DS/05/E9/080
As per BIS 1180: 2014 and
amendment upto date.
Efficiency Level-3
35 Deg C
40 Deg C
Class A

$11(;85(±9,II723$57,&8/$5
-2% 63(&,),&$7,21
PIPELINE INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (PIMS)

PIPELINE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (PIMS)

Page 1 of 19
PARTICULAR JOB SPECIFICATION (PJS)
Client : Project : Document No. : Rev. Date :

IGGL PIMS FOR P/L 05.51.23UU.NEGG.IGGLL001(ii) No.0 May, 2022
PROJECTS PIMS

Page 2 of 19
CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
2.0 WORK TENDERED
3.0 SCOPE OF WORK
4.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
5.0 SITE VISIT
6.0 PRIORITIES
7.0 CONFLICT / DISPUTE
Appendix-I : GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION (GTS) FOR PIMS
Appendix-II : RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX
Appendix-III : PROJECT EXECUTION ORGANOGRAM
Appendix-IV : PIPELINE SCHEMATIC ROUTE DIAGRAM
Appendix-V : CHECK LIST FOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 3 of 19
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Hydrocarbon vision 2030 for North East India (vision document), released by MoP&NG
proposes detailed plan for Natural gas infrastructure development in North-East. The states covered
in the vision document include Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland,
Sikkim and Tripura.
M/s Indradhanush Gas Grid Limited (IGGL), a Joint Venture of IOCL, ONGC, GAIL, OIL and NRL, is
in the process of implementing the North East Gas Grid (NEGG) with a vision to connect all the eight
(08) north eastern state capitals and major consumption centers in the region. The NEGG will be
connected to National gas grid at Guwahati through Barauni-Guwahati pipeline (already under
execution by M/s GAIL).
.
2.0 WORK TENDERED
2.1 The brief scope of work broadly consists of Laying, Testing and Commissioning of pipeline in section
12 which consist of 12” NB x 85.836 Km (approx.) spurline from Agartala- Tulamura.
The work includes providing solution and services for implementation of web based and GIS based
Pipeline information management system for pipeline projects of CLIENT including setting up of office
in each part and support offices at Delhi/ NCR along with all requisite equipment/ tools/ consumables,
trained manpower, GIS survey/ mapping, transferring/ conversion of data collected from owner for
pre-construction, construction and post construction activities, as-built drawings of stations and
mainline integration of different activities/ functions in electronic form including training of applications
to owner’s personnel, handing over software/ solution Application developed with requisite license
and use for owner personnel’s complete in all respect as per scope of work/ SCC and as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge.
The scope of work also includes supply of GPS instruments and computer hardware with complete
accessories and peripherals for PIMS application display as per tender including training to owner’s
personnel and final hand over to owner’s personnel.
The Web & GIS based pipeline information management system shall be capable of archiving various
data related to pre-construction, supply, inspection, delivery, construction, hydro testing,
commissioning, as-built drawing for mainline & stations, RoU related data, material management data
in electronic format which can be used in future for the development of maintenance and operation
modules and to respond emergency situation during operation and maintenance.
2.2 Contractor shall deploy separate teams with all equipment/ hardware/ software for each part. Work on
all the parts shall proceed simultaneously. There may be separate laying contractors for each pipeline
as well as their terminals. Though MECON/ CLIENT shall endeavor to facilitate PIMS contractor to
get all the documents from the concerned parties. However it shall be the sole responsibility of PIMS
contractor to obtain all the documents from the concerned parties. The PIMS contractor has to
interact/ liaison with the laying contractors of pipeline, terminals as well as CLIENT & MECON to get
the documents. The complete scope of work tendered has been divided into parts / sections as given
elsewhere in the tender:
2.3 Owner intends to have a Web based and Licensed Arc GIS based management system which can
archive various data related to pre-construction, supply, inspection, delivery, construction, hydro-
testing, and commissioning, as built drawings for mainline and stations in electronic format which can

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 4 of 19
be used in future for the development of maintenance and operation modules and to respond
emergency situations during operation and maintenance stage.
2.4 The detailed route survey for the pipeline project has already been completed. The scope of
work shall cover development of GIS based management system for above surveyed pipeline
route. The contractor shall carry out development and customization of GIS based
management system for planning, execution, operation and maintenance controls, on a specified
format using standard and approved quality control parameters.
2.5 The scope of work consists of the requirements mentioned in t h i s document, enclosed standard
specifications, Schedule of Rates and as mentioned elsewhere.
2.6 The design of the software & data formats will be done in consultation CLIENT/ MECON at
Delhi office during the process of supply of software. Data input by successful bidder will start only
after finalization of software design & data formats. The Complete package along with data &
Licenses will be handed over to CLIENT after Integration of data into the system.
2.7 Successful bidder will hand over all data to CLIENT after integrating and giving an undertaking
about authenticity of data certifying that all logged in data are as per requirement of the
tender and are 100% true.
2.8 Owner has the right to crosscheck the authenticity of data being uploaded in PIMS & also
check the integration & final presentation of the composite data to his satisfaction, as and when
desired.
2.9 The development of GIS based management system shall be customized to suit owner’s
requirement on technical, organizational, training, operational, information management system
area and integration with existing/proposed organizational systems for planning, control and
information management, using suitable software.
2.10 Carryout interpretation and integration of all physical features. Symbolization/ legend structure,
layering, edge matching, topological integrity, database linking, incorporation of processing
techniques for attribute allocation etc.
2.11 The PIMS agency shall provide the details of the required hardware & software specifications
including but not limited to server, storage, backup infrastructure, licenses, required bandwidth,
monitor, scanner, printer and any other hardware etc. as required for storing the centralized data for
effective functioning of the software application at owner’s place at Noida/ Delhi. Above information
shall be provided keeping in view future scalability of users, data etc. for a minimum of next 5 years.
2.12 PIMS application shall support virtualization platform (Vmware, Hyper V, Citrix etc.)
2.13 Bidder shall provide dedicated application support team, certified database administrator(DBA) during
project implementation, warranty and support phase for any application related issues/ changes,
configurations, database level troubleshoot and day-to-day operation like online data backup/
restoration, Database changes, database migration, database monitoring etc.
2.14 Role base access for the application and database shall be configured to avoid unauthorized access
and which can be used for monitoring and analysis of logs.

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 5 of 19
2.15 PIMS application shall have multi browser support (ex. Internet Explorer, Google Chrome, Mozilla
Firefox, Opera etc.). PIMS application shall be compatible with SAP system of CLIENT and it shall be
able to integrate with SAP at a later date, if required.
2.16 Application shall support online as well as offline data entry. Wherever connectivity is available user
can enter the data by logging in to the system. In case there is no connectivity, user must be able to
enter data in offline mode and upload the same in the application at later stage when connectivity is
available.
2.17 The Successful bidder should have proper auditable PIMS & IT security system in place. The bidder
shall also provide PIMS system with appropriate IT security in order to protect it against data breach/
pilferage of data through hacking, etc.
3.0 SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor's Scope of Work for the PIMS shall consist of, but not limited to providing services for
implementation of Web & GIS based Pipeline Information Management System (PIMS). All such
works that are not indicated here below but are otherwise required to complete the work in all
respects shall also form part of Contractor's Scope of Work.
The scope indicated below shall be read in conjunction with Schedule of Rates as applicable,
drawings, standards, specifications and other documents forming part of the Contract document.
All works listed below shall be applicable for all Parts / Sections for Laying of Pipeline and their
associated stations / terminals, unless specifically mentioned otherwise.
The detailed scope of work pertaining to Web & GIS based PIMS shall be in general but not limited to
the following:
3.1 Overview
This document provides the minimum requirement for providing services for implementation of
Web & GIS based Pipeline Information Management System (PIMS).
PIMS is a latest state of art system for electronic documentation and retrieval of Projects as built
information. PIMS provides user-friendly and easy navigation web-based interface for quick
retrieval of pipeline information at anytime from anywhere. This system shall include near real time
uploading of progress and executed data of pipeline & associated works for construction and
material supply.
PIMS solution shall be designed to satisfy the needs across different stages of project life cycle:
 Project Planning
 Project Execution/ Construction
 Operation & Maintenance

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 6 of 19
Broadly, the PIMS system shall provide facility for:
 Online generation of pipe-book & application for generation of alignment sheets,

 Complete traceability of material related to mainline works as well as stations /
terminal works.
 Consolidate all information in a centralized database.
 Online reports (i.e. daily progress report, History sheets and other customized
reports).
 Geographical Information System (GIS) compatibility.
 Online generation of executed all associated works and terminal works report.
Scope of Services shall also include developing the customized system, deploying required
resources (personnel and machines) at execution site to directly capture & upload executed
progress data from associated execution Contractor(s) and finally handover of complete system
to CLIENT for further use in project during operation and maintenance phase.
3.2 Abbreviations & Definition
Company : CLIENT
PMC : MECON
Contractor : Party appointed for providing services as detailed in the tender.
PIMS : Pipeline Information Management System
GIS : Geographic Information System
AFC : Approved for Construction
MT : Material Tracking
AGIs : Above Ground Installations
DPR : Daily Progress Report
AUT : Automatic Ultrasonic Testing
MUT : Manual Ultrasonic Testing
SV : Sectionalizing Valve
ITP : Inspection Test Plan
MPR : Material Progress Report
LR/ GR : Lorry Receipt / Goods Receipt
NDT : Non Destructive Tests
QC : Quality Control
3.3 System Requirements
3.3.1 The solution shall be a Web based system, which is accessible over the Internet to authorized users.
The solution will enable access from geographically distant locations simultaneously.
3.3.2 Online generation of Pipe book at an end of day basis. The pipebook generated by the system will be
hyperlinked to all the daily inspection reports / certificates and will provide snapshot view linking daily
inspection reports like stringing report, welding report, bending report, AUT and MUT reports along
with welder procedure specification,
3.3.3 Real time progress tracking of the construction in the form of web based, user defined progress
reports in the following formats:

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 7 of 19
 Tabular reports
 Graphical reports
 Cumulative reports (to report day wise progress of each activity)
 Query based information retrieval
3.3.4 Web based reporting module to generate various reports for e.g.;
 Day wise Progress report on each activity

 Compliance reporting
 Exception reporting
 Error reporting
 Repair history of welds
 Welder's performance report
 Welding progress report giving a snapshot view of total number of welds, kind of weld, tie ins and
open ends in graphical format, on user defined chainage.
3.3.5 Hyperlinked documentation- All the above-mentioned reports will be hyperlinked to the respective
daily inspection reports.
3.3.6 Field data shall be collected and uploaded on PIMS database server at site on every evening by
PIMS contractor so as to generate DPR (Daily Progress Report) by next day 11 AM. Further, days
complete data to be uploaded on PIMS database server at site by next day.
3.3.7 Plot plan of all AGIs like SV/ Intermediate pigging/ terminal stations to be layered on GIS data with
different equipments and facilities on the plot hyperlinked to provide complete traceability and
hyperlinked / integrated to material tracking.
3.3.8 Error free information reports
 Stringent data validation at the time of data entry.

 Manual and electronic validation of data
 Conflicting reports reported to the owner online before being published
3.3.9 Geographic Information System (GIS) to be used to view Construction progress data, pipe book data,
materials data, alignments sheets (AFC and as-built) data, and all related / hyperlinked certificates/
reports on GIS layer.
3.3.10 Search facility based on various criteria shall be available in software.
3.3.11 The software should be based on Pipeline Open Data Standards (PODS) for future seamless
connectivity to any software like PAMS, IMS, SCADA, Primavera etc.
3.4 Monitoring Data Requirement
3.4.1 Line pipe & Long Radius Bend tracking

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 8 of 19
All activities as per approved ITP are required to be tracked and monitored through PIMS and their
related evidence documents to be uploaded and hyperlinked suitably. Following are major activities to
be covered as minimum:
 Pipe / bend basic dimensions (length, dia, thickness, bend radius).

 Raw material (Steel) procurement by supplier. Inspection and Testing details of plates with heat
numbers.
 All testing activities as per approved ITP (i.e. NDT, Hydro-test, expansion, repair, visual inspection,
physical & chemical tests etc.)
 Welding Procedure Qualification for Line pipe manufacturing.
 Line pipe coating Inspection & testing reports including batch details of chemical used.
 Calibration of all test equipments and machines in line-pipe manufacturing and Coating.
 Trailer vise line pipe loading & dispatch details (packing list, LR/ GR).
3.4.2 Material Tracking (MT)
All activities as per approved ITP are required to be tracked and monitored through PIMS and their
related evidence documents to be uploaded and hyperlinked suitably for following, as minimum
number of free issue / bought out materials :
 Coated Line Pipes

 Scrapper Trap with Pig Signaler
 Flow Tee
 Insulating Joint
 Quick Opening and end closure
 Fittings and Flanges
 Assorted Pipes
 Metering Skids
 Ball Valves
 Plug Valves
 SCADA Equipments
 Telecom Equipments
 Solar Power Equipments
 Equipments related to TCP & PCP
Owner’s bought out materials for Pipeline Project by their respective vendors as well as bought out by
Laying Contractors shall be monitored in MT system by taking inputs from MPR (Material Progress
Report) issued time to time by respective vendors/ contractors.
The information touch points of MT will be defined from ITPs and range from Manufacturing location
(vendor/ subcontractors/ subcontractors), Land/ Sea dispatch/ receiving points and finally the project
site till the final installation and acceptance.
3.4.3 Pipeline Construction Work Tracking
 Route survey to pre-lowering stage
• Route survey, clearing and grading (all daily progress and inspection reports relating to
the same) & updating the cadastral survey data in GIS.

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 9 of 19
• Trenching, stringing and bending

• Welding
i. Welding procedures
ii. Welder qualification reports
iii. Daily progress reports
iv. All tests and inspection reports related to welding
a. Radiographic procedure applied

b. Radiographic inspection reports
c. Fit-up test reports
d. Weld visual
v. Random QC test results (e.g. Peel Test)

vi. Weld repair details and results thereof
• Damaged pipe detail

• Cut pipe detail
• Joint coating
• OFC related test reports
 Lowering and restoration stage
• Padding inspection
• Lowering reports
• Tie-in
i. Welding procedures
ii. Welder qualification reports
iii. Daily progress reports
iv. All tests and inspection reports related to welding
a. Radiographic procedure applied

b. Radiographic inspection reports
c. Subject to availability of Radiography films in a digitized/ scanned soft copy,
 Cut pipe detail

 Damaged pipe detail
 Fiber optic cable laying reports
 Backfilling reports
 Restoration reports & updating the cadastral survey data in GIS.
 Batch test certificates from manufacturers of electrodes
 Crossing reports
 All relevant hydro-testing and pre-commissioning data
 Cathodic protection system survey and test reports.
 All drawings related to the following will be stored in the system:
 Route maps
 Alignment sheets
 Detailed AFC drawings (road, railway, minor water crossings, major water crossings,
valley crossings)
PROJECTS PIMS

Page 10 of 19
 Isometric drawings of installations

 Special Installations e.g. hot taps. Fibre Optic Cable jointing
 Terminal Works
Terminal layouts to be layered over Pipeline GIS system and different blocks/
areas in terminal shall be suitably linked to provide status on following:
 Site Survey & Grading

 Civil works (Foundation, Columns, and Slabs etc.)
 Mechanical works ( Fabrication, fit-up, welding etc)
 Station Piping and related test and inspection reports
 Furnishing works (doors, flooring, ceiling, furniture, painting etc.)
 Electrical ( Power supply systems)
 Instrumentation (Control System setup and erection related test reports)
 Power Source, SCADA & APPS, Telecom & PCP Works
 Equipment Foundations work progress and related equipments status
hyperlinked to MT.
 Equipment installation, erection related test reports.
 Terminal material's traceability reports.
3.4.4 The software shall be capable to recall all the reports from various work packages and provide all
statistics to the COMPANY which includes:
 Project S-Curve
 Progress
 Material Availability
 Resources Availability
 HSE Reports
 Quality data
 Equipment status (MCEDS reports etc.)
 ROU Availability
 Compensation payment to landowners/ farmers
3.5 PIMS MODULES
PIMS application shall include modules for documenting documents related to engineering, material
procurement, construction, Land Management etc.
Modules shall be designed as follows:
LAND MANAGEMENT MODULE CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

 Land Record Master MODULE
 Route Map  Inspection (QA/ QC) Reports
 Cadastral Maps  Activity Monitoring
 GPS Route Link  Real Time Pipebook
 GIS Mapping & Digitization  DPR, WPR, MPR
Client :  RoU Details
Project : Document No. :  Station activityRev.
details Date :
IGGL PIMS FOR P/L 05.51.23UU.NEGG.IGGLL001(ii)
 RoU Compensation Records  Minutes of Meeting May, 2022
No.0
PIMS
PROJECTS
Land Registry/ Lease  Exception & compliance reports

Page 11 of 19
MATERIAL MANAGEMENT ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTATION

MODULE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (eDMS)
 Purchase Order MODULE
 Order Tracking  Scanning & Archiving
 Material Inspection Report  Document Indexing
 Inspection Release Note  Search with keyword
 Goods Receipt Voucher  Reports, Manuals, Certificates,
 Goods Issued Voucher Drawings & other documents
 Material Reconciliation  Document Tracking
 Vendor Management
Land Management Module:
This module shall capture the RoU as well as permanent land acquisition plot details of pipeline route. It shall
cover other important details e.g. details of geography, demography, statutory and administrative boundaries
of entire pipeline route. The application shall include land acquisition data for pipeline construction, survey
data, crossing data including permissions, details of plot purchased/ leased for stations and anode beds. The
module should have the following minimum details:
 ROU Details
The land owner details including permanent and alternative address. Mutation details, land usage details
of the property owner including the crop details. The information on the compensation paid to the owner.
- Notification history.
-Crop Details
-Payment details.
-Alignment sheets, TP/IP’s, Bench Marks/ GPS control points
-Population Density Index
-Alignment sheet
-ROU corridor details
-Crossing Details
-Land details for setting up of SV stations, dispatch, receiving and intermediate pigging stations.
-Environmental Sensitive Locations
-Emergency Details
-Administrative Boundaries
-MOEF clearance and TOR details
-EIA data
 Cadastral Maps
Cadastral maps of the route showing revenue data such as khasra no., etc.
 Permissions
Permissions, clearance and restoration acceptance from applicable statutory authorities such as forest
department, railways, Irrigation, PWD, etc.
Construction Management Module:

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 12 of 19
It comprises of day wise construction progress including planning, quality and inspection reports activity
details of which are as follows:
I. Route survey to pre-lowering stage

a) Route survey, clearing and grading (all daily progress and inspection reports relating to the same) &
updating the cadastral survey data in GIS.
b) Trenching, stringing and bending

c) Batch test certificates from manufacturers of electrodes
d) Welding
- Welding procedures
- Welder qualification reports
- Daily progress reports
- All tests and inspection reports related to welding
 Radiographic inspection reports
 Fit-up test reports
 Weld visual
 Random QC test result.
 Weld repair details and results there of Subject to availability of radiography films in a digitized/
scanned soft copy.
- Joint coating
- Concrete Weight Coating
- OFC related test reports
II. Lowering and restoration stage

a) Padding inspection
b) Lowering reports
c) Tie-in
- Welding procedures
- Welder qualification reports
- Daily progress reports
- All tests and inspection reports related to welding
- Radiographic procedure applied
- Radiographic inspection reports Subject to availability of Radiography films in a digitized/ scanned soft copy.
- Cut pipe detail
- Damaged pipe detail
- Fiber optic cable laying reports
- Backfilling reports
- Restoration reports & updating the cadastral survey data in GIS.
III. Crossing reports

a) HDD crossings
b) Railway Crossings
c) NH / SH Crossing
d) Other Road and foreign pipeline Crossings.
IV. Hydro-testing and pre-commissioning data

a) Water Filling, Pressurization & Hydrostatic test Reports

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 13 of 19
b) Dewatering Inspection Reports

c) Magnetic Cleaning Reports
d) EGP Reports
e) Swabbing Inspection Reports
f) Drying Inspection Reports
g) Inertization, preservations, inspection, commissioning reports
V. Cathodic protection system survey and test reports.

VI. Terminal Works
Terminal layouts to be layered over Pipeline GIS system and different blocks/areas in terminal shall be
suitably linked to provide status on following.
- Site Survey & Grading
- Civil works (Foundation, Columns, and Slabs etc.)
- Mechanical works (Fabrication, fit-up, welding etc.)
- Station piping and related test and inspection reports
- Furnishing works (doors, flooring, ceiling, furniture, painting etc).
- Electrical (Power supply systems)
- Instrumentation (Control System setup and erection related test reports).
- Equipment Foundations work progress and related equipment status
- Equipment installation, erection related test reports.
- Terminal material’s traceability reports.
VII. All drawings related to project shall be stored in the system.
VIII. Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning:

- All the data related to pre-commissioning and commissioning shall be captured
- Bidder to develop pre-commissioning and commissioning sub-module to control and monitor the pre-
commissioning and commissioning activities through approved pre-commissioning and commissioning
procedures.
- All related data shall be collected by Bidder from Contractor / Owner.
Project Certification System shall be a front end application & should be able to store track and report on the
Completion of a facility, system or sub- system. The purpose of the system shall be to assist in the
management of System Handover for Mechanical Completion, Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning. It
shall enable progressive verification of physical installation work according to the design and specifications of
equipment and systems, providing data traceability against relevant drawings ensuring compliance with
performance standards, specifications, codes and regulations.
In addition, the system shall provide a collaborative real-time environment for fast and reliable tracking,
monitoring and reporting on consolidated Punch list data stage completion.
The certificates and commissioning procedures to ensure project requirements are met for smooth transition
process and turn-over of pre-defined systems and Equipment, stage completion certificates and
Commissioning procedures to ensure project requirements are met for smooth transition process and turn-
over of predefined systems and Equipment.
The system shall be able to generate the completion certificate online through web interface which can be
used by Owner.

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 14 of 19
Material Management Module:
This module is dedicated for tracking of procurement and supply of all materials for the project. It shall include
various stages from procurement order, manufacturing, coating- painting, testing, inspection, dispatch and
storage at site of all items used in the project as per OWNER’s approved ITP. Major focus of this module shall
be to access delivery progress of all critical items such as line pipes, valves, etc. including its consumption
and stock availability at store yards. This tracking shall have sequential hyper-linking for upload of documents
by vendors and contractors. The material tracking system shall manage the material status from PO release
to item used. Each material shall be listed with a unique item Code. Planning and scheduling shall be as per
the Quantity required, scheduled PO release, scheduled Delivery date range. The system shall also have a
PO tracking system along with vendor management. Quantity receipt consolidation should be supported by
approved documentation like material receipts and Inspection reports. Appropriate material test certificates
are also uploaded along each delivery.
Recommended Features:
 Tender
 Purchase Order
 Reorder alert report
 Manufacturing status
 Delivery due date list
 Quantity delivered v/s ordered
 Reconciliation statement
Line pipe & Long Radius Bend tracking
All activities as per approved ITP are required to be tracked and monitored through PIMS and their related
evidence documents to be uploaded and hyperlinked suitably.
Following are major activities to be covered as minimum:

 Pipe / bend basic dimensions (length, diameter, thickness, bend radius).
 Raw material (Steel) procurement by supplier. Inspection and Testing details of plates with heat
numbers.
 All testing activities as per approved ITP (i.e. NDT, Hydro-test, expansion, repair, visual inspection,
physical & chemical tests etc.)
 Welding Procedure Qualification for Line pipe manufacturing.
 Line pipe coating Inspection & testing reports including batch details of chemical used. Trailer wise
line pipe loading & dispatch details (packing list, LR / GR).
Relative evidence documents for all items to be uploaded and hyperlinked suitably for following, as minimum
number of materials;
 Steel Plate/ Coil

 Line Pipes
 Actuators
 Ball Valves
 Other Valves such as Globe, Plug, check, etc.
 Scrapper Trap with Pig Signaler

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 15 of 19
 Flow Tee
 Insulating Joint
 Quick Opening and end closure
 Reducers
 Flanges
 Station Pipes
 Metering System
 SCADA Equipment
 Telecom Equipment
 Solar Power Equipment
 Equipment related to TCP & PCP.
 DG Set
 UPS
 Electrical & Instrumentation systems
 Any other item as required
Materials for above packages and items procured by respective vendors and materials procured by
Contractors shall be monitored by taking inputs data from MPR (Material Progress Report) of respective
vendors/ Contractors.
eDMS Module:
This eDMS Module refers database for all discipline wise project data of each package for pre-construction,
construction, post- construction related activities and any other required information but not limited to, as
following:
 Letter of authorization
 Tender document
 Design basis
 Pipe information (Manufacturing history, inspection documents, test certificates of pipes/ plates).
 Pipe reconciliation statement
 Material acceptance (Joint coating material manufacturers test certificates).
 Manufacturers test certificates and site qualification test reports like filler material, electrode etc.
 Procedure reports.
 Approved procedures, job procedures, welding procedures specification and qualification
 Scanning and digitization of gazette notifications
 Design Calculations/ Analysis
 Route maps
 Alignment sheets
 Detailed AFC drawings (road, railway, minor water crossings, major water crossings, etc.)
 Plot plan
 General Arrangement Drawings (GAD)
 Isometric drawings of installations
 Special Installations e.g. hot taps etc.
 Hydro testing and pre-commissioning documents/ data including water filling, pressurization and
hydro test reports, dewatering inspection reports, magnetic cleaning reports, EGP reports drying
inspection reports, inertisation, preservation inspection/commissioning reports.
 HAZOP report
 Emergency Response Plan

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 16 of 19
 QAP
 As-built drawings and documents
 Vendor / Contractor bills / invoice along with payment history.
Engineering and document and drawing approval status is tracked using this module.
a) PIMS configures the Document/ Drawing list from the Document control log & Material Control Log.
- Document/Drawing Code
- Category
- Sub Category
- Document Name
- Proposed date of Creation
- Estimated date range of Internal Document Control.
- Date range for Submitting to Client for comments
- Date range for incorporating comments
- Date range for Issuing for approval
- Date of Approval (AFC).
b) When a document/drawing is approved, it is scanned and attached.
c) Exhaustive search and summary reports are generated.
d) The document/drawing is uploaded as soon as its status is “approved”.
The eDMS module is searchable using metadata like category, sub category, type of document, vendor,
material, remarks and document number, etc.
3.6 Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning Module
All the data related to pre-commissioning and commissioning shall be captured on PIMS. Data
related to PESO/ OISD/ Internal audits shall also be recorded.
Contractor to develop pre-commissioning and commissioning module to control and monitor the pre-
commissioning and commissioning activities through approved pre-commissioning and
commissioning procedures.
3.7 Data Capture Interfaces
Monitoring data capture and then its uploading on PIMS shall be the responsibility of contractor &
PMC. All monitoring data shall be collected on daily basis from respective vendors/ contractors.
Interface document for this shall be prepared and agreed with Contractor after award of PIMS work.
3.8 System Handover
It is responsibility of contractor to ensure complete backup, safety and confidentially of the data. After
commissioning of Project, PIMS contractor shall handover the complete information management
system database with all licensed software (for lifetime) to Company. Handover shall consist of
installation and running of PIMS on Company’s serve to the satisfaction of the Company.
4.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 17 of 19
4.1 Items to be Supplied By COMPANY as Free Issue
Company shall supply all inputs like construction / supply drawings, documents, data, etc. required
for implementation of Web & GIS based Pipeline Information Management System to the Contractor
at an appropriate time during the execution stage as free issue items on refundable basis.
4.1.1 Conditions for COMPANY Supplied Items
i. The Contractor shall be responsible for taking over of the material and subsequent handling
during performance of actual work at site & safe keeping of the inputs drawings, documents,
data, etc.
ii. The Contractor shall inspect all COMPANY supplied free issue items at the time of taking
over from the COMPANY and defects noticed, if any, shall be brought to the notice of
COMPANY / COMPANY representative and jointly recorded. Once the item has been taken
over by the Contractor, all the responsibility for safe keeping of the items shall rest with the
Contractor.
iii. Every month the Contractor shall submit to the COMPANY an account for the item issued to
the Contractor in the Performa prescribed by Engineer-in-Charge.
iv. On completion of the works Contractor shall submit “Item Appropriation Statement” for all
items supplied by the COMPANY as free issue items.
4.2 Item to be supplied by CONTRACTOR
The procurement and supply, in sequence and at appropriate time and place, including inspection
and expediting, of all Items and consumables required for completion of the WORK as defined in this
BID document except the Items specifically listed under para 4.1 above as COMPANY free issue
Item, shall be entirely the CONTRACTOR's responsibility and the item rates quoted for the execution
of the WORK shall be inclusive of supply of all these Items. All Items supplied by the CONTRACTOR
shall be strictly in accordance with the requirements of relevant COMPANY specifications enclosed
with the Contract document. All equipment, machines, instruments, components etc. shall be new
and specifically purchased for this job from Company approved vendors, duly inspected by approved
third party inspection agency (Only manufacturer certificate may not be adequate).
4.3 Storage of Items / Materials
4.3.1 All items / materials shall be preserved against deterioration due to poor or improper storage while
under the custody of the Contractor.
4.3.2 All items / materials shall be duly protected by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost.
4.3.3 Openings of equipment, machines, instruments, etc. shall be kept in covered condition to prevent
entry of foreign matter.

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 18 of 19
5.0 MANPOWER AND EQUIPMENT TO BE DEPLOYED BY CONTRACTOR
Sl. No Manpower Number Per Qualification Location Equipment

Camp per
Part
1 Site Engineer 2 Mechanical Engineer Camp Office 1 No. Laptop
along with
high speed
internet
connectivity
(minimum 1
Mbps), A3
Scanner, 1
A4 Printer
2 Surveyor 1 Surveyor Camp Office GPS Device
3 Co-ordinator 1 Mechanical/ Civil Back Office/
Engineer Camp
4 QA Engineer 1 Mechanical Engineer Back Office
5 GIS Analyst 1 BCA/ MCA or equivalent Back Office

in GIS
6 Developer 1 BCA/ MCA/ B.Tech Back Office
(Computer Science/ IT)
6.0 SITE VISIT
Bidders are advised to make site visits to familiarize themselves with all the salient features of site and
available infrastructure along the pipeline route / site. Contractor shall be deemed to have considered all
constraints and eventualities on account of site conditions along pipeline route while formulating his bid.
Contractor shall not be eligible for any compensation in terms of cost and/ or time, on account of site
conditions along pipeline route varying to any extent from whatever described in the Bid Package and the
drawings furnished along with the Package.
7.0 PRIORITIES
COMPANY may, at its sole option, assign priority of work to any part of the total pipeline or terminal
works. Contractor shall comply with such priority of execution without any time and cost implication to
the COMPANY.
8.0 CONFLICT / DISPUTE
In case of any dispute / conflict arises within Particular Job Specification (PJS) and their associated

PROJECTS PIMS

Page 19 of 19
documents (like Appendix & Annexures), the most stringent requirement will govern. However
engineer-in-charge’s discretion shall also govern on the above issues based on the applicability as
per site conditions.

PROJECTS PIMS
PIPELINE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
OIL & GAS, DELHI Page 1 of 36
APPENDIX–I TO PJS
GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION (GTS)

FOR PIPELINE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
Document No. : 05/28/M/001/S001(PIMS) Rev. No.0


1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Pipeline Information management system is a web based solution, designed to monitor the
construction progress on a real time basis. Data that is entered on daily basis is indexed and linked
with scanned documents that provide validated data. Reports are generated in a telescopic format
that helps to browse from the route map to details of each pipe laid. The solution is designed to
provide real time information about pipeline laying progress alongwith all associated works including
stations/ terminal works during following three stages, project planning, project execution/
construction, pre‐commissioning & commissioning, operation and maintenance. Electronic
documentation, graphical reports, pipe book, joint history etc. are some of modules of PIMS.
The pipeline information management system is a web based solution, designed to
a) Act as a Monitoring system

b) Help decision making in construction planning
c) Show real time progress on web
d) Generate online report
e) Consolidate all information in a centralized database
f) Archive documents online
g) Help in project execution / construction, pre‐commissioning & commissioning.
h) Assist operation & Maintenance
This document would be the reference document for any details related to the project scope and
implementation procedure.
2.0 PIMS SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 The bidder is required to make use of software solution to track construction progress of the project
on a real time basis updated daily. The progress needs to be displayed electronically on a web based
format. Proper secured access is to be provided to the consultant and client enabling review of
construction progress on a daily basis.
2.2 Along with the technical submission, the consultant/ client may call upon the bidder to demonstrate
the software proposed to be used.
2.3 All pipeline construction related documentation (QA/ QC reports, procedures, project planning
documents, test certificates, records of meetings, land records, photographs, inspection material
reports and audit compliance documentation) including the pipe book, weld book are required to be
handed over to the client in an electronic form in appropriate formats and system.
2.4 Apart from storing all paper documentation, the software should have requisite feature/ facility to
generate as‐built alignment sheets from varying points of the pipeline ROW. It shall be the
contractor’s responsibility to collect GPS co‐ordinates at each weld joint using hand‐held portable GPS
co‐ordinates.

2.5 The software should also have the feature/ facility that the daily progress can be shown (apart from
tabular reports) on a web, with progress of different activities, geo referenced to the surroundings
land base.
2.6 All NDT test reports are required to be handed over to the client in an electronic format, duly geo
referenced as part of the software archival features.
2.7 The proposed software solution should have search/ query features. The fields may be sorted/
searched by chainages, joint number, etc. It should also have the feature to print the query.
2.8 The software shall have the facility to auto‐generate pipe book.
2.9 The software shall have the option of reconciliation of free issue materials, electronic documentation
and material management.
2.10 The contractor will impart training to the client, consultant and laying contractor on usage of the PIMS
solution and its application
2.11 All survey data, engineering documents, construction reports, ROU details, user manuals shall be
uploaded to respective modules (as applicable) of GIS Software developed by CLIENT.
2.12 The Contractor / PIMS service provider shall be solely responsible for arranging all resources, facilities
and logistic supports etc. required to complete the work under this contract. In broad, the contractor
shall be responsible for providing the following:
i) Establishment of offices with proper storage and security arrangement f o r all spreads at suitable
locations in the nearby area of owner’s camp office to carry out his activities in close coordination
and in an efficient manner.
ii) Deployment of requisite manpower for project implementation, providing all qualified
skilled/unskilled personnel to carry out the entire job and facilities required to complete the
job to the entire satisfaction of the owner in accordance with the requirements of the tender
document.
iii) Deployment of all requisite hardware (servers, computers, printers, scanners, UPS, etc.) loaded
with requisite software application to run MS‐Office GIS model, other software and applications
required for the project implementation
iv) Insurance o f all his hardware/ software and other equipment a n d personnel deployed for the
execution of the above work.
v) All consumables for scanning, printing, storing, and creation of backup data
vi) CD’s/DVDs / Drive and alternate consumables of backing up of data


vii) Organizing the onsite team’s travel to site for GIS survey
viii) Boarding and lodging for all its personnel deployed for the execution of the above work
ix) Local transport / conveyance for commuting to onsite location from the place of boarding and
commuting on the ROW for the GIS survey
x) Establishment of suitable communication network with a provision of Internet connection for

communication, email and uploading and downloading of scanned documents
xi) Meeting all requirements of documentation.
xii) Certification of the quality and accuracy of work carried out.
xiii) Right of access for audit of the quality and accuracy of work done.
xiv) Contractual requirement for quality of code.
xv) Arrangements should be made to ensure that all parties involved in the contract are aware of
their security responsibilities.
xvi) The integrity and confidentiality of the Owner’s information assets are to be maintained and
tested.
xvii) Adequate physical and logical controls should be used to restrict and limit the access to the
Owner’s business information to the authorized users.
xviii) The level of physical security to be provided for equipment.
xix) Owner should have the right to audit/ third party audit the information security management
system of contractor.
xx) Contractor shall be responsible for settling all compensation and disputes arising out of any
damages caused by him or his workmen during the execution of work. Contractor shall carry out all
work in strict compliance with applicable documents enclosed with the tender document and
as per the instructions of owner’s representative. The scope of work shall also include any
other item/work required to complete the work in all respects as per specifications, drawings and
instructions of owner’s representative whether specifically mentioned here in or not, but required
to fulfill the intended purpose of this tender document.
2.13 The software solution chosen by the contractor should have been used and tested on previous
pipeline projects.
3.0 FEATURES OF PIMS SYSTEM

The proposed PIMS software should have the following features as a minimum:


3.1 Technical features
a) Security of data base and world class data recovery management
b) Simultaneous monitoring from different locations/ spreads by contractor, CLIENT / MECON.
c) Protection from virus attack and other malignant programs
d) Scale dependent feature drawings and application execution
e) Feature labeling including label collision mediation
f) Fully customizable template driven output
g) True type fonts
h) Map element automation (scale bar , reference map and legend)
i) Thematic mapping using logical or regular expression based classes
j) Support for popular scripting and development environments (PHP, Python, Perl, Ruby, Java and
C# etc.)
k) Cross Platform support
l) Compatible with Linux, Windows, Mac OS, Solaris etc.
m) Remote daily back‐up using r‐sync or equivalent technology
n) SSH encryption
o) On the fly compression
p) FTP access
q) No data transfer limit
r) Indexing and archive documents online in a searchable format
3.2 General features
a) Monitoring of pipeline construction activity

b) Linking of surrounding landmarks and data in corridor manager
c) Data updating on a daily basis
d) Generation of alignment sheet using survey data
e) Online alignment sheet generation
f) Auto‐generation of pipe book
g) Real time pipeline laying progress monitoring
h) Monitor online records of progress
i) Monitoring of material availability and quality documents
j) Uniformity of documentation and reports
k) Real time creation of pipe book , weld book
l) Real time creation of welder performance reports, pipe reconciliation reports.
m) Pre hydro test and pre lowering compliance report generation
3.3 Planning and material management
a) Material management from starting from order placement, manufacturing & inspection at vendor
works, receipt at site, issue to vendor, erection/ commissioning, reconciliation (including test


certificates, inspection certificates, goods receipt voucher (GRV), store issue voucher (SIV),
incoming material inspection report (IMIR), inspection release/ waiver certificate etc.)
b) Document control log
c) Material control log
d) S‐Curve to assess the current project status w.r.t planned schedule for each activity as well as
overall (weighted based)
e) Velocity chart : work done for a particular activity in chainage vs week
f) Graphical progress: to give an overview of work done in each chainage
g) Reconciliation of each type of free issue material issued to the pipeline contractor (Refer
Annexure‐8 for guidelines on reconciliation)
3.4 Real time web progress monitoring
a) Dynamic generation of DPR with planned time line and asking rate.
b) Real time generation of pipe book with hyperlinked scanned ITR (Inspection test reports)
c) Tie in Chart with complete history (WPS no. , welder details, pipe details, NDT details etc.) of each
activity for each joint.
d) View/ export pipe book in real time, Daily DPR, Activity data sheets, Joint schematic, Station piping
etc.
e) Reports of minimum following activities shall be digitized for monitoring for real time progress
monitoring:
 Clearing & Grading
 Stringing
 Bending
 Trenching
 Welding
 Tie in Welding
 Welding Repair
 Non Destructive Testing – Radiography / AUT
 Non Destructive Testing – Ultrasonic Testing
 Non Destructive – Magnetic Particle testing
 Non Destructive‐ Liquid Penetration testing
 Joint coating
 Lowering
 Back Filling
 Restoration
 Hydro Testing
 TCP / PCP
 Crossings
 HDD
 Cased Crossing
 Thrust Boring
 Open Cut
 Concrete Coating


 Coating Repair
 Cathodic protection system reports
 Station piping fit‐up
 Station piping welding
 Station piping NDT
 Station piping Painting
 Civil works (building, road, boundary wall etc.)
 Instrumentation works
 Electrical Works
 Fire‐fighting works
 Structural works
 Corrosion Monitoring System Works
 Telecom works
 SCADA works
3.5 Generation of compliance reports
a) Query for exceptions like joint coating done but NDT not done, lowering done but joint coating
not done etc.
b) Welder performance report
c) Unqualified welder report
d) Duplicate pipe control
3.6 Indexing and archive documents online in a searchable format
a) Exhaustive document/ drawing scanning & indexing with searchable metadata. All pre‐
construction, construction, as built and hand over documents must have search/ query options.
There should also be provision to print the queried data.
3.7 ROU Data digitization
a) Collection of revenue data such as village maps, Ownership records from concerned Revenue
Department/ client for acquired RoU
b) Scanning, geo‐referencing and Digitization of the village map, and transferring the pipeline
alignment and RoU corridor.
c) Preparation of seamless cadastral map (RoU Land map) to the scale of 1:5,000 incorporating
survey number and ownership details with in the acquired RoU. The land details (ownership
details, compensation details etc.) shall also be presentable in graphical mode
d) Conversion of RoU land maps and digitized cadastral records to .shp file.
e) Conversion of already existing cadastral maps/ data to .shp files
f) Collection of available data from CLIENT (soft/ hard copy) pertaining to revenue map, ownership
details of RoU, compensation details etc. and digitizing the same for graphical representation of
data.

3.8 Graphical Representation of survey information
a) Land records
b) Crossing and utilities
c) Location of crossings, SV / IP
d) Photographs of crossings/ mainline activities
e) Crossing drawings
f) Representation of surroundings features
g) Structure and monuments in vicinity
h) Tracking work progress using color codes
i) Generation of web based PIMS alignment sheet using third party application integrated with Arc
GIS.
4.0 Project Roles & Responsibilities
4.1 Tentative Responsibility Matrix
Sr. Information / Document Required Client/ PMC / Supplier/

No. Execution Contractor
1. Pre‐Construction and Project Configuration Information Planning
2. All Standards & Approved procedure documents. QA / QC
3. Approved engineering documents QA / QC
4. Approved construction related documents QA / QC
5. Engineering / Document status control information Engineering
6. Approval of structure/fields of pipe book and other forms that Planning
are to be filled at site for progress as well record of work
7. Submitting daily activity ITR's /Progress. Details/GPS Construction
coordinates
8. Activity Completion Certificates Construction
9. Reporting of changes like, route, TP angles, new crossings, scope Construction
of work, work schedule etc
10. Inspection / Quality certificates Material, WQT, WPS QA / QC
11. Ensuring correction of NCR generated by PIMS . QA/ QC
12. Procurement status and receipt information/documents Materials
13. Pipe Details / List from manufacturer, Yard Receipts. Pipe Manufacturer /
Materials
5.0 Work Procedure
5.1 Execution Methodology
a) PIMS site engineers shall enter the data from their own camp offices located at site.


b) PIMS site engineer shall collect approved field inspection reports from contractor office daily
in the evening.
c) These reports shall then be entered in the PIMS (PIMS site engineer shall exercise due
diligence to the accuracy of the reports and discrepancy, if any, shall be reported directly to
MECON).
d) Reports shall automatically be generated in real‐time.
e) Quality Engineer at head office shall verify all reports/ document data by 11.00AM next day.
f) Current information. Next day plan, daily progress report, document status, documents,
procurement status for uploading (preferably in .xls format) shall be provided to PIMS
engineer on a daily basis.
g) Digital Photographs/ videos duly labeled (with chainage/ location) for crossings, stations,
special utilities/ surroundings etc. should be linked to pipe route schematic. These
photographs must be updated as and when progress is done.
h) Deviation reports for route changes, process changes, etc. along with their documents shall be
provided.
i) Comprehensive training shall be imparted by the PIMS Contractor to the Client’s personnel on
usage of PIMS software.
5.2 Configuration & Pre‐Construction
a) The following are the details, information, drawings and documents required for configuring the
PIMS. Only approved for construction information will be digitized.
i. Project details as per project tender specifications.

ii. Tender Docs to be uploaded in documentation.
iii. Company profiles of Contractor, PMC and Client.
iv. Route Map and Line Diagram.
b) Survey data is required for generating PIMS alignment sheet and route Corridor Manager. Corridor
is generated based on chainages. Survey data has to be digitized on PIMS approved format and
then imported in the solution. The survey data to be included is as follows :
i. TP and IP numbers, angles and locations.

ii. Crossings, CS numbers, Crossings type, Crossing width and locations.
iii. Topographic details of ROW.
iv. Ground Level profile
v. Soil resistivity survey details


vi. Soil stratification details
vii. Population Density (PDI)
viii. Cadastral records with survey numbers, village, taluka, district, state and maps, referenced
with chainage.
ix. Planned Pipe specifications
c) Alignment Sheets: Pipeline alignment sheets in CAD format.
d) Project Schedule: Generating project schedule and Gant chart using PIMS tools.
e) Activity Settings: Configuring activity scope and weightages for S‐curve generation.
f) Document & Material Control Log: For Indexing the engineering approval status.
g) Procurement Status: Material list with schedules and scope.
h) Customization of following Reports as minimum :
i. Formats of various reports to be customized like;

ii. Pipe Book
iii. DPR
iv. Setting up WPS types
v. Importing pipe list
vi. Configuring Welder cards
vii. Customizing input forms of various activities.
5.3 Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) :

The following minimum details are to be configured:
i. WPS Number
ii. Diameter of Pipe (From‐ To)
iii. Wall thickness (From‐ To),
iv. Material
v. Welder ID’s qualified for each WPS
vi. Procedure qualification report (PQR).
vii. Voltage & current parameter range.
5.4 Defect Types
A list of different type of defects (Weld Defects) will be configured as per CLIENT Quality records.
5.5 Bend Type
A list of different type of bends shall be provided, complete with details of relevant chainage.


5.6 Welder Details
The following details shall be configured as a minimum:
a. Welder ID
b. Qualification Certificates.
c. For evaluating the welder performance, the NDT analysis should reflect or trace the weld
defect to a specific welder.
d. In weld repair, the defect welder should be mentioned.
5.7 Field Inspection Report Numbering
Field Inspection report numbering procedure is to be defined. A unique number is to be provided to

each inspection report of each activity that is to be managed through the construction management
module.
In case project is divided into multiple Spreads, Spread number must be mentioned on each activity
report separately. For example: If there are four spreads in a project, reports can have SP‐1 for 1st
Spread and SP‐2 for 2nd Spread.
For any single activity, report number should not repeat within spread. Report number can be same
for two spreads. Eg. For spread number SP‐1, Trenching should not have two reports of Number 01.
But Spread 2 (SP‐2) can have report number 01.
5.8 Pipe Number Specifications
It is advisable that PIMS imports the pipe‐list provided in .xls format by the manufacturer. Apart from
the pipe number, the PIMS system must list the pipe specification, manufacturer, coating company,
dispatch date, manufacturer test certificate.
If any pipe 'X' has Pipe No = "2V07K30779" then no other pipe can have same. PIMS differentiates the
pipes not just by the pipe number, but also compares the heat number and coating number.
PIMS engineers should not enter the pipe number manually throughout the activity of digitization
process (Stringing, Bending, Welding, NDT, Joint Coating etc). They should only select the pipe number
from the drop down pipe list.
Naming convention for Cut/Pup Pipes
If pipe “2V07K30779” is cut into two pup pieces, then both the pieces shall be numbered by suffix. The
terminology will be as per CLIENT’s quality records.
The pipe list report should have a special reconciliation section where pup pipe list should be
elaborated along with their actual length. If a pup pipe's length is less than 2 meter (or as specified in
the specification for reconciliation of free issue material attached elsewhere in the tender), it will be
listed as scrap.


6.0 PIMS Modules
Modules followed for the project shall cover all the aspects of the tender. Indicative diagram / layout
has been shown below:
7.0 REPORTS
Following minimum reports can be uploaded for users to view and download. These are to be sorted
date wise.
a) Daily Progress Report

b) Weekly Progress Report
c) Monthly Progress Report
d) Station works progress
e) Approved & Updated Project Schedule


f) 3 Months Look Ahead Schedule
g) 6 Weeks Look Ahead Schedule
7.1 Quality Methodology
a) Error Reports for all activities are generated online and will be sent to CLIENT.
b) PIMS generated exceptions for example;
Duplicate Pipe & Joints
Incorrect Pipe number in report
Unqualified welder report
All data entry is verified by PIMS QA Engineer.
c) Visual Inspection of ITR's at site by PIMS engineers for any legibility/ incorrect format / incomplete
entries / ambiguous data etc.
d) Exception reports are submitted to CLIENT along with the feedback form as below.
Date of Non Date submitted Date

Sr. No. Activity Report No
reporting conformity to CLIENT Rectified
7.2 PIMS construction activity digitization
All pipeline construction activity reports are digitized, scanned and uploaded. The fields needed for
digitization may not be limited to the following;
a) ROW/ Clearing & Grading/Trenching/Stringing
Sl. No Date Chainage in Meters Chainage in Meters (To) Remarks

(From) Distance in
Meters
b) Bending
Sl. No Date Chainage in Meters Pipe No. TP No. Bend angle Bend Type Remarks
c) Welding
SI.No. Date Joint Pipe No. WPS Welder Welder Electrode Remarks
No. Pipe no. (Left) (Root/ (Filler/ Batch no
(Right) No.
Hotpass) Capping)

d) Tie‐In Welding
SI. No Date Joint No Pipe Pipe No. Cut Pipe WPS Welder Welder Electrode Remarks
no. Details No. (Root/ (Filler Batch no
(Left) (Right) Hotpass) Capping)
e) Welding Repair
Sl. No Date Joint No (R, R2, Segment WPS Welder No. Electrode Batch Remarks
Cut‐out) No. No
f) Non Destructive Testing ‐ Radiography/AUT
Date Segment Observation Root Hot pass Filler defects Capping

Sl. No Joint No Defects defects defects
g) Non Destructive Testing ‐ Ultrasonic Testing
Sl. No Date Joint No Segment Observation Remarks
h) Joint Coating
Sl. No Date Joint No Holiday Average Pipe Average Weld Surface Pre‐ Peel Remarks
Test Coating Thk Coating Preparatio Heat Test
(on body) Thk n Temp
(on seam)
i) Lowering


Date Joint Section Holiday Northing Easting
Sl. No Joint (From Pipe Cover
(To) Length Check (GPS) (GPS)
j) Back‐filling
Sl. No Date Joint (From) Joint (To) Section Length Remarks
k) Restoration
Sl. No. Date Section Work Done Remarks

Joint (From Joint (To)
Length
l) Hydro‐testing
Joint
SI. No Date Joint (To) Attach Documents Remarks
(From)
Hydrotest Plan, Safety Plan, Mechanical
Completion Certificate, Air Cleaning Report,
Brushing Report, Gauge Inspection Report, Water
Filling Report, Thermal Stabilization Report,
Pressurization ‐50%, 75%, 100% Air Volume
Calculation, Pressure hold 24 Hrs,
Hydrostatic Test Calculation, Hydrostatic Test
Evaluation, De‐Pressurization
m) TCP/PCP
i) TLP Installation
Sl. No. Date Report No. Type of TLP Joint No. Chainage in Mtr. Remarks
ii) TCP Anode Installation
Sl. No. Date Report No. Chainage Remarks


iii) Anode Bed Installation
Sl. No. Date

Report No. Location Remarks
n) Concrete Coating
Sl. No. Date Report No. Chainage (from) Chainage (to) Remarks
o) Coating Repair
Sl. No. Date Report No. Joint No. Remarks
8.0 WORK PROCEDURE – WELD MAP UPDATING
The weld map updating procedure in PIMS shall consist of digitization the following reports:
a) WPS numbers and respective details and document.
b) Welder numbers and respective WQT or welder card.
c) Welding field inspection reports.
d) NDT inspection reports.
e) Weld repair reports.
8.1 Weld Joint Nomenclature
a) The welding joint nomenclature shall be as per approved weld joint numbering procedure is as
below:
b) Weld joints on the pipeline shall be numbered consecutively for each kilometer, starting at 0
Chainage.
c) Each Joint shall be Prefix'ed or Suffix'ed with the Letters in Capital as per the approved
methodology with EIC. The indicative description shall be as follows:
Prefix Denotes Description Examples

M Mainline Joint is of Mainline 5 M 40
S Stations Joint is with in a ball S 2‐21
valve station


T Tie in 5 T 43
FT Final tie in Joints between free 9 FT 82
section ends
GT Golden Joint Golden Joint on hydro 15 GT 83
test section ends
TR Transition Welds Joints with different wall 12 TR 12
thickness
R1 Repair First Weld repair 14 H 56 R1

R2 Second Repair Second Weld Repair 14 H 56 R2
RW Reweld Joint is cutout but retains 56 H 47 RW
original number
CO Cut Out Cut Out Joint detail 14 H 56 CO
A, B ,C Additional joints Due to creation of void … 17 H 24 , 17 H 25, 17 H
between sections having 25A , 17 H 25B , 17 H 25
successive joint numbers C , 17 H 25 D , 17 H 26…..
d) The weld number, e.g. 5 M 4L where 5 indicates the 6th kilometers (i.e. between KP 5 and KP
6) and 41 indicates weld number 41.
e) Tie‐in welds shall be given the prefix "T" and use the same numbering as the mainline (as
above).
f) FT will indicate joints tied between two sections involving cutting of pipe and stress developed
during fitting of two ends.
g) GT will indicate Golden tie‐in's performed between hydro‐test sections.
h) TR will indicate weld joints performed between pipes with different thickness.
i) If a weld has been repaired it shall retain the original number but followed by the letter RI
(e.g. 5 M 41 RI). If it is repaired a second time the weld number shall be followed by "R2" (e.g.
5 M 41 R2).
j) If a weld has been cut out and replaced by a pup pipe, creating Iwo welds, then the original
weld will be posted in cut‐out log having the original number followed by the letters "CO" (e.g.
5 H 4) CO). This joint will not be considered in the pipe book but will be shown in cutout joint
log: The new length of the pipe will be updates for reconciliation. Pipe numbers will be
suffixed with A, B, C and so on.
k) If a good or accepted weld has been cut out and replaced by a new weld, then that weld shall
retain the original number followed by the letter "RW" (e.g. 5 M 41RW).
l) Welds in valve stations shall be given the prefix "S", followed by the station number and then
the weld number (e.g. S 2‐21).

8.2 Weld Schematic
The weld schematic is a graphical representation of the weld joints of each chainage. It graphically
represents the following;
a) Each pipe alongwith its number and heat number. Pipe color depicts its thickness. A mouse over
on the pipe displays its details.
b) Each block represents a joint. Its color coding indicates its status, whether welded, NDT done or
rejected, joint coating lowered, backfilled. The letter below each block indicate if the joint is a tie‐
in (T), free tie in (FT), re‐take (RT), re‐weld (RW) etc.
c) Click on any joint displays its weld history with links to inspection reports.
d) Below is the legend of symbols that will be used in joint graphical.
8.3 Weld Data Report
A detailed weld report having all joints welded with their status, welder number, WPS, electrode
number etc. are displayed. A special query is generated for listing the cutout.
8.4 Quality Methodology
a) Error reports for all activities are generated online and will be sent to contractor as well as
MECON.
b) PIMS generated exceptions for example; Duplicate pipe & joints, incorrect pipe number in
report, unqualified welder report.
c) All data entry is verified by PIMS QA engineer.
d) Visual inspection of ITR’s at site by PIMS engineers for any legibility / incorrect format /
incomplete entries / ambiguous data etc.
e) Exception reports are submitted to the contractor alongwith the feedback form as below :
Sr. No. Date of Activity Report Non Date Date

Reporting No. Conformity submitted Rectified
to by
contractor contractor
9.0 Crossings
PIMS software shall have details of crossing reports. The following information shall be configured as a
minimum:


a) Crossing No.
b) Crossing Drawing
c) Name of Crossing
d) Type of Crossing (HDD, Thrust Casing, Open Cut)
e) Chainage Point from‐to
f) Crossing Width
g) Permission Authority
i) Authority Name
ii) Date of Permission
iii) Expiry of Permission
h) Stage Inspection Report
10.0 Station Piping
Generation of station piping DPR requires the following fields from the inspection report of each
terminal;
a) SV Number (with scope of work for each activity).

b) Date
c) Report Number
d) Fit‐up (Inch Dia)
e) Weld Visual (Inch Dia) Radiography (Inch Dia)
f) Manual UT (Inch Dia)
g) DPT (Inch Dia).
11.0 Snap Shot of Main Reports
11.1 Daily Progress Report
11.2 Joint Tie‐in Chart
A joint tie‐in chart report represents and gives detail of each joint from welding to backfilling. Tie‐in
and free tie‐in joints, repaired joints etc. are also represented with respective legend as shown in
below figure. Each joint will have UTM Coordinates.
11.3 S‐Curve
11.4 Cumulative Chainage wise progress graphical
11.5 Cumulative Activity (Schematic)
11.6 Compliance Reports
Feature to query any left out activity for any joint within a range prior to lowering or hydro testing.

a) Pre‐lowering compliance report generation.

b) Pre‐hydro test compliance report generation.
Lowering compliance report gives the complete history of joints with the conformation that pre‐
selected is ready to lower with the details of calculated section length to be lowered. It gives
exception of activities not performed or not reported.
11.7 Free Issue Reconciliation Report
a) Pipe Tracking Report
The pipe tracking report shall have the following minimum fields:
Despatch Receipt Pipe Heat Length Dia Thk. Grade Type Coating Mfg. GRV SIV TC no. Left Right
Date Date No. No. Type Name no. no. Joint Joint
The despatch date shall have the inspection release note/ inspection waiver hyperlinked to it. Also
the GRV no. , SIV no. , TC no. shall have GRV, SIV and TC hyperlinked to them respectively.
b) Other Free Issue Material Tracking Report
Despatch Receipt Item Size Rating Material Mfg. GRV SIV TC no. IRN Remarks
Date Date Description Name no. no. no.
c) Reconciliation Report
The free issue material needs to be reconciled. The reconciliation shall be done as per the
specification for reconciliation of free issue material attached elsewhere in the bid document. The
software solution must have the ability to reconcile all the free issue materials.
11.8 Real Time Pipe Book Generation
The proposed software shall have the capability to auto‐generate pipe book from digitized inspection
reports. It should have provision to query fields, chainages and joint number range.
12.0 GIS Route Digitization & Layering
GIS vector / raster images and maps with links of all TP’s having layered details chainage progress till
date, digital pictures / documents / material list of special sections. Links should get dynamically


generated as and when data entry is done. Shape files containing the GIS system shall be handed over
to the client for their reference.
a) Survey Information
i) Land Records
ii) Soil Corrosion Records
iii) Geo References
b) Local & External Data
i) Shape files of Alignment Sheets

ii) Imagery (Landsat, ICKNOS Quick Bird, SPOT) are superimposed
c) Crossings & Utilities
i) Location of Crossings, SV
ii) Photographs of Crossings
iii) Crossing Drawings
iv) NOC’s Related Documents
d) Pipeline Route
i) Planed route on satellite imagery

ii) Structures and monuments in vicinity
iii) Layers of road maps superimposed by route.
12.1 Pipe Route Linkages
This graphical representation of the route has nodal points referenced against chainages for the
following; SV/ IP station, turning points, crossings, KM posts, warning signs, city / town crossings and
certain important landmarks. These points are hyperlinked to provide more details. Further click on a
point gives descriptions like as date progress, digital video of special sections, IP stations, view related
pipe book page, etc.
12.2 Corridor Management – Graphical
12.3 PIMS Alignment Sheet Generation
The proposed PIMS software solution shall have the ability to generate as‐built alignment sheets. The
survey data shall be digitized to generate the alignments sheets. During construction process, the
contractor shall record GPS co‐ordinates at each weld joint and based on them generate as‐built
alignment sheets. The levels/ cover at each joint should be collected from the laying contractor and


incorporated in the as‐built alignment sheet. The mouse tip should display the UTM coordinate of a
particular joint.
The web based, auto generated PIMS alignment sheet shall have all the features of the standard
alignment sheet provided by the survey agency. The data used for generation should also be
tabulated. The information to be shown in the alignment sheet layers is as follows:
a) Planimetry
TP / IP Details
Weld Coordinates, weld chainage
b) Crossings & Topographic Locations

Crossings
Geo‐reference
c) Profile
Ground level, pipe cover
d) Marker locations and details
e) PDI / Class
f) Pipe Types
g) Soil Resistvity
h) Soil Stratification
13.0 Electronic Documentation System
All construction reports, progress reports, test reports, specification and procedures etc. should be
linked to the relevant data reports. Each document should be accompanied with unique meta‐tags
that can make a specific search easier later. The following aspects should be covered under this
section;
a) Pipe information (Manufacturing history, inspection documents, raw material test certificates,
test certificates of pipes and plates, inspection release note)
b) Other free issue material (valves, IJ, flow tee etc.) information (Manufacturing history,
inspection documents, raw material test certificates, test certificates, inspection release note)
c) Pipe reconciliation statements
d) Material acceptance (Joint coating material manufacturers test certificates).
e) Manufacturers test certificates and site qualification test reports like filler material, electrode,
epoxy etc.
f) Equipment data sheets and test certificates.


g) Procedure reports, Approved procedures, job procedures, welding procedures specification
and qualification, QAP's and ITP's for all pipeline activities including terminals, SV stations, IP
stations etc. Scanning and digitization of gazette notifications from owner. All construction
activity reports including crossings.
h) Cadastral survey documents‐ Survey numbers, ownership area of affected of survey no. in
ROU. Permanent feature along center of pipeline. Village maps, talukas, districts etc. Nearest
police station with details, hospital, fire station, village panchayat, district authority details.
14.0 Material Management Reports
14.1 Material tracking and ordering reports are generated for both Free Issue Materials for long lead items
and also for procurement related items.
15.0 ROU Tracking Report
ROU tracking report helps in tracking the ROU / Permission documents, compensation details would
be linked.
16.0 Deliverables of PIMS solution at the time of final submission:
a) Mode of Delivery
Data will be submitted in installable CD’s. A platform independent solution, that can be installed on
desktops, servers and accessible through the network will be configured.
b) User Access
Apart from the delivered CD's, as built data can be provided in either of the following methods: a)
Present on Secure Web Space. b) The data with platform independent menu Interface will be installed
on a Server/PC. It can be accessed by users from a URL from other PC's within the network.
c) Interface:
All submitted data can be accessed using menu interface. All data is input from authenticated
Inspection Reports/ Documents. These documents are also linked along each entry. Data generated
using PIMS is exportable to MS Excel and may be used to Interpret with applications as desired by the
client.
16.1 List of minimum Deliverable's, but not limited to the following:
a) Pipe‐Book:
Complete pipe book with links to each inspection report and single click display of history of
joints.

b) Electronic Documentation:
Approved documents, drawings, test certificates etc. scanned, linked and indexed.
c) Project Corridor management System:

Corridor manager with layers of raster images, topographic details, photographs, stations,
crossings, markers, etc.
d) Material inventory:
Complete pipe tracking and reconciliation report with details.
17.0 Technical Specification of GIS Application and Services

17.1 Create Base Map along the corridor, having features like Roads, Water Bodies, Railways, important
POI by remote sensing using Satellite Imagery and SOI sheets.
17.2 Create Shape Files for all Corridor Layer having Topographic details along 100M on either side of
centreline.
17.3 Create Shape Files for Pipeline Centreline layers with pipeline joints, Depth, fittings and fixtures.
17.4 Create Shape Files for Cadastral Maps along with respective Landowner Data.
17.5 Create Geodatabase Segments, Line Series and Station Series for future analysis.
17.6 Attaching photos, videos, drawings, GAD’s, Isometrics in related stations, crossings, utilities etc. to
provide complete details of pipeline which helps O&M to identify the location, pipe details, joint
details, related documents/drawings etc. for disaster management.
17.7 Loader module for Survey data to AutoCAD Map based alignment sheet.
17.8 Integration model for survey data to PCMS.
17.9 Loader module for Survey data and PCMS data in CLIENT Arc GIS GeoDataBase.
17.10 Ensure completeness of CLIENT GeoDataBase for all the Feature sets Locations and Tables.
17.11 GIS system should have features of Pan, Zoom, Info, Search, Measure and Print.
17.12 GIS system should have loader module for Survey data to AutoCAD Map based alignment sheet.
17.13 The GIS based management system should be able to handle the following applications:
a) Spontaneous potential graphing
b) Pipeline profiling
c) Handle CAD files which show the piping layout and other plan of the facilities
d) Images and scanned documents


e) Creation of alignment sheet from survey data
g) Inspection and material data updating and listing through a form menu
i) Record update and maintenance
j) Emergency notification lists display
k) Map creation
I) Identification of the pipeline network facilities; tolerance setting for the same
m) Query by location, by attribute, by logical selection (all queries based on logical
selection parameters)
n) Report generation as per user needs
17.14 GIS system may have the following suggested layers:
a. Base Map layer

b. Satellite Imagery Layer
c. Pipeline Centre line Layer
d. Cadastral Map Digital Layer
e. Construction Activity Layers
f. Pipeline Assets Layer
18.0 SCOPE OF GIS SURVEYS
This specification covers the minimum requirements for implementation of GIS for surveyed
pipeline route. This specification deals with data acquisition, data recording, storage
handling, processing and development of GIS on a specified format using standard and
approved quality control parameters and its delivery to owner in a fully customized fashion.
The work shall include but not limited to the following:
18.1 Survey along the pipeline ROW to capture GPS co‐ordinates of weld joints, various pipeline markers
(boundary pillars, kilometer post, direction marker, warning signs, etc.), despatch station(s), receiving
station(s), intermediate pigging stations, consumer terminals etc. for preparation of GIS map of ROW.
18.2 Preparation of seamless GIS for the entire pipeline route with video clipping of salient features such
as major crossings (Roads, Railway lines, Rivers, Nalas / Streams, Canals etc.) covering 5 Kms
stretch either side of centre line of surveyed pipeline route. Any drawing/ documents if
additionally required shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Generation of GIS module for
the surveyed pipeline route, shall be capable of featuring the attributes as given hereunder:
a) Retrieve pipeline information like Chainage, Depth of pipeline, Dia. of pipe, coating details, CP
details etc.
b) Route Map showing the alignment of the pipeline including crossings, TPs etc.
c) Major crossings such as National Highway, State Highway, Railways, Canals, Rivers, HDD etc.


d) Mainline Valve Locations, Despatch/ receiving stations
e) GPS coordinates of each weld joint during construction work to be taken immediately
after lowering but before backfilling along with progress of mainline construction.
f) Cadastral Survey information including details of
i) Survey Nos.
ii) Ownership area of affected Survey no. in ROU
iii) ROW Corridor
iv) Permanent feature along 30 m either side of centre line of pipeline
v) Village maps, Talukas, Districts etc.
vi) Present crop details
vii) Land & crop Compensation details
viii) Land use pattern along the route
18.3 Incorporation of all permanent features, such as roads, railway lines/stations, water bodies, fire
stations, important land marks etc. falling within the corridor width of 10 km on either side of
the pipeline centre line. The contractor shall arrange the satellite imageries, if required. Owner
may facilitate the contractor (if required) by issuing authorization letters. However, the satellite
imagery shall be procured by the contractor from authorized agency at his own expense.
18.4 Scanning and digitization of Gazette notifications available with the owner. Scanning &
digitization of EIA/ RA study reports, cadastral survey reports, soil resistivity reports, various
crossing permissions, as built drawings, equipments details etc. Provision shall be kept for
linking additional attributes as and when required in future pertaining to ROU related works.
18.5 The data so collected shall be re‐verified to ensure correctness before their processing
for the development GIS map of pipeline ROW, showing pipeline alignment and profile.
18.6 Provision shall be kept for system integration to existing CLIENT’s SCADA network/ WAN.
18.7 All the data shall be uploaded to respective modules of GIS software developed by CLIENT.
18.8 Identification/ Generation of 3‐D co‐ordinates for turning points/ intermediate points along
surveyed pipeline route, with the help of DGPS.
18.9 Handheld GPS survey instruments with mapping facility, shall be utilized for locating the
intersection points/ turning points and other Geo‐references, with its complete accessories of
renowned make, having 1 metre accuracy.
18.10 The contractor shall impart training for operation and maintenance of software developed for
Pipeline information system to two batches of CLIENT personnel, each batch consisting of up to 10
personnel.
18.11 The scope of work shall not be limited only to the work as described above. The contractor shall be
required to execute all works required for generation of GIS module for the surveyed pipeline
routes.

18.12 GIS Surveys
18.12.1 Contractor shall carryout development and customization of GIS for the surveys covered in the
present scope of work that includes:
i) Geodetic engineering surveys

ii) Soil investigations/ survey
iii) Crossing surveys
iv) Cadastral surveys
v) ROU acquisition surveys records
vi) Population density surveys
vii) Land use pattern survey
viii) Soil resistivity survey / corrosion survey
ix) Disaster management requirement and environmental effect parameters.
x) System design for GIS and integration with owner’s central data information system etc.
This GIS is to be developed in such a fashion that there is a complete scope for horizontal and
vertical expansion for the system growth and Integration. Theme coverage/ layers for GIS shall
be as per requirement frozen by owner at the System Design and Customization Stage.
18.12.2 The required features of GIS application shall be as given below:‐
i) The entire system to be geo‐referenced, i.e., from the point of dispatch to receipt station including
the facilities at each end as well as en‐route, the major crossing, landmark etc. shall be as per
grid and projection system to be approved by the Owner. The GIS application should have pipe
book data, materials data, alignment sheets (AFC and As built) and all related certificates available
spatially on GIS layers in such a way that all the above details can be opened through the GIS
application directly . This shall also involve ( but not limited to) taking GPS coordinates of each
weld joint during construction work immediately after lowering but before backfilling along with
progress of mainline construction. The Pipeline construction activities such as ROW Clearing,
Grading etc should be available spatially as GIS layers so that all the above details can be opened
through the GIS application directly.
ii) The Contractor shall submit a Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) which shall cover details of each
activity, its scope, quality parameters, quality checks, inspection schedules, attributes for
input and output/ deliverables, test check procedures and its correlation with implementation
schedule. The QAP will be scrutinized, commented upon and approved by the Owner for
implementation.
iii) The Contractor shall deploy the best‐suited methods, equipment, tools software, personnel, analyst
and surveyors to carry out the development and customization of GIS.
iv) The Contractor shall use the best and the approved quality material for preparation of maps,
reports, software, storage mediums etc. Base maps of all the districts (50 km on both sides of
ROW) are to be supplied & integrated in the system by the bidder & these maps should have
clearance from Ministry of Defence or Survey of India.

v) The Contractor shall confirm having in his possession the requisite tools equipment, know‐how
and experience to carry out the development of GIS including facilities to handle, to process and
deliver output from the satellite imageries. In case the contractor decides to tie up with an
associate for this part of scope, the details of such sub‐vendor/ associate shall be furnished along
with the offer.
vi) The development of GIS shall be thoroughly customized to suit owner’s requirement on technical,
organization, training, operational information management system areas and integration with
existing / proposed organizational systems for planning, control and information management.
Wherever owner is not in a position to clearly specify any individual attributes/ fields of information
at the execution stage, adequate provision for implementation at a later stage would be
created in the respective system for such cases.
vii) Contractor to comply with Open GIS Consortium (OGC) data standards or as approved by EIC.
viii) Development of GIS package shall be done using standard programming languages like visual basic,
visual C++, java, oracle etc,
18.12.3 Contractor's scope of work shall include the following:
i) Preparation and submission of implementation schedule, QAP and detailed methodology

for security and approval of the same by owner.
ii) Collection of input data, topo sheets, and satellite imageries based surveys maps, reports and
store/handle for further processing with contractor's survey work.
iii) Propose projection parameters, special data parameters, g r i d system, geo‐coding and geo‐
referencing parameters, output/ deliverable parameters etc., for owner’s approval.
v) Carry out data validation of received input, carry out scanning of topo‐sheets, and integrate
the recordings made by GPS/ DGPS and other survey instruments to complete/collate the
input data.
vi) Carry out image processing and generation of rectified image on approved system like
ERDAS IMAGINE or equivalent.
vii) Carry out interpretation and digitization of all physical features symbolization/ legend
structure, layering, edge matching, topographical integrity, mosaic king, database
linking, incorporation of ground truth details, incorporation of processing techniques for
attribute allocation etc. after passing through quality assurance stages as per approved
QAP.
viii) Generation of output maps in specified format and scale as per specification.

ix) In the cross‐country zone all information as given in the technical specification shall be
provided. In the densely populated portions all information requirement as per
specification for detailed survey and cadastral survey shall be incorporated such as ward and
property boundaries (house numbers, classification as residential, commercial, government,
number of storeys etc.) roads, landmark features, locality names and connectivity with
proposed facilities, major commercial and industrial establishment being studied as
potential consumers etc.
The data to also include, nallahs, channels, drains, canals, existing electric and
telephone lines, bridges, land crossings, proposed expansion of roads, railways, other
facilities e.g.water supply, sewerage system, telecommunication networks etc.
Note: Contactor to collect, evaluate, ensure correctness of source, positional accuracy,

ownership, attributes, authenticity of the data collected and only revalidated data to
be include for the database.
x) To customize each layer and attribute for present available data and future database as
per requirement of the owner. To design system requirement for operation and
maintenance of GIS package.
xi) To deliver a draft GIS package to the owner along with a detailed demonstration
scrutiny, trial run and observations; load the trial packages on owner’s system and
configure for optimal use.
xii) To modify/ change and update GIS with respect to the finally approved survey reports and
mapping carried out under the overall scope of work. Observation and detailed
comments on submission by contractor at each stage of work, correction/
modifications and addition to route or methodology, etc shall be carried out by
contractor. To provide training to the owner’s engineers on development of GIS as per
approved schedule.
xiii) To deliver the owner the source c o d e of the application package with proper documentation.
xiv) To customize the GIS package as finished products and deliver to Company sets of O&M
manuals and package and provide post delivery support services (software updating
etc.) of operation and maintenance for a period of 3 years from the date of installation
of complete system. For GIS server application server and desktop editing software,
however, the successful bidder will provide one year software product warranty which
includes both software upgrade update and technical support and next two years of
technical support only on need basis (monthly at least) by authorized technical person of
OEM. Maintenance of package during the period shall be provided at no additional cost
to the Owner.


Pipeline Survey & Route mapping
a. Survey of the Pipeline To be done as per details given under

Route Corridor and ROW technical specification and Scope of work
b. Accuracy of GPS Survey +/‐ 1 meter
instruments/equipments
c. Capturing of Geospatial features of the To Be done as per details given under
Pipeline Corridor technical specification and
Scope of work
e. Digital Mapping of the Using Survey of India Maps / Other reputed
Pipeline Route Corridor map providers / Custom made map
f. Digital Mapping formats to be used Map info/ Shape file
18.13 GIS Management Solution: It should be able to archive the following measurements and details
related to mainline route/ profile/ drawing and pipe books:
a) Horizontal location of pipeline with regard to deviation and permanent grid pillars
b) Vertical level with regard to mean sea level of pipeline and grade
c) Location and type of bends, fittings etc. and grades, points of intersection
d) Changes of wall thickness and materials
e) Location and details of valves insulating joints fencing
f) Location and details of bored/ cased road, railway, water crossing, suspension bridges
g) Location and details of bored crossing pipes, vents
h) Location and type of coating
i) Location and type of weighting, anchoring
j) Location and type of markers
k) Location of further appurtenances (pig‐signallers)
l) Location of ROU and end of pipeline with respect to ROU
m) Type of soil
n) Type of rock
o) Type of blasting and ripping
p) Padding
q) Type of road pavement
r) Details of bank protection, number of insulators, seals


18.14 Following layers (but not limited to‐ only indicative) are to be populated in the GIS solution. The
information contained is also indicated in the layers:
a) Route Survey Input

This layer group contains information extracted from the Route Survey Final reports, including:
‐ Soil Stratification Report
‐ Temperature Measurement Records
‐ Soil Corrosion Report
b) Cadastral layer
This layer group contains all map format files, images and tabular data Obtained from local
government or other external sources. All Cadastral Data, Landowner details and compensation to
the farmers shall be Included in this layer.
c) Site Photo and Video details

This layer contains all photos and video clips from the sites which are spatially linked to the
database.
d) Crossings details
All information regarding pipeline crossings (all crossings like river, HDD, roads, canal, railway line,
foreign pipeline crossing, power transmission line etc.) are stored and presented in this layer group.
Location, type and width of crossing is stored in attribute table of crossing layers.
e) Pipeline Routes
Pipeline routes, IPs, KP markers, history of routes and reroute layers are all collected in this group
layer. TLP points, OFC points, valve location, coat & wrap details, pipe depth, CP details etc. will also
be marked in this layer.
f) Logistics
All approach roads map is scanned, geocoded and imported to GIS, then suitable access routes are
digitized on the map which illustrates an idea of accessibility of site from different access roads.
g) Satellite imageries
All satellite imageries are grouped in this layer group. Different visibility Scales are defined, so that
by zooming in & out suitable satellite imageries become visible.
h) Important details
Plans of detailed survey collected from alignment sheets are put together and presented as a stand‐
alone layer which presents useful details of obstacles and features like Police station, post office,
fire brigade, delivery station, major road, minor road, railway pond, river, forest land, CRZ (Coastal
Regulation zone), restricted ROW, Common ROW, marshy areas, rocky areas, in the vicinity of the


pipeline based on detailed survey.
i) Geology
Geological maps, fault maps, hazard maps and other relevant maps from reference books and
journals are to be scanned and geo‐ referenced.
18.15 An indicative list of requirement from the GIS application is given below as minimum which
should be available in the system :
1. System Architecture Web based

2. Accessibility Through Internet and intranet
3. Compatibility Compatible (with zero data loss) with industry
standard mapping formats such as shape file/ Geo
Database etc.
4. Map integration with pipeline Integration with pipeline digital mapping of the
digital mapping pipeline route corridor and ROW.
5. Integration with Google Viewing pipeline data on top of Google
Map/Earth map/Earth/ Bing Maps etc.
6. Map Overlays Facility to switch ON/OFF pipeline map Overlays
7. Search/Query Features Facility for Search/ Query on Pipeline data

through web interface
8. Scalability Scalable to incorporate new Pipeline Data (
whose data are provided in industry
standard map formats)
9. Modularity Facility to accommodate new
users/groups/pipelines as and when required
10. Flexibility to change Communication Required
Service Provider
11. Facility for updating of data at Required
owner’s end
12. Browser Compatibility Compatible with Web Browser such as
Internet
18.16 OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF PIPELINE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
18.16.1 The software system/package of data information management system shall be able to function
on a LAN/ WAN, restricted to 100 users, with provision of security.
18.16.2 The customized/ developed software should have

a) Input data validation.

b) Control of internal processing
c) Output data validation
18.16.3 The system shall enable quick retrieval and printing of relevant pipeline data/ as built information
through a suitable application. It shall also be able to provide requisite information in following
formats.
a) Tabular reports
b) Graphical representations of data
c) Image (supporting document) retrieval
d) Geographical information system
e) Query based retrieval
18.16.4 The volume of documents/ information to be scanned and uploaded in the system shall be
decided based on the requirement and shall be finalized in consultation with the Engineer ‐in ‐
Charge.
18.16.5 The data captured from the scanned documents and alternate electronic data into the central
database through extensive manual data entry and electronic validations.
a) The GIS module of the application shall also function on a LAN with an Internet connection.
Contractor shall provide license access for this.
18.16.6 Generation of as built alignment sheets based on chainage shall be provided in the scale as
decided by the Engineer in Charge.
18.16.7 The system shall include the following :
a) A run time version of the software

b) The database with relevant licenses for standard usage
c) Assistance for operation and maintenance of system (towards hand on / class room
training etc.) for three years from the date of installation of the complete system.
18.16.8 Contractor shall be responsible for following up with the owners representative for collection of
various QA/QC documents, daily inspection reports, equipments test certificates, as built drawings
etc. Contractor shall also be responsible for the manual data verification (reports are verified
for general errors like missing pipe number, missing heat number, repeated pipe number,
missing supervisor signatures etc) before making data entry and publication into the system.
18.16.9 Contractor shall provide access of published data to the authorized users of owner over secured
Internet/ WAN Network in the form of web‐based reports.


18.16.10 The scanned reports shall be given identification code/ name using a formal coding / naming
convention as agreed upon between the owner and contractor. The reports shall be visually
checked to ensure presence of identified mandatory information.
18.16.11 The data shall be protected through appropriate security systems and access shall be controlled
using access control systems.
18.16.12 The Contractor shall submit along with offer the project organization detail, the plan for
execution of work, execution methodology, quality control plan and project monitoring &
control mechanism details for development of data management system.
18.16.13 The Contractor shall submit a weekly progress report of the work assigned to him for
monitoring the progress of the work
18.16.14 After acceptance of the system all software used in the data management system shall be
supplied in CD/ DVD media and shall be licensed to the owner with certification to this effect.
The owner shall be enabled to access all free downloads/ updates for the software provided as
per contract. The bidder shall ensure registration of the owner of such facility with the
respective software supplier and confirm. The license of the GIS server application server and
desktop editing software should be in the name of CLIENT. If any software media is
damaged / corrupted during the process of installation and commissioning, the contractor shall
ensures replacement of media at his own risk and cost.
19.0 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY
19.1 Owner’s responsibility shall be limited to provide/ making available the drawings/ documents/
data required for providing services for implementation of Pipeline Information Management
System. All other resources, logistic support, facilities, etc required to complete the work under the
scope shall be arranged by the contractor himself without any cost to the owner.
The owner may also provide authorization letters, wherever required for collecting information/ data
from Owner/ Owner’s representative and other contractors/ vendors.
20.0 CONTRACTOR’S/ PIMS SERVICE PROVIDER’S PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT
20.1 The persons employed by the Contractor / PIMS service provider shall be technically qualified and
trained in development of requisite software and operation of various computer applications. They
should a ls o be acquainted with pipeline construction.
20.2 The contractor shall provide boarding & lodging arrangement for his personnel at all locations
during execution of work under the contract. The contractor shall also provide boarding, lodging
and transport arrangement for his personnel during visit to ROW for collection of data for GIS
mapping.
20.3 The contractor shall provide insurance coverage of a l l his personnel employed for implementation
of work under this contract.


21.0 DOCUMENT/ DATA SUBMISSION
21.1 Contents and presentation of GIS Module shall be reviewed/approved by owner in the initial stage
to be prepared by the Contractor. The Contractor shall incorporate all comments / suggestions
given by owner and prepare all documents accordingly.
21.2 Two sets of paper copy of GIS Module developed shall be submitted by the Contractor for
owner’s review in the form of draft report immediately upon start of work. The contractor shall
obtain approval of owner on draft report before final submission. Comments, if any, shall be
incorporated by the Contractor. Report can be demanded in parts and in different phases as per
discretion of the owner.
21.3 All drawings, report, formats etc. forming the part of submission to owner shall be prepared on
electronic media.
21.4 Final drawings/ data / documents after incorporation of comments by contractor shall be
submitted to owner in six sets paper copies and one copy on CD ROM/DVD.
22.0 SECURITY
The network used for data transfer should be secure:
22.1 Bidder should ensure that a clear description of the security attributes of all network services used
is provided.
 Data transfer using Internet

 Bandwidth requirement for data access from (during construction phase) is to be furnished.
 Public Key Infrastructure:
22.2 The digital signatures and security tokens system should be under hardware warranty and
software support for three years from the date of installation of the complete system.
22.3 The web server should conform to the guidelines issued by “CERT‐IN”
22.4 The successful bidder shall develop and install state‐of‐the‐art security systems including all
types of modern protection security systems, like “SSL VPN to protect the software system and
all the data base and confidential information of the CLIENT which would be kept on line to
support the software system. The SSL VPN system should be under hardware warranty and
software support for two years from the date of installation of the complete system.
22.5 It is the responsibility of the successful bidder to ensure that there is no security backdoors and
loopholes existing in the solution that can be exploited. The Contractor shall wholly be responsible
for any breach in security as a result of insecure implementation or loopholes in the solution,
including the operating systems on which the systems are running.
22.6 There should be one time authentication. However, a guest user id may be there through which
any user can see the documents available for public notices.


22.7 Unauthorized user shall not be allowed to access to any of the Data.
22.8 The Contractor shall establish an access control matrix for the system.
22.9 The proposed system shall be equipped with security facilities to prevent data tampering,
data theft, sabotage and virus attack.
22.10 A parameterized, timeout and logout feature may be included for non‐active sessions.
22.11 The proposed system shall be equipped with database security access control to ensure the
integrity of data during processing and updating of the database.
22.12 The Contractor shall propose Application level access control to control the user's access to the
application he/ she can access.
22.13 The system shall be capable of invalidating any user after a specific number of attempts to
gain access via invalid passwords.
22.14 There shall be mechanisms to verify the authenticity and the integrity of the network services
from un‐trusted sources before the services are used.
22.15 The audit trail solution shall be able to detect attempts of unauthorized access, security
violations, logging staff's activities as well as any suspicious activity and alert the system owner
using appropriate channels such as audible alarm, pager, e‐mail or other interactive technology
based on the criticality of the intrusion detected.
22.16 The proposed security implementation shall be easy to administer, verifiable and sustainable.
It shall be able to scale to cater for additional servers for future expansion programs.
22.17 Application Security Assessment (Source code review) of the complete customized application
should be done by CERT‐IN empanelled organization (the organization should be in cert‐in
panel since 2006) covering OWASP’s Ten Most Critical Web Application Security Vulnerabilities.
A confirmation certificate is to be provided by the auditing organization. The cost of hiring third
party is to be borne by successful bidder.


Page 1 of 3
APPENDIX–II TO PJS
RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX

IGGL PIMS FOR 05/51/23UU/IGGL/001(i) PIMS No.0
P/L November
PROJECTS 2021

Page 2 of 3
1.0 Project Responsibility Matrix
PIMS
Activity CLIENT/ MECON
Contractor
Deployment of manpower for scanning, cataloguing, data entry of all
reports along with GPS coordinates acquisition staff √
Deployment of hardware for the project implementation like desktops,
server and scanner √
Insurance of PIMS contractor’s equipment/ hardware
√
CD’s/DVDs and alternate consumables for backing up of data
√
Consumables for scanning √
Organizing the onsite team’s travel to site √
Application hosting for ensuring availability of information to external
√
users
Desktops for viewing web reports and GIS by the IOCL team
(Standard configuration PC’s with Windows operating systems,
Internet explorer and MS Office). GIS module: 2 machines, Web √
Reports as per owner requirement
Boarding and lodging for contractor’s operators’ deployed at

site office.
√
Local transport / conveyance for commuting to onsite location from
the place of Boarding and commuting on the ROW for the GIS survey
on a four-wheeler. (it would be in the interest of the contractor
√
to accommodate the onsite team close to owner’s office to take care
of the logistics)
Provision of appropriate office space for the onsite team to carry

√
out their activities efficiently
Provision for storage of documents that are classified by the
√
contractor as Work In Progress
Safe storage of the back up CDs/DVDs/ media
*till such time the complete data is taken over by the owner. √

P/L November
PROJECTS 2021

Page 3 of 3
PIMS
Activity CLIENT/ MECON
Contractor
Provision of Internet connection for communication, E- mail and
uploading and downloading of scanned documents √
Provision of telephone connection for usage by the onsite team

√
Provision of Stationery for the onsite team √
Availability of procedure documents pertaining to all activities to be
√
carried out by owner to onsite team
Availability of isometric drawings to the onsite team √
Provide equipment certificates & certificates for all other assets
√
deployed for the pipeline construction
Delivery of all required reports on end of day basis to the onsite
√ √
team
Soft copy of AUT (IF APPLICABLE) √
Availability of authority letters for contractor’s personnel to carry
out operation for executing the scope of work as required by owner. √
Information pertaining to owner’s routine processes required by the

contractor for proper execution of contracted work √
Allocation of a project coordinator from owner to coordinate / L i a i s i n g

with the onsite team/ Laying contractor , Should have the thorough
√
knowledge of pipeline route and its important indicators, markers and
intermediate structures
Monthly audit of data in GIS based software system by Owner’s
√ √
personnel
2.0 Bidder to submit a responsibility matrix covering the complete project implementation and clearly
outlining the scope of work being covered by them.
3.0 Bidder shall procure the satellite imagery for implementation and shall facilitate and manage this activity
as per detailed specification.

P/L November
PROJECTS 2021

Page 1 of 2
APPENDIX–III TO PJS
PROJECT EXECUTION
ORGANOGRAM

IGGL PIMS FOR P/L 05.51.23UU.IGGL.001(ii) PIMS No.0 November
PROJECTS 2021

Page 2 of 2
PIPELINE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR PIPELINE

PROJECTS
ORGANOGRAM FOR PIMS CONTRACTOR
TYPICAL ORGANOGRAM FOR EACH PART
Overall In-charge Head Office (Delhi/ NCR/Guwahati)
Implementation Implementation Specialists

Specialists Site
-Backend office (Delhi/
NCR/Guwahati)
Team Leader
Co-ordinator-1 no.
Co-ordinator
QA Engineer-1 no.
GIS Analyst-1 no.

Site Engineer-2
Developer-1 no. No.s
Surveyor-1 No.s

IGGL PIMS FOR P/L 05.51.23UU.IGGL.001(ii) PIMS No.0 November
PROJECTS 2021
PIPELINE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR
PIPELINE PROJECTS

Page 1 of 1
APPENDIX–IV TO PJS
PIPELINE SCHEMATIC
ROUTE DIAGRAM

IGGL PIMS FOR P/L 05.51.23UU.NEGG.IGGL.001(ii) No.0 NOVEMBER
PROJECTS PIMS 2021
FOR PIPELINE PROJECTS

Page 1 of 2
APPENDIX–V TO PJS
CHECK LIST FOR

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION

IGGL PIMS FOR P/L 05.51.23UU.NEGG.IGGL.001(ii) No.0 November
PROJECTS PIMS 2021
FOR PIPELINE PROJECTS

Page 2 of 2
CHECK LIST FOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Sl. No. Description Bidders Response Remarks
Bidder to confirm full compliance to Technical

1
Specification as per Tender
Bidder shall ensure that all information/

documents with respect to Pipeline Information
2
Management System are submitted along with
the offer .
Bidder shall ensure that duly signed, stamped

a and accepted Technical specification without
any deviation is enclosed.
Bidders Organogram for Execution along with

b Detailed Execution Methodology and detailed
schedule bar chart are enclosed
Note: Bidder to Tick in the appropriate box.
(Bidder’s Signature with Stamp)

IGGL PIMS FOR P/L 05.51.23UU.NEGG.IGGL.001(ii) No.0 November
PROJECTS PIMS 2021

Vol1PJSPart2of2web

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vol1PJSPart2of2web

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vol1PJSPart2of2web

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PARTICULAR JOB SPECIFICATION

PIPELINE LAYING & PIPING WORKS

Particular Job Specification Page 2 of 70

2.0 WORK TENDERED

3.0 SCOPE OF WORK

4.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

5.0 INDICATIVE CONSTRUCTION MILESTONE

6.0 SCOPE OF WORK & SCOPE OF SUPPLY FOR OTHER DISCIPLINES

7.0 OTHER CONDITIONS OF BID

8.0 AS BUILT DOCUMENTS

9.0 DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF BIDDING

9.1.1 DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATION, STANDARDS AND DRAWINGS AND

10.0 APPENDIX-I – INDICATIVE CONSTRUCTION MILESTONE

11.0 APPENDIX-II – DATA SHEETS FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS ETC.

12.0 APPENDIX-III –QAPs AND ITPs FOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS

13.0 APPENDIX-IV – SCHEMATIC ROUTE DIAGRAM

14.0 APPENDIX-V – VIDEOGRAPHY SURVEY

15.0 APPENDIX-VI – THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY

16.0 APPENDIX-VII – AIR SURVEILLANCE

17.0 APPENDIX-VIII – LIST OF CROSSINGS INDICATING PROPOSED CROSSING

18.0 APPENDIX-IX – LIST OF APPROVED PARTIES FOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS

19.0 APPENDIX-X – MINIMUM NO. OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT TO BE

Particular Job Specification Page 3 of 70

DEPLOYED DURING RE-MOBILISATION

20.0 APPENDIX-XI– MINIMUM NO. OF SKILLED MANPOWER TO BE

21.0 APPENDIX-XII– SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENT SUBMISSION

22.0 APPENDIX-XIII– STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE

23.0 APPENDIX-XIV– INSPECTION CATEGORIZATION PLAN

 Annexure-I : Temporary Cathodic Protection Works

Particular Job Specification Page 4 of 70

SECTION SCOPE OF WORK

The schematic of the pipeline networks (Drawing no. MEC/23UU/05/28/M/000/0021 (Sh.

Particular Job Specification Page 5 of 70

Details of associated Civil, Architecture, Structural, Mechanical, Piping,

2.0 WORK TENDERED

Work tendered as a part of this Bid document consists of supply of materials as

2.1 The details of proposed work are as under:

2.1.1 Pipeline Section-12:

From Receiving Terminal at Agartala (Ch. 0.00 Km) to DT at Tulamura (Ch.

Pipeline works from RT Agartala at Ch.0.00 Km to DT Tulamura (85.836 Km) including

- Entire works of RT Agartala at Ch. 0.00 Km including installation of scrapper

Particular Job Specification Page 6 of 70

- Entire works at DT Tulamura including installation of scrapper trap, insulating

- Installation of 04 (four) nos. of Sectionalizing valve stations including all

- Installation of Pipeline at crossings of roads, rails, utilities, underground

- Installation of Pipeline by Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) method,

- All works related to hydro-testing, dewatering, swabbing and tie-in with

- Pre-commissioning of the pipeline section and associated facilities.

- Commissioning assistance (as applicable) and Commissioning.

- Idle time preservation of pipeline including supply of nitrogen, if required.

- All works related to Pipeline Information Management System (PIMS).

2.2 Construction Fronts

The Construction fronts shall be mobilized for as indicated below:

Particular Job Specification Page 7 of 70

Section-12: 12" x 85.836 Km- 2 Nos. (0-43 km & 43 km–85.836 km);

2.3 Successful Bidder is required to submit detailed methodology for working in

2.6 Mechanical, civil, architecture, structural, temporary cathodic protection, corrosion

3.0 SCOPE OF WORK

Particular Job Specification Page 8 of 70

3.1 Main pipeline